Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D08-149 - AT&T MOBILITY - TENANT IMPROVEMENT6ET8OU Ad }IaLLNIEIDHmOS 5'tiV9I ALLf /BZV Parcel No.: Address: Suite No: Tenant: Name: Address: Owner: Name: Address: Phone: Contact Person: Name: Address: Phone: Value of Construction: Type of Fire Protection: Type of Construction: doc: IBC -10/06 City416f Tukwila � Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 5379200290 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW AT &T MOBILITY 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY , TUKW LA WA DEVELOPMENT PERMIT ARGUS GROUP LTD C/O METROVATION , 225 108TH AVE NE #520 98004 SAMSON HU 4 HUTTON CENTER DR STE 800 , SANTA ANA CA 92707 714 - 327 -4203 Contractor: Name: C B BOVENKAMP Address: 9002 SW 152ND ST , MIAMI FL 331157 Phone: Contractor License No: CBBOVI *006D8 $75,000.00 * *continued on next page ** D08 -149 Permit Number: Issue Date: Permit Expires On: Expiration Date: 08/30/2009 D08 -149 05/13/2008 11/09/2008 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: INSTALLATION OF NON - STRUCTURAL PARTITION. FREE STANDING WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. NEW FLOORING W /ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK & TWO NEW RESTROOMS Fees Collected: International Building Code Edition: Occupancy per IBC: $1,740.30 2006 0019 Printed: 05-13 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N City Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Fire Loop Hydrant: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: doc: IBC -10/06 Permit Number: D08 -149 Issue Date: 05/13/2008 Permit Expires On: 11/09/2008 Date: 101 I hereby certify that I have read and a .. ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied ' , whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or performanc ork. I authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: .0/ RLc Date: l3 Print Name: �J 4 Z� Ohm B S This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D08 -149 Printed: 05-13 -2008 S City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 5379200290 Address: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Suite No: Tenant: AT &T MOBILITY 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D08 -149 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 03/21/2008 Issue Date: 05/13/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall be required. 6: The special inspections for steel elements of buildings and structures shall be required. All welding shall be done by a Washington Association of Building Official Certified welder. 7: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 8: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in a timely manner. 9: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted to the Building Official. The final inspection report shall be prepared by the approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition of final inspection approval. 10: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 11: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 12: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 13: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 14: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 Printed: 08-19 -2008 21: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** doc: Cond -10106 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 15: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 16: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 17: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one -third and lower one -third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4- inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 18: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 19: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206 - 431- 3670). 20: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 22: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 23: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 24: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 25: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 26: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 27: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 28: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) D08 Printed: 08-19 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 29: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 30: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 31: The path of egress travel along a means of egress shall not be interrupted by any building element other than a means of egress component as specified in this chapter. Obstructions shall not be placed in the required width of a means of egress except projections permitted by this chapter. The required capacity of the means of egress system shall not be diminished along the path of egress travel (IFC 1003.6) 32: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 33: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 34: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 35: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 36: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 37: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051.(INSTALL A NEW, FULLY ADDRESSABLE AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THROUGHOUT.) 38: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 39: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding automatic fire detectors. 40: Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72- 5.5.2.1) 41: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 Printed: 08-19 -2008 i City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 42: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2051) 43: Remote alarm annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #2051) 44: When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #2051) 45: Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 (4.4.1.4.2.1)) 46: Duct smoke detectors shall be capable of being reset from a single point near the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #2051) 47: Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. (City Ordinance #2051) 48: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 49: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 50: Fire Department lock boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm panels and sprinkler risers. The appropriate key(s) for access shall be placed in the lockbox. Lockbox order forms must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department. The lockbox should be mounted so that it is readily visible and not over 60 inches high. (City Ordinance #2051) 51: The Tukwila Fire Department has changed keybox manufacturers, from Supra to Knox. Install a fire department Knox keybox. Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Office at 206 - 575 -4407 for ordering information. 52: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 53: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 54: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (1FC 505.1) 55: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 56: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 57: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 58: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond - 10/06 * *continued on next page ** D08 -149 Printed: 08 -19 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work construction or the performance of work. doc: Cond - 10/06 Signature: ( gn Print Name: d47 4 61e/d5 Date: y--/9-0 $ ordinances governing or local laws regulating D08 - 149 Printed: 08-19 -2008 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 5379200290 Address: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Suite No: Tenant: AT &T MOBILITY Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS Permit Number: D08 - 149 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 03/21/2008 Issue Date: 05/13/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 6: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 9: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 10: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 11: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 12: Water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal displacement due to earthquake motion. Strapping shall be at points within the upper one -third and lower one -third of the water heater's vertical dimension. A minimum distance of 4- inches shall be maintained above the controls with the strapping. 13: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 14: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 Printed: 05 -13 -2008 15: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 16: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** S City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 19: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 20: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 21: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 22: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 23: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) 24: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IFC Chapter 10) 25: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (IFC Chapter 10) 26: The path of egress travel along a means of egress shall not be interrupted by any building element other than a means of egress component as specified in this chapter. Obstructions shall not be placed in the required width of a means of egress except projections permitted by this chapter. The required capacity of the means of egress system shall not be diminished along the path of egress travel (IFC 1003.6) 27: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 28: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 Printed: 05 -13 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us travel. Access to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the nearest visible exit sign. (IFC 1011.1) 29: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6 inches (152 mm) high with the principal strokes of the letters not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) wide. The word "EXIT" shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I ", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not be less than 0.375 inch (9.5 mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in section 1011.5.1 of the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing in proportion to their height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means is or is not energized. If an arrow is provided as part of the exit sign, the construction shall be such that the arrow direction cannot be readily changed. (IFC 1011.5.1) 30: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 31: Means of egress, including the exit discharge, shall be illuminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. The means of egress illumination level shall not be less than 1 foot -candle (11 lux) at the floor level. The power supply for the means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premise's electrical supply. In event of a power failure an emergency power system shall provide power for a duration of not less than 90 minutes and shall consist of storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (IFC 1006.1, 1006.2, 1006.3) 32: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2051. (INSTALL A NEW, FULLY ADDRESSABLE AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM THROUGHOUT.) 33: Local U.L. central station supervision is required. (City Ordinance #2051) 34: Maintain automatic fire detector coverage per N.F.P.A. 72. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding automatic fire detectors. 35: Maintain square foot coverage of detectors per manufacturer's specifications in all areas including: closets, elevator shafts, top of stairwells, etc. (NFPA 72- 5.5.2.1) 36: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2051) 37: Remote indicator lights are required on all above ceiling smoke detectors. (City Ordinance #2051) 38: Remote alarm annunciation indication is required if the control panel is not visible from the main entrance. (City Ordinance #2051) 39: When the control panel is located inside a room, the door to the room shall have a sign with one -inch letters which reads "Fire Alarm" or "Fire Alarm Control ". (City Ordinance #2051) 40: Dedicated fire alarm system circuit breaker(s) shall be equipped with a mechanical lockout device. (NFPA 72 (4.4.1.4.2.1)) 41: Duct smoke detectors shall be capable of being reset from a single point near the alarm panel. (City Ordinance #2051) 42: Duct detectors shall send a supervisory signal only upon activation. (City Ordinance #2051) 43: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 Printed: 05-13 -2008 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2051) (IFC 104.2) 44: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206- 431 -3670) is required for this project. 45: Fire Department lock boxes shall be provided for access to all fire alarm panels and sprinkler risers. The appropriate key(s) for access shall be placed in the lockbox. Lockbox order forms must be obtained from the Tukwila Fire Department. The lockbox should be mounted so that it is readily visible and not over 60 inches high. (City Ordinance #2051) 46: The Tukwila Fire Department has changed keybox manufacturers, from Supra to Knox. Install a fire department Knox keybox. Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Office at 206 - 575 -4407 for ordering information. 47: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 48: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 49: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers or approved building identification placed in a position that is plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall be Arabic numbers or alphabet letters. Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches (102mm) high with a minimum stroke width of 0.5 inch (12.7mm). (IFC 505.1) 50: This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. 51: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2050 and #2051) 52: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 53: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: Cond - 10/06 * *continued on next page ** D08 - 149 Printed: 05-13 -2008 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work construction or the performance of work. Signature: 6.07 a I Date: /,3 Od Print Name: ri/tRit . 1 l( 6P)rr4 doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -149 ordinances governing or local laws regulating Printed: 05-13 -2008 CITY OF TUKWIL Community Development ✓ epartment Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us SITE LOCATION Site Address: Tenant Name: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: A--` z Property Owners Name: A "T `, `� IVV ji {„i[ Mailing Address: (Tel do we contact w CONTACT PERSON -- r en your permit is ready to be issued Name: 41 - rvo -J ; i?2AeeA. HO. Mailing Address: 4 t (f f7'.J / J `t7iV6 Aeft e, 7) E -Mail Address: GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION (Contractor Information for Mechanical (pg 4)', for Plumbing and Gas Piping (pg 5)) Company Name: 1 1 t Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: chit ARCHITECT OF I be wet tamped by Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: weer of R ENGINEER OF CO Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** p,vl 4: 1=1- urriiN !/6Giv - 1 'ivl; it ?tt v--' t be wet stamped by Engi 4/NTT/NI t1T41ca reiuE 9 get' t77v_kil_Ki t4 Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line \3-2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Building PeriN©. - I -( Mechanical Permit No. i o -- (Ds. -7 Plumbing /Gas Permit No. T.60 - 0 Public Works Per. Project, No. office use only) Suite Number: AT' JA l2 City City Day Telephone: Fax Number: New Tenant: City State Day Telephone: Fax Number: 5 7 qidto ' ©'cto Floor: .... Yes El ..No A Day Telephone: -- 14 J 7 47 ` 4 - rA A i 4 6 1 0 ° I zip 0 c°44. 6 ; 7 , 7 City State Zip Fax Number: 71 2 j 2 7 �� State Zip 4/ nrill ANA CA. 1 State Zip -7 14 7 . 7 . '714 2 2 7 1 e`I `'AN(a ANiA CA 1.7 70 - 7 r ip 7/4 7 I - Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206- 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): iA).4 Fi�CT"u A/VtA) - : LO 27 J A) . I ,rrie: e:-A c? lVi =c r-9A 1 14 Z_ Will there be new rack storage? ❑.... Yes tl: Existing Building Valuation: $ [.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage B 1 Floor 2 " Floor 3 ra FIoor Floors thru Accessory Structure* I ehed.Garag E De At Detached Carp Covered Deck Uncovered eck tenor Remodel Addition to Existing Structure Type of Construction per IBC' Type of Occupancy per IBC PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): 4 �7 / 0 ' Floor area of principal dwelling: i Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: ❑ Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11 " paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Q: Applications\Forms- Applications On Linel3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Page 2 of 6 PERMIT APPLICATION NO — Applicable to all permits in this a 'cation Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire.by limitation. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AU T �I Signature: Print Name: Mailing Address: ORIZED AGENT: /(/ Date Application Accep ed: / Q:\Applications\Forms- Applications On Line \3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh Date Application Expires: Day Telephone: City '1)./glifide,/ Date: State Zip Staff Initials: Page 6 of 6 Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: Q Fixture Type: Qty Fixture Type: ] Qty Bathtub or combination bath /shower Drinking fountain water cooler (per head Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste g • der, commercial eptor, indirect wa Clothes washer, domestic Floor dra' Sinks Dental unit, cuspidor Showe ingle head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lay ry Water Clo Building sewer or trailer park sewer in water system — per rain (inside building) Water heater /or vent Additional medical gas inlets /outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and /or water treating equipment Repair or alteratio of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets /outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPIN ERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -4370 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Ad ess: Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration umber: Valuation of Plumbing work (c. • tractor's bid price): $ Valuation of Gas Piping work (con, actor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please provide detail information): Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping out Q: Wpplications\Forms- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised: 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: g installed and the quantity below: Page 5 of 6 Parcel No.: 5379200290 Address: Suite No: Applicant: AT &T MOBILITY Receipt No.: R08 - 03407 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: CB BOVENKAMP TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW Payment Check City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www. ci. tukwila. wa. us Descriptio 43944 Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000/345.830 RECEIPT 60.00 Total: $60.00 Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: $60.00 Payment Date: 10/01/2008 11:06 AM Balance: $0.00 Current Pmts 60.00 C .1/01 "'C'' T Z L D08 -149 ISSUED 03/21/2008 05/13/2008 • doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 10 -01 -2008 Doc: RECSETS -06 RECEIPT NO: R08 -02983 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: CB BOVENKAMP, INC. SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description MECHANICAL - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http../Iwww.ci.tukwila.wa.us 1 510.6:Q114.91 6 0 .0 0 M08 -087 60.00 TOTAL: 120.00 SET RECEIPT S Payment Date: 08/19/2008 Total Payment: 120.00 SET ID: 0819 SET NAME: AT &T MOBILITY TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 43358 120.00 TOTAL: 120.00 Account Code Current Pmts 000.322.102.00.0 60.00 000/345.830 60.00 TOTAL: 120.00 6300 08/19 9710 TOTAL- 12M0 RECEIPT NO: R08 -01579 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: SET ID: 0513 SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount D0_, 81„_14 1,056.50 M08 -087 271.00 PG08 -092 188.00 TOTAL: 1,515.50 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www. ci. tukwila. wa. us CB BOVENICAMP, INC. TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Payment Check 42109 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code BUILDING - NONRES MECHANICAL - NONRES PLUMBING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE SET RECEIPT TOTAL: S Payment Date: 05/13/2008 Total Payment: 1,515.50 SET NAME: AT &T MOBILITY 000/322.100 000.322.102.00 000.322.103.00 000/386.904 TOTAL: Amount 1,515.50 1,515.50 Current Pmts 1,052.00 .0 271.00 .0 188.00 4.50 1,515.50 2339 05/13 9711 TOTAL 1515.50 Parcel No.: 5379200290 Address: Suite No: Applicant: AT &T MOBILITY Receipt No.: R08 -00976 Initials: WER User ID: 1655 Payee: DAN GRUBB TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Payment Check ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description rinr•.• Rer•.aint -06 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY TUKW PLAN CHECK - NONRES Descriptio Amount 1013 683.80 RECEIPT Account Code Current Pmts 000/345.830 683.80 Total: $683.80 • Permit Number: Status: Applied Date: Issue Date: Payment Amount: $683.80 D08 -149 PENDING 03/21/2008 Payment Date: 03/31/2008 09:41 AM Balance: $1,056.50 ., "8 0/31 5'711 TOTAL 789-55 PrintAd• (13- 31 -2Of1R Project: ����- Type of lys pecti �: Q , Address: 1 ko - 425 5c.. P/0 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: y i 0 1 .b - - O . aT+tr p.m. Requester: hone � _ slY - +YJ? INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: r 4 () L7,1 AA i ( �(�..- f a Inspec r: Date: El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Project :� �— Type of s e�cti)or `IA7 N Ad ess to Called: , Special Instructions: / ate Wanted: /4�-o,- l�v p.m. Requester: Phone No: 35 -,9 79 - INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 123 11 / PERMIT NO. 7�- (206)431 -3 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Inspector: (Date: J u ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: Type of nspection: .... 4.5 44/1P J F7 Q .n -)JE /k1` W -ei m ` N 4.[e.g . f f s J, ff- 1 A / O Q sP/- f _. " 6�.3 n I e s-/E— 16 f, n - T L U A cwt' p 3Do o s . 1eC) J /c_, -- `7174.3 i.: ced i)., - o-t 1 6kux- 0- , S ;1-- .) g`r t S -k ! ; h.. (el eJ_ l T 4 -el e. r A � f() 1 , 4 ij k el e A iD. : S ' V!eil .c y - 4 . 4c 00 Aeett1 7 acLuf L on ()fl ` /' v k ( n Yt - 1 - )(e : E(ca. '- D-�r'S 6( s� e -ek „`; (" ,)/ ,df ivcrs`r 4 f &\ . Project _,_._- /97 / Type of nspection: .... 4.5 44/1P J //ki Address: 5 30,F /0,..( Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 6 ©ct) p Requester: Phone No: _— 97S / INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 'WA" PERMIT NO. IZ- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3 7 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: (Date: Project / 1 • ILL O �! , ( Type of : ns i pi cts. on 7 t,( r T Address: l (n'4 ZS /� .f . c . /`gt-/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Da Wanted: 5 — ll Ke Requester: Pho3OS 278- i t'JY INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit A INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Doty- 14? PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. t o44`( - 1/YrA-.) Aly A s .5 r 7 -1 . �: /fj COMMENTS: /) f: - (:)1z_. 7N) j 1. Inspector: Date: ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: COMMENTS: . kr - T \ idJA( / (-) / ef p t M d` - --r IK 3 JJFP� �� ,/ IF Z A (4 Special Instructions: to Wanted: 5 - �Ul a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone ds - Y3 - 1 d'3(5 w Project; ��— �. A-7 dtt.o (.' Type of Ins ection: ' e, A. ' Address: I �A� 28. S- � • A A- /kb, � Date Called: Special Instructions: to Wanted: 5 - �Ul a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone ds - Y3 - 1 d'3(5 -143 1)08 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION �- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -36 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. ['Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector Date: - 1 f $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspectioh, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: 47-07-- ' Z iT J Type of Inspection: ?9 o�%v 1< ` i.J Address: / r.7/, r / Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 57 _ V-44°, . p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 bg P9 PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3 €7 Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. ri $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: COMMENTS: 5 P�.t_., J--� �t.S� �1) rs- ,/ 9 et A b (A J t yk S: Inspector: Date: COMMENTS: t �� J . t ., AI p` Q Ja Q i ( >y Type of IIns ep ction: I r Address: 1 S. f- P� • �J 1. --- A A .JAI Val 5 A- of te_Abd A / N'�i'`� Date Wanted: .1.... p �� �ZS U O p•m. Requester: Phone No: x`18' M 3 le_ef .r ri,r,frAc_i ; .. - A ii Project -- Q ( >y Type of IIns ep ction: ..� Address: 1 S. f- P� D Cal �. Special Inst A 4Sa wt��i Z iZ- (4K00AS / N'�i'`� Date Wanted: .1.... p �� �ZS U O p•m. Requester: Phone No: x`18' M 3 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPE ION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 12 ' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Inspe( tor: 1 3 off' r-1 1 Corrections required prior to approval. Date: or El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: (Date: b f - r Project: 4- -T, Sprinklers: . Type of Inspection: Address: I4, 1 ZS Suite #: S c_ P.K Iv f Contact Person: 6...-4-14.-1 4././.5c, Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: v g vC - -7 13 — Oteza Needs Shift Inspection: - Sprinklers: . Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: • INSPECTION NUMBER Approved per applicable codes. r, INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 flop /v PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa: 98188 206 - 575 -4407 ri Corrections required prior to approval. \• • COMMENTS: k--i,„7-14A-4 J:5 99, Y I Inspector: • 6 54/ 3 ) Date: /49 2r/ Y Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call tolschedule a reinspection: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: 474/ r Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: , ;G i ('t - Address: /4 /2 Suite #: . „'Cre:et.: ' Contact Person: Cr ag,•t) Special Instructions: Phone No.: , f- r, - 1$3 s" Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: .Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre-Fire: / _ Permits: Occupancy Type: • - 'th 3 n Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION NUMBER CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT • Word /Inspection Record Forrn.Doc 1/13/06 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 COMMENTS: a 41 5-t orie ) 4 X44 44. L Joys- r #fPi(/ /j.4 ) li d� 3 cE. 4 AAA' oet -e Inspector: 5 ri Date: ,, Hrs.: - 4 COMMENTS: type of Inspection: ,c• %t A 1.4.1 Address: F L `12 5 '' ..3C ' ii/Y. Suite # Contact Person: i3LA 'v s1 .%fir io4 0 13w4 Void .$ - ( 26. . ) . Phone No.: iv' s14,, Oric&--14 -'.. ( Y s Ad) 5444.'0,i 5 Li25 0. li, .0 a.!`.. i ► •a -e__ )7.2- Y !' / S. .~ . C.2 5 i 12 ,s rewhidoc t yc.3 7 D S d.r ,,, ._over ''. . 1/0.✓t 4,b.4 Ae. R ,0 n . C Yt_.s ) 1n. dvt4" S'4 6eli a1C . . 11. C. a -10.4 1, 0 ,4 S (Oil) L.. 0' • Project: /97 T' type of Inspection: ,c• %t A 1.4.1 Address: F L `12 5 '' ..3C ' ii/Y. Suite # Contact Person: i3LA 'v s1 .%fir io4 Special Instructions: Phone No.: iv' ,02c.") . J "' a Needs Shift Ins pec tion: Sprinklers: , Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre-Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: ++ �v+'{:' rsc:.'.:.; M:.:'.r.YOae.',ay�.+C«xc..✓.;ai r'.e • INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,t,o' - IV? r F. l z PERMIT NUMBERS art OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover/Park East :Tukwila Wa.'98188 r 206- 575 -4407 21;roved per applicable codes. I I Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector: 5) 3 /5 Date: /d Olive Hrs:: L e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection: Word /Inspection Record Form.Do,.' 1/13/06 J n r $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from T.F.D. Form F:P. 113 Mr. Hiep Nguyen Jacobs Carter Burgess #4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Dear Mr. Nguyen, aza1 & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION September 23, 2008 KA No. 066 -08235 Permit No. D08 -149 RE: In Process Inspection Report AT &T Remodel Tukwila, WA Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC amuel H. Hyatt Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08235 Break Template.doc Krazan tk Associates, Inc. 922 valley Avenue NW, Suite 101, Puyallup, WA, 98371, (253) 939 -2500 Project No. 066 -08235 Cyl. Code 81302 Weather Cloudy Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Project AT &T Remodel Location 16425 Southcenter Blvd, Tukwila Client Jacobs Carter Burgess Field Data Concrete Ftgs & S.O.G. Other Supplier Stoneway Time Truck# 10:10am 427 Ticket # 969368 CYLINDER REPORT Plant No. 14 Site Mix Mix Air Slump Temp. Temp. % Air (in.) (F) (F) 3.5" 71 65 Unit Wt. (pcf) Placement Area Location FTGS & Slab Entrance - 5" slab & Ftg 6' x 10' Triangle Ftg in middle, 2' -6" x 7' -7" slab Ftg 4' -6" SG x 2' deep @ SE corner Remarks Concrete placed by tailgating & wheelbarrow Refer to field report # 102665 1. 2. 3. Inspector Laboratory Data Cyl. Code Test Date Field Cure 81302 -1 9/1/2008 81302 -2 9/22/2008 81302 -3 9/22/2008 81302 -4 81302 -5 81302 -6 81302 -7 81302 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By Pour Date 8/25/2008 Report No. 21245 Permit No. D08 -149 Engineer 0 Architect 0 Contractor PELLCO Construction Reported Batch Data Design Weights Mix No. 560172 Cem. lbs. 550 F. Ash lbs. 110 C. agg. lbs. 1 1943 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1267 1280 Water lbs. 250 230 Air Ent. (oz) WRDA 64 26oz 26oz Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) Actual Weights 560172 558 111 1936 0 Field Test Methods x ASTM C143 ASTM C138 x ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 x ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Design Strength 4,500 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Max. Comp. Tested Break Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 7 4.007 12.61 63715 5,050 1 SS 2 28 4.005 12.59 84445 6,710 1 SS 1 28 4.005 12.59 95135 7,560 1 SS 4 H 1 Date Reviewed a Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C - 39 +1 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Dale 5/12/0' The information provided on this report Is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not he reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan d Assort Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) IKrazari & ASSOCIATES, INC. September 11, 2008 KA No. 066 -08235 Permit No.D08 -149 Mr. Hiep Nguyen Jacobs Carter Burgess #4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 RE: Special Inspection AT &T Remodel Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Nguyen, GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on August 28, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, ICRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC doom, -moll" :amuel H. Hyatt Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States RECEIVED SEP 1 1 2008 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 98275 DFR Template doc 1•1 MEM aZ . & ASS OCIATES,INC. DATE: 8 -28-08 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT #: 066-08235 PROJECT: AT&T Store Remodel LOCATION: 16425 Southcenter Blvd. KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: 5.1.1,14. 1) Met with the contractor to verify inspection and review plans. Superintendent/Representative: FIELD REPORT NO.: 8235DFR082808 -gn CONTRACTOR: Tellco Construction PERMIT NO: D08 -149 INSPECTOR: George Nail! JURISDICTION: City of Tukwila WEATHER: Indoor TEMP: 70 F Structural Steel Arrived on site as requested by the contractor to perform Structural Steel inspection in conformance to project plans and specs. 2) Performed visual inspection of welded connection of new T.S. Column to glu -lam bracket which revealed welding to be complete per plans and visually acceptable per the AWS D1.1 -06 3) Welder was not on site at time of inspection and unable to verify status of welder WABO certification final acceptance of this item is pending submittal of welders current WABO card for review. Epoxy Dowels 1) Performed visual inspection of epoxy dowels for slab infill at new T.S. Column verified hole preparation to include dia., depth and cleanout, verified bar size and spacing to be larger bar and more tightly spaced than the minimum required, monitored epoxy installation and embedment depth and use of Simpson SET22 epoxy expiring 5/31/10. Work was performed in conformance to project plans and specs. 2) Noted that the non shrink grout has been placed under the base plate at this time. To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS ® / WAS NOT ❑ performed in accordance with the approved plans. specifications, and regulatory requirements. Technician George Nail! Offices Serving the Western United States Equipment/Asset Number(s): Form 1501 r.2 Effective Date: 12 -20-07 The information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Associates. —arc= FIELD & A S S O C I A T E S, I N c. REPORT NO.: 8238DFR082508 -gn DATE: 8 -25-08 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION PROJECT #: 066-08238 PROJECT: Southhill Petsrnart LOCATION: 120 31 Ave. S.E. KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: K.E.G. 1) Met with the contractor to verify inspection and review plans. 4) See attached copy of welder certifications. Superintendent/Representative: Structural Steel CONTRACTOR: PERMIT NO: B- 08-0111 INSPECTOR: George Naill JURISDICTION: City of Puyallup WEATHER: Indoor TEMP: 70 F Arrived on site as requested by the contractor to perform Structural Steel inspection in conformance to project plans and specs. 2) Reviewed copies of the welding contractors WPS's and Verified that the welders have a certification showing proof that they have been certified to meet the requirements of the AWS D1.1. 3) Spot check of welding that has been performed prior to this inspection revealed that both welders are producing welds that are visually acceptable per the acceptance criteria of the AWS D1.1 -06. To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS ® I WAS NOT ❑ performed in accordance with the approved p ans, specifications, and regulatory requireme, Technician George Naill Offices Serving the Western United States Equipment/Asset Number(s): Form 1501 r.2 Effective Date: 12 -20-07 The information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Associates. 8181 BROADMOOR S.E. • CALEDONIA, *4I'49316 1.8GO-748 -0208 • Fax: 616 -891 -3565 WELDER QUALIFICATION Quality by Integrity and Knowledge 8181 B$ OADMOOR S.E.•.CALEbON ! ^ 49316 1- 840 448 -0208 • Fat .61S- 89 1- x 666 WELOOT " QUALIFICATION Fp Inteffity and4folowledge, Welder Qualification Card Name G. Dekiider is qualified to weld in the SMAW process, group designation F4 The welder was tested in the 3G and 4G Position and is certified to weld in the following positions: 1G 2G 3G 4G and 1F 2F 3F, 4F range of 1/8" to 3/4" in accordance with AWSD 1.1 Company: Lamar Construction. Date: 543 4)6 Welder Q, ,lifieaton Card e: Dave Wr► t is qualified to weld in the S Siam designation F4 The welder was tested s, group design the ;_ G�_Position and is certified Gantaweld�n� e fi:41owing positions: 1G 2G 3 range of 5131.1 Company: 1 /:8 "�`� Lama Con ^ ' in accordance wit Date: 1,0 Method: I�F ,�, 9 G I ]r] t���' Ill D ) Fr ���c xy + 2 'e 44, �'FJ it •= i ' '" fir'': x � �L? - _ .. _ ..._" •_..a....x;<L ,,_ -{�i 4:C AWAVA, EA`ijr _ 3�t 1 i s Preheat Tclnp..Min Interpass Temp. Min 3 to I 1''A to2'A Over 2 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION (WPS) [ X ! Yes PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS (PQR) 0 Yes Company Name Identification # L-010 Welding Process (es) SMAW Revision Date By PQR # (s) PREQUALIFIED y Authorized By Jcff Leeuw 2/1 /08 TYPE Type (BTC-P4) Single Bevel Groove Single © Double Weld Backing Yes E] No Backing Material Root Opening 0 Rant Face Dimension 3 MIN Groove Angle 45 Radius (I -U) Back Gouging Yes 0 No © Method N/A h'Dia.1'_4 Septcaha VMM 32° < Minimum 70° 32° 150 350 400 Max 500 is Manual Ell as:1E;OST.IIOlY" 1 G, Vertical Progression Up Position of Groove Transfer Mode (GMAW) Short - suiting In Globular Current AC rn DCEP © DCEN n Pulsed Q Other. N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A MP,Os Temp. N/A Time N/A � Semi- Automatic Fillet WA Down D spra I - 1 Stringer orWeaveBead Ste Multi -pass or Single.pass (per side) Multi-puss Number of Electrodes 1 wzmaimmegto Lungitddinal N/A Lateial N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to WorkDistance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Interpass Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hammer WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION (WPS) U Yes PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS (PQR) E] Yes Company Name Identification # L -009 Welding Process (es) SMAW Revision Date By Supporting PQR # (s) PREQUAL[FIED Authorized By Jeff Leeuw 2/1 /08 TYPE Manual Semi Automatic :a :,� L: °c:1s� JOINTti :sear, r-: • Rip Type (TC -134A) Single Bevel Groove Single Backing sI.. 161• —7" TEELT40-Affiffmn AWS Specification A. 5.1 AWS Classification E7018 Double Weld n © No Q Backin Material 3/8 Root Face Dimension 30 Radius. (34.1) Yes No Q Method Method: Air Arc or Machine Grinding Root Opening Groove Angle Back Gouging Yes N/A r 1 . Material Spec. A 36, A 572, A 500, A992 Type or Grade N/A Thickness Groove Diameter (Pipe) N/A 1 /8° - UNLIMITED Fillet N/A Flux N/A Electrode flux (Class) Gas Cup Size N/A gagniggimMagragar L M Gas N/A Composition N/A N/A Flow Rnte N/A w+w (t ttla'o5)�Pioivg. ' 7 IFIY ZNIZE PtisitiocofGroove. to•3r34t1 Fillet N/A vertical Progression Up ® Down n ��rii iktaIRIG' 1TGrHMKGMIIISTIIGSTW b Transfer Mode (GMAW) Short - Circuiting n Globular n Spray n Current AC IT DCEP © DCEN n Poised n Other: N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A Stringer or Weave Bead Stringer Multi-pass or Single Pass (per side) Multi -pass Number of 1 T EC,BROD�,`ISP-TAt G'° Longitudinal N/A Lateral N /A. Angle N/A Contact']'ube to Work Distance N/A Periling NONE ALLOWED ' Interpass Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hemmer Preheat Temp. Mm Interpass Temp. Min Vi to I% I 'A to 2 Over 2'A 32° < Mini mtm 70° 32° 150 350 400 Max 500 °F Temp. N/A Time N/A i i+ra r �.... r {!t:ar i"' .. 7' - Qi:IL • kr.-- TIV., •CF7r? -.: :a a. 3 tl 001 5.011 OS,a ED �► V aINCS PItf)C1D , ; 'fi t �,. b rt:�;,: • ;. e� - r .:� • Pass or Weld Layers) Filler Metals Class f Type & Polarity Current Volts Joint Details ALL SMAW E70]8 1/8" DCEP 120 (± 10 %) 24 (± 7 %) N/A Single Bevel Groove NDTG -0124 S ba3,2061 ddt Company Name Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR N (s) PREQUALIFIED ':,,; °: iM71 .OIlVIC SIGiVi Y " Type (TC -U4A) Single Bevel Groove Single Double Weld Bacldng Yes No n Bacldng Material 1/4 Reot Face Dimension 45 Radius (3-U) Pass or Weld Layer(s) ?40T0.0124 Sga®ta 2100+ ddk WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION (WPS) U Yes PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS (PQR) Ei Yes Root Opening Groove.Angle Back Gouging Method: Air Arc Material Spec. Type or Grade Thickness Diameter (Pipe) AWS S pec i ficat i on Preheat Temp. Min liiterpass Temp. Min %to 4 1 ''A to 2 Over 2 ' Yes No Method N/A ,c ,y _155. or Machine Grinding .:...lYlf'. :} s.1;t E A 36, A 572, A 500, A992 N/A Groove 118° - UNLIMTrED N/A ;mil &F.M,., r'moo- A 5.1 AWS Classification E7018 Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode-Flux .(Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size N/A 32° <Minimum 70° 32° 150 350 400 1 {?.} s�.�i% per : �r* ta". ;1.,r� SMAW E7018 0 :A I Filler Metals Class 1 /8'' DCEP Fillet N/A Type & Polarity 500 °F Identification /I L -008 Revision Date Authorized By Jeff Leeuw TYPE Manual Cwrent Positjon .of Groove Vertical Progression Transfer Mode (GNAW) Short- Circuiting n Globular n Spray n Current AC Ej DCEP DCEN n Pulsed E Other N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW'V) Size WA Type N/A 1104151e: u n; • Teatp. Time Volts tI 0 10.20,30.40 Up a C �• l7ilST Stringer or Weave Bead Mulfi:pass or Single Pass (per side) Number of 'Electrodes By 2/1/08 120 (± 10%) 24 L 7% N /A. Semi- Automatic { 9 Fillet N/A Down 0 emoutilesMarwl Stringer Multi-pass 1 Longitudinal WA Later N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to Work Distance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Interpass Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hammer OS n g T.i2'FtlAtrin irnN NIA N/A Joint Details Single Bevel Groove WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED Identification Revision Authorized (WPS) ►la Yes ' BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR ii (s) PREQUALIFIED (PQR) f] Yes It L -006 Date By By Jeff Leeuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Semi- Automatic - JOINTDESIGN'USED : • '.a " ; i. POSITION Type (Tee and Lap joints and Corner Position of Groove Fillet 1F, 2F 3F , WA aF Single X Double Weld ED Vertical Progression Up X Down - Backing Yes - No X Backing Material Root Opening 0-3/16 Root Face Dimension N/A Groove Angle N/A Radius (J - -U) N/A ` : ELECTRICAL CFiAIZACTERISTICS'. ' : Transfer Mode (GMAW) Back Gouging Yes 0 No X Method N/A Short- Circuiting - Globular I - I Spray - Method: Air Arc or Machine•Grinding Current ..- . ' °Y'' `!iT'',.. - "':i ''' ":_i -; �y .. : AC - DCEP X DCEN - Pulsed - Material Spec. A 36, A 572, A 500, A 992 Type or Grade N/A Thickness Groove N/A Fillet it Diameter (Pipe) N/A Other: N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A .. , - ... .. . , iQ � :.'_: .. CHN ' : ;FILLTA' METALS ;: • ., Stringer or Weave Bead Both Multi - passer Single Pass (per side) Multi -pass Number of Electrodes 1 AWS Specification A 5.1 AWS Classification E7018 : , : , ;. - . :J:,I;I;C RODE�S PA LING "3 T :SHIELDING ;:. --' ' Longitudinal N/A Lateral N /A Angle N/A = Contact Tube to Work Distance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Iatetpnss Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping liarimter Flux N/A Gus N/A Composition • N/A Electrode: Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas .Cu Size N/A P . - - '`. PREHEAT; , i' ; POSTWEL"D HEAT TYtE',ATME NT I „ `. Preheat Temp. Min 32° <Minimum 70° Inteipass Temp. Min 32° Max 500 °F 'A " to 11/2 ", 1'50 1'A "to 2 1/2" 350 Over 2 %_" 400 I .'! Temp. p N/A - -- Time N/A WEL;DINCPAOCLrD Pass or Weld tiller Metals Current Layers} .. rocess Volts Speed Class Dibtn Type & Amps gr _Wire Feed Speed • Joint Details ' .... Poled : Speed..,..• . . ALL SMAW 87018 1/8" DCEP 120 (± 10 %) 24 ( ±7 %) N/A Tca's and ta. wra.or -+ WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED Identification Revision Authorized (WPS) X Yes BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS ' Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR ff (s) PREQUALIFIED (PQR) [l Yes If L-005 Date By By Jeff Leeuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Semi- Automatic - ' ; JOINT DESIGN USED .. POSITION ' Type (B- u44aSingle Bevel Groove Position of Groove 1G,2G,JG,4G Fillet N/A Single )C Double Weld - Vertical Progression Up X Down - Backing Yes X. No n Backing Material Root Opening 0-1/4" Root Face Dimension 0 — 1/16" Groove Angle 45 Radius (J -1 N/A -' , ELECTRICAL CHARACJ'l;R1STICS _`. • Transfer Mode (GMAW) Back Gouging Yes 0 No X Meth N/A Short- Circuiting I - I Globular I - I Spray ( - Method: AirAic or Machine Grindin: — ' Current 1 : � ' ` +BASIJ!IV TALS - • ; j i AC - DCEP ® DCEN n Pulsed - Material Spec. A 3,A 572, A 500, A 992 Type or Grade N/A Thidmess Groove • /8 "- UNUMITED Fillet N/A Diameter (Pipe) N/A Other. N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A ,i •' • ... ' :,. '.TC CHNI .'E ' `FILLER IVIETAI,B .. Stringer or Weave Bead Both Multi pass. or Single Pass (per side) Multi-pass Number of Electrodes 1 AWS Specification A Si p AWS Classification E7018 +ELECTRODE :SPACING' ::.. SHIELDING' Longituduml N/A Lateral N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to Work Distance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Interpass Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hammer Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode -Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size N/A ' U � PREHEAT.. .. .. - , :: • PO LTl �IiLAT TREATIVIE • ;. ', •. STWE NT Preheat Temp. Min 32° < Minimum 70° Interpass.Temp. Min 3_� Max 500 °F 1 %" to 21/2" 350 Over. 2 V" 400 Temp. N/A Time N/A WELDING. PROCEDURE: " ' Filler Metals Pass or \Veld at Process Volts Speed'. Joint Details Laycr(s) Class biam Type & Amps or Wire "Feed Speed,. ALL SMAW E7018 1/8" DCEP 120 (+ 10 %) 24 (+ 7 %) N/A Singic BcvN _— Groove NOTG-017a Sep:eba:4 3301 WELDING PROCEDURE SPED nt 'ICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED identification Revision Authorized '— (WPS) X I Yes BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR # (s) PREQUALIFIED (PQR) Yes I/ L -004 Date By By Jeff Leeuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Semi - Automatic - . , ,., . .-- —ft POSITION JOINT DESIGN USED Type (B -n4a) Single Bevel Groove Position- of Groove lG,30,4G Fillet WA Single X Double Weld - Vertical Progression Up X Down - Backing Yes X No - Backing Material Root Opening 0 -3/B" Root Face Dimension 0 — 1/16" Groove Angle 30 Radius (3-11) N/A ; ELRCTAICAL CHARACTERISTICS • Trn sfer Mode (GNAW) Back Gouging Yes 0 No X Meths N/A Short-Circuiting ( - I Globular. ( - I Spray I - 1 Method: Air Arc or Machine Grinding Current :,.,::2.i,11:',., -' •BASCMCTA,L•S ' AC - DCEP X DCEN n Pulsed - Material Spec. A 36, A 572, A 500, A. 992 Type or Grade N/A Thickness Groove UV - UNLIMITED Fillet N/A Diameter (Pipe) N/A Other. N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A TECHNI UE ., FILLER METALS ' � , , , ? Stringer or Weave Bead Both Multi-pass or Single Pass (per side) Multi pass Number of Electrodes 1 AWS Specification A 5.1 AWS Classification E7018 - ; t"•:'-'.. ,.';LLECTRODE SPACING _ -' `SHIELDING _ _ Longitudinal N/A Lateral N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to Work Distance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Interims Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hammer Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode -Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size NIA ... ..:::: PREHEAT : ... .POST,WCLD:BEAT: TREATMENT :,: -, -. , • Preheat Temp. Min 32° < Minimum 70° Interpass Temp. Min 32° Max 500 °F 'h " to i 1/2" 150 I i4 " to 2 1/2" 350 Over 2 !" 400 Temp. N/A Title N/A WELDING'PROCEDURG , Pass or Weld Filler Metals Current Travel Layer(s) Process Class Dram Type Amps. o r Wiie Teed VOID Spe Joint Details Polarity Speed Single Bevel ALL SMAW E7018 1/8" DCEP 120 + 10 %) 24 (± 7 %) N/A Groovt HDTG•0124 slam bs 1. tow ddk WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED Identification Revision Authorized (WPS) FAT f Yes BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR # (s) PREQUALIFIED (PQR) Li Yes # L -003 Date By By Jeff Leeuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Senii- Automatic - :. JOINTDESIGH;USED - r `` ;.•,:, POSITION ... •. ,: Type (B -u2a) Single V- Groove Position of Groove iG,3C.4G Fillet N/A Single X - Double Weld ED Vertical Progression Up X Down - Backing Yes X No - Backing Material Root Opening 0 -3/8" Root 'Face Dimension 0 — 1/1.6" Groove Angle 30 Radius (J -U) N/A " .,. ..:::ELECTRICAL Cfi'ARACTER1STICS • Transfer Mode (GMAW) Back Gouging Yes `i No t i Method N/A Short-Circuiting - Globular - Spray - Method: Air.Arc or Machine Grinding Current. ,.:•,, r.4. , 1 '. ; :I3ASE4METALS ' AC - DCEP X DCEN I - I Pulsed - Material Spec. A 36, A 572, A 500, A 992 Type or Grade N/A Thickness Groove us' - UNUMITED Fillet NIA Diameter (Pipe) N/A --....... _.._..._ Other_ N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A -: :, ;.. CH Q .. . _ _ :..'. , .` , , :.FILLER METALS' Stringer or Weave Bead Both li Multi pass or Single Pess (per side) Multi-pass Number of Electrodes 1 AWS Specification A 5.1 AWS Classification E7018 _ , . ' . . �'' ;:• SHIELDING: . . ; , ::; ... .. :` : • `I Longitudinal N/A Lateral N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to Work Distance NIA. Peening NONE ALLOWED Intetpass Cleaning Wire & Chipping Harnmer Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode -Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size N/A : •PREEMAT . "' TWELD AT TREATMEN Prcbeat Temp. Min 32° <Minimum 70° Interpass Temp. Min 3r Max 500 °F %. " to 11/2" 150 1 % "to21/2" 350 Over 2 '4" 400 Tem. N /A. P Time N/A • WELDING PROCED . Pass or Weld Fill Metals C ent - ' `P.rt . ',Travel - Layer(s) Class Dinm Type & ' Amps or. Wire Feed Vol ls Speed Joint Details Polar' ALL SMAW E7018 1/8" DCEP 120 (± 10 %) 24 (±7 %) N/A Single V- Groave h'DTG01: S es l m,4° ], 2°6i . WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED ldentifcation Revision Authorized (WPS) X Yes BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR # (s) PREQUALIFIED (PQR) [] Yes # L -002 Date By By Jeff Lecuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Semi- Automatic - :;.•JOINT DESIGNtUSED ' POSITION _ Type ($ -u2a Single V- Grobde Position of Groove iG.2 t7,4o Fillet NM Single X Double Weld - Vertical Progression Up X Down Bad3ng Yes X No - Bactdng Material Root Opening 0 -1/4" Root Face Dimension 0 —1/16" Groove Angle 95° Radius (J -U) N/A : ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS': ; � ,., ; {t Transfer Mode (GMAW) Bad: Gouging Yes No .X Method N/A Short- Circuiting - Globular - Spray - Method: Air Arc or Machine Orindia: Current n... - : ,; a ::�'_ ; i :'i.DASE]VIETALS::' _:: .. ,,- , -,- . _ .., AC - DCEP X DCEN - Pulsed Material Spec A 36, A 572, A 500, A 993 i' Type or Grade N/A Thiclmess Groove tts° - t1Nt.mf rrED Fillet N1A Diameter (Pipe) N/A Other. N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAVV) Size N/A Type N/A „ TECHNI UE . `. ,:.:, ,, FILLER:METALS :... .. or t Stringer Weave Bead Both Malt- -pass or. Single Pass (per side) Multi -pass Number of Electrodes 1 AWS Specification A 5.] AWS Classification E7018 1 . • ?]CL'�C!`RODE�SPACING '; � i, '.; ,. •. SHIELDING is •� _. . � :. .._. .' ` Longitudinal N/A Lateral N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube to Work Distance N/A Peening NO■E•ALLOWED Interpass Cleaning Wire brush & Chipping Hammer Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode -Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size N/A ' .-' - PREHEAT . , . , ' ' F '. a t:POSTWELD IIEAT.TRLATMENT : '. a , , Preheat Temp. Min 32 °' <Minimum70° Interpass Temp. Min. no Max 500 °F Y1" to 11/3° 150 1 ' /a " to 21/2" 350 Over 2 'A" 400 ,i . .:.: ,.i Temp. N/A Time N/A • ,.. WELDING P.ROCED1JRE -, . Pass or Weld FOler Metals Current Process : . . Travel .. Layers) .. T Class ;pi yp S Amps or *ire Feed Volts i Joint Details Speed Polari S :eed ... : ALL SMAW E7018 VS" DCEP 120 (± 10 %) 24 (± 7 %) N/A Sin to V -Groove NITO.0124 £goozl 2_ :e04 WELDING PROCEDURE SPECFIFICATION PREQUALIFIED X QUALIFIED Identification Revision Authorized (WPS) U Yes BY TESTING Or PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORDS Company Name Lamar Construction Company, Inc. Welding Process (es) SMAW Supporting PQR # (s) PREQUALIF® (PQR) [] Yes // L -001 Dale By By Jeff Lecuw Date: 12/5/07 TYPE Manual X Semi- Automatic - •JOINT-DESIGN.USED• .. • i', si _ :_'• (:' .:. POSITION: , T e uSa) Double Bevel Groove Position of Groove l G G 3GAG Frown N/A Vertical Up X Down X Single Double Weld 0 Bac33ng Yes X No - - BocldngMaterial Roat l?peaing 0 - 118" Root race Dimension D - 1 /8" Groove Angle d5 Radius (J -U) 0 - 15° • :: ' ... '. ?LLECTRJCAL:CU AR ACTERISTICS ::' ' .. I Transrer Mode (GMAW) Back Gouging Yes X No �] Method N/A Short- Circuiting - Globular 1 - ( Spray Method: Air Arc or Macluue Orindin _ Current • BASE,METi+CIS , ' AC - DCEP X DCEN - Pulsed Material Spec A 3G, A 572, A SOD, A 992 Type ar Grade N/A Thickness Groove Iis - UNL(M17LD Fillet wA Diameter (Pipe) N/A Other: N/A Tungsten Electrode (GTAW) Size N/A Type N/A ... TECHNIQUE •i.:,: ••' • . �.FILLER`METALS .. ,._ Stringer or Weave Bead Stringer — ' Multi - ass ai• Sin !e Pass Multi-pass Single (per side) Multi-pass ' Number of Electrodes I AWS S ecifcetion A5 :I P. AWS Classification E7018 _ ;' � t .. ELECTRODE G '` '_ :SHIELDING i .,::1 :- _ ' Longitudinal NIA Lateral N/A Angle N/A Contact Tube t9 Work Distance N/A Peening NONE ALLOWED Interpass Cleaning Wire'brush A Chipping.Hammer Flux N/A Gas N/A Composition N/A Electrode -Flux (Class) N/A Flow Rate N/A Gas Cup Size N/A -; - , PREHEAT.. , . , ;, . !; , POS ' ,. .. • TWEL . HEAT.TRTATNIENT -.:.. Preheat Temp. Mm 32° <Minimum 70° — Interpass Temp. Min 3r Max 500 °F '/ "toll/2" 150 • I l " to 2 1/2" 350 Over 2 %a" 400 .... Temp. WA Time WA Current Pass ar Weld Filler Metals ": ; ; " " Process - Volts .Tiayel, Joint Details Layers) Class Diam Type & Amps of Wire Feed :$p Polarity S': cad .. . ALL SMAW E7018 i/8" DCEP 120 (+ t , Double Beni HnTC -a scr z:aoa aat I 11111■ A=1 Krazan & ASSOCIATES, INC. September 3, 2008 Mr. Hiep Nguyen Jacobs Carter Burgess #4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 RE: Special Inspection AT &T Remodel Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Nguyen, In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above- referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors from August 22 to August 25, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC muel H. Hyatt Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION RECEIVED CEP 0 2008 COMtw,up i Y DEVELOPMENT Offices Serving The Western United States KA No. 066 -08235 Permit No.D08 -149 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup. Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 1)8135 DFR Templete.doc dKr'azan BASSOCIATES, I NC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: 22 August 2008 PROJECT #: 066-08235 PROJECT: AT & T Store Remodel LOCATION: 16425 Southcenter Blvd. KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: SHH FIELD REPORT NO.: 8235DFR082208 -rh -1 CONTRACTOR: Tellco Construction PERMIT NO: D08 -149 INSPECTOR: Randy Hansen JURISDICTION: City of Tukwila WEATHER: Mostly Sunny TEMP: 65-70 F Epoxy and Reinforcing Steel Inspection On site as requested by the general contractor for epoxy dowel and resteel inspection for new footing /slab at the new entry to store and 3 locations inside building. Observed the contractor clean out the 5" minimum deep holes with compressed air and brush. Then set the bar into the holes with Simpson Set 22 epoxy, lot # 261268NN, exp date 05/09 and 179378RR exp date 5/31/2010. The bar obtained full epoxy coverage. Also checked the resteel in the footings /slab for size, grade, spacing, location, count, lap and clearance per the plans. The resteel was found to be in place at all locations except at the cross over at the exsisting footing. The contractor still needs to epoxy some additional transverse # 4 bar in the slab prior to placement . of concrete. Also verify clearances are set prior to the placement of concrete. To the best of my knowledge, the above WAS ® / WAS NOT ❑ performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. Superintendent/Representative: Technician: Offices Serving the Western Uni ed States Equipment/Asset Number(s): Form 1501 r.2 Effective Date: 12 -20 -07 The information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Associates. aZan & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: g - 2S-- og CONTRACTOR: / y_L_C O Ca - PROJECT #: 060 - e 82 3 JURISDICTION: Ge r 77.../.fCt i LA PROJECT: A r A 7" /.2�. PERMIT #: L7o - /4'S LOCATION: /a ¢Z 5 — .`DVjsl ( •vT4 /44440- INSPECTOR: a0 A . / Ci,4p6) KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER: d54 WEATHER: L' Ga y TEMP: 6 3 t • Superintendent /Representative: 1502 Field Rep.•e.dor 1/ 9 4. /• 5 . Technici /� /;) Lair-At 94- L So /41 / 0 e 7 5 G / -moT• 4J6 lz- - 73,x -lz � -� "J6_5 /> 7*XS , ?Z� /A) "n/00 L..6 Z-6 7-7 Z -6 r n c L rte• 4 6 " � y 2 '-0 � � /4.UC � @A)17) L S''� Yo -6-74- u� �G'r1( Tb S 64-13 7 444./.- rev r 1 -- 1 ' �� / , ©c-- 5 4T &- v j72-A Vc,E / 7 - 4 S' LA 6 / x /0 5z 77z- /40J6Ge 5'11--#{E fi./ # 3 a w,� y i / 7V X76 . , - L,� i o,G 5 y .4 ' ¢s� ,-c Geritiese - 4/& /1-/L-4 FIELD REPORT NO: 10 2 6 6 5 s7 1df 2' J o -W-51 Ezr a-2 st.4 -r3 va 4./ s ,C7 5' LA-6 / AJ N1 / 2 L6 ' / /c 7 / 5 �..4 ry /7", 22-4. «' ,E�� �/ /=-7 . /A/sr/1,466w ( ei) l9 DG ' M 5/4 4/ / 4-52 $ZL` / t t� itiG ✓ Cam' 1� 0 1 "/ E-L 4v444.c..- hiedLev 1/ / Ns / ,v- i a 04 Serving the Western United States Rcvtcion Effective Date: t I,' `i(r? 4 ../- / t ,�.tt .QO Ca •✓ - �/.� 5 ev .41.5 o ��� f !�// /` /)� ,7e SiL� )" 560 / 7 G/457 5 1. Li as dt: .3 .?. , - 2 / 2 4 ,o-e2- j'4 AP/474 , Equipment/Asset Number(s): To the best of my knowledge, the abov WAS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requirements. This field report indicates our inspector's observation and testing results based on the site condition and contractor's activities. This information is subject to review prior to final submittal. By signing this report, our inspector does not accept responsibility for validity of results. Some information on this report has been provided by others on site. FILE COPY - Permit No. GENERAL , . C c I EWED FO ' APP ROVED CO MPLIANCE AUG 1 4 ?008 • - nom,, • • A •. O -^ 1. TH CONTRACTOR SHALL' ASSUME SOLE-AND (OM KIT T RES 0 r �. �r A • JOB SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTI �,, I, i �. AF OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY. THIS REQUIREMENT SHAL "D • CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS. d�4UIV 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SHORING, BRACING, AND TEMPORARY EXCAVATIONS, AND SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL STATE AND FEDERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND EXISTING BUILDING AND SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED OF ANY DISCREPANCIES IMMEDIATELY. 4. ALL OMISSIONS AND CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE VARIOUS ELEMENTS OF THE WORKING DRAWINGS AND /OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK SO INVOLVED. 5. RESOLVE ANY CONFLICTS ON THE DRAWINGS WITH THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH CONSTRUCTION. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITY SERVICES IN THE AREA TO BE EXCAVATED PRIOR TO BEGINNING EXCAVATION. 7. NO PIPES, DUCTS, SLEEVES, CHASES, ETC... SHALL BE PLACED IN SLABS, BEAMS, OR WALLS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SHOWN OR NOTED, NOR SHALL ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBER BE CUT FOR PIPES, DUCTS, OR OTHER ITEMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PRIOR APPROVAL FOR INSTALLATION OF ANY ADDITIONAL PIPES, DUCTS, OR OTHER ITEMS. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED FOR LOCATIONS. 8. ALL MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST ADDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC 2007) AND PERTINENT ICC -ES REPORTS. 9. SPECIAL INSPECTION PER CBC SHALL BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. 10. STRUCTURAL DESIGN IS BASED ON THE 2006 EDITION OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. CITY RECEIVED ,II II 1 7nnR PERMIT (;b REVISIGN NO � S-H1 DIMENSIONS 1. DIMENSIONS SHALL BE DEFINED TO INCLUDE BOTH HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS AND VERTICAL DIMENSIONS (ELEVATIONS). 2. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS. GEOTECHNICAL 1. EXCAVATION, GRADING, AND SUB -GRADE PREPARATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (2006 IBC): 2. ALLOWABLE FOUNDATION DESIGN VALUES: ALLOWABLE BEARING STRESS: LATERAL BEARING STRESS: COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION: 1500 PSF 100 PSF /FT 0.30 ALLOWABLE VALUES MAY BE INCREASED BY 33% FOR TRANSIENT LOADS SUCH AS WIND OR SEISMIC. 3. THE MINIMUM NEW FOOTING DEPTH BELOW ADJACENT GRADE SHALL BE 24 INCHES. 4. THE MINIMUM FOOTING WIDTH SHALL BE 16 INCHES FOR CONTINUOUS AND 24 INCHES FOR PAD FOOTINGS. REINFORCING STEEL 1. BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A615, GRADE 60 FOR ALL BAR SIZES 2. WELDING OF REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185 AND THE MOST CURRENT EDITION OF AWS D1.4. 3. WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A185. 4. REINFORCING, DETAILING, BENDING AND PLACING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE MAUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE ", LATEST EDITION. 5. LAP SPLICES SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 6. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE FOLLOWING AMOUNTS OF CONCRETE COVER, MEASURED FROM THE OUTER CONCRETE SURFACE TO THE FACE OF THE REINFORCING STEEL BAR, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE: FOOTINGS (CONCRETE DEPOSITED AGAINST EARTH) 3" FORMED CONCRETE SURFACE EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER .2" CONCRETE REINFORCING (INCLUDING COLUMN TIES) 1 -1/2" 7. ALL REINFORCING STELL, ANCHOR BOLTS, DOWELS, AND INSERTS SHALL BE WELL SECURED IN POSITION PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE OR GROUT. 8. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN DETAILS, FURNISH #3 SPACER TIES AT APPROXIMATELY 2' -6" ON CENTER IN ALL BEAMS AND FOOTINGS TO SECURE REINFORCING IN PLACE. 9. ALL REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE BENT COLD, UNLESS OTHERWISE PERMITTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 10. REINFORCEMENT PARTIALLY EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE FIELD BENT, EXCEPT AS SHOWN ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS OR PERMITTED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 11. AT THE TIME CONCRETE IS PLACED, REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE FREE FROM MUD, OIL OR OTHER NONMETALLIC COATINGS THAT DECREASE THE BOND BETWEEN THE CONCRETE AND THE REINFORCEMENT. REINFORCED CONCRETE 1. CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -150, TYPE V. 2. AGGREGATES SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -33 FOR STRUCTURAL NORMAL- WEIGHT CONCRETE (1" MAXIMUM SIZE) AND ASTM C -330 FOR STRUCTURAL LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE. 3. READY -MIX CONCRETE SHALL BE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C -94. 4. CONCRETE DESIGN MIXES SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH. THE 2007 CBC AND SHALL BE STAMPED AND SIGNED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER, REGISTERED IN THE STATE OF JURISDICTION. 5. ALL CONCRETE SHALL SATISFY THE MINIMUM STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS. THE MINIMUM ULTIMATE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (f c) AT 28 DAYS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 4500 PSI PAD, SLABS ON GRADE AND CONTINUOS CONCRETE WATER CEMENT RATIO TO BE 0.45. 6. THE MAXIMUM CONCRETE SLUMP SHALL BE 3" +/- 1" FOR SLABS ON GRADE AND 4" +/- 1" FOR ALL OTHER WORK. 7. THE USE OF FLY ASH SHALL BE CONSIDERED TO IMPROVE CONCRETE WORKABILITY AND DURABILITY ONLY. FLY ASH SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO REDUCE THE MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT. FLY ASH SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C -618, CLASS F. THE AMOUNT OF FLY SH USED SHALL NOT EXCEED 15% OF THE CEMENT CONTENT MASS. 8. ADMIXTURES MAY BE USED WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. ADMIXTURES USED TO INCREASE THE WORKABILITY OF THE CONCRETE SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED TO REDUCE THE SPECIFIED MINIMUM CEMENT CONTENT. WHEN ADMIXTURES ARE UTILIZED, SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT INFORMATION WITH THE CONCRETE MIX DESIGN. 1 OF 2 07/14/08 C: \Users\Kambiz\Desktop\KK SUN GROUP\2.0- Projects\2008 \110 -200 9. AIR ENTRAINMENT OF 2% SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SLABS ON GRADE. AIR - ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO ATM C -260. 10. CONCRETE FORM TOLERANCES SHALL BE WITHIN THE STANDARDS SET FORTH IN ACI 117. 11. ALL REINFORCING STEEL, ANCHOR BOLTS, DOWELS AND OTHER INSERTS SHALL BE SECURED IN POSITION AND INSPECTED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR PRIOR TO THE POURING OF ANY CONCRETE. 12. THE LOCATION OF ALL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACING REINFORCING STEEL. 13. REFER TO AND VERIFY WITH LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS FOR RELATED ISSUES WITH RESPECT TO THE CONCRETE. 2 OF 2 07/14/08 C: \Users\Kambiz\Desktop\KK SUN GROUP\2.0- Projects\2008 \110 -200 EPDXY ANCHORS 1. EPDXY FOR EPDXY ANCHORS SHALL BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING PRODUCTS: SET ADHESIVE BY SIMPSON STRONG -TIE (ICC -ES REPORT #1772) HY -150 MAX WITH TZ ROD ANCHOR SYSTEMBY HILTI, INC. (ICC -ES REPORT #1967) 2. ANCHORS USED FOR EPDXY ANCHORS SHALL BE ASTM A -307 THREADED RODS. SIZE AND EMBEDMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 3. ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EPDXY MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE CURRENT ICC -ES REPORT. 4. SPECIAL INSPECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC 2007 AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFIC SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN THE CORRESPONDING ICC -ES REPORT. 5. DRILLED HOLES SHALL BE CLEANED OF DUST AND ANY DEBRIS USING NYLON BRUSH AND COMPRESSED AIR. OIL, SCALE, AND RUST SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THREADED RODS BEFORE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. l OF 1 07/14/08 C: \Users\Kambiz\Desktop\KK SUN GROUP\2.0- Projects\2008 \110 -200f STRUCTURAL LUMBER 1. ALL STRUCTURAL LUMBER SHALL BE DOUGLAS -FIR COAST REGION AND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED BY PS 20 -70 BY A GRADE MARK OF A LUMBER GRADING AGENCY APPROVED BY THE BOARD OF REVIEW OF THE AMERICAN LUMBER STANDARS COMMITTEE. 2. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS: HORIZONTAL MEMBERS: JOSTS, BEAMS, AND HEADERS BEAMS, AND HEADERS VERTICAL MEMBERS: POSTS AND COLUMNS WALL STUDS, INTERIOR AND NON - BEARING WALL STUDS, EXTERIOR AND BEARING PLATES: 2X 3X DF #2 DF #1 DF #1 DF STUD GRADE DF #2 DF #2 DF #2 OR BETTER 3. SILL PLATES IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED DOUGLAS FIR OR OF A SPECIES THAT IS INHERENTLY RESISTANT TO DECAY, SUCH AS REDWOOD. 4. FRAMING ANCHORS, HANGERS, STRAPS, COLUMN CAPS AND BASES AND HOLDOWNS SHOWN ARE AS MANUFACTURED BY SIMPSON STRONG -TIE, BREA, CA. DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE FROM SIMPSON CATALOG C -2008 OR LATEST EDITION. FILL ALL ROUND AND TRIANGLE NAIL HOLES WITH NAILS TYPICAL. CONNECTORS USED OTHER THAN SIMPSON STRONG -TIE PRODUCTS SHALL BE AT THE RISK OF THE CONTRACTOR. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DOES NOT ACCEPT ANY RESPONSIBILITY NOR GUARANTEE THAT OTHER CONNECTORS ARE EQUIVALENT IN ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING LOAD CAPACITY, QUALITY AND /OR PERFORMANCE TO SIMPSON STRONG -TIE PRODUCTS. 5. PLYWOOD SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARS IN PS 1 -74 OR PS 1 -83. ALL PANELS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A GRADE MARK OF AN APPROVED TESTING AND GRADING AGENCY. EXTERIOR GLUE SHALL BE USED. NAILING OF PLYWOOD SHALL BE APPROVED PRIOR TO COVERING PLYWOOD. 6. ALL WALLS NOT SOLIDLY SHEATHED OR CONTAINING SHEAR PANELS SHALL HAVE A 1X6 DIAGONAL LET -IN BRACE OR APPROVED STEEL X BRACE AT THE ENDS AND AT NOT MORE THAN 25 FEET ON CENTER. BRACING SHALL EXTEND FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE LOWEST PLATE TO THE TOP OF THE UPPER PLATE. 7. ALL STUD PARTITIONS OR WALLS OVER TEN FEET IN HEIGHT SHALL HAVE 2X BRIDGING THAT IS THE SAME WIDTH AS THE STUDS, PREFERABLY AT MID - HEIGHT BUT NOT TO EXCEED AN 8 -FOOT VERTICAL INTERVAL. 8. DO NOT NOTCH JOISTS, RAFTERS OR BEAMS EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN ON THE DETAILS. HOLES THROUGH SILLS, PLATES, STUDS AND DOUBLE PLATES IN WALLS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/3 OF THE PLATE WIDTH. USE BORED HOLES LOCATED IN THE CENTER OF THE MEMBER OR USE METAL STRAP ON NEAR SIDE. NO HOLES ARE PERMITTED IN STUDS, SILL PLATE OR TOP PLATES OF SHEAR PANELS WITHOUT EXPRESS PERMISSION BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. 9. PROVIDE APPROVED X BRIDGING OR SOLID BLOCKING FOR BEAMS, RAFTERS AND JOISTS OF MORE THAN 8- INCHES DEPTH AT NOT MORE THAN 8 -FEET ON CENTER. 10. BOLTS IN WOOD SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 7 -BOLT DIAMETERS FROM THE ENDS AND 4 -BOLT DIAMETERS FROM THE EDGES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BOLT HOLES SHALL BE 1/32" LARGER IN DIAMETER THAN THE BOLT SIZE. 11. LAG BOLTS SHALL HAVE LEAD HOLES BORED. HOLE DIAMETER TO BE: SHANK PORTION: SAME DIAMTER AND LENGTH AS SHANK. THREADED PORTION: 0.6 TO 0.75 TIMES DIAMETER OF THREAD. 12. HOLES FOR NAILS, WHERE NECESSARY TO PREVENT SPLITTING OF WOOD, SHALL BE PREDRILLED AT A SMALLER DIAMETER THAN THE NAIL. 13. EXPOSED EXTERIOR NAILS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE HOT -DIP GALVANIZED. 14. USE MALLEABLE IRON WASHERS UNDER EXPOSED EXTERIOR BOLT HEADS AND NUTS. MALLEABLE WASHERS TO HAVE A DIAMETER 4 TIMES THE BOLT DIAMETER AND THICKNESS V2 BOLT DIAMETER. 15. DOUBLE TOP PLATES AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS AND ALL BEARING WALLS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LAP LENGTH OF 4' -0" AND 8 -16d NAILS, UNLESS OTHWERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS. TIMBERSTRAND NOTES 1. BEAMS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AS "TIMBERSTRAND ", SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY TRUS -JOIST COMPANY SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO THE REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF THE LOCAL BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE ARCHITECT, AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD. 2. TIMBERSTRAND BEAMS AND HEADERS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN ICC -ES REPORT NO. 1387. 3. THE CONRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FABRICATION AND ERECTION DRAWINGS, AS WELL AS, STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS. DRAWINGS AND CALCULATIONS SHALL BEAR THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A CIVIL OR STRUCTURAL ENGINEER LICENSED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA. 4. TIMBERSTRAND SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A STAMP THAT INDICATES THE PRODUCT TYPE AND GRADE, ICBO REPORT NO., MANUFACTURER'S NAME, PLANT NUMBER, AND THE INDEPENDENT INSPECTION AGENCY'S LOGO. 5. HOLES, CUTS, OR NOTCHES NOT PREVIOUSLY INDICATED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 6. DESIGN LOADS: DL LL ROOF 12 PSF 20 PSF 7. DEFLECTION CRITERIA: LL DL FLOOR L/360 L/480 CONNECTON NAILING 1. Joist to sill or girder, toe nail each side 3 — 8d 2. Bridging to joist or rafter, toe nail each end 2 — 8d 3. 1"x 6" subfloor or less to each joist, face nail 2 — 8d 4. Wider than 1" x 6" subfloor to each joist, face nail 3 — 8d 5. 2" subfloor to joist or girder, blind and face nail 2 — 16d 6. Sole plate to joist or blocking, typical face nail Sole plate to joist or blocking, at braced wall panels 16d at 16" o.c. 3 — 16d per 16" 7. Top plate to stud, end nail 2 — 16d 8. Stud to sole plate 4 — 8d, toenail or 2 -16d, end nail 9. Double studs, face nail 16d at 24" o.c. 10. Doubled top plates, typical face nail Double top plates, lap splice 16d at 16" o.c. 8 — 16d 11. Blocking between joists or rafters to top plate, toenail 3 — 8d 12. Rim joist to top plate, toenail 8d at 6" o.c. 13. Top plates, laps and intersections, face nail 2 — 16d 14. Continuous header, two pieces 16d at 16" o.c. along each edge 15. Ceiling joists to plate, toenail 3 — 8d 16. Continuous header to stud, toenail 4 — 8d 17. Ceiling joists, laps over partitions, face nail 3 — 16d 18. Ceiling joists to parallel rafters, face nail 3 — 16d 19. Rafter to plate, toenail 3 — 8d 20. 1" brace to each stud and plate, face nail 2 — 8d 21. 1" x 8" sheathing or less to each bearing, face nail 2 — 8d 22. Wider than 1" x 8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail 3 — 8d 23. Built -up corner studs 16d at 24" o.c. 24. Built -up girder and beams 20d at 32" o.c. at top and bottom and staggered 2 — 20d at ends and at each splice 25. 2" planks 2 — 16d at each bearing 26. Wood structural panels and particleboard: Subfloor and wall sheathing (to framing): 1/2" and less 19/32" to 3/4" 7/8" to 1" 1 -1/8" to 1 -1/4" Combination subfloor - underlayment (to framing): 3/4" and less 6d 8d or 6d 8d 10d or 8d 6d NAILING SCHEDULE 1. ALL NAILING SHALL BE COMMON WIRE NAILS CONFORMING TO THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. WHERE MACHINE NAILINS IS USED, NAIL HEADS SHALL NOT PENETRATE PLYWOOD SHEATHING. CONNECTIONS LISTED ARE MINIMUM PERMISSIBLE. DETAILS SHALL GOVERN OVER THE SCHEDULE. 7/8" to 1" 1 -1/8" to 1 -1/4" 8d 10d or 8d 27. Panel siding (to framing): 1/2" or less 5/8" 6d 8d 28. Fiberboard sheathing: 1/2" 25/32" No. 11 ga. 6d No. 16 ga. No. 11 ga. 8d No. 16 ga. 29. Interior paneling 1/4" 3/8" 4d 6d ITEM REQ'D IF CHECKED REMARKS SOILS COMPLIANCE W/ SOILS REPORT SOIL REPORT CONCRETE • DESIGN MIX: ACI318 CH.4, 5.2 -5.4 MASONRY FIELD WELDING • REINFORCING STEEL • ACI318:3.5, 7.1 -7.7 WELDING PER AWSD1.4 EPDXY ANCHORS • SEE ALSO ICC -ER REPORTS OF MANUFACTURER. SPECIAL INSPECTION 1. SPECIAL INSEPCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CBC SECTION 1704 AND ANY ASSOCIATED ICC -ES REPORT. 2. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHALL REQUIRE SPECIAL INSPECTION FOR THIS PROJECT: 3. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE REGISTERED WITH THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT OF THE CITY OR GOVERNING AGENCY. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL ALSO BE CERTIFIED TO INSPECT SPECIFIED WORK. 4. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL BE EMPLOYED BY THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, OR ENGINEER. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL NOT BE EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS AGENTS. 5. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL OBSERVE THE WORK ASSIGNED FOR CONFORMANCE TO THE APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 6. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL FURNISH INSPECTION REPORTS TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD, AND OTHER DESIGNATED PERSONS. ALL DESCREPANCIES SHALL BE NOTED AND BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, THEN, IF UNCORRECTED, TO THE PROPER DESIGN AUTHORITY AND TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. 7. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR SHALL SUBMIT A FINAL SIGNED REPORT STATING WHETHER THE WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION WAS, TO THE BEST OF THE INSPECTOR'S KNOWLEDGE, IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, BUILDING CODE, AND ANY PERTINENT ICBO REPORTS. 8. FOR SPECIFIC INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO CBC SECTION 1704. KK Sun Group RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 2008 PERMIT CENTER Structural Building Department Submittal 16425 South CenterParKway for at&t Pc ft No. Tukwia, Job No: 11042008 Structural Engineer KK Sun Group 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 949 - 400 -6657 Prepared for Carter . Burgess 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA RV1SION NIPO___ F E COPY REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCES _ :. APPROVED AUG 4 20118.r U. C BUILD OfTukwila IMG DIVISION JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 SHEET NO: / ENGINEER: KK DATE: 7 ANALYSIS: General KK Sun Grou I. Code A. Design based on the 2006 International Building Code II. Lateral Loads III. Structural Materials A. Timber Wall Studs, Interior and Non-Bearing Wall Studs, 2 x 6 Exterior Posts & Columns ..... ....... ....... . ..... Roof Joists & Rafters ........ Beams & Headers B. Sheathing Design Criteria Douglas Fir Larch Construction Grade Doulgas Fir Larch #2 . .............. ....... .......... ............ DF-Larch #1 . . DF-Larch #2 DF-Larch #1 Existing Roof ....... ........ ........ ....... ................ ....... ........... 1/2" Plywood C. Hardware Hardware ......... ..... ........ ............ ..... ........ ...... .................... Simpson Strong-Tie D. Concrete Footings f 'c = 4,500 psi at 28 Days Slab on Grade f 'c = 4,500 psi at 28 Days Cement Type Type V. ASTM C-150 E. Reinforcing Steel Slabs & Footings ASTM A615, Fy = 60 ksi Welded Bars ASTM A615, Fy = 40 ksi F. Soil No Soils Report Note: Footing is designed per table 1804.2, Class 5 Material of 2006 IBC KK Sun Group 'xST:.R'U'`CT?U R!AL' " - E' N', Vertical Design Calculations for Gravity Loads JOB NAME: AT&T Tukawila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: V ^ / ENGINEER: KK DATE: July '2008 ANALYSIS: Vertical Dead Load Live Load Existing Roof Design Loads- Chapter 2, ASCE/ SEI 7 -05 Load on Horizontal Projection Description Asphalt Shingle Sheathing Rafters Ceiling / Insulation Mechanical / Electrical Miscellaneous Total Dead Load Live Load Total " Estimated member weight. In calculations to size beam members, the actual member weight will be used 20 psf reducible perSection 4.9, ASCE /SEI 7 -05 Member Tributary Area 0 to 200 sq. ft. 201 to 400 sq. ft. 400 to 600 sq. ft. over 600 sq. ft. 20 psf 20 to16 psf 16 psf 12 psf KK Sun Group ° T ' R U T" U R .A L N • G IN E'E R S ,. Rafters 3.0 psf 1.5 3.0 2.0 2.0 0.5 12.0 psf 20.0 psf 32.0 psf Live Load Live Load with Rise 4" per foot 20.0 psf 20.0 psf to 16 psf 19.0 psf to 12.0 psf 12.0 psf . , 4k, tE \ , ‘,1 (, )1' ; \ l, , 1 ' .1 Lf e I \\ • ea / \` J' .n .10..n V 2 - n1L tO 6U wa 519E4 eoonric'ero'm^e gMV^1WTWM '»iwakInOS $ZS LWiem uo1wiweMVn^ewoteon41 JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: V - ENGINEER: KK DATE: July 2008 ANALYSIS: //00-- 6 ,tT;RU iL E'N {GPI' °N;.E.ER JOB NAME: AT&T- Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: ✓ - 4 ENGINEER: KK DATE: 5/7/2008 ANALYSIS: Plan Check Correction. Timber Beam Properties Timber Beam & Joist Analysis & Design Roof Beam 1 Per 2006 International Building Code, Chapter 23 Load Combinations Product Type: 6x to 8x / DF No. 1 Load Duration Factor Beam Use: User Specified LC1: DL + RLL 1.25 Spacing: sp: 12.00 in. LC2: DL + LL 1.00 Width: b: 5.50 in. LC3: DL + LL + RLL 1.25 Depth: d: 11.25 in. LC4: DL + LL + S 1.15 Horizontal Span: L 18.0 ft LC5: DL + LL + W 1.60 Slope: Slope (Vert/Horz): 0.00 LC6: DL + LL + E 1.60 Span: L: 18.00 ft LC7: DL 0.90 Moment of Inertia: I: 652.6 in Section Modulus: S: 116.0 in Calculated Stresses vs. Allowable Stresses Modulus of Elasticity: E: 1600 ksi Allowable Bending Stress: Fb: 1350 psi Flexural Stresses (psi) Allowable Shear Stress: F „: 85 psi Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Repetitive Member Factor: C,: 1.00 LC1: 1076.4 1699.6 0.63 Size Factor Dim. Lumber: CF: 1.00 LC2: 443.1 1359.7 0.33 Other Factor: C: 1.00 LC3: 1076.4 1699.6 0.63 Size Factor Other: CF: 1.01 LC4: 443.1 1563.7 0.28 Volume Factor. C „: 1.00 LC5: 443.1 2175.5 0.20 Bending Stress Modification Factor: C 1.01 LC6: 443.1 2175.5 0.20 Shear Stress Modification Factor: C„: 1.00 LC7: 443.1 1223.7 0.36 Loads Left Shear Stress (psi) Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Self Weight: w,,,,,: 15.0 plf LC1: 98.3 106.3 0.93 Slope Factor. 1.00 LC2: 38.9 85.0 0.46 LC3: 98.3 106.3 0.93 Uniform Loads LC4: 38.9 97.8 0.40 Dead Load: we: 0.0 plf LC5: 38.9 136.0 0.29 Roof Live Load: we: 0.0 plf LC6: 38.9 136.0 0.29 Live Load: w 0.0 plf LC7: 38.9 76.5 0.51 Snow Load: w,: 0.0 plf Wind Load: `Nw nd: 0.0 plf Right Shear Stress (psi) Seismic Load: w 0.0 plf Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. LC1: 18.6 106.3 0.18 Point Loads 1 Location from left LC2: 9.0 85.0 0.11 Dead Load: Pa: 1707.0 lb 2.5 ft LC3: 18.6 106.3 0.18 Roof Live Load: Pa: 2844.0 lb 2.5 ft LC4: 9.0 97.8 0.09 Live Load: P.: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC5: 9.0 136.0 0.07 Snow Load: P,: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC6: 9.0 136.0 0.07 Wind Load: P 0.0 lb 6.0 ft LC7: 9.0 76.5 0.12 Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection Criteria Check Point Loads 2 Location from left Dead Load: Pa: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria LL: 360 Roof Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria TL: 240 Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Snow Load: P,: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Frac. Of Span Allowable Wind Load: Pwiba: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC1): 0.2435 in. 887 240 OK Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC2): 0.1126 in. 1919 240 OK Deflection (LC3): 0.2435 in. 887 240 OK Reactions Deflection (LC4): 0.1126 in. 1919 240 OK Deflection (LC5): 0.1126 in. 1919 240 OK Load Type Left Right Deflection (LC6): 0.1126 in. 1919 240 OK Dead Load 1605.3 lb 372.4 lb Deflection (LC7): 0.1126 in. 1919 240 OK Roof Live Load 2449.0 lb 395.0 lb Live Load Deflection: 0.1309 in. 1650 360 OK Live Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Snow Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Wind Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Seismic Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb JOB NAME: AT&T- Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 - 2008 SHEET NO: V ^ 5 ENGINEER: KK DATE: 5/7/2008 ANALYSIS: Plan Check Correction. Timber Beam Properties Timber Beam & Joist Analysis & Design Roof Beam 2 Per 2006 International Building Code, Chapter 23 Load Combinations Product Type: 2.0E Parallam PSL Load Duration Factor Beam Use: User Specified LC1: DL + RLL 1.25 Spacing: sp: 12.00 in. LC2: DL + LL 1.00 Width: b: 5.25 in. LC3: DL + LL + RLL 1.25 Depth: d: 16.00 in. LC4: DL + LL + S 1.15 Horizontal Span: L 21.0 ft LC5: DL + LL + W 1.60 Slope: Slope (Vert/Horz): 0.00 LC6: DL + LL + E 1.60 Span: L: 21.00 ft LC7: DL 0.90 Moment of Inertia: I: 1792.0 in Section Modulus: S: 224.0 in Calculated Stresses vs. Allowable Stresses Modulus of Elasticity: E: 2000 ksi Allowable Bending Stress: Fb: 2900 psi Flexural Stresses (psi) Allowable Shear Stress: F,,: 290 psi Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Repetitive Member Factor: C,: 1.00 LC1: 2174.7 3511.0 0.62 Size Factor Dim. Lumber: CF: 1.00 LC2: 1406.9 2808.8 0.50 Other Factor: C: 1.00 LC3: 2174.7 3511.0 0.62 Size Factor Other: CF: 0.97 LC4: 1406.9 3230.1 0.44 Volume Factor: C,,: 1.00 LC5: 1406.9 4494.0 0.31 Bending Stress Modification Factor: Cb: 0.97 LC6: 1406.9 4494.0 0.31 Shear Stress Modification Factor: C,,: 1.00 LC7: 1406.9 2527.9 0.56 Loads Left Shear Stress (psi) Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Self Weight: w 20.4 plf LC1: 138.1 362.5 0.38 Slope Factor: 1.00 LC2: 89.3 290.0 0.31 LC3: 138.1 362.5 0.38 Uniform Loads LC4: 89.3 333.5 0.27 Dead Load: w 456.0 plf LC5: 89.3 464.0 0.19 Roof Live Load: w, 260.0 plf LC6: 89.3 464.0 0.19 Live Load: wr: 0.0 plf LC7: 89.3 261.0 0.34 Snow Load: w 0.0 plf Wind Load: w 0.0 plf Right Shear Stress (psi) Seismic Load: w 0.0 plf Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. LC1: 138.1 362.5 0.38 Point Loads 1 Location from left LC2: 89.3 290.0 0.31 Dead Load: Pa: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC3: 138.1 362.5 0.38 Roof Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC4: 89.3 333.5 0.27 Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC5: 89.3 464.0 0.19 Snow Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC6: 89.3 464.0 0.19 Wind Load: P,M„d: 0.0 lb 6.0 ft LC7: 89.3 261.0 0.34 Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection Criteria Check Point Loads 2 Location from left Dead Load: Pa: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria LL: 360 Roof Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria TL: 240 Live Load: Pp: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Snow Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Frac. Of Span Allowable Wind Load: P, 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC1): 0.8991 in. 280 240 OK Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC2): 0.5817 in. 433 240 OK Deflection (LC3): 0.8991 in. 280 240 OK Reactions Deflection (LC4): 0.5817 in. 433 240 OK Deflection (LC5): 0.5817 in. 433 240 OK Load Type Left Right Deflection (LC6): 0.5817 in. 433 240 OK Dead Load 5002.4 lb 5002.4 lb Deflection (LC7): 0.5817 in. 433 240 OK Roof Live Load 2730.0 lb 2730.0 lb Live Load Deflection: 0.3174 in. 794 360 OK Live Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Snow Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Wind Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Seismic Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb JOB NAME: AT &T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: V- 61 ENGINEER: KK DATE: July 2008 ANALYSIS: A 00" /24vr) )'I 9 JOB NAME: AT &T- Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 - 2008 SHEET NO: V^ 7 ENGINEER: KK DATE: 5/7/2008 ANALYSIS: Plan Check Correction. Timber Beam Properties Timber Beam & Joist Analysis & Design Roof Beam 3 Per 2006 International Building Code, Chapter 23 Load Combinations Product Type: 6x to 8x / DF No. 1 Load Duration Factor Beam Use: User Specified LC1: DL + RLL 1.25 Spacing: sp: 12.00 in. LC2: DL + LL 1.00 Width: b: 5.50 in. LC3: DL + LL + RLL 1.25 Depth: d: 9.25 in. LC4: DL + LL + S 1.15 Horizontal Span: Lh: 12.0 ft LC5: DL + LL + W 1.60 Slope: Slope (Vert/Horz): 0.00 LC6: DL + LL + E 1.60 Span: L: 12.00 ft LC7: DL 0.90 Moment of Inertia: I: 362.7 in` Section Modulus: S: 78.4 in' Calculated Stresses vs. Allowable Stresses Modulus of Elasticity: E: 1600 ksi Allowable Bending Stress: Fb: 1350 psi Flexural Stresses (psi) Allowable Shear Stress: F,,: 85 psi Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Repetitive Member Factor: C,: 1.00 LC1: 1124.6 1737.0 0.65 Size Factor Dim. Lumber: CF: 1.00 LC2: 546.3 1389.6 0.39 Other Factor: C: 1.00 LC3: 1124.6 1737.0 0.65 Size Factor Other: CF: 1.03 LC4: 546.3 1598.1 0.34 Volume Factor. C�: 1.00 LC5: 546.3 2223.4 0.25 Bending Stress Modification Factor: Cb: 1.03 LC6: 546.3 2223.4 0.25 Shear Stress Modification Factor: C 1.00 LC7: 546.3 1250.7 0.44 Loads Left Shear Stress (psi) Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. Self Weight: w 12.4 plf LC1: 72.2 106.3 0.68 Slope Factor: 1.00 LC2: 35.1 85.0 0.41 LC3: 72.2 106.3 0.68 Uniform Loads LC4: 35.1 97.8 0.36 Dead Load: w 186.0 plf LC5: 35.1 136.0 0.26 Roof Live Load: w 210.0 plf LC6: 35.1 136.0 0.26 Live Load: wn: 0.0 plf LC7: 35.1 76.5 0.46 Snow Load: w.: 0.0 plf Wind Load: ww,d. 0.0 plf Right Shear Stress (psi) Seismic Load: w 0.0 plf Calculated Stress Allowable Stress U.C. LC1: 72.2 106.3 0.68 Point Loads 1 Location from left LC2: 35.1 85.0 0.41 Dead Load: Pe: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC3: 72.2 106.3 0.68 Roof Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC4: 35.1 97.8 0.36 Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC5: 35.1 136.0 0.26 Snow Load: P,: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft LC6: 35.1 136.0 0.26 Wind Load: P„i„d: 0.0 lb 6.0 ft LC7: 35.1 76.5 0.46 Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection Criteria Check Point Loads 2 Location from left Dead Load: Pd,: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria LL: 360 Roof Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Selected Deflection Criteria TL: 240 Live Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Snow Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Frac. Of SpanAllowable Wind Load: P,,, 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC1): 0.3283 in. 439 240 OK Seismic Load: P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Deflection (LC2): 0.1595 in. 903 240 OK Deflection (LC3): 0.3283 in. 439 240 OK Reactions Deflection (LC4): 0.1595 in. 903 240 OK Deflection (LC5): 0.1595 in. 903 240 OK Load Type Left Right Deflection (LC6): 0.1595 in. 903 240 OK Dead Load 1190.2 lb 1190.2 lb Deflection (LC7): 0.1595 in. 903 240 OK Roof Live Load 1260.0 lb 1260.0 lb Live Load Deflection: 0.1688 in. 853 360 OK Live Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Snow Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Wind Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Seismic Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb JOB NAME: AT &T- Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 0 SHEET NO: V ` ENGINEER: KK DATE: 5/7/2008 ANALYSIS: Plan Check Correction. Timber Beam Properties Product Type: Beam Use: Spacing: Width: Depth: Horizontal Span: Slope: Span: Moment of Inertia: Section Modulus: Modulus of Elasticity: Allowable Bending Stress: Allowable Shear Stress: Repetitive Member Factor: Size Factor Dim. Lumber: Other Factor: Size Factor Other: Volume Factor: Bending Stress Modification Factor: Shear Stress Modification Factor. Loads Self Weight: Slope Factor: Uniform Loads Dead Load: Roof Live Load: Live Load: Snow Load: Wind Load: Seismic Load: Point Loads 1 Dead Load: Roof Live Load: Live Load: Snow Load: Wind Load: Seismic Load: Point Loads 2 Dead Load: Roof Live Load: Live Load: Snow Load: Wind Load: Seismic Load: Reactions wsetl: we: we: w w5: %fin4: w Pe: Pu: P P L Slope (Vert/Horz): L: S: E: Fb: F „: C C C: 6x to 8x / DF No. 1 User Specified sp: 12.00 in. b: 5.50 in. d: 11.25 in. 15.0 plf 1.00 55.0 plf 50.0 plf 0.0 plf 0.0 plf 0.0 plf 0.0 plf 0.0 lb 0.0 lb 0.0 lb 0.0 lb 0.0 lb 21.0 ft 0.00 21.00 ft 652.6 in 116.0 in 1600 ksi 1350 psi 85 psi 1.00 1.00 1.00 CF: 1.01 C,,: 1.00 Cb: 1.01 C: 1.00 Location from left 0.0 lb 0.0 ft 0.0 ft 0.0 ft 0.0 ft 6.0 ft 0.0 ft Location from left Pe: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Pro: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft P a: 0.0 lb 0.0 ft P 0.0 lb 0.0 ft Load Type Left Right Dead Load 735.4 lb 735.4 lb Roof Live Load 525.0 lb 525.0 lb Live Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Snow Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Wind Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Seismic Load 0.0 lb 0.0 lb Timber Beam & Joist Analysis & Design Roof Beam 4 Per 2006 International Building Code, Chapter 23 Load Combinations LC1: LC2: LC3: LC4: LC5: LC6: LC7: DL + RLL DL + LL DL + LL + RLL DL + LL + S DL + LL + W DL +LL +E DL Calculated Stresses vs. Allowable Stresses Flexural Stresses (psi) Calculated Stress LC1: 684.4 LC2: 399.4 LC3: 684.4 LC4: 399.4 LC5: 399.4 LC6: 399.4 LC7: 399.4 Left Shear Stress (psi) Calculated Stress LC1: 30.6 LC2: 17.8 LC3: 30.6 LC4: 17.8 LC5: 17.8 LC6: 17.8 LC7: 17.8 Right Shear Stress (psi) Calculated Stress LC1: 30.6 LC2: 17.8 LC3: 30.6 LC4: 17.8 LC5: 17.8 LC6: 17.8 LC7: 17.8 Deflection Criteria Check Selected Deflection Criteria LL: Selected Deflection Criteria TL: Deflection (LC1): Deflection (LC2): Deflection (LC3): Deflection (LC4): Deflection (LC5): Deflection (LC6): Deflection (LC7): Live Load Deflection: 0.5031 in. 0.2935 in. 0.5031 in. 0.2935 in. 0.2935 in. 0.2935 in. 0.2935 in. 0.2095 in. Load Duration Factor 1.25 1.00 1.25 1.15 1.60 1.60 0.90 Allowable Stress 1699.6 1359.7 1699.6 1563.7 2175.5 2175.5 1223.7 Allowable Stress 106.3 85.0 106.3 97.8 136.0 136.0 76.5 Allowable Stress 106.3 85.0 106.3 97.8 136.0 136.0 76.5 360 240 Frac. Of SpanAllowable 501 240 859 240 501 240 859 240 859 240 859 240 859 240 1203 360 U.C. 0.40 0.29 0.40 0.26 0.18 0.18 0.33 U.C. 0.29 0.21 0.29 0.18 0.13 0.13 0.23 U.C. 0.29 0.21 0.29 0.18 0.13 0.13 0.23 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: V - 1 ENGINEER: KK DATE: July 2008 ANALYSIS: 4 S / (._X_./J- I - - -_ ./. ./0 -VV g'/70 _. cA J `l /2i. '65e %s6p � . • , G: Czi �,yt., h ,4i 17-8 ( 6.86 2 4 -9 4 . 1 bS 2 KK Sun Group Lateral Design Calculations for Wind and Seismic Loads JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: L - I ENGINEER: KK DATE: July, 2008 ANALYSIS: E I . I I ■ i r i i ! I :Designer note: The existing shear walls will not be changed. The interior walls removed are not shearwall. • 'The building mass is not increased.: _ _ shear walls the existing structure is require . i t L 1 Foundation Design Calculations for Vertical and Lateral Loads JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwia, WA JOB NO: 110 - 2008 SHEET NO: P -1 ENGINEER: KK DATE: 7 - 2008 ANALYSIS: Foundation Geotechnical Engineer No Reports Report Isolated Spread Footings Mininum Width: Minimum Embedment: Long Term Allowable Bearing: Foundation Design Criteria Per 2007 CBC Chapter 18 Continuous Footings Corrosion Mininum Width: 1' -3" Cement Type: Minimum Embedment: 24" below lowest adj. grade F'c =4500 psi Long Term Allowable Bearing: 1500 psf Water Cememt= 0.45 One third increase allowed for short term loading due to wind or seismic 2' -0" 24" below lowest adj. grade 1500 psi One third increase allowed for short term loading due to wind or seismic Passive Long Term Allowable: 100 pcf Short Term Allowable: 133 pcf Coefficient of Friction Long Term Allowable: 0.300 Short Term Allowable: 0.400 Lateral Soil Pressure Active / Level: Active / 2:1: 30 pcf 48 pcf V Sulfate Exp 7/14/2008 Calc Book/Foundation Criteria N ` r r- Z MUulaneu na 61 :9n PoNJCA 'O'Wlp'9'M -.S'"+Wn1W11YM'u1waYYgS SZV911•nS un6uryceM eindso1901vn JOB NAME: AT&T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110-2008 SHEET NO: / 1---- 3 ENGINEER: KK DATE: July 2008 ANALYSIS: ci/G71/ I /I - — - - - - - - -/ - ; L - ----i-- -fi--- L 7 f 2 -- -i - ! ___ ( ! -- .:_____ 0 :77.... _X_Z__--:6 ix ?-/, . . .. , i i I t ii 1 ' i I 1 i e? 6 as , I I • - STRU U E . N G ;I N E __. t 0. . • , . I .... ■ . . ....■ . . .■ I I , 1 I , _...__...: __a.J G .1 114 Cc k etz. 4 . c_,6 6_ . 1 • _., , . i . . 1 , 1 , , 1 I j I 3 i i I i I 1 I , ■ 1 - I ; 1 e,n, I . ) . H _ ._ _1-_ 7- _ _ / 7 </_. - F 2 - 5 4 -4-; -1' --.=-- L 2 i ' I i . I : :- - .r A -. - ; !-- 1 i , , . .••.. ! / i -, [ _ .1 - _ _ L . - - la Jej. — - "v2 --- 6 - A:6 f-L90`7, •. 5 • uje_ »D5/ 4,c_ . I . •■• ''7 • I 1 • - L -- ----8--- 0 tj..2.:E. 1 )_ 1 1 __ - _ -• N_ I L - _ 2 / a ... • _, I , c 1-- .-..-=-±." .:.: -- - - ----- -- ---- - - •- • I , L_ -,,, .....,.... - , ••••- •• - / • ,-., • ---1- --- T : ; - ''• 4 ' 6( ..... .; ..gF___,O..X_.z_ :-. • 0...I_F_P_c2±/4..y. I ' -. --.4-i--1.- -• --:-- -- • --- / s qi e y 40 S Re( . JOB NAME: AT &T Tukwila, WA JOB NO: 110 -2008 SHEET NO: ENGINEER: KK DATE: July 2008 ANALYSIS: t July 29, 2008 Samson Hu 4 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1— Revision #1 Development Application Number D08 -149 AT & T Mobility —16425 Southcenter Py Dear Mr. Hu, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your revision to your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen, at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, 4km th91,4- Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D08 -149 • Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director P:\Permit Center \Correction Letters \2008008-149 Corr Ltr #1 - Rev #1.DOC wer • Jim Haggerton, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo Date: July 23, 2008 Project Name: AT &T Mobility Permit #: D08 -149 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and /or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The revised plan shows several structural changes. However a packet of general details were provided and are not specifically keyed to the individual support location on the plans. In addition the two structural sheets are both numbered the same (A -400). Please provide revised structural sheets numbered separately. Structural members indicated on the plan shall be keyed to details on a details -sheet showing all details specific for each connection shown on the structural plan. As a reminder, all plan sheets and spec sheets provided by the engineer shall be wet stamped and signed by the engineer preparing those documents. Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. t April 9, 2008 Samson Hu 4 Hutton Center Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, CA 92707 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -149 AT & T Mobility —16425 Southcenter Py Dear Mr. Hu, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building and Planning Departments. At this time the Fire and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen, at 206 - 433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Planning Department: Stacy MacGregor, at 206 - 433 -7166 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, 41u/a Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File No. D08 -149 • City of Tukwila P:\Permit Center\Correction Letters \2008‘1308-149 Correction Ltr #1.DOC wer • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 • Building Division Review Memo Date: April 8, 2008 Project Name: AT &T Mobility Permit #: D08 -149 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner • Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. Provide a reflective ceiling plan that identifies emergency lighting along a common path of travel leading to the required exits. Emergency lighting shall meet means of egress illumination requirements including the 1 foot - candle requirement at the walking surface. (. (IBC Section 1006, Section 1016 & 1025.8) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. DATE: April 8, 2008 APPLICANT: Steven Barra RE: D08 -149 ADDRESS: 16425 Southcenter Py PLANNING DIVISION COMMENTS Please review the following comments listed below and submit your revisions accordingly. If you have any questions on the requested revision, Stacy MacGregor is the planner assigned to the file and can be reached at 206 - 433 -7166. 1. Will changes be made to the existing sidewalk in front of the building when the access doors are reconfigured? Provide an overhead of the sidewalk in front of the new doors along with any changes made to the drive aisle as a result. * PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -149 DATE: 09 -24 -08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # X Revision # 2 After Permit Issued DEPARTMENT Bui g I i ision Public Works L1. Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 09-25-08 Complete d Incomplete n Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Structural Review Required 6/1 q -26 Fire Prevention APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Approved with Conditions ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DATE: ►�l� c -z s o Planning Division Permit Coordinator U No further Review Required n DUE DATE: 10-23-08 ry 1r! 11 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Please Route � PERMIT COORD COPY • PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -149 DATE: 08 -06 -08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 X Revision # 'I After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS 3 'OD Bui g it of n Public Works Complete TUESITHURS ROIOTING: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Notation: n Documents/routing slip.doc 2-28-02 Fire Prevention Structural u DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 08 -07-08 Not Applicable Comments: Permit Center Use Only • • , INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Structural Review Required Approved with Conditions ❑ No further Review Required DATE: n DUE DATE: 09 -04 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use. Only •.• CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 - 149 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 07 -18 -08 Response to Incomplete Letter # X Revision # 1 after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: r n Buil Public Works Comments: IN/1 io TUES/THURS ROUTJNG: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 •rthiW11 COORD COPY � PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention I1 Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete n Please Route Structural Review Required n DUE DATE: 07-22-08 Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required DATE: DATE: AAA / -ti') -0D Planning ivision jit Permit Coordinator Not Applicable n DUE DATE: 08-19-08 Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) 1� Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: 1 r 01) Departments issued corrections: Bldg 1611 Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -149 DATE: 04 -23 -08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTM TS: 64e8/ A B •(i g vision Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: • • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Fire Prevention Structural Incomplete n 1 1/1. 4-4i ❑ Planning Division j j n Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 04 -29 -08 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS RO TING: Please Route Structural Review Required n No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved LJ Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28-02 DATE: DATE: n DUE DATE: 05 -27 -08 Not Approved (attach comments) ri Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -149 DATE: 03 -28 -08 PROJECT NAME: AT &T MOBILITY SITE ADDRESS: 16425 SOUTHCENTER PY X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: ing Division u TO: LI A Complete Comments: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: • • PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 Firerl1re /SW() Structural Incomplete n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) C F'Ia Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 04 -01 -08 Not Applicable Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS RO TING: Please Route Structural Review Required ❑ No further Review Required DUE DATE: 04 -29 -08 Approved ( Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping IY. PW ❑ Staff Initials: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 1 0* I$409, MI 441 tOk`-Ok Summary of Revision: pW v' f� i, 0 t c4 �,y WI rolow i'4 i w Y 1,o�Y1r IM a ice. " i Avi/r W t - uk6 _ Receiv b :( ?,47 -6 , REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS 2 ti --ILI -09 X12 tOk`-Ok S ummary of Revision: re ap L e -e k i S � w S 4 r� a,1lc_ - v. e / I - 1> � - w \ vv - �n -0.,t -e v\� T J Received by:6 �?r,,.h, S REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS Summary of Revision: Received by: REVISION NO. DATE RECEIVED STAFF INITIALS ISSUED DATE STAFF INITIALS S ummary of Revision: Received by: PROJECT NAME: SITE ADDRESS: REVISION LOG I PERMIT NO: Jj HL 1"l ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE: t( [ (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) (please print) • City of Tukwila Date: t - 4.- 0 z Plan Check/Permit Number: 0 4R ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 2 after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner 1applcationslforms- applications on tinalrevision submittal Created: 8-13 -2004 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: //www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, eta Project Name: R, \ - 1-T Project Address: lb a5 u-t , — TO g—wzLII (s' e-C?N19521 Contact Person: C vat c Phone Number: . 30 S — CY1 S - L4\ 3$ Summary of Revision: Q n, 0 tA.33. LeN . t © E, l) 1`1A AECSIVED CITY OF TUKWILA SEP 24 2008 ocgeni7 c;FNTFR Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of rev on Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: ❑ Entered in Permits Plus on -d)-1A-00 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: S- (- OR ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # I Response to Correction Letter # a Revision # 1 after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: Project Address: Contact Person: Summary of Revision: r City of Tukwila \applications\forms- applications on Iine\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us ,4e y T /"tv(i 1,4 I c� 9)-5 so .c U WtM L - ex - r"' J Plan Check/Permit Number: 0 8 14 1 Phone Number: 7 1 .11)3 RECEIVED AUG 0 6 HtRMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of r evi si on in clu d in g date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Permits Plus on ®_ (4)--0 6 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: Project Name: Project Address: Contact Person: • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us S Plan Check/Permit Number: '/R - 14-1. ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ❑ Response to Correction Letter # Revision # A. after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner elTV Q LA JUL 18 2008 +'ERAtIIT CENTER i t 5/1700777 lilitV -G6 la - 4 9,14 A Phone Number: 7/4 7-7 ?o Summary of Revision: Entered in Permits Plus on t,J s \applications \forms- applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: MANAA - t �.�, �. ! )V 7? ' CI /1. InaliT444. Sheet Number(s): A - /a 7 , Al O . A (1 , Ale.< o ?rl6 ,A7B1 , �t�l) , "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision A p 0 4 to Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: �D+ Date: 11— City of Tukwila Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: AT & T MOBILITY Project Address: 16425 Southcenter Py Contact Person: Samson Hu Phone Number: Summary of Re . sion: R,41e ( / 21/'1/.)0 // ( Pet 97? A /e2 AP / h . • 0,7 Amt /c, Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revisio Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Er Entered in Permits Plus on H — )3 - S \applications\forms- applications on line\revision submittal Created: 8 -13 -2004 Revised: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Plan Check/Permit Number: DO8 -149 et RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA APR 2 3 2008 eAFRAll CENTER Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 i i. Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 7j Cr Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 i ,�. Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 7.. 4 7-- Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type 1,1(414 City State ZIP O Naamme r • Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # (if applicable) Building Name ( 2'ri ) 'to?) i - '1 Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units 1058 (Rev. 9/07) Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units __ 20 f RCE Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was building on Sanitary Sewer? ❑ Yes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? ❑ Yes ❑ No Sewer disconnect date: Type of building demolished? Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes ❑ No B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Gallons /days Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) _ 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B RCE r. • RCE RECEIVE 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEb Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand that the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of corrected data for determination of a revised capacity charge. Signature of Owner/Representative -‘4)j-ik Date ;22 /7 1 / Print Name of Owner /Representative White — Ki no County Yellow — Local Sewer Aoer•,cv P;nk — Sewer Customer •eRtR - License Information License CBBOVI *006D8 Licensee Name C B BOVENKAMP INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 601998279 Ind. Ins. Account Id #2 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 9002 SW 152ND ST Address 2 City MIAMI County OUT OF STATE State FL Zip 33157 Phone 3052334438 Status ACTIVE Specialty I GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 3/28/2000 Expiration Date 8/30/2009 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License Next License Associated License Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date BOVENKAMP, ESTHER Cancel Date 01/01/1980 Bond Amount BOVENKAMP, GERALD #2 01/01/1980 08473969 Bond Information Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date #2 FIDELITY & DEPOSIT CO OF MD 08473969 08/30/2001 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 08/30/2001 Look Up a Contractor, Electr or Plumber License Detail Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. I Page 1 of 2 https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= CBBOVI *006D8 05/13/2008 COPYRIGHT 2008 CAREER & BURGESS, INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DRAWN BY: DATE PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at t SITE PLAN ISSUES /REVISIONS 09 - - CITY COMMENTS 11, 07 -16 -08 TENANT CHANGES ® 07 -30 -08 CLARIFICATION 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E N DOS- ly Al- 09 -10 -08 FIELD CONDITION CLARIFICATION DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA Z DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED RECEIVED SEP 2 4 2000 PERMIT CENTEF A -100 1 _6 NOTES: I 1 I ' I H SECURE SIGN TO PIPE W/ GALV. BRACKETS AND BOLTS. 4. 1. TO BE PORCELAIN ON STEEL WITH A REFLECTORIZED BEADED TEXTURE. BOTTOM OF SIGN Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for persons with disabilities may be towed awa at owner expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at: (REFER TO NOTE #4) or 6 9 telephoning: (REFER TO NOTE #4) I N \ TO BE +80" ABOVE FINISHED SURFACE, UNO. 2. SIGN TO CONFORM TO ALL CURRENT, STATE, LOCAL CODES AND /OR REGULATIONS. 3. LOCATE AT ALL MAIN DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE SEE SITE PLAN 4. PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF SIGN, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL APPROPRIATE INFORMATION FOR BLANK SPACES OF SIGN FROM LOCAL PUBLIC AGENCIES AND FILL IN AS A PERMANENT PART \ OF THE SIGN. 5. SIGN LETTERING SHALL BE NOT „ LESS THAN 1 IN HEIGHT. --(0 z `=' Li_ ° E ° ~ 2" DIA. STEEL PIPE PRIMED AND PAINTED: WHITE. .- FIN. GRADE AS OCCURS. EXISTING PROPERTY LINE . I IN 1 -H I 7 I I I I - I I DEMOLISH AND REPLACE EXISTING SIDE CONCRETE WHICH 0 I WILL BE LEVELED WITH SIDE DOOR ON RIGHT SIDE , I o ` � 4 CONC. FOOTING NEW ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN, PER DETAIL 1/A -100 PROPOSED AT&T STORE " - ~ ADA PATH OF TRAVEL 1' -6" 2 1/2" DIAMETER GALV, PIPE SLEEVE, TACK-WELD TO PIPE AS REQUIRED. I I DIA. - PAINT NO PARKING" & STRIPES PER DETAIL 6/A -100 / b ' 1 -. 1 7 I I I I I ' g —0 ' °, • P - INC -1008 B EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PARKING A SPACE SYMBOL PER DETAIL 5/A -100 ADA ENTRANCE 1 2" = 1' -0" ' IDENTIFICATION SIGN POST DETAIL / ADA ENTRANCE 1 -1 2" = 1' -0" IDENTIFICATION SIGN / 1 6 " X1 '- 0 " X.O80 ALUM. STANDARD HANDICAP PARKING SIGN WITH ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL. BOLT TO BACKGROUND: ROYAL BLUE i NOTES: STEEL TUBE WITH 3/8" CADMIU PLATED BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. „ 1 , -- I '' "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN, WHERE OCCURS, ON 6 "x1' -0" x.080 ALUM. MOUNTED BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. LETT '� ,:k 1. ALL STROKES TO BE MIN. 3" WIDE BORDER /SYMBOL: WHITE 2. BACKGROUND PAINTED BLUE, EQUAL TO COLOR , #1 5090 IN FED. STD. 595A 3. LOCATE SYMBOL IN FRONT OF PARKING STALL, VISIBLE AND CENTER AS SHOWN ON SITE PLAN DEMOLISH AND REPLACE EXISTING CORNER CONCRETE WALK WAY (N) 4 CURB ABOVE NEW SIDEWALK FINISH LEVEL DEMOLISH AND REPLACE EXISTING ENTRY CONCRET H WILL BE LEVELED WITH ENTRY f s ;0 — � TO BE 1" HIGH. 2" DIA. STL. PIPE, EXTEND INTO „ CONC. FILLED PIPE Z -0 . PROVIDE WELDED WATER -TIGHT CAP. PRIME and PAINT: WHITE. 6" DIAMETER STANDARD STEEL PIPE FILLED WITH CONCRETE. PRIME and ROYAL BLUE. �� CONT. COAT w ►� lo � z Q I- cn 1 © - [ � \ ' I t., / DOOR ELEVATION AND SLOPE EVENLY TO EXISTING CONCRETE CURB ON FRONT , E - �. 1, ,-v 4,. � F # I i : EXISTING PARKING STALL TYP. DEMOLISH EXISTING CURB -RAMP AND REPLACE I, 0k u x i fi z { I � z �' ? {` } J " `y / WITH NEW CONCRETE CURB ON FRONT ( ) k E= -i 4 I 5' PROVIDE 42 HT. GUARDRAIL ABOVE NEW SIDEWALK FINISH LEVEL ' � A -1008 ■ PAINT: 3 � r Via° a # 1 9a II J `r l ' '' I. ; I " �1� r1 T `� r I, I I ,,� 1 f J r� ,� �-� ° l F, . IE: f l l TACK PAVING TO CONCRETE PERIMETER. 1 , I I, I a ; �, \ DEMOLISH AND RE -BUILD EXISTING CONCRETE STEPS AND HAND -RAIL ON FRONT A.C. PAVING. CONCRETE FOOTING. NOTES: ' . r� Ll If i a { ,� :; �° ll V.I.F. r ,- \ 3" WIDE PAINTED AND SYMBOL WHITE BORDER EXISTING LANDSCAPED AREA 1. "HANDICAP PARKING" and "VAN ACCESSIBLE SIGNS TO CONFORM TO CURRENT LOCAL, STATE CODES and REGULATIONS. l uao = "' CODE COMPLIANCE \ I -1008 EXISTING LANDSCAPED AREA � _ APPROVED ,- 1'-6" 2. BOTTOM OF SIGN / SIGNS SHALL BE 6' -8" ABOVE FINISH SURFACE. DIA. SEP 2 20D8 ADA PARKING STALL SIGN ,1 _ AND POST DETAIL A.C. PAVING 1/2 - 1'-0” / A DA E I D _L v1 SY v1 o 0 „ _ - , „ 1 1 -0 Ciy, Of Tukwila BUT 0 N SI N FLED Ci SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY p{ c 1'- 6 "X1' -0 "X.080 ALUM. STANDARD HANDICAP PARKING SIGN WITH ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL. BOLT TO STEEL TUBE WITH 3/8" CADMIUM PLATED BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS ,„ - - �a � 4 co ��o Permit N®. the vialreation ofi any v. a{ approved E"i Id Copy an coot!' • ns is a acld 17 B° � ' "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN, WHERE OCCURS, " _ : d ; E 1 -co LETTERS TO BE 1 HIGH. _ -03 \ \\ �j © = 2" DIA. STL. PIPE, EXTEND INTO CONC. FILLED PIPE 2'-0". PROVIDE WELDED WATER -TIGHT CAP. PRIME and PAINT: WHITE. 2 1/2 DIAMETER GALV. PIPE SLEEVE, - f I 1 Date:, / 6) - f O' , City of Tukwila 1-_________ ' BUILDING DIV � ON TACK WELD TO PIPE AS REQUIRED. TOP OF BLDG. SIDEWALK (PART OF BLDG. WORK) ,r 7 /// --- - - - - -� _ �� i (E) BUILDING N A.P n N O PARKING NO PARKI G Na NO ' - - � REVISIONS changes all be made to the scope i of work wit - •ut prior approval of p Tukwila : ►'Iding Division. : Revisions will re •. ire a new plan submittal _ CONCRETE FOOTING. NOTES: a � 11 4 � '° 11 o i n 5' - 0" s' —o" j / \ "HANDICAP "VAN 1. PARKING" and ACCESSIBLE" SIGNS TO CONFORM TO 1' -6" \ A MIN. 4" WIDE DIAGONAL PAINTED STRIPES 2- COATS. "BLUE" LETTERS 12" HIGH COATS TO BE B W/ 2 "HIGHWAY PROPOSED AT &T LOCATION j _. — i -- -- . may include add' ito I planreviewfees. I : .. ® ® ® ® - I® 1® ® � CURRENT LOCAL, STATE CODES and REGULATIONS. 2. BOTTOM OF SIGN / SIGNS SHALL BE 6'-8" ABOVE FINISH SURFACE. f DIA. SEE ENLARGED PLAN _ KEY MAP line NORTH WHITE" ADA PARKING STALL SIGN „ _ /2 - 1 -0 AND POST DETAIL @ CONC. WALK ADA STRIPING 1/4". 1 -0 6 SCALE: NTS EXISTING SITE P LAN SCALE: 1" = 2O'_0" COPYRIGHT 2008 CAREER & BURGESS, INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DRAWN BY: DATE PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at t SITE PLAN ISSUES /REVISIONS 09 - - CITY COMMENTS 11, 07 -16 -08 TENANT CHANGES ® 07 -30 -08 CLARIFICATION 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT E N DOS- ly Al- 09 -10 -08 FIELD CONDITION CLARIFICATION DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA Z DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED RECEIVED SEP 2 4 2000 PERMIT CENTEF A -100 i SEPARATE PERMIT REQUIRE D FOR t Mechanical W ElectriCai 43 Eu ' mhing 3 as Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the score of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new p'nn :tihrn"ttal and may include additional plan r^ , i : t^ ^s i Date:, City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Pier review approval Is subject to emirs and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. R ipt o approved Fi td Copy and . r; • { •- aCknO � Wedged• CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE COMIGHT ® 2008 cAR1ER & BURGESS. INC. ISSUES /REVISIONS PATH STAT ISTERED ITLCT S. GALLAGHER OF WASHINGTON 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT at &t DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COVER SHEET A -000 DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 NONE ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS VENDOR DISTRIBUTION /CONTACT LIST LIGHTING LEGEND GENERAL NOTES AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ID INSIDE DIAMETER ACC ACCESSIBLE INCL INCLUDE, INCLUDING ACOUS ACOUSTICAL INFO INFORMATION ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE INSUL INSULATE, INSULATION AD AREA DRAIN INT INTERIOR ADDM ADDENDUM ADJ ADJUSTABLE JAN JANITOR AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR JS JANITOR SINK AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT JT JOINT ALT ALTERNATE ALUM ALUMINUM KIT KITCHEN ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE L LONG APT APARTMENT LAM LAMINATE, LAMINATED ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL LAU LAUNDRY AUTO AUTOMATIC LAV LAVATORY AV AUDIO VISUAL LT LIGHT LTG LIGHTING BB BULLETIN BOARD BLDG BUILDING MAS MMAORNARYY DG BLDG BLOCKING G M MAX MAXIMUM BO BOTTOM OF MESH MECHANICAL BOT BOTTOM MED MEDIUM BRG BEARING MEMB MEMBRANE BRZ BRONZE MEZZ MEZZANINE BSMT BASEMENT MGT MANAGEMENT BUR BUILT UP ROOFING MFR MANUFACTURE MH MANHOLE CAB CABINET MIN MINIMUM, MINUTE CB CATCH BASIN MISC MISCELLANEOUS CEM CEMENT, CEMENTITIOUS MO MASONRY OPENING CER CERAMIC MS MOP SINK CFLG COUNTERFLASHING MTD MOUNTED CG CORNER GUARD MIL METAL CH COAT HOOK MVBL MOVABLE CI CAST IRON CIP CAST -IN -PLACE N NORTH CL CENTERLINE NIC NOT IN CONTACT CLG CEILING NO NUMBER CLO CLOSET NOM NOMINAL CLR CLEAR NTS NOT TO SCALE CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING OC ON CENTER COL COLUMN OH OVERHEAD COMM COMMUNICATION OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER CONS CONCRETE OPNG OPENING CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT OPP OPPOSITE CONSTR CONSTRUCTION ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE OTS OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE CORR CORRIDOR CPT CARPET PBD PARTICLEBOARD CSWK CASEWORK PC PRECAST CT CERAMIC TILE PD PLANTER DRAIN CTR CENTER PERP P LASTIC ICU INN CU CUBIC PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE PEAS PLASTER D DEEP PLYWD PLYWOOD DOUBLE DOUBLE PNL PANEL DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION PL PROPERTY UNE DET DETAIL PR PAIR DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN PRK PARKING DIA DIAMETER P PO DIAL DIAGONAL NAL, DIAGRAM PT PROP PAINT, POINT, T DIM DIMENSION PRESSURE TREATED DIV DIVIDE, DE, DMSION PIN PARTITION DMPF DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFlNG DN DOWN QT QUARRY TILE DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM DS DOWNSPOUT R RADIUS, RISER DW DISHWASHER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DWG DRAWING RD ROOF DRAIN, ROA DWR DRAWER REF REFER TO, REFERENCE REFR REFRIGERATOR E EAST REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND READ REQUIRED FINISH SYSTEM REV REVISED, REVISION EJ EXPANSION JOINT RFG ROOFING EL ELEVATION RM ROOM ELEC ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL RO ROUGH OPENING ELEV ELEVATOR RT RIGHT ENCL ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE EP ELECTRIC PANEL S SOUTH EQ EQUAL SC SOLID CORE F L ESCALATOR ACHED SCHEDUSD STORM IN EXHAUST SECT SECTION DIP EXPANSION, EXPOSED SGL SINGLE EXIST EXISTING SHT SHEET EXT EXTERIOR SHTHG SHEATHING SIM SIMILAR FA FIRE ALARM SPEC SPECIFICATION FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ SPKLR SPRINKLER INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR SPKR SPEAKER FD FLOOR DRAIN SQ SQUARE FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT SS SERVICE SINK FDTN FOUNDATION STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS FE ARE EXTINGUISHER STD STANDARD FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER STL STEEL CABINET STOR STORAGE Al FIRE HYDRANT STRUCT STRUCTURAL FHC FIGUREOSE CABINET SUSP SUSPENDED FIN FINISH, FINISHED T TREAD FLEX FLEXIBLE T &G TONGUE AND GROOVE FLR FLOOR TEL TELEPHONE FLUOR FLUORESCENT TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING TER TERRAZZO FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ THK THINK, THICKNESS INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR TMPD TEMPERED TO TOP OF FON INSTALLED BY VENDOR INSTALLED BY VENDOR NAT THERMOSTAT FP FIRE PROTECTION TELEVISION FR FRAME, ARE RATED TYP TYPICAL FRPF FIREPROOF, FIREPROOFING UGND UNDERGROUND FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED UNFIN UNFINISHED FS FLOOR SINK UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED FT FOOT FEET FOOTING VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE P/C FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET VNR VENEER RC FABRIC WALL COVERING VR VAPOR RETARDER VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING GA GAGE GALV GALVANIZED W WEST, WIDE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR W/ WITH GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR W 0 WITHOUT GFRC GLASS -FIBER WC WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING REINFORCED CONCRETE WD WOOD GFRG GLASS -FIBER WH WALL HYDRANT REINFORCED GYPSUM WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, GFRP GLASS -FIBER WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT REINFORCED PLASTIC WR WATER RESISTANT GL GLASS WT WEIGHT GYP GYPSUM WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD XMFR TRANSFORMER H HIGH HB HOSE BIBS YD YARD HC HOLLOW CORE HD HAND DRYER HDBD HARDBOARD HDW HARDWARE HDWD HARDWOOD HM HOLLOW METAL HO HOLD OPEN HORIZ HORIZONTAL HR HOUR HT HEIGH HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDIIONING SYMBOL AND DESCRIPTION r;, XX XX XX COMPANY NAME: GRAINGER CONTACT PERSON: BOYD WAISATH /JASON JONES CONTACT PHONE: 404- 234 -1425 E -MAIL ADDRESS boyd_waisathOgrainger.com, jason JonesOgrainger.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: LIGHTING PACKAGE, RESTROOM FIXTURES, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ECT., AND ANY FACILITY EQUIPMENTS. COMPANY NAME: SHAW CARPET ADDRESS: 1485 BRAWLEY CIRCLE, ATLANTA, GA 30319 CONTACT PERSON: MARK LAW CONTACT PHONE: 770- 729 -2765, CELL 770 -241 -1345, FAX 678- 935 -4488 E -MAIL ADDRESS mark.law�shawinc.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: CARPET / HARDWOOD FLOORING COMPANY NAME: MIDWEST CUSTOM CASE ADDRESS: 24 E. 36TH PLACE, STEGER, IL 60475 CONTACT PERSON: MIKE LINDGREN CONTACT PHONE: 708 - 333 -5600, CELL 708 -906 -0341 E -MAIL ADDRESS mlindgrenOmidwestcase.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: STORE FIXTURES COMPANY NAME RCS RETAIL INTERIORS ADDRESS: 7075 WEST PARKLAND CT., MILWAUKEE, WS 53223 CONTACT PERSON: TROY DECKER CONTACT PHONE: 414 - 354 -6900, CELL 847 -612 -3930, FAX 414 -354 -6930 E -MAIL ADDRESS tro �r esretail.com y PRODUCT /MATERIALS: STORE FIXTURES COMPANY NAME TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS ADDRESS: 2677 BUFORD HIGHWAY ATLANTA, GA 30324 CONTACT PERSON: ED METZGER CONTACT PHONE 404-836-2106, CELL 404- 281 -2041, FAX 404- 636 -5204 E -MAIL ADDRESS ehmetrger®trane.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: HVAC EQUIPMENT COMPANY NAME EPS SPECIALTIES LTD., INC. CONTACT PERSON: LEE WILKINSON CONTACT PHONE 800 -422 -3556 E -MAIL ADDRESS lee�lamlite.com PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPASSO RADIUS SOFFIT SYMBOL FIXTURE TYPE REMARKS 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. ALL DIMENSIONS SPECIFIED SHALL GOVERN. 3. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ANY APPLICABLE CODES BY THE AGENT INVOLVED WITH THE GOVERNING AGENCY HAVING JURIDICTION. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE 'FIELD INSPECTOR FOR SUCH AGENCY HAS FINAL AUTHORITY TO APPROVE /DISAPPROVE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION AND CORRECTNESS OF ALL CODE RELATED ITEMS. 5. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS CONSIDERD A SPECIALIST IN THEIR RESPECTIVE FIELD OR TRADE AND SHALL NOTIFY, PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT OF ANY WORK CALLED OUT IN THE DRAWINGS WHICH CANNOT BE FULLY GUARANTEED OR CONSTRUCTED AS DESIGNED OR DETAILED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSION AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, BASES, AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, PIPING, CONDUITS, FINISH HARDWARE, ECT., AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRFING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. WHERE CONTRUCTION DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF WORK, DETAILING SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR FIRST CLASS WORK FOR THE TRADE INVOLVED. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ALTERNATE ON STANDARD OR UNTESTED METHOD(S) PROPOSED. 8. THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE PERMITS. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESIGN TO MEET ARE DEPARTMENT'S STANDARD CODE AND APPROVAL. 9. DRAWINGS & CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUMBMITTED TO BUILDING AND ARE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. 10, ENSURE THAT ANY AREA, BUILDING MATERIAL OR ASSEMBLY, WITHIN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, IS THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND DRY BEFORE COVERED OR CONCEALED BY CONSTRUCTION. ANY MOLD, MILDEW OR OTHER MOISTURE CONDITION DEVELOPED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK OF THIS CONTRACT (DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION) SHALL BE CORRECTED AND/OR MIIGATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. / A 1. COOPER 2. EP3GX232S181 UNVEB81; MANUFACTURER: COOPER. 3. 1X4 8 CELL PARABOLIC LAY -IN FLUORESCENT. I I A NL A A - XXX A -XXX A-XXX BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR WAIL SECTION INDICATOR B 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS , xx Ip( B A_ A -XXX B1 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS B1 BERT B1 I B2 B2 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS �� 2. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS PART OF "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" WHICH SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FURNITURE VENDOR. 3. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" AT WINDOW LOCATION SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED IN RECESSED SOFFIT AND LIGHTING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. DETAIL INDICATOR )0( 1 ` A- )00( A - XXX SMALL CONDITION DETAIL SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR INDICATOR O C C 1. COOPER. 2. 07042E - C7400LI 3. FIXED 7' COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNUGHT. A X- /NC= EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR ° C1 Cl 1. COOPER. 2. L530039ESCPL /L250/L2R09P 3. FIXED ACCENT LIGHT WITH MINI - SPREAD LENS AND ROUND CANOPY COVER - WHITE FINISH. �,� "'� � / X \ �C2 C2 1, LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMIALAR). 2. 1127CD/ 3. FIXED 7" COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNUGH{. DATUM INDICATOR REVISION INDICATOR F1 TRACK F 1. COOPER - L530034ESCMBL /L250 2. TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT MINI SPREAD LENS - BLACK FINISH, SUPPLY TRACK WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, JOINERS AND CMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. DRAWING I NDEX EXISTING COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES NEW COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES �► F F ARCHITECTURAL Fl 1. COOPER 2. HALO POWER -TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED BLACK TRACK - SUPPLY TRACK W ALL NECESSARY FEEDS JOINERS AND CAPS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLA A -000 COVER SHEET -001 GENERAL INFORMATION A -100 SITE PLAN BUILDING INFORMATION -101A EXISTING DEMO FLOOR PLAN A -1018 EXISTING DEMO CEILING PLAN A -102 FLOOR PLAN A -103 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -104 FINISH PLAN, SLAB PLAN AND FINISH LEGENDS 410 FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN 00 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1 ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A -301 SECTIONS AND DETAILS 401 00 FOUNDATION PLAN ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -502 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -503 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS A -801 PARTITION DETAILS, RESPONSIBILITY CHART A -802 DETAILS a B A -803 CASEWORK DETAIL FLOOR El �CTRICAt , ; ) �����? �.° �.'' F s I ,� AU!3 1 i =' ----_- - . �� Y O TLIF S IL ! G r)OiT ROOM NAME BUILDING USE: EXISTING RETAIL OCCUPANCY GROUP: M- MERCANTILE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: V -N FULLY FIRE SPRINKLER APPLICABLE LICABLE CODE: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 200fi WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE LOCAL MUNICIPAL CODES H 1. 8201WH; MANUFACTURER: UGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. 79 WATT HALOGEN WITH 8247WH -BEZEL SHADE. TOP OF HANDLE H1 TRACK I xxx ( AT 4 -0 " AFF ROOM NAME & NUMBER FIRE EXTINGUISHER H H H H H1 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. LIGHTOLIER TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED WHITE TRACK - SUPPLY TRACK W/ ALL NECESSARY FEEDS JOINERS AND CMS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION DOOR NUMBER EE1 1 . L OCATION AND LOCAL REQUIREMENT TO BE DETERMINED �� �� BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. BATTERY BACK -UP ON A FIXTURES APPROVED ALTERNATE. I A I 1 I a FOR PAR�TII A-801 01 El WALL/PARTITION HARDWARE GROUP DOOR TYPE TYPE INDICATOR SEE SHEET A -802 FOR DOOR INFORMATION DOOR INDICATOR K 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. DPA2G18LS332UNV -CI 3. 2X4 18 CELL /UNIVERS BALLAST, INCLUDING BULB K DEFERRED SUBMITTALS 1. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2. ARE ALARM SYSTEM 3. SECURITY DOORS & GRILLES C 0 D E ANALYSIS �' 3 1. UTHONIA 3. 2X4 LAY N FLUORESCFNI LIGHT FIXTURE W ACRYLIC LENS. W/ L E001 ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS E.002 UGHTII1G COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE E.003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E.004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E101 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E.102 ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN E.103 ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E104 ELECTRICAL DETAILS NA MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS M -002 MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS M -003 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M -004 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS M -200 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M -201 PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS M -400 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS M -600 MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES AREA CALCULATION'S LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANT LOAD M - -- M SALES AREA: 3,712 SQ. FT. OPEN OFFICE: 240 SQ. FT. MANAGER OFFICE: 116 SQ. FT. INVENTORY\MDF ROOM: 184 SQ. FT. ELECTRICAL ROOM 25 SQ. FT. (2) RESTROOMS: 120 SQ. FT. TOTAL 4.368 SQ. FT. RETAIL /30 OFFICE /100 OFFICE /100 STORAGE /300 STORAGE /300 ACCESSORY N/A 124 2 1 0 0 0 = 127 P - -- S C 0 P E OF WORK TENANT EXPANDS WORK ON A SPACE IN A RETAIL SHOPPING CENTER. THE WORK INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF NON- STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, FREE STANDING AND WALL MOUNTED RES, NEW FLOORING WITH ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL WORK AND TWO NEW RESTROOMS. NEW STOREFRONT /ENTRY, ROOF ELEMENT AT ENTRY. ® 1 I P OCCUPANT LOAD = 127 REQUIRED: 2 EXITS IF OVER 50 i p(IT EXIT 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO LOCATE ALL EXIT SIGNS AND VERIFY POWER /SELF POWER, LETTER AND FIELD COLOR, MOUNTING CONFIGURATION (WALL OR GEEING), ETC. 2. EDG 1 120 ELN; MANUFACTURER LITHONIA 3. LITHONIA LIGHTING EDGE LIT EXIT LIGHT, SINGLE FACE LETTERS. MAP KEY MAP PROJECT INFORMATION 52nd " .. r ' "° RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 1 2008 8 SITE ADDRESS: AT &T STOR PERMIT PERMCENTER PERMIT CENTER 16425 ILA►, SOUTH CENTER PKWY OWNER: AT &T MOBILITY 209 -631 -3344 t E) 1920 CUSTOMER CARE WAY 209 - 381 -7180 ATWATER, CA 95301 CONTACT: PELTO ARCHITECT. CARTER &BURGESS INC. 714 - 328 -6309 4 HUTTON CENTRE dRNE ATE. 800 714 - 327 -1601 LHTE) SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CONTACT: HONG C ELECTRICAL: CA RT ER & BURGESS INC. tHZIE) 4 HUTTON CENTRE STE. 800 714-327-1601 E I�RNE FAX SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CONTACT; ROSAN RY MECHANICAL CARTER & BURGESS INC. 714 - 327 -1600 ZHOINE) PLUMBING: 4 HUTTON CENTRE ERNE STE. 800 714 - 327 -1601 AX SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CONTACT. MIKE CONTRACTOR TBD PROJECT LO CATI 0 N M ,,•- �. - *"`.M..:' x � x' «^xi�, Y . >. """ '� .. s ,, �.� - d µ 1„ 5' ' "� + ' A a E. t .mow;. ^� I TM + ' ` T , ' ? " r: w = z:.. . 2 r Y i :, . ;Y _ . '::r � !_ i �. 3 a ' S.15BE- hL I ' . 1 '- - w E� � a �, ry. y `,y_ _ ., µx °= f �:' ; f �, . �F r ', J F . `:. ws. •,......F S a _ ¢ , , '. _.:, "� µ 4.� " T1.Ik iI;i a € _ y , .. °yA,?..'- ._ _: " "- � I, t l ! t r � ' ' ` .� G,'`.rr .r . --., '� ^ t � � ': ,. �, �. E Ik �'i til. { p ` :. ( • • � �; �. . . c) sH�sr?sx!r� -rrt�Erz�s °� ' .. r - .. _, , x - a n � I" .,.. "� : ^ �: , ���.,: f , s m ..... � .. . s ........... s . . . ..: , �: �,,:;, - Ir�l I �: t� r .,Y',.pl. _ _ n N.,.� . , �, .,!,, r. :, ITS 51 - - - - .. 5�W P , } � l � _ 4 , � � .. _ L 1 0 .. ri9 yT.fxnn w �.E ;. y ? h " 1 , :,- .;, ° : 1 x ,: . �° a � R l a . : ;;n ,. I tTl I x : :a a . , .kt j , ... ,,' a I ' L . . '. +�� �. I.o ApaNG{ , "�'�� � • zoNE 1 � �, , >E �. �I. e . a " �'" , . h �E µ J ,. '; I ,a. w as : t k ^ : L a .., ..,, u , ; . r �:h, '' I f c a� [ss, ;� R P.4 Kti+{ LoT I _ c EJ e>vl� n!Ncr l I I I # ' r> x , . ���' �I , ...,_. . :,.; ¢¢ � ,,.,, . I - Lr� ` ` a ,' I , I. i { .�:. . �.. � ,, S � :Yr 7: E _ � ; ..: I / `� : - . "` air d rands r8I%, _. ; , .�5.� . . .... ,. F Lam.. 1 I i .. ........r���.�_. ...,..�.a�...a.� ..�a..".. ...... �..�,.,.�..� ` a .. I *. �..: �; € ": � . ,. t .. .8, .. .. .. a �, I �� � � 11 ■... r : ; :: ; ' I - :, ..... ..... _ ...... ............ r .,. I ...aaaa:c • aaaa- aa::a - � I �� n � • • •:a:o a: : . �� � I I : � , . -: �:�. ': I aaaaa:.aE: ��::::: • a •. ::. t 5 a ST N 65t4TER. P F: • .b. •� IL1,U '{ � ... f b � � ri ei Iii `1 � , 1661 OI a� g S ax �� � � II 5! ; ,F, ! I + I�E AC ROUTE OF ACCESSIBILITY •R 0 SE � � '� a IV a °� -172nd M1 ! 1 I I •.- � , I AT &T STORE 1 T , " ,� 172nd :Ft a . -. i� �. h,..,...w - , .. A F� �" 1�11n1; 81 -� I °'W ft� (Mt'Ilf Blvd I I �' � ... NORTH COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: GISTERED 1 - t \TE.CT 5. GA HNCTOf�' OF WAS, � , ./. f11 ISSUES /REVISIONS 3 07 -15 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: GENERAL INFORMATION DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 NONE A -001 COPYRIGHT ® 200B CARTER & BURGESS. INC. CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 7a8o REGISTERED � ;. HITE T PAT iK S. GALLAGHER 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY: DATE at &t STAT: OF WASHINGTON k °91 ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SITE PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -100 1 - NOTES: I I 1 I I - - _ _ - — - - _ EXISTING PROPERTY UNE ~ ' - ___ n SECURE SIGN W / BRACKETS GALV. BRAC AND BOLTS. TO PIPE 4 / SIGN TO BE PORCELAIN ON STEEL WITH A REFLECTORIZED BEADED TEXTURE. BOTTOM OF SIGN Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or license plates issued for persons with may be towed away at owner's expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at: (REFER TO NOTE #4) or by t (REFER TO NOTE #4) 1 �, I TO BE +80" ABOVE FINISHED SURFACE, UNO. 2. SIGN TO CONFORM TO ALL CURRENT, STATE, LOCAL CODES AND /OR REGULATIONS. 3. LOCATE AT ALL MAIN DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE, SEE SITE PLAN 4. PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF SIGN, CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL APPROPRIATE INFORMATION FOR BLANK SPACES OF SIGN FROM LOCAL PUBLIC AGENCIES AND FILL IN AS A PERMANENT PART \ OF THE SIGN. 5. SIGN LETTERING SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 1" IN HEIGHT. f I „S — , 9 C.7 (.7) Li_ o o disabilities p m 1- 2" DIA. STEEL PIPE PRIMED A ND PAINTED: WHITE. AND -. AS OCCURS. - _ - I I +1 I I I 7 I I i I I L44 - I I i I L _ , ____ ° _____ i III - CONC. FOOTING 1 PROPOSED AT&T STORE - - —' ~ - _ 1' - 6" 2 1 /2" DIAMETER GALV. PIPE SLEEVE, TACK -WELD TO PIPE AS REQUIRED. I I I I NEW ACCESSIBLE PARKING SIGN, PER DETAIL 1/A -100 �,' " d` DIA. /5'_D 1 NI P INC' PAINT -100 NO PARKING' ADA ENTRANCE 1/2" = 1' -0" IDENTIFICATION SIGN POST DETAIL ADA ENTRANCE 1--1 / 2" = 1' - q� IDENTIFICATION SIGN 1'-6"x1 '-0"X.080 ALUM. STANDARD HANDICAP PARKING SIGN WITH ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL. BOLT TO CADMIU BACKGROUND: ROYAL BLUE 3 -0 NOTES: l ;' 9' - 0" STEEL TUBE WITH 3/8" PLATED BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. 1 ' " " f � & STRIPES PER DETAIL 6/A -100 EXISTING ACCESSIBLE ADA PATH OF TRAVEL PARKING "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN, WHERE OCCURS, ON 6 "x1' --0" x.080 ALUM. MOUNTED BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. LETT `° � - f / 1. ALL STROKES TO BE MIN. 3" WIDE BORDER /SYMBOL: WHITE 2. BACKGROUND PAINTED BLUE EQUAL TO COLOR , #15090 IN FED. STD 595A 3. LOCATE SYMBOL IN FRONT OF PARKING STALL, VISIBLE AND CENTER AS SHOWN ON S I TE PLAN PER DETAIL 5/A -10O 0 ■ f a _ £ 1 TO BE 1" HIGH. 2" DIA. STL. PIPE, EXTEND INTO CONC. FILLED PIPE 2'-0". PROVIDE WELDED WATER -TIGHT CAP. PRIME and PAINT: WHITE. "y 1 2' -8" MIN. 11 H.C. STALL ' 0-$ ' °' ,F ° , U 00 "rk " °��; �.���� { ° 1thr , 4 `a `'' �s �� ' F ,�,'�° ,r y: ; ,My� ,�;, }.�,�� , I I I EXISTING PARKING STALL EXISTING ACCESSIBLE CURB CUT & RAMP TYP. -100 EXISTING LANDSCAPED AREA 6 DIAMETER STANDARD STEEL PIPE FILLED WITH CONCRETE. PRIME and PAINT: ROYAL BLUE. ��"' CONT. TACK COAT PAVINGa� TO CONCRETE PERIMETER. �� ,, , & (-/-7\ rf � : �' 'ti sk a �k f, w "�;' �� F: EXISTING CONC. STAIRS 5' -0" V.I.F. ° A REA a o '��"'`' °xt', l° I cp I EXISTING METAL RAILING - A.C. PAVING. CONCRETE FOOTING. NOTES: a pp ti" Ra , ' w r '� 4 3" WIDE PAINTED AND SYMBOL WHITE BORDER EXISTING LANDSCAPED -, " 1. "HANDICAP PARKING" and "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGNS TO CONFORM TO CURRENT LOCAL, STATE CODES and REGULATIONS. 4 Li _100, EXISTING LANDSCAPED AREA 1' - 6" 2. BOTTOM OF SIGN / SIGNS SHALL BE 6' -8" ABOVE FINISH SURFACE. DIA. SOUTH CENTER PARKWAY \---■----. _ 1: - ' O Whe t a 3 , . . AppROV f5" s ADA PARKING STALL SIGN 1/2" = 1' -0" 2� A ND POST DETAIL @ A.C. PAVING ADA E _ M B L_ M SY M B 0 e 1" = 1' -0 1'- 6 "X1' -0 "X.080 ALUM. STANDARD HANDICAP PARKING SIGN WITH ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL. BOLT TO STEEL TUBE WITH 3/8" CADMIUM PLATED BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. 1 --0 - , ' - Q co , - 2 & t-----"--&71.011a A 5 I�G � Iz 1 UIl BEIM 11=11 111•111114* "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN, E N, WHERE OCCURS, ON 6 "x1' -0" x.080 ALUM. MOUNTED BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. ` c° r \ =I ; c 3 = z ° i 10 LETTERS TO BE 1" HIGH. I r�r > _ s c0 \ \ 4 00•111111 i I I 1 � 1 CITY OF TUKI 2" DIA. STL. PIPE, EXTEND INTO CONC. FILLED PIPE 2' -0 ". PROVIDE WELDED WATER -TIGHT CAP. PRIME and PAINT: WHITE. 2 1 /2 DIAMETER GALV. PIPE SLEEVE, TACK WELD TO PIPE AS REQUIRED. z K I Q > TOP OF BLDG. SIDEWALK PART OF BLDG. WORK d- r_ / 2008 � I - PERMIT CENTER (E) BUILDING NAP � NO PARKING NO PARKI G fill CONCRETE FOOTING. NOTES: II 4 II II 11 Wf ° c.I / . " ■ // � 5 -o " � 8 -o " \ "HANDICAP "VAN ' 1. PARKING" and ACCESSIBLE" SIGNS TO CONFORM TO 1' - 6" A MIN. 4" WIDE DIAGONAL PAINTED STRIPES 2- COATS. LETTERS 12" HIGH BLUE COATS / TO BE B W/ 2 "HIGHWAY PROPOSED AT &T LOCAT = ® ® ® ®®® CURRENT LOCAL, STATE CODES and REGULATIONS. 2. BOTTOM OF SIGN / SIGNS SHALL BE 6' -8" ABOVE FINISH SURFACE. DIA. SEE ENLARGED PLAN ALIN KEY MAP Ire NORTH WHITE" ADA PARKING STALL SIGN " " AND POST DETAIL © CONC. WALK 1/2 = 1 -0 n DA STR P " " 0 N G 1/4 = 1 -0 SCALE WS EXISTING SITE P LAN SCALE 1" = 20' -0" COPYRIGHT ® 200B CARTER & BURGESS. INC. CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 7a8o REGISTERED � ;. HITE T PAT iK S. GALLAGHER 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY: DATE at &t STAT: OF WASHINGTON k °91 ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SITE PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -100 7 (E) PLUMBING TO REMAIN L� r1 (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN (E) WALL TO REMAIN ±20' -7" V.I.F. ►_� REMOVE EXISTING WALL COVERINGS, FURNITURE AND FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT V 0 (E) ±88' -7" V.I.F. REMOVE EXISTING DOORS & WALLS, TYP. (SHOWN AS IN DASHED) (E) ROOF LADDER TO REMAIN r1 LI _ II1 JIII Hi JJ T (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN n Ir - - H A I I L J II II II II 1- (E) DOOR TO REMAIN \\_ (E) WALL TO REMAIN 1 /r \ r \/r i Li • (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN ii •v/ II ?`∎ II s / / 1 i / / �O / / REMOVE EXISTING WALL i FOR NEW DOOR REMOVE EXISTING SIDEWALK, POUR CONC. NEW FLOOR TO MATCH EXISTING . SEE STRUCTURAL FOUNDATION PLAN FOR NEW GRADE BEAM REMOVE EXISTING DOORS, WINDOW & WALLS, TYP. FOR NEW STORE FRONT EXISTING FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON- STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FOR SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL, OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT, OR SHARED ACCESS & PARKING. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLlITON OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED BY DEMOLITION. BRACING TO REMAIN UNTIL STRUCTURE IS COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. 9. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF DAILY OFF -SITE RUBBISH & DEBRIS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. 10. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE PIPING PENETRATIONS THRU SLAB FOR ITEMS TO BE REMOVED BELOW SLAB, TYPICAL 11. CONTRACTOR TO SAW CUT EXISTING SLAB FOR INSTALLATION OF NEW STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING FXTURES & TIE INS. AS REQUIRED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING Ta g', r7' 7t7A RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT 0 loos CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at &t CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED CHITECT PA7RI'�: S. GALLAGHER STAT OF WASHINGTON NO. DATE NORTH 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: APPROVED BY 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED DEMO. EXISTING FLOOR PLAN A-101A I � I 1 Tr 11 II II L J1 I I I I I I T rt I I I 1 I r 1 I I L J t I 1 L J 1- - 1 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, SOFFIT CEILING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FIXTURES THROUGHOUT RETAIL SPACE, SHOWN DASHED, U.O.N. J I 7 4 7 1 rt _L 1- 1 I ✓ � L J J 1 J r 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 I II IL I I I 4 7 4 7 1 rt 1 H- 1 4 L J II II H II II II i n H I L 4 r I L i J 1- L H- J r fi I T I L fi I- r 1 I I L J r � L J I I i — I 1 1 I I I 1L J1 I I L T 1 L_ 11 1 4 1 I I H- I L_ it I I LL F- 1 .. I1 '.'.'. I I . L L _I I I 1 L J r �..... ...... 1 - - -1 - J H L / / / / / / LI / / / A REMOVE (E) SIGNAGE PATCH AND REPAIR ALL HOLES TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. TYP. r T T T fi t 4-- I H- -4 FT poicb DEMO EXISTING CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTITIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON- STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOI TION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER ALL SHELVING BRACKETS WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL STRUCTURE COMPLETELY 11ED TOGETHER. 10. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF OFF -SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING DE COMPLIANCE PPROVED F. Onlicatia inN RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4* = 1'--0" COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & MGM INC. CcirteruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DRAWN BY: 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DATE PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: att ISSUES /REVISIONS NORTH DEMO. EXISTING CEILING PLAN DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -1016 (E) ±88' -7" V.I.F. EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL PROVIDED BY LANDLORD ELEC. PANELS INVENTORY /MDF ROOM (SEE NOTE j7) NEW COLUMN SEE SHEET A -400 MANAGER OFFICE 0640011 Y. v OPEN OFFICE I I I I L_1_1 _J OMEN 0 QS 56' CLR. NEW SEE SHEET A -400 NEW COLUMN SEE SHEET A -400 EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL PROVIDED BY LANDLORD F -- I I . II ... 0 I I II PROVIDE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AT 60 A.F.F SEE DETAIL C7 /A -301 SEE NOTE j8 (E) COLUMN SEE DETAIL D7 /A -301 24' -4 (E) ELEC. TRANSFORMER 7 ,_ 7 " 8' -4" PROVIDE TACTILE S r r---- �Tr - - - --i I I III I I I III I I I III I r - - - --i r - - - --i I I III I I I III I I I III I SEE DETAIL D7 /A— IFI 21' -2" SHEET SYMBOLS: ------....) 010 E) DOO SEE NOTE 18 EXISTING WALL NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONS. SEE SHEET A -801 VIDE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY D' A.F.F SEE DETAIL C7 /A -301 6 ALL WALL MOUNTED ARE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL IN COMPLIANCE WITH UFC STANDARD FE 10 -1. CONTRACTOR TO V.I.F. PARTITON TYPE, REFER TO A -801 (E) COLUMN 4, " NEW STORE FRONT DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT SEE NOTE f8 15 --0" GENERAL NOTES: 4. 5. 9 1. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 2. SEE FINISH PLAN SHEET, A -104, FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION ON FINISHES. 3. SEE SHEET A -801 FOR PARTITION TYPES. A Y• • • • • • • ..• • AS NECESSARY. • • P. . • • •• ON 00111 SIDE TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE IF REQUIRED. 6. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH at&t'S CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR THE LOCATION OF SECURITY GRILLE IF ANY. 7. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3/4' ARE RATED PLYWOOD ON ALL WALLS AND CEILING UNDER GYP. BD. INSIDE INVENTORY ROOM, TYP., U.N.O.. NEW STORE FRONT DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT NEW STORE FRONT DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING (E) STOREFRONT WINDOW TO REMAIN & PROTECT IN PLACE 8. ADD SIGN OVER ENTRY DOOR "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS'. USE 1 INCH HIGH LETTERS WITH CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. • • ■y• y • i i . v r■ V. • • • •• . •.. 12. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. 13. SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR ADDMONAL INFORMATION. „, .,-,--,,,k., utN, ..„‘„,...„ L �r,„ 10. DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS INDICATED NEARBY WALL INTERSECTIONS, SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THE EDGE OF THE FINISH OPINING IS FOUR INCHES FROM THE FACE OF THE NEARBY WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALL OTHER DOORS AND CASED OPENINGS SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN A[C VED WALT. INTERSECTIONS. CITY OF TUKWILA 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR ALL CASEWO SHELVING, COUN I tf TOPS & OTHER OWNER PROVIDED EQUIPMENT. L 1 8 l PERMIT CENTER FLOOR PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = 1' -0" 3 07 - - TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DRAWN BY: COPYRIGHT ® 2008 CARTER h BURGESS. INC. PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: FLOOR PLAN at &t Cartereurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc, 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1 600 FAX: (714) 327 -1 601 ISSUES /REVISIONS 2 04 -21 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -102 S SS S S S S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S SS S S S S S S S S S 55 S S S S S S S S S S S S` TYPICAL CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -0" O.C. #12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE 0 EACH LIGHT FIXTURE CORNER. ATTACH TO PERMANENT STRUCTURE TYPICAL PAINT RED PER SECTION 300 -11 NEC GRID START POINT INVENTORY /MDF ROOM G.B. CEIUNG 0 10' -Q' AFF 2x4 SURFACE MOUNTED 1 004 J I LIGHT FIXTURE, Ti'?. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE CENTERED 0 WALL UNIT, TYP. MANAGER OFFICE ACT -2 CEILING 0 10' --0" AFF. 002 OPEN OFFICE ACT-2 CEILING 0 10' -0" Ill°1111° III •f /• E Q•: TYP. VERTICAL HANGER: 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGER WIRE AT 4' -0" O.C. MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EACH END ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS TYPICAL MAIN RUNNERS 1 1 10 0**7 Th, SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SEISMIC ... S S SS S S SS S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S SS S S S S S S S i S S 5 S S S S S S S S S SS S S S S S S S S SS S S' CEILING SYSTEM SECTION TYPICAL MIDDLE AREA #12 GAUGE 4 WAY DIAGONAL TIES TO UNISTRUT OR CAVITY SHAFT FRAMING SEISMIC 2" MAX. LATERAL BRACING: (4)112 GAUGE GALV. WIRES AT 90' TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2' OF CROSS RUNNER. MIN. 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EA. END. MAX. SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. O.C. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURAL ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS, TYP. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4' -O' O.C. 3 5/8" STRUT 3' =1' -0' CROSS TEE RUNNER SCREW INTO T -BAR (2) PLACES OPPOSITE CORNERS LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTION MAIN RUNNER OF SUSPENDED CEIUNG. #12 GAUGE VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ON MAIN RUNNER 3" FROM 4 CORNERS OF LIGHT FIXTURE, TYPICAL N.T.S. 1/2'=1' COMPRESSION STRUTS: WITH L/R RATIO OF 200 MAXIMUM, 3 5/8" X 20 GA. UNPUNCHED METAL STUD ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH (4) 18 SCREWS TO STRUCTURE. COMPRESSION STRUT SHALL NOT REPLACE HANGER WIRE LATERAL BRACING: (4) 112 GA. GALVANIZED WIRES AT 90' TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2" OF CROSS RUNNER. MINIMUM 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2' AT EACH END. MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. 0.C. S S S S S S S ti S S S 5 ti S S ti ti Sti S ti5 S ti S ti ti S S S S ti S 5 S ti S S ti ti S SS S �5 S Sti S 5 S 55 55 S 5 S S ti 5 S ti S S ti S S51 S S S ti S SS ti S CEILING SYSTEM SECTION © RESTRAINED PERIMETER WOMEN'S G.B. CEIUNG @ 8' -0" AFF. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS AT 4' -0" O.C. MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EACH END. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCT. 8" MAXIMUM OR 1/4 THE LENGTH OF THE END RUNNERS, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, 1W. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4' -O' O.C. OR CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -O' O.C., TYP. ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS, TYP. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH 110 SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RIVET TO CEIUNG RUNNERS. FINISH ANGLE AND RIVETS TO MATCH CEILING SYSTEM. TYPICAL GYPSUM BOARD & METAL STUD WALL. REFER ALL TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. MEN'S G.B. CEILING 0 8' -O' AFF. 3' =1' -0" SOFFIT AT 8' -0" AFF., TYP. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS n - SEE DESCRIPTION IN DETAIL 2/A -3.2 ADD ONE PAIR LATERAL BRACE WIRES SIMILAR TO DETAIL 3/A -3.2 AT 8' 41" f O.C. RUNNING PARALLEL TO WALL AT a 45' TO CEILING PLANE. CONCEALED METAL STRUT OR 16 GA. WIRE INTERLOCK BY CEIUNG GRID INSTALLER. TIE TO ENDS OF RUNNERS. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH #10 SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RNET TO CEIUNG RUNNERS. FINISH ANGLE AND RIVETS TO MATCH CEIUNG SYSTEM. TYPICAL GYP. BD. & METAL STUD WALL REFER ALL TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. 6 CEILING SYSTEM SECTION © UNRESTRAINED PERIMETER SOFFIT AT 8' -O" AFF., TYP. ( P -5 (- LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE CENTERED IN CEIUNG TILE, TYP. CASHWRAP POWER & DATA POLE, TYP. I 001 . B2 • SALES AREA ACT -1 CEILING 0 10' -0' AFF GENERAL NOTES: 1 1 111 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 l 111 1 11 1 1 1 1 11 1 I l I I 1 11 1 11 1/ 1 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 I I I l 1 1 11 1 1 l I l l l l l l I l l l I I 1 8" (MAX.) 1. SEE SHEET A -001 FOR LIGHTING LEGEND AND FIXTURE SYMBOLS. 2. LIGHT SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED AT 42' A.F.F., U.O.N. 3. SEE SHEET A -104 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE 4. SEE DETAIL E1 /A -802 FOR A.C.T. SUPPORT INFORMATION. 5. NOT ALL FIXTURES SHOWN IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE MAY BE USED IN THIS PROJECT - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 6. GRID, GRILLES AND TYPE 'A" FIXTURES TRIM TO BE PAINTED P -6 AT SALES AREA, ALL CLOUD ELEMENTS TO REMAIN WHITE. 7/8" 3 " =1' -0' 8" USG COMPASSO EDGE TRIM PRE - FORMED, TV. P - - 14' - SOFFIT RADIUS I ACT -3 CEILING 0 9' -4' AFF, TYP. NIGHT LIGHT, TYP. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER 7. PROVIDE WALL ANGLE AT ALL CEILING TO WALL /SOFFIT CONNECTION POINTS INCLUDING "FLEX' ANGLE AT THE RADIUS SOFFITS. 8. GRID TO BE FRAMED OUT TO ACCEPT ' A ' LIGHT FIXTURES. 9. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3/4" RATED PLYWOOD ON ALL WALLS AND CEILING UNDER GYP. BD. INSIDE INVENTORY ROOM, TYP., U.N.O.. 10. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0' COPYRIGHT © 2008 CURER & BURGESS, INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 7580 REGISTERED CCHITECT . GALLAGHER OF WASHINGTON 41 ISSUES /REVISIONS 3 07 -15 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE at &t 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: REFLECTED CEILING PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -103 WIREMOLD TYP. 1 004 I INVENTORY/MDF ROOM FLOOR BASE WALL VCT -1 RB -1 PAINT P-5 10' -6" 11'— El FLOOR BOX BY G.C. (TYP.) SEE NOTE #8, TYP. I MANAGER OFFICE FLOOR BASE WALL CPT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 0 OPEN OFFICE FLOOR BASE WALL VCT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 V V V V x 0 T WOMEN'S T 12' -0" FLOOR SV BASE SV--6 WALL 48 MARLTTE AFF. PAINT P -5 ABOVE 64 MEN'S VCT -1 CPT -1 12' -0" R N 0 7' -5" • CPT-2- 4' -0" 1 ' 7 . f 0 M I 0 FINISH PLAN WIREMOLD TYP. 18' -1 10011 SALES AREA BASE CPT -1 WALL P -2 TO 13' -4' AFF. P -1 ABOVE El CPT -1 O S m oo ' C7 A -802 WIREMOLD TYP. GENERAL NOTES: 1. FLOOR BASE WALL CPT,VCT,WF,L,WM RB,SV P INDICATES TYPICAL FINISHES 2. FOR ALL FINISHES OF MILLWORK /CABINETRY ITEMS, REFER TO ELEVATIONS, SHEET A -301. 3. FOR ALL WALLS WHERE NO FINISH OR BASE IS INDICATED, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET, A -301 4• ALL WALLS, SOFFITS AND DOORS /FRAMES TO BE BRUSH & ROLL ONLY. 5. ALL PAINT SURFACE TO BE PRIMED AND 2 FINISH COATS. 6. MOISTURE TEST SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WOOD FLOORING. 7. PROVIDE EXPANSION TRIM @ STOREFRONT MULLION FOR WOOD FLOORING. 8. FLOOR BOXES FOR EXPERIENCE TABLES & INTERACTIVE PODIUM SHOULD BE WIREMOLD BRAND (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) 881RC4ATCBK. FOR ASSISRANCE PLEASE CALL ED COMMINS WITH WIREMOLD AT 800 -338 -1315 EX. 3210. 9. PROVIDED CONDUIT UNDER SLAB TO CONNECT INTERACTIVE PODIUM TO HIVE WALL 10. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FINISH LEGEND INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE: ACT -1 ACT -2 ACT -3 CPT -1 CPT -2 WF -1 FRP RB -1 P -1 P -2 P -3 P -4 P -5 P -5b P -6 P -7 VCT -1 SV ST -1 M -1 M -2 PL -1 PL -2 PL -3 PL -4 SS -1 USG FROST SIZE: 2' X 2' NUMBER: *414 EDGE: SLB COLOR: CHARCOAL *534 GRID: DONN DX 15/16" PAINT GRID TO 800 -950 -3839 MATCH: P -6 USG RADAR CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 4' NUMBER: *2420 EDGE; SQ COLOR: WHITE GRID: DONN DX 15/16" 800 - 950 -3839 USG MARS CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 2' EDGE: FLB GRID FINELINE 7b" NUMBER: 86185 TED KELLUM (312) -606 -4428 SHAW *4248V EXPERIENCE SQUARE COLOR: BELL BLUE *L010B CONSTRUCTION: MULTI - SCROLL PATTERN: NO REPEAT MARK LAW, 800 - 424 -7429 X5396 SHAW STYLE: C0149 CINGULAR ENTRY COLOR: JET BLACK JB210 24 "X24" MULTILEVEL LOOP QUARTER TURN INSTALL MARK LAW, 800- 424 -7429 X5396 SHAW STYLE: ATT PCF WOOD COLOR: BELL GRAY *00400 FINISH: HEAVY TEXTURE INSTALL: CLUELESS, FLOAT, TONGUE & GROOVE MARK LAW: 770- 241 -1345 TARA GRIMSELY 706- 275 -3329 I REQUIRE EXPANSION STRIP AT EVERY 1,064 S.F. MAXIMUM AREA. USG INTERIORS CLASS "C" TUFLINER *8101 WHITE (RR WAINSCOT) JOHNSONITE *82 BLACK PEARL SIZE 4" BENJAMIN MOORE "SHADOW GRAY" *2125 -40 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "WEDDING VEIL" *2125 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE P -3 FROM COUNTER "ORANGE BURST" HEIGHT UP & P -5 *2015 -20 FROM COUNTER SEMI -GLOSS FINISH HEIGHT DOWN BENJAMIN MOORE "STONE BROWN" *2112 -30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 FLAT FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "IRON MOUNTAIN" *2134 -30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH JOHNSONITE SIZE; 4" COLOR: IRON STONE ARMSTRONG - IMPERIAL TEXTURE *51904 COLOR: STERLING 12 "X12 "X1/8" ANTHONY LAWSON: 513 - 398 -9448 X8943 ARMSTRONG - SHEET VINYL *88477 LIATRIS COOL GRAY NOTE: EXTENDS SHEET VINYL UPWARD ONTO WALL 6" MIN. TP. IN ALL WET AREAS. GLOBAL GRANITE & MARBLE 3/8" X 12" X 12" SLATE TILE BLACK NATURAL SAM KOONTZ: 314 - 392 -1961 INTERIOR CASEWORK - RETAIL STORE POWDER COAT ALUMINUM *PE9 -6875G "ALUMINUM" BONDED BASE COAT POWDER COAT POLYCHEM *P- BR/773 LOT: *P -4653 "NEW CHAIR BRONZE" 760- 868 -5282 WILSONART MONTANA WALNUT *7110T -60 LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2300T PLATINUM TEXTURED LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2418T GRAPHITE TEXTURED FORMICA WHITE *949 -58 MATTE FINISH SOLID SURFACE DOVIAN (CAPRI CONCRETE) LEE GARZA 206 - 226 -9111 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COP:RIGHr 0 2008 CARTER Is BURGESS. INC. t &t Cc.rter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327- 1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 758 J. GAL LAGHER I OF WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS 3 07 -15 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: SLAB PLAN FINISH PLAN FINISH LEGENDS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -104 I RSF-020 Lc O 0 • CO INVENTORY/MDF ROOM N RSF -022 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES 004 RSF -004 N O O LL — COUNTER— — RSF -008 RSF -001A RSF -0018 RSF -001A RSF -001B 1RSF -017 L 5'--8• RSF -004 ISI SEE NOTE? 002 MANAGER OFFICE RSF -018 0 007 RSF - ■ EQ. I I TYP. I003I OPEN OFFICE COUNTER ADJUSTABLE SHELVES RSF -001A RSF -001B RSF -012 RSF RSF - 013 - 002A RSF -002 RSF -001 WOMEN'S O —8" 0 0 0 0 0 0 RSF -016 RSF -015 9' -0" RSF -024 II RSF --001A RSF -001B U E RSF -008 MEN'S RSF -009 (E) LADDER II II 4 001 SALES AREA RSF --003 O LL col C: J RSF -014 RSF -006 RSF -004 RSF -001A RSF -001B RSF -009 RSF -004 RS RS -013 -002/ RSF -002 ■ RSF -001 ACCESSIBLE COUNTER RSF- 006 120g FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN i RSF -004 / RSF -001A RSF -0018 RSF -004 CODE RSF -001 RSF -001A RSF -001B RSF -002 RSF -002A RSF -003 RSF -004 RSF -005 RSF -006 RSF -007 RSF -008 RSF -009 RSF -010 RSF -011 RSF -012 RSF -013 RSF -014 RSF -015 RSF -016 RSF -017 RSF -018 RSF -019 RSF -020 RSF -021 RSF -022 RSF -023 RSF -024 GENERAL NOTES: 1) FURNITURE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS FOIC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE SHEETS A -803 AND A -804. 2) BACKWRAP GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 3) FEATURE WALL GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 4) GC TO PROVIDE 1 ROW OF WHITE MELAMINE SHELVING ABOVE ALL COUNTER. 5) FURNITURE BY OWNER. 6) FOR ACCESSIBILITY SERVICE COUNTER, SEE D3 ON SHEET A-803. 7) GC TO PROVIDE 24 "X30" SHELF AT 4' -6" AFF WITH DOG -EAR IN MANAGER OFFICE. 8) EXACT PLACEMENT OF FREESTANDING FIXTURES TO BE DETERMINED OWNER, TYP. 9) PROVIDE 3/4 " x6'x8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. 10) SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FIXTURE LEGEND NAME CASHWRAP - 5 POS (ACCESSIBLE INCLUDED) CASH WRAP LAMP CASH WRAP PROMO PANEL BACKWRAP CABINETS BACKWRAP GRAPHICS iPHONE DISPLAY MECHANDISE WALL UNIT PROMO TABLE EXPERIENCE TABLE MANAGER MOBILE POS REV RACK GONDOLA EXPRESS SERVICE KIOSK mo -yMm r d , GUIDED SELLING KIOSK 1 WINDOW BANNER PRINTER BACKWRAP iPHONE GONDOLA LOCKER - 3 SECTIONS DOUBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN REFRIGERATOR MICROWAVE 3 -IN -1 PRINTER BACKBOARD CITY RECEIVED TE UKVVVILA CCTV JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER SAFE i -PHONE CABINET 3 -IN -1 PRINTER QTY. 3 6 6 3 3 1 23 2 3 4 2 2 3 1 3 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 3 07-15-08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. COPYRIGHT ® mos CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at:t . GALLAGHER WASHINGTON DATE ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -105 (E) 24' -0" AFF —_.. __ T.D. (E) PARAPET AFF T.O. (E) ROOF (E) AFF B.O. (E) ROOF A (E) 7' -2' AFF - - -- T.O. (E) STOREFRONT 0 ' - 0 ' (E)_24'-o AFT T.O. (E) PARAPET (E) 19' -9' AFF T.O. (E) ROOF A (E) 12' - AFF B.O. (E) ROOF (E) 7' -2" AFF _ 7 T.07 TO STOREFRONT a i k 17' -9' AFF T.O. NEW ROOF 12' -4' AFF B.O. NEW ROOF - NEW ASPHLAT SHINGLES- TO MATCH EXISITNG NEW SIGANGE- UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. NEW WOOD SIDING FACADE TO MATCH EXISTIN 1111111111111111 -111 PAM 'BMW& YM-YM- MII•MII" wwwwww.�� IM � www –r� NI EEO' YYYI /ww.. --- - = _ �Y- Y ~ 7 .1 40 Imei YY M1 - M — MM- -- --- w _YYY m IYYYYYYwYMMYY MM L I U L MM MMMAMMMMMI� __ M.- - IIIIIiI w pw r YiZM mmm IIMwMwMMMMw Y= � �wwwYw rrrirwr -- I IYYYYYYYYYY Y Y Y Y Y Y YYY YY Y Y YYM ■ Y Y/. MYY YYY MIIYYYYYMMYMMMM�MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMYMMMMYMM Yw M w--- II- -M, YYYY YY====== MM Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y r` -------- V' YYM% YYY ---wwMMwMMIMMMMIMM — MM ---Mr- � w--- - MYYYYMMMMYMYM— MYYYYYYYYYYYY YYYYYMIMMMMMMAMr,,,_ Mr Y YY Y Y M M ---- - - - -w— w MM M MM MM MM w w -- . w w w — w ww —• ' 1 –wMYYYYYYY –Y –YY YYYYY ---- YYYY- YYYYYYYYY M - Y =– MMwMM.ww - -w ww w w .www –w –w ww MMM MMMM MMM MMA-- ww - - - ►_ Y YYYYYYYYY- ---- - Y YYY Y --- YYYY -- wwr wMwMwwwwwwMMrwwwwwwwwwwwM A MrMMMM^MMwwwwwwwwwww_- YYYYYMIMYYMMMwMYMMYMMIM YMYYMMMYYYMMUY MYMMY MYYYY YMIM YMIMY MY YMMIM MIM WI -...============== ======= MM1 ..MYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYM— YYYYY.. YYYYYYMM IMOOMAYYYYYwMwYYwYYYYM IMM, '11y .MAM MMMM Y IM.IAiMIw ...... M ' _I�i "" IMME �I =MMMi�M wi E YYYY YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYMMMIMMMMYY /YYMMEM IMM *IMMMYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY_YYYYYYYY A -- -YV V_EMMI�MI- - -- - EMME -- MI�MII MM ====== - I�YYYY- _Y_ Y_Y_Y_Y_Y_Y_Y_- _Y_Y_ == YYMMMMMIMMMMYMYYYYYY YY YYYYY YY YYYYYYYY YYM– MYYYY YYYYYY _ Y Y----- MM • Y VY w MER MEME IM II IMMI J YYMRMIS M MEIU MI = ==Y / YYYYYYYY Y YYYYE u Miw MM—r MMMM ww w w--------- w---------- -wMIII w —w—MM MMww---------------www— YYYYYYYYYM IM MMMYMMMMIMMMMM YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYMYYYYM— MMYYYYYYYYYYYY MMEEMMMUM� Mr MMMM rrwwww- ----------w— ww— w"rMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMMww —AMY- --w- - ----w- wMYYYYYYYYYYYYYY YnMMIMMMMYM. MM.MYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY_wMYYY ��� AMY YV MM _- - MI M MYE � MMMAIMMMYY w YYY YYYYY -M-M-M - YYYYYYMMYYYYYYY w M�,wMIM,M1 =Y =MTMM•M bm YYYY --M- YYYYYYYYYtM MEMM IMMIMM MAY- M-- Y- M -M-M-.MMM- M`,MMM- .MM- MI.- --YYMW LIUJ11 1 1.1111 I1 1 III L1111111 I III \/ , (E) STOREFRONT 11111111111 111111 IIIII 11111 (E) STOREFRONT I I --------------- MMMMMMMMMA —MAMI IMIMww- ----61._ �MMMIMYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY Y Y ∎YYYYYYY YYYYYY YY Y Y Y YYYYmY Y YY�YY�YY Y YY M I MI � MMMM= =w ww wwwwwwwwwwwwwwMMMMIMMIMMIMMMMMIww wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwMMMGwwww .wwwwww----------- ------ ------ — w YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY MMMMYMMYYM— MY YYY YYYYY Y /�M�� Y YY YY�� YYYY w YY www, MMMMM, MMMM, �IMy* M1MMpMMMMMAMww— ,MM,MMwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwMl � -- -- MMMMMM --- MMMM.M.M..wwww– .-.MMM� R MMM M MME N = ■ IM �Y YYYYY► �emmmmmmmmmm �rmm, mmmmmmmmm = = =r = = =.......C YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY MERMEN= .... YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYMMYMIIYMMMMM ,M.........YYYYY _YYY! ■ YYYYYYMYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY-- Yw Yw Y i lwwwwwwwwwwYwwYwYwYwwwYwwwwwwwwwwwwwM +M w�■M ww\ IMMMMIIMMMMMMM, MMMRMYYYYYYYYYY _YYYYYYYYYYYYYY_YY i� YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY Y w ww ■� TMY YYY► OM M EE =Z = ZUMMMUMMEMUM ,YM ^ELMY'[YM YwM► Y ■ Y YYYYY - qM- ....YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYw Yw Y Y Mw �M - YYYYYY....._ .._ ..................... = = = = = = .I wYYYwwwwll�I��........... MMMIY_ w_ Y_ Ywwwww_ w_ .... ...........wwwwwwwwww Y► Y�w YYYY.. w_ w_ -ww_-w MMAIMMMMA _ - - wwwrur YYwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwrww ►. Y YYYYYYYw �� Y==== .Y MIM Y MII i ww.w.wwM Y iMr - rM ... ----- 7i�i - -- Y °� �M M aL.amY YYY --—---- ---- -- ===== " YYYYM YMMYYYYYYYYY =M� ffi :wYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY YYYYYYYMi /' �YYYYYYYYYYY� ......wwwwww -ww ,............. II II III III III I II rMM--- ww— wwww---w—www—www— w—w-- wwMMMMMMM MMYMIMMMMMIYYYYYYYYYYYYY YYY��YYYq�MpYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYMYMMM- MI -M� MMI ....YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY YYYYYYYYYYYYYYYMIMIMgYMI ............ INuhIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMON 1111111111110111111111111111111111111111111 ■= YYYYYYM. wIMMESI MiwwM._ JYYYYYYYM.-, - -/ /wwwwww. VMMMMMMMMMMYYY■ . MINIMIMIMMMMMM■ 'FaMMMIIIMMINIMOMOb... N YYYYMMMM M O IMIA Y ► 'a�--www---w� ''.. �YY YYYYYYYY 111111111111111111111111 muuummuuum 1111111111111111111 (E) STOREFRONT EXTENT OF PROPOSED WORK I ` "�- w—w YYYYM —MYY ►Y t— wwMMM= Y Y VY YYY— YYY YYMIrt .MYYYMMMMMMYYM— MYYYYMM■ -■ w— w-- ---- w —MMMI MM M MM MM __g. MYYYYMMMMMYYY —YYYY■ " Y-- YMi— www —w- -w M/`I"MMMMMMC -dIM ■YYYYYYYM ► /AMY/ .MMlw M I Y Y -�Y- w -ww —a A Y�YYYYYMMMy - YYYYYY L71Y YYMERMAIMAM-M -M-R� YYYYV r YVM MI M-M-MAM,MM- !M-MIMCYYYYYYV ►------- - ---b\ w— MMMM ---M► YYYMMMMMMIMMIMMMMIMYYYYY 'YYYYYY■ w --- --.www— wwwMMMme\MMMMrII Mr AOMMMMMMMYYYYYYYYYYYYYMOYYM I Y� w-_ M�IMMMMM MM -__ w WMwjMMI-MM..... MMI..... 1- .......t..YY�M_ 7MMMMMMM MMMMMM MMMMMw —w—� : ,.. -MM YYYY MIMrMYMMMgMMMMM.MwY /►YYY ` MMM �►� MMIMYI----∎---------►--- YYY�YMMMMMMAMMIYM�MYYYY MMMMMMM wYYSMNIM== MYYMEYY MM �— MMIM _� MI MMMIMM MMIM IM ....... ■■••■IMM– w-- ►w--- -w– – �M�MM – IYYYYM MMIMMMMMMMMII IM Y r „AMq�M. YY Y YZa►. �wIM---- �M_ ----- — - _ —MII MMM�■YY.YY� � MU= — � � �MMM— wwMM-- — — w.w.w— Y.M.w.w — -----► `__I_.Mn �w- =MwmM.- -----MEMiE rI�MEMMMUMMY YYY wwwww�&M.. V IMMYYY �M�YY— w�M �MYYYYYYYYYY --- YY M� ... E MME L R1�M1—M ! ! M E .wY.MM OME.iMl�li�S�m!!mUMMEINNE I ., at &t IIIII 1111111 IIIII IIII 11 III III I (E) STOREFRONT NEW STOREFRONT NEW STOREFRONT T (E) STOREFRONT (E) STOREFRONT (E) STOREFRONT NEW STOREFRONT / at& NEW STOREFRONT & DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING EXTENT OF PROPOSED WORK / NEW STOREFRONT & DOOR TO MATCH EXISTING a sit NEW STORaONT - NEW STOREFRONT EXTENT OF PROPOSED WORK PU1 NEW SIGANGE- UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. NEW WOOD SIDING FACADE TO MATCH EXISTING. 1111111111111 I I I 1 1111 N Ii li i III II \. (E) STOREFRONT STOREFRONT (E) STOREFRONT NEW ASPHLAT SHINGLES- TO MATCH EXISITNG NEW SIGANGE- UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. Ill / NEW WOOD SIDING FACADE TO MATCH EXISTING. (E) STOREFRONT (E) 24' -0' AFF T.O. (E) PARAPET - - (E) 19; - 9' AFF T.O. (E) ROOF (E)_12' - 3' AFF B.O. (E) ROOF (E) 7' -2' AFF T.O. (E) (E) STOREFRONT NEW STOREFRONT (E) WOOD SIDING- PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED (E) WOOD SIDING- PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED ELEVATION A --- __._ - - -- 12' -4' AFF 6.0. NEW R00 ELEVATION B ELEVATION C AFF T.O. NEW ROOF 12' -4' AFF B.O. NEW ROOF AFF T.O. NEW ROOF 'Y RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS SCALE 3/16' = 1' -0' COP'SRIOHr C 2008 c.Ui7ER & BURGESS, INC. at &t CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 NO. DRAWN BY: DATE 7580 PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: GALLAGHER F WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS 3 07 -16 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED 5/8" GYP. BD COMPOSITION ROOF SHINGLE UNDERLAYMENT - ROOF SHEATHING 4114, OPEN VALLEY FLASHING CONT. CAULKING SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD EA. SIDE ALIGN VERTICAL MULLION PIR MFR. METAL NAILING CLEATS AT 24" O.C. UNDERLAYMENT — UNDERLAYMENT PER ROOF MFR. G.S.M. FLASHING w/ 6" MIN.SPLICE LAP PROVIDE 1" 'V' CRIMP FOR SLOPES LESS THAN 6:12 J -MOLD EXT. CEMENT PLASTER SCALE: 1 1/2" - 1'-0' 2X FRAMING TO MATCH (E) WALL CONSTRUCTION 1/4" FLOAT GLASS TEMPERED GLASS WHERE REQUIRED - -- STOREFRONT U.S. ALUMINUM "400 -S" SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL SCALE: 3' - 1'-0• 15 EXT. CEMENT PLASTER ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM STOREFRONT HEAD \ JAMB SIMILAR REPAIR & REPLACE DOOR HEADER IF REQUIRED. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY. 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. CAULKING SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD EA. SIDE SCALE: 3" + 1'-0' COMPOSMON RIDGE SHINGLE UNDERLAYMENT COMPOSITION ROOF SHINGLE UNDERLAYMENT ROOF SHTG RIDGE /HIP 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS c STOREFRONT MUWON, U.S. ALUM. "400 -S SERIES OR APPROVED EQ. HORIZ. CONCRETE WALKWAY SIL V 1/4 FLOAT GLASS TEMPERED WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE SILL, U.S. ALUM. '400 -S' SERIES OR APPROVED EQ. CONT. CAULK BOTH SIDES ULLIOk CONCRETE WALKWAY SILL & HORIZONTAL MULLION SCALE: 1 1/2' = 1'-0' ii Ir w INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB EDGE OF SLAB SCALE: 3' = COMPOSITION ROOF SHINGLE UNDERLAYMENT ROOF SHEATHING G.I. FLASHING 2x6 OVER 2x8 BARGE BOARD 2x6 BLKG VAPOR BARRIER WOOD TRUSS OR 2x ROOF RAFTERS BLDG PAPER MANUFACTURED SIDING C FLUSH RAKE GLASS STOP ALUMINUM HEAD OVERHEAD CLOSER DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP FACE OF STOREFRONT HEAD 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP FACE OF STOREFRONT ALUMINUM JAMB JAvB 1/4" TEMPERED DOOR GLASS FACE OF STOREFRONT CONCRETE SIDEWALK SILL NOTE. 1 3/4" X 4" ALUMINUM STOREFRONT PROVIDE WEATHER STRIPING AT TOP AND SIDE OF DOOR TYP. DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP ALUM. THRESHOLD - "NATIONAL GUARD 325" GROUT SOUD W/ NON SHRINK GROUT. FASTEN WITH EXPANSION BOLTS 0 12" O.C.(MAX.) EXTERIOR SIDEWALK 2 04 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR 8 SCALE: 1 1/2 - 1'-0 EDGE OF SLAB INTERIOR INSTALL BOTTOM RAIL OF DOOR WTfH WEATHERSEAL CONTINUOUS SEALANT THRESHOLD AT EXIT DOOR PROVIDE SQ. EDGE AT CERAMIC 11LE NON EXPOSED CONTROL JOINT (SEE STRUCTURAL) SCALE 3' - 1'-0' ` IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIr CEILING SUPPORTING CLOSURE INSIDE OF STORE STOREFRONT HEAD INSIDE OF STORE : Nom MIN. 1% HORIZONTAL MULLION SUSPENDED CEILING TILES CLOSURE ANGLE ATTACHED W/ 5"0 EXPANSION BOLT (E) WALL (VERIFY) T CEILING CEILING LKING SEALANT ING TO 0 EXISTING E ABOVE. IFY TED GLASS OUTSIDE OF STORE SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" OUTSIDE OF STORE 1" INSULATED GLASS SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" INSIDE OF STORE STOREFRONT I SILL" FACE OF STOREFRONT r INSU • TED GLASS N.TS. CONT. LKING SEALANT OUTSIDE OF STORE SCALE 3' = 1' -0" covttacHr © mos comet a: BIi GESs. INC. CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED 1•rHITEGT ISSUES /REVISIONS 03/19/08 RESUBMITFAL 2 04 -17 -08 REVISED ELECTRICAL SERVICE 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY: DATE PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS A -201 CEILING TIES SPACING SIZE a � \ IN N _ \ R N x\ SPAN N \ R c4 -\ 8' -9" N T \ 7' -9" 0 I N 362S125 -30 s i CEILING TIES SPACING SIZE MAXIMUM SPAN MAXIMUM SPAN SPACING SPAN SPACING SPAN 4' -0" 3625125 -18 16" 8' -9" 24" 7' -9" 3' -6" 362S125 -30 16" 10 - 2 " 24" 9' -2" 3' -6" 6005125 -30 16" 11' -9" 24" 1O' -7" 1(I'7_0" AFF ACT 91_4" AFT - SOFFIT 0)" INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS qcT 10' =0" AFF ACT 9' -4" AFF 8' - Q" AFF. _ SOFFIT ACT+10' _ 0" AFF ACT AFF _ $' - 0" AFF _ SOFFIT 41101_ 4 SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVES ¶ EL +0' -O" FINISHED FLOOR SEE R.C.P. MARUTE AND TRAP W /SUP JOINT FITTING "TRUEBRO" MODEL NO. LAV -GUARD (800) 340 -5969 OR APPROVED EQUAL EL +0' -0" FINISHED FLOOR 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. SCALE: 1/4 " =1'-0" r 4 RUBBER BASE (RB -1) A P 2 P -3 (FROM 3' -0" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS A2A INVENTORY /MDF ROOM ELEVATION SEE R.C.P. MARLITE 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED I F I RFID FLOOR 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. P -3 (FROM 3' -O" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) P -3 SCALE: 1/4 "= 1' -0" B P -2 ) P -7 ( WIREMOLD) V L. A RB -1 -� P -1 ) P -7 ( WIREMOLD) RSF -013 t SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVES 3/4" SUPPORT, PL -1 IF REQUIRED 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP ¶ EL +0' -0' FINISHED FLOOR SEE R.C.P. 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED MARUTE P -5 SCALE: 1/4 "= 1'-0" FINISH FLOOR 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. P -7 ( WIREMOLD) NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE FILE CABINETS BOX /FILE STORAGE CONFIGURATION, PL -1 BY G.C. C P -2 ) SCALE: 1/4 "= 1' -0" SEE R.C.P. SEE R.C. PLAN IF/FINISHED FLOOR Al RUBBER BASE (RB -1) MARUTE WOMEN'S RESROOM ELEVATION - (MEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATION SIMILAR - OPPOSITE) CO EL FINISHED FLCTOR 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. NOTE ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE INVENTORY /MDF ROOM ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 =1'-0" SHELVES 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP MICRO. REF. OPEN OFFICE ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4 "= 1'-0" ocIr P -3 (FROM 3' - AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) RUBBER BASE (RB -1) � P -7 (WIREMOLD) GENERAL NOTE: A-803 FIXTURES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER'S FIXTURE VENDOR, SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS FOR COORDINATION ONLY. SEE SHEET A -105 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA EQUIPMENT BY AT &T IT, RACK BY GC. GC TO PROVIDE 6'X8'X3" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD FOR TENANT'S TELCO EQUIPMENT - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS. 4/3" SUPPORT, PL -1 IF REQUIRED SCALE: 1/4 "= 1'-0 P -7 ( WIREMOLD) NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE 5 1 CEILING WHERE OCCURS 4 -i8 SCREWS METAL STUDS SEE SCHEDULE CONT. TRACK STUD CEILING JOIST 0 16" O.C. SEE TABLE BELOW CEILING DETAIL 1/4" =r -0' f�I METAL STUD * BLOCKING FLAT CONTINUOS JOIST WITH 8 0 EACH C.J. @ 6' -0" O.C. DISPLAY CONDITIONS NTS INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY CEILING JOISTS 1. ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "S" STUD MEMBER WITH ICBO APPROVE NUMBER 4943P OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SSMA 2. WHERE CEILING SUPPORT TOILET PARTITIONS OCCUR, USE 6005200 -43 @ 16" O.C. UP TO 16' -0" MAXIMUM SPAN 3. SPANS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS LATERAL SUPPORT OF THE COMPRESSION FLANGE. 4. WEB CRIPPLING SHALL HAVE 33/2" BEARING LENGTH @ EACH END. 5. JOIST SHALL BE BRACED AGAINST ROTATION AT ALL SUPPORT BY TRACK OR BLOCKING. 6. PROVIDE 4-- #8 SCREWS AT EACH JOIST CROSSING, UNO. 7. BRIDGING RECOMMENDATIONS: SPAN (FT) MINIMUM NUMBER OF ROWS UP TO 14 FT 1 ROW AT MID -SPAN 14 FT TO 20 FT 2 ROWS AT }}3 POINTS 20 FT TO 26 FT 3 ROWS AT Y4 POINTS NOTES: 1. ALL NON GLARE FINISHES. 2. CHARARCTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 3. USE CONTRACTED 2 BRAILLE. 4. BRAILLE; GRADE II, DOTS = " O.C. IN EACJ-I WITH i" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS, RAISED A ". TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE FIELD VERIFY ELEV. UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE PARTiON WALL SEE SCHEDULE - ti SALES AREA di EL +0' -0" FINISH FLOOR DETAIL NTS RESTROOM .... 0 I UNISEX .... 0 WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE r 2" MIN. TYP. DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE B9 MOUNTING FOR SIGNAGE DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE UNISEX -12" DIAMETER CIRCLE 1/4" THK. W/1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPER IMPOSED WITHIN THE CIRCLE. THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN SHALL DISTINCTIVELY CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE DOOR. SIGNS ARE CENTERED ON THE DOOR 60" FROM THE FLOOR. WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THIS PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. A VERBAL DESCRIPTION AS TO THE USE OF THE FACILITY (SUCH AS "MENS") SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF THE SIGN IS EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH AND THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN DISTINCTNELY CONTRASTS WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE WALL. THE COLOR OF THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY CONSISTS OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE GRADE II BRAILLE. RECEIVED CITY OF TUIC4MLA Jul 1 8 2J88 OA 36" S.M. 18" t A l 42" S.M. / 6" " 36" TOILET GRAB BAR /. 39" \ 1 ......CI�))I \ 9, 1 � ;2 � g� T M AX \ \ GRAB BAR, TOILET PAPER, DISPENSER 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED 2 A9 MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR RECESSED WASTE RECEPTACLE O 1 M cV TWIN JUMBO -ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER I ,1' -6 " dlr \ MIRROR L() J U L I V 0 0 0 \� \ WALL MOUNTED SINK TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER TOILET ACCESSORIES & PLUMBING FIXTURES PERMIT CENTER Q 5 LIGHT SWITCH co racHr © mos mum a sum s% INc. Carters:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 PATRICK S GALLAGHER I STATE o" WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS 3 07 -15 -08 TENANT CHANGES 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT at &t NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED 9Y: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SECTIONS AND DETAILS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -301 DOOR SCHEDULE # DOOR LOCATION DOOR FRAME HARDWARE GROUP REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS TYPE MATERIAL HEAD DETAL JAMB DETAL MATERIAL TYPE 001 SALES FLOOR TO OPEN OFFICE 3' -0" 7' -0' 1 3/4" D WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW2 002 MANAGER'S OFFICE 3' -0' 7' -0' 13/4 C WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW5 003 INVENTORY/MDF ROOM 3' -0' 7' -0" 13/4. A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW4 004 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 3' -0' 7-0' 1 3/4" A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW3 005 MEN'S RESTROOM S-0 13/e A WD —SC E5/A802 E5 /A802 STL —KD F1 HW3 007 EXIT DOOR 3'-0' 7' -0' 1 3/4' E GLASS E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW1AP 008 EXIT /ENTRY DOOR 6' -0' 7' -0' 13/e E GLASS E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW1AP 008A EXIT /ENTRY DOOR 6' -0' 7-0" 13/e E GLASS E5/A802 E5 /A802 STL —KD F1 HW1AP 009 (E) EXIT /ENTRY DOUBLE DOOR EXISTING 010 (E) EXIT /ENTRY DOOR EXISTING REV RACK: RSF -008 1/2"•1'_0" RSF -008 ::W: .... : ::: W� W:: ::W: SEAMS M -1 PERFORATED STEEL PANEL SEAMS *� WD -1 (4) 3" D CASTERS, � — 2 LOCKING •r :r 6" ABSOLUTE '4- . W 4' -6" MDF WITH VACUUM - FORMED VINYL W W WD -1 M -1 W: W W W W PROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI -GLASS SIGN HOLDER b .6 4 '6.4 SEAMS 2' SEAMS 5 1/2" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER 16 GA.SQUARE PERFORATED STEEL PANEL1 /4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PROMO TABLE: RSF -005 1/2" -1' -0" H • • PL -1 M -2 PL -1 vo(6-H1 GENERAL NOTES: 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.I.C. 2. FOR FIXTURE ORDERS CONTACT U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, ATTN: JOHN RAGNUSIN AT 770- 886 -7605 *2 1/2 "•1' -0" RSF -009 GONDOLA: RSF -009 u, PROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI -GLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL M -1 WD -1 16 GA. PERFORATED STEEL PANEL 1/4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTALLY & VERTICALLY ROCKLER *76863 TURNTABLE, RATED FOR 220 *, 7/74" THICK X 12 -5/8" D WD -1 (4) CONCEALED CASTORS (2) LOCKING. I- 2'� ......... -1 a 5" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS M -1 PERFORATED METAL PANEL EASED EDGES WD -1 A FLUSH SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR HW2 (PASSAGE WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PASSAGE 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW3 (PRIVACY WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PRIVACY 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW4 (STOREROOM LOCK WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW5 (OFFICE LOCK WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW6B (EXTERIOR WITH ALARM 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PANIC 1 TRANSFER 1 HORN 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 RAIN DRIP 1 VIEWER 1 CYLINDER(I.S.) B FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOOR C FLUSH DOOR W/ 12"X12" GLASS PANEL STA FBB179 . 4-1/2 X 4 -1/2 BES 93KON15D —S3 -626 STA D3550 —SB QUA 10. X 2. LDW . 16 GA QUA 431ES GJ GJ64 STA FBB179 . 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 BES 93KOL15D— S3-626 STA D3550 —SB QUA 10.X2. LDW . 16 GA QUA 431ES GJ GI64 STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ FBB179 — 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 93KZ7DV15KP —S3 -626 D3550 —SB 10. X 2. WW — 16 GA 431ES GJ64 FBB179 . 4-1/2 X 4 -1/2 93K7A815D -53 -626 D3550 —SB 10.X2.LOW.16GA 431ES GJ64 HW6A (EXTERIOR WITH LOCAL ALARM) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS STA FBB179 — NRP -4-1/2 X 4-1/2 1 ALARM LOCK PRE PR- 5101ALK501 -689 (see note below) 1 CYLINDER (1.5.) BES 1E74 1 CLOSER STA D4550 —SB 1 KICKPLATE QUA 10. X 2. LDW . 16 GA 1 THRESHOLD NGP 425 1 SWEEP NGP 102V 1 SEAL NGP 5050 —BN 1 RAIN DRIP NGP 16A + 4. 1 VIEWER NE 698B The standard alarm system for rear exit doors is the Precision Model 5101ALK501 -689, but in those locations that require fire rated assembly, Precision Model FL5101ALK501 -689 may be substituted. TO REMOTE LOCATION) STA FBB179 —NRP— 4-1/2 X 4-1/2 PRE 5101WALW501- 689— WH495 —WTS PRE EPT -5 ADE WAVE2EX STA D4550 —SB QUA 10. X 2. LDW -16GA NGP 425 NGP 102V NGP 5050 —BN NGP 16A + 4. IVE 698E BES 1E74 1 D FLUSH DOOR W/ 7"X22 ONE WAY GLASS PANEL (MIRRORED ON SALES FLOOR SIDE) 14W1S (EXTERIOR SINGLE — 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 DEADLOCK 1 CLOSER 1 PUSH PULL SET 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL HW1AS (EXTERIOR SINGLE — 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 1 PUSH /PULL SET 1 CLOSER 1 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL MUM F1 2' HEAD F2 4' HEAD E STOREFRONT DOOR W/ TEMPERED GLASS FINISH: MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION HARDWARE GROUPS HW1P (EXTERIOR — WOOD /METAL) 3 PR BUTTS STA 2 FLUSHBOLT QUA 1 DEADLOCK BES 2 PUSH /PULL SET QUA 2 CLOSER STA 1 THRESHOLD NGP 2 SWEEP NGP 1 SEAL NGP 1 ASTRAGAL BY DOOR SUPPLIER HW1AP (EXTERIOR — ALUM /ALUM) 3 PR BUTTS 2 FLUSHBOLT 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 2 PUSH /PULL SET 2 CLOSER 2 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 2 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 ASTRAGAL A/R BES BES QUA STA STA NGP NGP MANUFACTURERS LISTING: STA STANLEY HARDWARE QUA QUALITY HARDWARE BES BEST LOCK NGP NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS GJ GLYNN— JOHNSON IVE H.B. PIES A/R ADAMS /RITE PRE PRECISION HARDWARE ARM ARM —A —DOR HARDWARE ADE ADEMCO K TEMPERED 4 SAFETY GLASS a TO MATCH d ADJACENT °'" CONSTRUCTION c ., 9 NOTE 1-THE INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE GROUP HW4 INCLUDES THE BEST 93KZ7DV15KP --53 -626. SEE HARDWARE GROUP HW4 2 —CLASS 6 OR ANY OTHER LOCATION NEEDING ADDFONAL SECURITY ON REAR DOOR WILL USE THE FOLLOWING ARM —A —DOR EXIT DEVICE A101002 ARM —A —DOR EXIT ALARM. 3 —ALL EXISTING DOORS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3' -0' WIDE AND 6' -8" IN HEIGHT. DOOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING 90 DEGREE AND SHALL BE MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32 ". SEC 10033.1.3, 1003.3.1.3a, 1005.3.2 4 —ALL NEW DOOR SHALL HAVE 2" HEAD FRAME TYPE, U.O.N. 5 —PAINT P -4 FOR ALL SALES FLOOR DOORS AND FRAMES (ALUMINUM STOREFRONT NOT INCLUDED). 6 —PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FOR ALL OFFICES, INVENTORY, RESTROOM AND OPEN OFFICE DOORS AND FRAMES. 7— COORDINATE WITH AT &T PROJECT MANAGER IF ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE AT REMOTE LOCATION. 8 —A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 POUND FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS. FBB179— NRP -4 -1/2 X 44 1358 — 12 38H7K -626 Q -484 D4550 —SB 425 102V 5050 — BN MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD MS1850S — 14 1E76—C181—RP-626 1E6A4 —C181 -626 Q -484 D4550—S8 P45 -180 425 102V MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD WOOD /METAL) STA FBB179 —NRP -4-1/2 X 44 STA $4 SB UA NGP 425 NGP 102V NGP 5050 — BN kr ALUM /ALUM) MFG STANDARD A/R MS1850S — 1 -1/8. BES IE76— C181 —RP -626 BES 1E6A4 —C181 -626 QUA Q -484 STA D4550 —SB Oty STA P45 -180 1 q: + ` NGP 425 NGP 102V MFG STANDARD RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA JUL 18 2008 PERMIT CENTER 'W- 5 I• Of Tukv-cla Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN Eft PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: coPYRIOHr ® 2006 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at &t ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED SALES FLOOR FIXTURING AND ELEVATIONS A -804 0 0 164 A -403 D1 4 m m NOTE REFER TO DETAILS T-8/A-402, T -10/A -402 AND T -11/A -402 FOR TYPICAL FOUNDATION DETAILS P 1 m m KEY NOTES: 1. (E) 2X6 STUD WALL TO REMAIN WALL IS A NON- SHEAR /BEARING WALL 2. (N) 2X6 STUD WALL WALL IS NON- BEARING /NON -SHEAR WALL SEE DETAIL E3 /A -801 FOR TYPICAL INTERIOR PARTITION DETAIL 3. (E) SLAB ON GRADE TO REMAIN 4. (N) 6X6 POST IN NEW WALL 5. (N) 6X6 POST IN (E) WALL 6. (N) 2' -6' X 2' -6" X 1' -0" THK W. 3 -15 (B) EW. 7. (N) HSS 4X4X1/4 POST ABOVE 8. (N) 4'- 6"X4' - 6"X2' -0' PAD POSTING W/ 5 -16 BOTT. E.W. 9. (E) PAD FOOTING AND COLUMN TO BE VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR 10. (E) MASONARY WALL WITH 6" S11UD WALL ABOVE 11. (E) STOREFRONT AND 6* SID WALL ABOVE 12. (E) CONT. FOOTING COftREC.TI LTR# +0 REVISION N 1B1L 1yD FOUNDATION PLAN r �. - 'FOR. � aP DE. COMPLIANCE �C APPROVE RECEIVED AUG 062000 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" at &t KK SUN GROUP 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 TEL: (949) 400-6657 I EXPIRES 12/03/08 ISSUES /REVISIONS 2 04 -21 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESCRIPTION DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: FOUNDATION PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -400 KEY NOTES: 1. (E) 2X10 FLAT ROOF RAFTERS 2. (E) 2X10 SLOPING ROOF TO REMAIN 3. (E) BEAM TO REMAIN 4. (E) HIP BEAM TO REMAIN 5. (E) VALLEY BEAM TO REMAIN 6. (E) BEAM TO BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR TO SHORE (E) ROOF 7. (E) COLUMN TO BE REMOVED. CONTACTOR TO SHORE (E) ROOF 8. (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN 9. (N) 6X6 COLUMN 10. (E) KING POST TO REMAIN 11. (N) 6X6 KING POST 12. (N) 6X8 HEADER 13. (N) 2X6 COLUMN 14. VERIFY (E) 4X6 POST OR PROVIDE NEW 4X6 POST 15. (E) 2X CEILING JOISTS 16. (N) 6X12 BEAM 17. (N) 5 1/4 X 16 2.0 PSL PARALLAM BEAM 18. (N) 6X10 NO.1 HEADER 19. VERIFY (E) 6X12 BEAM OR PROVIDE NEW 6X12 BEAM 20. (E) 5 1/4 X 15' GLULAM W. (N) C12X20.7 0 EACH SIDE OF BEAM PER DETAIL 12/A -403. 21. (N) HSS 4 X 4 X1/4 STEEL COLUMN 22. VERIFY (E) 6X12 OR LARGER BEAM OR PROVIDE 6X12 (N) BEAM 23. VERIFY (E) 4X6 OR LARGER POST OR PROVIDE (N) 4X6 POST 24. SIMPSON HGUS 5.5/14 HANGER PER DETAIL 9/A -403 25. NEW BEAM TO (E) COLUMN PER DETAIL 10 /A -403 26. (E) GLULAM BEAM TO (E) COLUMN, W/ SIMPSON HHUS 5.50 /10 HANGER PER DETAIL 9/A -403 27. CALIF. ROOF FRAMING PER DETAIL T -7 /A -402 ROOF FRAMING PLAN • CODE E OW 01 • RECEIVED AUG 06 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: 1/4' = 1' -D' KK SUN GROUP 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 TEL: (949) 400 -6657 I EXPIRES 12/03/08 ISSUES /REVISIONS 4 08 -08 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 2 04 -21 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DRAWN 8(: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESCRIPTION ROOF FRAMING PLAN DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -401 KK SUN GROUP 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 TEL: (949) 400 -6657 • I EXPIRES 12/03/08 ISSUES /REVISIONS 4 08 -08 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 2 04 -21 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: STRUCTURAL DETAILS AUG 06 200b I RMLT CA h at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -402 . - -, . ... PROJECT: JOB No.: _ CLIENT: DATE: ` • - • SCALE 3/4" =1' --O" CAD FILE: CAD FILE: SKETCH No. DRAWN DATE DRAWN: _ {. T . _, r •.._... � ._.. _ _ i i DRAWN BY: _ � _ , _ 3 BM. SIMPSDN 'M5748' • -1 ■ • marommEmm _ { _ I ils� SEE PLAN i AM' TO BEAM Cft JOIST Td AM SCHEDULE JOIST OR BEAM Ctow ate gg _ �_ _ ,, _�....._ _ .._ . <., Imo_ _.._ -.. . ._. BEAM PER PLAN I ' ._ _..._ IA�" .. , �'I� ROOF SHTG SEE PLAN 2x FLAT CONT. W /16d'S AT a" B B.N. YP, - BE JD fs6:2!: R AM SIM TYPE E QUAL HANGER POST PER Lac! .� S IDE PLAN VIEW i i _t ' ----L - --- -- . -__ 1_._.. • .. ` _. -� ._. , 3 T _ 1. _.. ! ALAN � . _ .._.... _ _ __.. -.. `:. 8 HU 68 DROP BEAM 1 HU fit D LE SE SCHEDULE BEAM _.. _ . � � -j -- ....._ , � _. r-- - - _ j..._. �. _._�.._. _ ti-ti� ' , m 6 x 12 HUB12 . - - - I i I BEAM PER PLAN FOR TYPE I �� _i I � a L. -17-1.----I ..... U _ ... - ROOF 2x SOLID 1 t ;&/ T. ,' `� ' p . !. v�,�C -it_ ..... 4 x 19 HU 412 - 3 ai - . l W - _ .._ _.. K - - ` ,• !_ BLKG. ! 2x ROOF RAFTERS W SfMPSON °A35 + SAE AT 2X FIAT D ETA! L 2 x 4 U24 OR HU24 L �; �.. .._ won . ■ i Ism . _.. _ __ t _. I. - 'n l�� 2 x 6 U26 OR HU26 ,. - _ • ... _ ___...__.._. -I _.__. _.._... • � , , I I • � BENT FOR STRAP THK. AND NUMBER OF BOLTS SEE PLAN x $ HU 28 OR L628 POST PER t 2 x 10 HU210 OR LB21Q PLAIN _ ...._- �,..._ _ Y I _ -- I__ �.f_ . __. l --.... _i_ . _ -_ _ _..... _____ � . 2 HU 212 OIST BEAM CONNECTION SCHED. J TO -.. _+ - _._- __- __�. -. TYPICAL DROP BEAM I BEAM TO POST . 1 ( ,' � ALTERNATE POSITION /OF DE SPLICE 2x PTDF S♦11. 1MTH IiTLTi- 1 72 SHANK .171 DM x $ x MUDS Q 16" �/C " 1 7 6 1<V11f1 PEI+IETRA7TdN UNLISS ND1ED INTO 6;OPIC. POWDER DRIVEN ) ) , _ PROJECT: JOB No-: CLIENT: DATE' CAD FILE: W6100001 (PAGE 1 OF 2) SKETCH No.: DRAWN BY: DATE DRAWN: s" FOR HOLE 512E SC 5 " 3 FOR HALE DETAIL POST TO • BEAM CONNECTION SCHEDULE ' B, BM. GL �„ L , F2 CLB, BM ,( - --- ..... .. ( o ,, SEE TYP• g tic SIL1 S PLA ill TO .s AM .CONN. SIMPSDN OONNEGTGR REMARKS —e- -1 : � = . O I 6x6 POS TD 6 x BM. (TDP) . . , PC ".6 . 4d 2• MIN) l / l I } I / _ MEMBER LOCATED �k 6x6 POST 7G 6x 6M, (BOTT BC 6 • 1. NOTCHING OF 2. HOLES 7D BE i /3 OF MEMBER BEAM / JOIST NOT PERMITTED 11 GA, x 3'" STRAP IN MIDDLE IN 4 76d AT EA SIDE DEPTH "W" OF NOTCH TO EA PLATE / RAFTER TOP PLATE PLAN VIEW Sf E SCHEDULE POST CC '• ON PLANS SHEATHING , --- , SEE H• () CONC. SLAB M YIN a 32 a C L.A. CITY REPORT NO 2582 OR APPROVED EQUAL START 1ST. de LAST` B" FROM ENDS OR JOINTS IN PIXIE 4x4 POST TO fax M. (TOP) PC 64 FOR TYPE 1 35 NOOK •. ■ � � HOOK 4x4 POST TO 4x BM. (TOP) PC 44 O. BM. 4x4 POST TO 4x BM. (BOTT) BC 4 4 / 2 , 74 / in.BEND DIAMETER 6 BAR DIA * 0 HOOKS B�NOS COLUMN TIE TYPES ELEVATION �4 HOLE 7" 7" DW: MIN 6x6 POST TO OW (TOP) & BQTT, CC AT GLB SPLICE -- ,- ? 6 TO S" 8 " 6x6 POST TO . GLIB (TOP) & BOTT. EGC WHERE NO • SPLICE OR END 5 I f I o m d SEE SCHEDULE. FO TYP E r i iJTALTERNATE '" c ' r POST r — - •�-- • - -. ♦ 3 ���� LE • • POST TO BEAM CONNECTION SCHED. STD �D n - �■1� rLscHEDU �` LEDGER ELEVATION BARS SHALL BE IN CONTACT s OPTI m & WIRED TOGETHER N T/�+gl/ ��f/ f 4.0 ,, Rte L; � . _, r `a COMPLIANCE ._ ,9 '' ,,,,,, i 4 ..J LAP SPLICE BEAM STIRRUPS SILL PLATE PLAN VIEW mu; FOR AND SPACING B ALL 71E5 AND STINRups IIPS REFER TO MI scNEBULE AND/OR DETAILS. TYPICAL REINFORCEMENT DETAILS . TYP. WOOD FRAMING HOLES AND NOTCHES ,_, SIMPSON DTC TRUSS JOIST OR RAFTER CLIP (NAIL ALL HOLES) s 2�,.....m v i . T PROJECT: JOB No.: CLIENT: DATE: CAD FILE: SKETCH No.: SK- PROJECT: JOB No.: DRAWN BY: DATE DRAWN: CUBIT: _ DATE: CAD FILE: W6100001 (PAGE 2 OF 2) SKETCH No.: DRAWN BY: DATE DRAWN: NOTES : DENOTES WIDTH OF WOOD MEMBER. PLATE NOTES: WOOD BEAM SPLICE -- WOOD BEAM 1. 'W 2. SILL WI IOW REQUIRED ,r-r- RN r I A �~ a : � ' • _ A) B) C) TOP A) B) 4. ALL 5. PRE -DRILL WI ERE NOTCII I CI EA1'[ TITAN NOTED AT 7,1LL PL.TC PROVIDE ADDITIONAL A.B. (OR 7" LONG HILT] KW1K BOLTS) AT EA. SIDE OF NOTCH - WHERE BOLT IS LESS THAN 1" CLEAR FROM EDGE. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL A.B. OR HILT: KWIK BOLTS ( 4" EMBED. NIN -) IN SILL PLATE. ALL OVERSIZED BOLT HOLES SHALL BE DRYPAC PLATE AND STUD NOTES: WHERE NOTCH OR DRILLED HOLE EXCEEDS ALLOWABLE: TOP R. - PROVIDE REINF. AS PER DETAIL STUDS REPLACE TAD WHERE BOLT IS LESS THAN AN 5/8• CLEAR OF MEMBER EDGE. REINFORCE AS PER GENERAL NOTES. HOLES ARE TO BE DRILLED. CORNERS OF NOTCHES. W /q- MAX • 2X BLfC�G. I , 0 4 ' II 3 - 16d EA. END BLOCK 1 /2" CLR AT FLOOR 0 O o o 0 0 - %MAX. ■ STUDS D fc '-J_ tr_ti, SIMPSDN "ECG" PER PLAN WOOD POST Q O 16 JOIST OR RAFTERS PARALLEL OR ROOF TO NON-BEARING WALL SIMPSON "CC° ■ OR "PC` PER PLAN — .- SEE PLAN —y— WITH COLUMN CAP A EA. SIDE OBL BLKG. AT ax BEAM JOIST OR RAFTER SIMPSON DTC TRUSS CUP NAIL ALL HOLES) 1 /2' CLR. AT FLOOR ROOF SIUIIS Q 16' 0/C WOOD BM M - 11 Ga x 12° STRAP DRILLED HOLE SCHEDULE +!,��� ■ �!,� SIMPSON 'A35" FA END SEE p �` X1 11 1 MEMBER MAX. HOLE DIAMETER EACH SIDE TYP. JOIST OR RAFTER PERPENDICULAR TO NON- BEARING WAIL FOR HOLE SIZE SEE SCHED, TYP, 5 /a' CLR JOIST BEAM WAS � � 0 . WOOD POST DR MIN. TYP- LEDGER 1 MULTIPLE STUDS 5EE PLAN DBL. TOP R SILL It STUD W/3 WITHOUT COLUMN CAP STUD ELEVATION ._.. TYP, WOOD FRAMING HOLES TYPICAL BEAM TO POST .8 AND NOTCHES _ KK SUN GROUP 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 TEL: (949) 400 -6657 • I EXPIRES 12/03/08 ISSUES /REVISIONS 4 08 -08 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 2 04 -21 -08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 1 03 -29 -08 TENANT CHANGES — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: STRUCTURAL DETAILS AUG 06 200b I RMLT CA h at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -402 PROJECT: JOB No.: CLIENT: DATE: CAO FILE; W6180004 SKETCH No.: SK- DRAWN BY: A.GREGORIAN DATE DRAWN: 05/11/92 it.Sre. WM. 1 -, 'q '[.'' ' ' ' '' 1 ■04'5riL4' W :.[I.F3 y : , 3, ';''3[ - 73 3 trIM_/4,,, 337'' •i .'',3■ ., 3,.47'! '.:3'.7.31°Z3VISZA_.,:r471S-V33/Wilik:1-%`3,1'.313,t-./33'-'44.S3'.1-.7 "3.47.73 - -.7:7T,f . c1.. ' !" ' ' , -41t;ri'iii.:Ii ' t: [.4 13WOVZ:46W123'.3:1A L itatlagekdV11101 - ftrIVriiitti;%.;f2 •3 -3317 mr ';',Motelatthkg (. PHONE: 010)207-61338 FAX: (310207-61 38 1/4 THICK SIDE PLATE EACH SIDE OF GLU-LAM BEAM W/4-7/5"0 acit.,T$ IN 1 * LONG VERT. SLOTTED HOLES • L • t... . 1... I t 3... I -F.. . . 1 , 3 : i • F I ' I I 3 .-1.--- - I . . 7 . 3 - i / ' f,7- 7 • 3 I -- --3-.-- _. .._ __ __( /11. _ -kili _ . - -Ai" t . . . J± . -a -lereg _ ..... 1 . .-- , .. ._ ...1,_ L it I -.- --- . _....0i: . •• " I- - r• i 11-..,- T , • i ! 1 • 1 . I ■ , I I I i 1 t L -; 1 , 1 1.. _ • 1- _. . ......__ --I,,-,.-- Z --- '' 1.•fi• , /4 i [ L -i f A 1 : [ •. ; J ,_ _ , 3 ■ 1 l' 1 1 _4__ _ . I • 1 - - • - . • ••-••!.- • , (---- ! 1 1. 1 - . ' f-•-• I [ •Ic_ 4 i: . , __ ... _._ i = : I - , ! 1. 4 3 • 1 .. - • . i - .... . - T A . - - - [..' L - -- . 4 1 -1- i 1 I I '- .1... • I 17 •_]. (E) L + --j, + i i ! 4- i ‘f-- ---1-- i i i .f . • 1 r L. _ T t I - ,-..--I -.L • . -...: .1- I _J. . _;... .t • 3 7 I" i i ! - -- I -j- - - -- - - --!-- 4 : . I 1 - I I _!, • 1 ;- "1' " : ! .1_ i i • 1 .1 -- i __J-7 11 ---i..- ' 1 1 , ! ! _ i , , ., , ,. i F . : , . __, . 1 1 1 .r_ . • , , - - -- --- 4 — . 1, _1 1 . I I ! 3 : I P0q CONC. SLAB CLR. TYP. CONC., SLAB 3 CLR. TYR. Jr 1-- -4 3 ■.• 4 SEE FOUND. PUN FCR1 PAD SIZE k Rein. SEE FOUND. PLAN FOR PAD SIZE k REDIF -- 1 ,pe-te141;74- POST SIZE, SEE PLAN "CB POST BASE POST SIZE, SEE PLAN • B • POST BASE 0 eft- 0,1 C ODE e'tnMpl; 1 ) COO'L t,kit 13 _ PPROV \3" 4 !,) 3 ... . .,.. . i.. .._ ._;4 • ... i. l' II: . -- A11 - ,. -- _ - .[;-_t: i poe 1 , , , I. _.... _ _ _ _ II ____,Rifei 1 -; • Of Tuklitwo 0 n• L_. I i Hi 1. ... t • (IN\ • 7. KK SUN GROUP 35295 Vista De Todo Capo Beach, CA 92624 TEL: (949) 400-6657 MEC 2 04-21-08 PLAN CHECK COMMENTS 1 03-29-08 TENANT CHANGES - 03-19-08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 1 6425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at&t 1 EXPIRES 12/03/08 ISSUES/REVISIONS STRUCTURAL DETAILS RECEIVED AUG 06 2006 PERMIT CENTEk DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A-403 12 01 SEPARATE PERMIT R EO IRED FOR: echanical lectrical Plumbing Leas Piping City o f Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION REVISIONS No changes shall be made to the seepp of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal and may include additional plan review fees P.M CIr. Permit No Plar review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt of approved Fi , Copy and nditi is acimod wed: By..__. Date: REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED MAY - 6 2008 Of Tukwila B . ' ILDING DIVISION City of Tukwila EL x`1..01?' ' DMVON b08•- !tiq cOP 0 2008 coma d at - fit ;. t CarteruBurgessi Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHiNGTOt1 5027 eit).452=, ISSUES /REVISIONS 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECEWED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEF DESIGNED BY CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COVER SHEET APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 NONE A -000 ABBREVIATIONS AC ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ACC ACCESSIBLE ACOUS ACOUSTICAL ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AD AREA DRAIN ADDM ADDENDUM ADJ ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT ALT ALTERNATE ALUM ALUMINUM ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE APT APARTMENT ARCH ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL AUTO AUTOMATIC AV AUDIO VISUAL BB BD BLDG BLKG BO BOT BRG BRZ BSMT BUR CAB CABINET CB CATCH BASIN CEM CEMENT, CEMENTMOUS CER CERAMIC CFLG COUNTERFLASHING CG CORNER GUARD CH COAT HOOK CI CAST IRON CIP CAST -IN -PLACE CL CENTERLINE CLG CEILING CLO CLOSET CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CO CLEAN OUT, CASED OPENING COL COLUMN COMM COMMUNICATION CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECTION, CONNECT CONSTR CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS, CONTINUE CORR CORRIDOR CPT CARPET CSWK CASEWORK CT CERAMIC TILE CTR CENTER CU CUBIC DEEP DOUBLE DOUBLE DEMO DEMOLISH, DEMOLITION DET DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIAG DIAGONAL, DIAGRAM DIM DIMENSION DIV DMDE, DMSION DMPF DAMPPROOF, DAMPPROOFING DN DOWN DR DOOR, DRESSING ROOM DS DOWNSPOUT DW DISHWASHER DWG DRAWING DWR DRAWER EIFS EJ EL ELEC ELEV ENCL EP EQ EQUIP ESCAL EXH EXP EXIST EXT BULLETIN BOARD BOARD BUILDING BLOCKING BOTTOM OF BOTTOM BEARING BRONZE BASEMENT BUILT UP ROOFING EAST EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EXPANSION JOINT ELEVATION ELECTRIC, ELECTRICAL ELEVATOR ENCLOSE, ENCLOSURE ELECTRIC PANEL EQUAL EQUIPMENT ESCALATOR EXHAUST EXPANSION, EXPOSED EXISTING EXTERIOR FA FIRE ALARM FCIC FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FD FLOOR DRAIN FDC ARE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FDTN FOUNDATION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIG FIGURE FIN FINISH, FINISHED FLEX FLEXIBLE RR FLOOR FLUOR FLUORESCENT FO FACE OF, FINISHED OPENING FOIC FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR FOIV FURNISHED BY OWNER/ INSTALLED BY VENDOR FP FIRE PROTECTION FR FRAME, FIRE RATED FRMG FRAMING FRPF FIREPROOF, FIREPROOFING FRT ARE RETARDANT TREATED FS FLOOR SINK FT FOOT, FEET FTG FOOTING FUT FUTURE FVC FIRE HOSE VALVE CABINET FWC FABRIC WALL COVERING GA GAGE GALV GALVANIZED GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR GEN GENERAL, GENERATOR GFRC GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED CONCRETE GFRG GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM GFRP GLASS -FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC GL GLASS GYP GYPSUM GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD H HIGH HB HOSE BIBB HC HOLLOW CORE HD HAND DRYER HDBD HARDBOARD HOW HARDWARE HDWD HARDWOOD HM HOLLOW METAL HO HOLD OPEN HORIZ HORIZONTAL HR HOUR HT HEIGHT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING ID INCL INFO INSUL INT JAN JANITOR JS JANITOR SINK JT JOINT KIT KITCHEN LAM LAU L LTG MAS MATL MAX MECH MED MEMB MEZZ MGT MH MIN MIS MS MTD MTh MVBL N NIC NO NOM NTS OC OH OD OPP ORD OTS PBD PC PD PERP PLAN PLAS PN Y L WD PL PR PRK PROP PT PTN INSIDE DIAMETER INCLUDE, INCLUDING INFORMATION INSULATE, INSULATION INTERIOR LONG LAMINATE, LAMINATED LAUNDRY LAVATORY LIGHT LIGHTING MASONRY MATERIAL MAXIMUM MECHANICAL MEDIUM MEMBRANE MEZZANINE MANAGEMENT MANUFACTURE MANHOLE MINIMUM, MINUTE MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY OPENING MOP SINK MOUNTED METAL MOVABLE NORTH NOT IN CONTACT NUMBER NOMINAL NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OVERHEAD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OPENING OPPOSITE OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN OPEN TO STRUCTURE ABOVE PARTICLEBOARD PRECAST PLANTER DRAIN PERPENDICULAR PLASTIC LAMINATE PLASTER PLYWOOD PANEL PROPERTY LINE PAIR PARKING PROPERTY PAINT, POINT, PRESSURE TREATED PARTITION QT QUARRY TILE R RADIUS, RISER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RD ROOF DRAIN, ROAD REF REFER TO, REFERENCE REFR REFRIGERATOR REINF REINFORCED, REINFORCING REQD REQUIRED REV REVISED, REVISION RM ROOFI RO ROUGH OPENING RT RIGHT SOUTH SC SOD CORE SCHED SCHEDULE SD STORM DRAIN SECT SECTION SGL SINGLE SHT SHEET SHTHG SHEATHING SIM SIMILAR SPEC SPECIFICATION SPKLR SPRINKLER SPKR SPEAKER SQ SQUARE SS SERVICE SINK SST STAINLESS STEEL STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STD STANDARD TL STEEL STOR STORAGE STRUCT STRUCTURAL SUSP SUSPENDED T TREAD T &G TONGUE AND GROOVE TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY TER TERRAllO THK THINK, THICKNESS TMPD TEMPERED TO TOP OF TSTAT THERMOSTAT TV TELEVISION TYP TYPICAL UGND UNDERGROUND UNFIN UNFINISHED UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VNR VENEER VR VAPOR RETARDER VWC VINYL WALLCOVERING W �� WEST, WIDE WITH W/O WITHOUT WC WATER CLOSET, WALLCOVERING WD WOOD WH WALL HYDRANT WP WEATHERPROOF, WATERPROOF, WATERPROOFING, WORK POINT WR WATER RESISTANT WT WEIGHT WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC XMFR TRANSFORMER YD YARD SYMBOLS SYMBOL AND DESCRIPTION BUILDING SECTION INDICATOR SECTION DETAIL INDICATOR EXTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR DATUM INDICATOR EXISTING COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES ROOM NAME XXX ROOM NAME & NUMBER 00 a SEE SHEET A -801 FOR PARTITIONS WALL/PARTITION TYPE INDICATOR DETAIL INDICATOR WALL SECTION INDICATOR A -XXX SMALL CONDITION DETAIL INDICATOR XX X -XXX INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR REVISION INDICATOR NEW COLUMN GRID INDICATOR AND GRID LINES LOCATE TOP OF HANDLE AT 4' - O" AFT FIRE EXTINGUISHER DOOR INDICATOR DOOR NUMBER HARDWARE GROUP DOOR TYPE SEE SHEET A -802 FOR DOOR INFORMATION DEFERRED SUBMITTALS 1. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3. SECURITY DOORS & GRILLES SCOPE OF WORK TENANT EXPANDS WORK ON A SPACE IN A RETAIL SHOPPING CENTER. THE WORK INCLUDES INSTALLATION OF NON- STRUCTURAL PARTITIONS, FREE STANDING AND WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES, NEW FLOORING WITH ELECTRICAL & MECHANICAL WORK AND TWO NEW RESTROOMS. NO CHANGES TO BUILDING EXTERIOR. VICINITY MAP - 1 72nd u ... IT ' er avoq .... nder Diva (rrr1 pr Sped -- . rikhat Blvd ;2nd :.., ._'1 Bari a i � . 166 thi St .,... .,_.... . In 1 kpit 1 i OLIN Sk- 0 ..i) 16 eh SL 172DL1 'T I PROJECT LOCATION ; VENDOR DISTRIBUTION /CONTACT LIST COMPANY NAME: CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE: E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE: E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE: E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPANY NAME: ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE: E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPANY NAME ADDRESS: CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: COMPANY NAME CONTACT PERSON: CONTACT PHONE E -MAIL ADDRESS PRODUCT /MATERIALS: GRAINGER BOYD WAISATH /JASON JONES 404- 234 -1425 boyd_waisathOgrainger.com, jason JonesOgrainger.com LIGHTING PACKAGE, RESTROOM FIXTURES, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, ECT., AND ANY FACILITY EQUIPMENTS. SHAW CARPET 1485 BRAWLEY CIRCLE, ATLANTA, GA 30319 MARK LAW 770- 729 -2765, CELL 770 --241 -1345, FAX 678 -935 -4488 mark.law @shawinc.com CARPET / HARDWOOD FLOORING MIDWEST CUSTOM CASE 24 E. 36T1-1 PLACE, STEGER, IL 60475 MIKE LINDGREN 708 - 333 -5600, CELL 708 -906 -0341 mlindgren©midwestcase.com STORE FIXTURES RCS RETAIL INTERIORS 7075 WEST PARKLAND TROY DECKER 414 - 354 -6900, CELL troyOresretail.com STORE FIXTURES EPS SPECIALTIES LTD., INC. LEE WILKINSON 800 - 422 -3556 leeOlamlite.com COMPASSO RADIUS SOFFIT CT., MILWAUKEE, WS 847 -612 -3930, FAX 53223 414 -354 -6930 TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 2677 BUFORD HIGHWAY ATLANTA, GA 30324 ED METZGER 404 - 836 -2106, CELL 404 -281 -2041, FAX 404 -636 -5204 ehmetzgerOtrane.com HVAC EQUIPMENT BUILDING INFORMATION AREA CALCULATION'S SALES AREA: OPEN OFFICE MANAGER OFFICE: INVENTORY\MDF ROOM: ELECTRICAL ROOM (2) RESTROOMS: TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD = 127 REQUIRED: 2 EXITS IF OVER 50 3,712 SQ. FT. 240 SQ. FT. 116 SQ. FT. 184 SQ. FT. 25 SQ. FT. 120 SQ. FT. 4.36Q SO. FT, LOAD FACTOR RETAIL OFFICE OFFICE STORAGE STORAGE ACCESSORY /30 /100 /100 /300 /300 N/A OCCUPANT LOAD 124 2 1 0 0 0 = 127 LIGHTING LEGEND SYMBOL NL A A B B1 BERT B1 B2 o c D C1 0 02 F1 TRACK F F BUILDING USE OCCUPANCY GROUP: CONSTRUCTION TYPE: APPLICABLE CODE CODE ANALYSIS EXISTING RETAIL M- MERCANTILE V -N FULLY FIRE SPRINKLER 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE 2006 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE LOCAL MUNICIPAL CODES H1 TRACK H H � EE1 K L M P EXIT FI A B B1 B2 C Cl C2 F Fl H H1 EE1 K L2, 3 M P EXIT REMARKS 1. COOPER 2. EP3GX232S181UNVEB81; MANUFACTURER: COOPER. 3. 1X4 8 CELL PARABOLIC LAY -IN FLOURESCENT. 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO COORDINATE VOLTAGES AND EMERGENCY BALLAST OPTIONS 2. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS PART OF "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" WHICH SHALL BE PROVIDED BY FURNITURE VENDOR. 3. LIGHT FIXTURE SHOWN ABOVE "WALL MERCHANDISE UNIT" AT WINDOW LOCATION SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED IN RECESSED SOFFIT AND LIGHTING CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE VENDOR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 1. COOPER. 2. C7042E - C7400LI 3. FIXED r COMPACT FLOURESCENT DOWNLIGHT. 1. COOPER. 2. L530039ESCPL /L250/L2R09P 3. FIXED ACCENT LIGHT WITH MINI - SPREAD LENS AND ROUND CANOPY COVER - WHITE FINISH. 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMIALAR). 2. 1127CD/1102P1 3. FIXED 7 COMPACT FLOURESCENT DOWNLIGHT. 1. COOPER- L530034ESCMBL /L250 2. TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT MINI SPREAD LENS - BLACK FINISH, SUPPLY TRACK WITH ALL NECESSARY FEEDS, JOINERS AND CAPS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 1. COOPER 2. HALO POWER -TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED BLACK TRACK - CAPS L NEC CE ESSARY / FOR COMPLETE INSTALLA` ION NHS AND 1. 8201WH; MANUFACTURER: LIGHTOUER (OR SIMILAR) 2. 79 WATT HALOGEN WITH 8247WH -BEZEL SHADE. 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. LIGHTOUER TRACK 3. SINGLE CIRCUIT SURFACE MOUNTED WHITE TRACK - CAPS COMPLETE IN �'UONINERS AND 1. LOCATION AND LOCAL REQUIREMENT TO BE DETERMINED BY ELECTRICAL ENGINEER. BATTERY BACK -UP ON "A" FIXTURES APPROVED ALTERNATE. 1. LIGHTOLIER (OR SIMILAR) 2. DPA2G18LS332UNV -CI 3. 2X4 18 CELL /UNIVERS BALLAST, INCLUDING BULB 1. LITHONIA 1. 2GT8 3 32 Al 2 MVOLT Ya GEB1015 3LENS 4 LAY -IN FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE W/ ACRYLIC S73iAIATr PERMIT Mb APPROVAL REQUIRED 1. ELECTRICAL ENGINEER TO LOCATE ALL EXIT SIGNS AND VERIFY POWER /SELF POWER, LETTER AND FIELD COLOR, MOUNTING CONFIGURATION (WALL OR CELING), ETC. 2. EDG 1 120 ELN; MANUFACTURER: LITHONIA. 3. LITHONIA LIGHTING EDGE LIT EXIT LIGHT, SINGLE FACE LETTERS. KEY MAP 7RAngR ST0125 --T 1 c -) SH srEr51c i1-t le - 71 AT&T STORE i •r - � ,MaM M=N 5au114 GE NT L PA0.4.0Ay ROUTE OF ACCESSIBILITY ," r r NORTH GENERAL NOTES 1. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE COMPLEMENTARY, AND WHAT IS REQUIRED BY ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF REQUIRED BY ALL THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION OF ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. ALL DIMENSIONS SPECIFIED SHALL GOVERN. 3. DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE STRUCTURAL GRID OR TO FINISH SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND ANY APPLICABLE CODES BY THE AGENT INVOLVED WITH THE GOVERNING AGENCY HAVING JURIDICTION. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE "FIELD INSPECTOR FOR SUCH AGENCY HAS FINAL AUTHORITY TO APPROVE /DISAPPROVE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION AND CORRECTNESS OF ALL CODE RELATED HMS. 5. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS CONSIDERD A SPECIALIST IN THEIR RESPECTIVE FIELD OR TRADE AND SHALL NOTIFY, PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE ARCHITECT OF ANY WORK CALLED OUT IN THE DRAWINGS WHICH CANNOT BE FULLY GUARANTEED OR CONSTRUCTED AS DESIGNED OR DETAILED. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSION AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS, BASES, AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS REQUIRED FOR EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, PIPING, CONDUITS, FINISH HARDWARE, ECT., AND IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 7. WHERE CONTRUCTION DETAILS ARE NOT SHOWN OR NOTED FOR ANY PART OF WORK, DETAILING SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR OTHER SIMILAR FIRST CLASS WORK FOR THE TRADE INVOLVED. THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY OF ANY ALTERNATE NON- STANDARD OR UNTESTED METHODS) PROPOSED. 8. THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN A SEPARATE PERMITS. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO SUBMIT A COMPLETE DESIGN TO MEET FIRE DEPARTMENT'S STANDARD CODE AND APPROVAL. 9. DRAWINGS & CALCULATIONS SHALL BE SUMBMITTED TO BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS TO THE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS. 10. ENSURE THAT ANY AREA, BUILDING MATERIAL OR ASSEMBLY, WITHIN THE BUILDING ENVELOPE, IS THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND DRY BEFORE COVERED OR CONCEALED BY CONSTRUCTION. ANY MOLD, MILDEW OR OTHER MOISTURE CONDITION DEVELOPED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK OF THIS CONTRACT (DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION) SHALL BE CORRECTED AND /OR MITIGATED BY THE CONTRACTOR. DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL A -000 A -001 A -101A A -1018 A -102 A -103 A -104 A -105 A -201 A -301 A -501 A -502 A -503 A -801 A -802 A -803 A -804 ELECTRICAL E.001 E.002 E.003 E.004 E.101 E.102 E.103 El 04 MFCHAN121. M -001 M-002 M -003 M -004 M -200 M -201 M -400 M -600 COVER SHEET GENERAL INFORMATION EXISTING DEMO FLOOR PLAN EXISTING DEMO CEILING PLAN FLOOR PLAN REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FINISH PLAN, SLAB PLAN AND FINISH LEGENDS FURNITURE AND RXTURING PLAN ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS SECTIONS AND DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS PARTITION DETAILS, RESPONSIBILITY CHART DETAILS CASEWORK DETAIL SALES FLOOR FIXTURING PROJECT INFORMATION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANT APPR MAy _ 6 2008 C9w 0 Tu "a BuILP1NG DVISION . ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS LIGHTING COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS PLAN ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL DETAILS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGEND, SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE FORMS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES SITE ADDRESS: AT &T STORE 16425 SOUTH CENTER PKWY TUKWILA, WA OWNER: ARCHITECT: ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL/ PLUMBING: CONTRACTOR: AT &T MOBILITY 1920 CUSTOMER CARE WAY ATWATER, CA 95301 CARTER UU TO BURGESS, SDRC. DRIVE STE. 800 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 4 HU U BURGESS S bRIVE STE. 800 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 CARTER HUTTTON B INC. D STE. 800 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 TBD 209-631 -3344 PH NE) 209 -381 -7180 FAX CONTACT: PELTO F R 714- 328 -6309 (HONE) 714- 327 -1601 FAX CONTACT: HONG C 714 -327 -1600 (PHONE) 714- 327 -1601 FAX CONTACT: ROSAN RY 714 - 327 -1600 (PHONE) 714- 327 -1601 FAX CONTACT: MIKE V Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA REM , , ED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT ICENTEE DRAWN BY: coPrraarr 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. C -- REGISTERED , ARCHITECT LS BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 5027 PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES/REVISIONS NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: GENERAL INFORMATION i I� sit APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 NONE A -001 1 L� C 7 _E____ (E) WALL TO REMAIN (E) BLUMBING TO REMAIN (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN (E) E WALL TO REMAIN ±18' -3" V.I.F. REMOVE EXISTING WALL COVERINGS, FURNITURE AND FLOOR FINISHES THROUGHOUT (E) ±88' - 7" V.I.F. REMOVE EXISTING DOORS & WALLS, TYP. (SHOWN AS IN DASHED) (E) ROOF LADDER TO REMAIN (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN Ir — l I J II / I - I . TTY == = ^ r - - 7 - 1 ��H I II II J III I II II 1 111 L �T J I I I I DI L r _ S __ r II II II II (E) DOOR TO REMAIN I - I _I __ (E) WALL TO REMAIN ±7' -8" ____ I ` \/N II / / �I / / // / / (E) COLUMN TO REMAIN I I REMOVE EXISTING WALL FOR NEW DOOR U REMOVE EXISTING DOORS, WINDOW & WALLS, TYP. FOR NEW STORE FRONT Ha EXISTING FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTITIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON- STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL, OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER ALL SHELVING BRACKETS WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL STRUCTURE COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. 10. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF OFF -SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING CODE COMPLIAN \ Arra gyp`( - 6 20 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT CI 2008 CI►RTER & BURGESS. INC. Carter'Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 --1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. EC NED MAR 2 8 2006 PERMIT CENTER REGISTERED ARCHIT Wie BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON DRAWN BY: 5027 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DATE PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t ISSUES /REVISIONS NORTH DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED an CHECKED BY: DEMO. EXISTING FLOOR PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A-101A Z r � 1 I L J r I L 1 I J H rt L IL rt 1 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, SOFFIT CEILING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FIXTURES THROUGHOUT RETAIL SPACE, AS SHOWN IN DASHED, U.O.N. -4 1 I T 4 7 I - I- 1 H rt E 7 I I L J ✓ — I I I x) L J _ V i I 1 I 1 J r 1 I I L J i J 1 J L H H 1 I I 1 I ✓ � I I L J 4 7 7 H- rt H- -I- 1 r L Ii 1- I- -I- I I I I I rE -1 T r -1T 1 1 I I I I L I 1_ L L Jj I I I I I I I 1 '- if 1 rt I I I I I II U II Il J L H H -t L 7 I 4 4 7 4 -- r fi L E I I L J I I I I I I r — I I I I L J I I I I I I J P I r t L fi ✓ � I I L J I ✓ � L J ✓ � L J r L ✓ � I I L J L 4 7 4 1 L J 1 H L I I I TT I I I Ip L r� ---- r - -= - - - I I 1 1- I I I I I I-- - - - 4- + I I I II I I r -H I I I L E l JJ E — 'J I r - - I4- I I i -I L J L - - - - T T ✓ � I I L J 1 I I L L L I I I I I I T L II II IL JI I I I I I I + - -o- 4- rE il 1 I II L J j I 1 1 I 1 1 T T T I 1 ±- I I r 7 4- I- .L I rt r I I L J 4 1 J y 1 4 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTTIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON - STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL, OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER ALL SHELVING BRACKETS WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL STRUCTURE COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. 10. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF OFF -SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING -a C CrE EC*0 A I. 3.5:1 C A WED Mph_ 67.0 Otol ‘la SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT C 200E CARTER & BURGESS, INC. t &t Carler = 'urgers Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 5.O2 RFISTEE ARMY BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGT ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECE9 at ED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEFn DRAWN an PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DEMO. EXISTING CEILING PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A-IOIB J_ E I L 1 J - r r 1 L 7 I J � I I - 1 L -I 1 J I I 1 Z r � 1 I L J r I L 1 I J H rt L IL rt 1 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING GRID, CEILING TILE, SOFFIT CEILING, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL FIXTURES THROUGHOUT RETAIL SPACE, AS SHOWN IN DASHED, U.O.N. -4 1 I T 4 7 I - I- 1 H rt E 7 I I L J ✓ — I I I x) L J _ V i I 1 I 1 J r 1 I I L J i J 1 J L H H 1 I I 1 I ✓ � I I L J 4 7 7 H- rt H- -I- 1 r L Ii 1- I- -I- I I I I I rE -1 T r -1T 1 1 I I I I L I 1_ L L Jj I I I I I I I 1 '- if 1 rt I I I I I II U II Il J L H H -t L 7 I 4 4 7 4 -- r fi L E I I L J I I I I I I r — I I I I L J I I I I I I J P I r t L fi ✓ � I I L J I ✓ � L J ✓ � L J r L ✓ � I I L J L 4 7 4 1 L J 1 H L I I I TT I I I Ip L r� ---- r - -= - - - I I 1 1- I I I I I I-- - - - 4- + I I I II I I r -H I I I L E l JJ E — 'J I r - - I4- I I i -I L J L - - - - T T ✓ � I I L J 1 I I L L L I I I I I I T L II II IL JI I I I I I I + - -o- 4- rE il 1 I II L J j I 1 1 I 1 1 T T T I 1 ±- I I r 7 4- I- .L I rt r I I L J 4 1 J y 1 4 EXISTING FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1. THESE DEMOLITION PLAN DRAWINGS WERE CREATED FROM EXISTING WORKING DRAWINGS AND ARE INTENDED TO SHOW THE GENERAL CONDITIONS WHICH ARE EXPECTED TO OCCUR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE DEMOLITION WORK IN ANY AREA. DEMOLITION OF DOORS, WINDOWS, CABINETRY, FINISHES, PARTTIONS, OR ANY OTHER NON - STRUCTURAL ITEMS MAY PROCEED AS INDICATED. WHERE DISCREPANCIES INVOLVE STRUCTURAL ITEMS, REPORT SUCH DIFFERENCES TO THE ARCHITECT AND SECURE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING IN THE AFFECTED AREA. 2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO SALVAGE OF LIGHT FIXTURES, FURNISHING, DOORS, AND MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT. 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE EXISTING WALLS AND OTHER ASSOCIATED CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED ON THE DEMOLITION PLANS WITH DASHED LINES. 4. REFER TO MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDED DEMOLITION NOTES AND INFORMATION. 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES AND OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION AS REQUIRED TO PROTECT THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL, OTHER TENANTS AND GENERAL PUBLIC FROM INJURY DUE TO DEMOLITION WORK. 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT DEMOLITION WORK DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH OR PROHIBIT THE CONTINUING OCCUPATION OF ADJACENT OPERATIONS WITHIN THE STRUCTURE. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO THE SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF PARTITIONS, ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE OWNER OF A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS BEFORE DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES THAT WILL AFFECT THE NORMAL OPERATION OF BUILDING. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR DAMAGES CAUSED TO ADJACENT FACILITIES BY DEMOLITION WORK. 8. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND RETURN TO OWNER ALL SHELVING BRACKETS WHERE THEY INTERFERE WITH NEW WORK. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TEMPORARY VERTICAL AND LATERAL BRACING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND UNTIL STRUCTURE COMPLETELY TIED TOGETHER. 10. ALL RUBBISH AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM DEMOLITION AND /OR NEW WORK SHALL BE RECYCLED AND /OR DISPOSED OF OFF -SITE AND SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE. SHEET SYMBOLS: EXISTING TO BE DEMOLISHED EXISTING TO REMAIN (ER) EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED (E) EXISTING -a C CrE EC*0 A I. 3.5:1 C A WED Mph_ 67.0 Otol ‘la SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT C 200E CARTER & BURGESS, INC. t &t Carler = 'urgers Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 5.O2 RFISTEE ARMY BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGT ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECE9 at ED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEFn DRAWN an PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: NORTH DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DEMO. EXISTING CEILING PLAN APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A-IOIB #12 GAUGE HANGER WIRE ® EACH LIGHT FIXTURE CORNER. ATTACH TO PERMANENT STRUCTURE TYPICAL PAINT RED PER SECTION 300 -11 NEC TYP. VERTICAL HANGER: 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGER WIRE AT 4' -0" O.C. MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2" AT EACH END TYPICAL CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -0" O.C. a H� ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS TYPICAL MAIN RUNNERS SEISMIC SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS555 SS555555555S4 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM X55555ASS ASSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSti i555555SSZSVSSWASSSSSS' 2 MAX. CEILING SYSTEM SECTION TYPICAL MIDDLE AREA #12 GAUGE 4 WAY DIAGONAL TIES TO UNISTRUT OR CAVITY SHAFT FRAMING LATERAL BRACING: (4)112 GAUGE GALV. WIRES AT 90' TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2' OF CROSS RUNNER. MIN. 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2' AT EA. END. MAX. SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. O.C. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCTURAL ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS, 1W. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4' -0' O.C. CROSS TEE RUNNER SCREW INTO T -BAR (2) PLACES OPPOSITE CORNERS 0 . LIGHTING FIXTURE CONNECTION SEISMIC 1 0 /- 3 5/8" STRUT 3 ' =1' -0" 1/2 " =1' -0" I 002 I MANAGER OFFICE ACT -2 CEILING 0 10' -0" AFF. MAIN RUNNER OF SUSPENDED CEILING. 2x4 RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE, TM. #1 2 GAUGE VERTICAL HANGER WIRE ON MAIN RUNNER 3" FROM 4 CORNERS OF UGHT FIXTURE, TYPICAL N.T.S. GRID START POINT 0 I- COMPRESSION STRUTS: WITH L/R RATIO OF 200 MAXIMUM, 3 5/8" X 20 GA. UNPUNCHED METAL STUD ATTACHED TO MAIN RUNNERS WITH (4) 18 SCREWS TO STRUCTURE. COMPRESSION STRUT SHALL NOT REPLACE HANGER WIRE LATERAL BRACING: (4)112 GA GALVANIZED WIRES AT 90' TO EACH OTHER. SECURE TO MAIN RUNNER WITHIN 2' OF CROSS RUNNER. MINIMUM 4 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2' AT EACH END. MAXIMUM SPACING OF 8 FT. x 12 FT. O.C. LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE CENTERED 0 WALL UNIT, TYP. (2) i8 SCREWS TYPICAL CROSS RUNNERS OP AND_BO7 2x4 SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP. INVENTORY /MDF ROOM G.B. CEILING 0 1 0' -0' ' AFF. 1 004 I SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSY CEILING SYSTEM SECTION © RESTRAINED PERIMETER Fl (TRACK) WINDOW BANNER WOMEN'S G.B. CEILING 0 8' -0" AFF. J005 -A 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS AT 4' -0' O.C. MINIMUM 3 FULL TURNS IN 1 1/2' AT EACH END. FOR ANCHORAGE TO STRUCT. 8' MAXIMUM OR 1/4 THE LENGTH OF THE END RUNNERS, WHICHEVER IS LEAST, TYP. MAIN RUNNERS AT 4' -0" O.C. OR CROSS RUNNERS AT 2' -0" O.C., TYP. ACOUSTICAL LAY -IN PANELS, 1W. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH PO SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RIVET TO CEILING RUNNERS. FINISH ANGLE AND RVETS TO MATCH CEILING SYSTEM. TYPICAL GYPSUM BOARD & METAL STUD WALL REFER ALL TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. MEN'S G.B. CEILING 0 8' -0" AFF. :111C :C Fl (TRACK) WINDOW BANNER 3' =1' -0' SOFFIT AT 8' -0' AFT., 1W. 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED WIRE HANGERS - SEE DESCRIPTION IN DETAIL 2/A -3.2 ADD ONE PAIR LATERAL BRACE WIRES SIMILAR TO DETAIL 3/A -3.2 AT 8' -O' O.C. RUNNING PARALLEL TO WALL 45' TO CEILING PLANE. CONCEALED METAL STRUT OR 16 GA. WIRE INTERLOCK BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. TIE TO ENDS OF RUNNERS. 16 GAUGE CONTINUOUS ANGLE BY CEILING GRID INSTALLER. ANCHOR TO WALL STUDS WITH 110 SELF TAPPING SCREWS. POP RIVET TO CEILING RUNNERS. FINISH ANGLE AND RIVETS TO MATCH CEILING SYSTEM. 6 111111ffillrrurrirrrrrrurlrMrrrrrrrrruirrrrrrllrrrrllV ??lrrlr l 111 11 8" (MAX.) TYPICAL GYP. BD. & METAL STUD WAIL REFER ALL - TYPES FOR EXACT MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION. CEILING SYSTEM SECTION UNRESTRAINED PERIMETER SOFFIT AT 8' -0" AFF., TYP. ( P LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE CENTERED IN CEILING TILE, TYP. CASHWRAP POWER & DATA POLE, TYP. • B2 001 SALES AREA ACT -1 CEILING 1O' -0" AFF GENERAL NOTE 7/8" ACT -3 CEILING @ 9' -4' AFF, TYP. 006 ELECTRICAL ROOM G.B CEILING O 10' -0' AFF. 1. SEE SHEET A -001 FOR LIGHTING LEGEND AND FIXTURE SYMBOLS. 2. LIGHT SWITCHES TO BE MOUNTED AT 42" A.F.F., U.O.N. 3. SEE SHEET A -104 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE 4. SEE DETAIL E1 /A -802 FOR A.C.T. SUPPORT INFORMATION. 5. NOT ALL FIXTURES SHOWN IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE MAY BE USED IN THIS PROJECT - CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY QUANTITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING. 6. GRID, GRILLES AND TYPE 'A" FIXTURES TRIM TO BE PAINTED P -6 AT SALES AREA, ALL CLOUD ELEMENTS TO REMAIN WHITE. 3'=1'-0' 8' USG COMPASSO EDGE TRIM PRE - FORMED, TYP. ( P -5 14' -0" SOFFIT RADIUS MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION kbi :IBC 1006.1 Illumination required. .. The means of egress, including the exit discharge, shal be Iluminated at all times the building space served by the means of egress is occupied. IBC 1006.2 Illumination level. The means of egress shall not be less than 1 foot - candle at the walking level. IBC 1006.3 Illumination emergency power. The power supply for means of egress shall illuminate the following areas: 1. Aisles and unenclosed stairways of rooms that require two or more means of egress. 2. Corridors, exit enclosures and exit passageways.. 3. Exterior egress components... 1. Interior exit discharge elements... 5. Exterior landings...for exit discharge doorways... NIGHT LIGHT, TYP. 7. PROVIDE WALL ANGLE AT ALL CEILING TO WALL /SOFFIT CONNECTION POINTS INCLUDING "FLEX' ANGLE AT THE RADIUS SOFFITS. 8 - GRID TO BE FRAMED OUT TO ACCEPT "A" LIGHT FIXTURES. 9. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 3/4" RATED PLYWOOD ON ALL WALLS AND CEILING UNDER GYP. BD. INSIDE INVENTORY ROOM, TYP., U.N.O.. 10. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDU1ONAL INFORMATION. 11. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SCALE: 1/4' = 1' -0" COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER BURGESS. INC. CarterBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1 600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT isabslAsde BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 5027 ISSUES/REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECENte MAR 2 8 'Lulu. PERMIT CENTLI DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t NORTH DESCRIPTION 441805. APPROVED BY 011.028.0001 AS NOTED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A -103 WIREMOLD TYP. 002 MANAGER OFFICE FLOOR BASE WALL CPT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 5' -11" 1 004 INVENTORY/MDF ROOM FLOOR BASE WALL VCT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 0 S, CPT -1 VCT -1 8' -1" SEE NOTE /8, TYP. 2' -6" 10031 OPEN OFFICE FLOOR BASE WALL VCT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 8 1005 -A WOMEN'S FLOOR BOX BY G.C. (TYP.) FLOOR SV BASE SV -6" WALL 48" MARLITE AFF. PAINT P -5 ABOVE MEN'S 8' -2" 7 I c VCT- -1 CPT -1 1' -6" I® E9 -B -802 10' -7" 14' -0" t -- CPT -2 4' -0" i 0 4'--5" V WIREMOLD TYP. o�- 001 SALES AREA BASE CPT -1 WALL P -2 TO 13' -4" AFF. P -1 ABOVE 1 006 ELECTRICAL ROOM t FLOOR BASE WALL VCT -1 RB -1 PAINT P -5 I I GENERAL NOTES: 1. BASE WALL CPT,VCT,WF,L,WM RB,SV P INDICATES TYPICAL FINISHES 2. FOR ALL FINISHES OF MILLWORK /CABINETRY ITEMS, REFER TO ELEVATIONS, SHEET A -301. 3. FOR ALL WALLS WHERE NO FINISH OR BASE IS INDICATED, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS SHEET, A -301 4. ALL WALLS, SOFFITS AND DOORS /FRAMES TO BE BRUSH & ROLL ONLY. 5. ALL PANT SURFACE TO BE PRIMED AND 2 FINISH COATS. 6. MOISTURE TEST SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WOOD FLOORING. 7. PROVIDE EXPANSION TRIM @ STOREFRONT MULLION FOR WOOD FLOORING. 8. FLOOR BOXES FOR EXPERIENCE TABLES & INTERACTIVE PODIUM SHOULD BE WIREMOLD BRAND (OR APPROVED SIMILAR) 881RC4ATCBK. FOR ASSISRANCE PLEASE CALL ED COMMINS WITH WIREMOLD AT 800 -338 -1315 EX. 3210. 9. PROVIDED CONDUIT UNDER SLAB TO CONNECT INTERACTIVE PODIUM TO HIVE WALL. 10. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FINISH LEGEND INTERIOR ARCHITECTURE: ACT -1 ACT -2 ACT -3 CPT -1 CPT -2 WF -1 FRP RB -1 P -1 P -2 P -3 P -4 P -5 P -5b P -6 P -7 VCT -1 SV ST -1 M -1 M -2 PL -1 PL -2 PL -3 PL -4 SS -1 FINISH PLAN USG FROST SIZE: 2' X 2' NUMBER: *414 EDGE: SLB COLOR: CHARCOAL *534 GRID: DONN DX 15/16" 800 -950 -3839 PANT GRID TO MATCH: P -6 USG RADAR CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 4' NUMBER: *2420 EDGE: SQ COLOR: WHITE GRID: DONN DX 15/16" 800 - 950 -3839 USG MARS CLIMAPLUS SIZE: 2' X 2' EDGE: FIB GRID FINELINE Jfi" NUMBER: 86185 TED KELLUM (312)- 606 -4428 SHAW *4248V EXPERIENCE SQUARE COLOR: BELL BLUE *L01013 CONSTRUCTION: MULTI - SCROLL PATTERN: NO REPEAT MARK LAW, 800- 424 -7429 X5396 SHAW STYLE: C0149 CINGULAR ENTRY COLOR: JET BLACK JB210 24 "X24" MULTILEVEL LOOP QUARTER TURN INSTALL MARK LAW, 800 - 424 -7429 X5396 SHAW STYLE: ATT PCF WOOD COLOR: BELL GRAY *00400 FINISH: HEAVY TEXTURE INSTALL: GLUELESS, FLOAT, TONGUE & GROOVE MARK LAW: 770- 241 -1345 TARA GRIMSELY 706 - 275 -3329 = REQUIRE EXPANSION STRIP AT EVERY 1,064 S.F. MAXIMUM AREA. USG INTERIORS CLASS "C" TUFLINER *8101 WHITE (RR WAINSCOT) JOHNSONITE SIZE 4" *82 BLACK PEARL BENJAMIN MOORE "SHADOW GRAY" *2125 -40 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "WEDDING VEIL" *2125 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "ORANGE BURST" *2015 -20 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH P -3 FROM COUNTER HEIGHT UP & P -5 FROM COUNTER HEIGHT DOWN BENJAMIN MOORE "STONE BROWN" *2112 -30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "ICE MIST" *2123 -70 FLAT FINISH BENJAMIN MOORE "IRON MOUNTAIN" *2134 -30 SEMI -GLOSS FINISH JOHNSONITE SIZE: 4" COLOR: IRON STONE ARMSTRONG - IMPERIAL TEXTURE *51904 COLOR: STERLING 12 "X12 "X1/8" ANTHONY LAWSON: 513- 398 -9448 X8943 ARMSTRONG - SHEET VINYL *88477 LIATRIS COOL GRAY NOTE: EXTENDS SHEET VINYL UPWARD ONTO WALL 6" MIN. TP. IN ALL WET AREAS. GLOBAL GRANITE & MARBLE 3/8" X 12" X 12" SLATE TILE BLACK NATURAL SAM KOONTZ: 314- 392 -1961 INTERIOR CASEWORK - RETAIL STORE POWDER COAT ALUMINUM *PE9 -6875G "ALUMINUM" BONDED BASE COAT POWDER COAT POLYCHEM *P- BR/773 LOT: *P -4653 "NEW CHAIR BRONZE" 760 -868 -5282 WILSONART MONTANA WALNUT *7110T -60 LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2300T PLATINUM TEXTURED LAMINART PEARLESENCE *2418T GRAPHITE TEXTURED FORMICA WHITE *949 -58 MATTE FINISH SOLID SURFACE DOVIAN (CAPRI CONCRETE) LEE GARZA 206 - 226 -9111 SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" Carteraurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc, 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTE DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SLAB PLAN FINISH PLAN FINISH LEGENDS COPYRIGHT m 2008 CARTER a BURGESS. INC. 5027 DATE ISSUES /REVISIONS NORTH DESCRIPTION A -104 at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED i U U a a ce 6' -4" CO a a CC RSF -004 I002I MANAGER OFFICE a a I L cn ce " ADJUSTABLE SHELVES INVENTORY/MDF ROOM SEE NOTE #7 004 RSF -021 COUNTER RSF -004 4' -O" EQ. RSF 011 RSF -001A RSF -0018 RSF -OD1A RSF -0018 RSF-004 2' -10" 5 - 3" RSF-023 F = _ IRSF-018 IRSF -0171 L - -_1 EQ. / RSF -001A RSF -001B RSF -022 TYP. RSF -006 003 OPEN OFFICE COUNTER RSF-01 2 RSF -o' F 3F -OC RSF -00 RSF -001 WOMEN'S 1005 -A >A 1' -8" D RSF-01 6 RSF -009 RSF -015 ' -1 9 -0" RSF -024 RSF -001A RSF-001B 9 // EQ. MEN'S I 001 I (E) LADDER II 1 RSF -003 SALES AREA RSF-01 2 ' d I a a RSF -005 RSF -004 RSF-01 4 " 9 RSF -004 RSF -004 RSF -006 9 I T -- RSF-004 0 RSF -006 4 1 -8 11 RSF 011 EQ. " RSF -004 RSF -001A RSF-001B RSF -009 RSF-0i73 FSF -OC2A RSF -002 RSF -001 ACCESSIBLE COUNTER RSF -001A RSF -0018 FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN " RSF -007 EQ. RSF -004 I— I- I— r 1 RSF -008 7' C a a rn ce CODE RSF -001 RSF-001A RSF -001B RSF -002 RSF -002A RSF -003 RSF -004 RSF -005 RSF -006 RSF -007 RSF -008 RSF -009 RSF-010 RSF -011 RSF -012 RSF -013 RSF -014 RSF -015 RSF -016 RSF -017 RSF -018 RSF -019 RSF-020 RSF -021 RSF -022 RSF -023 RSF -024 GENERAL NOTES: 1) FURNITURE IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND IS FOIC UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE SHEETS A -803 AND A -804. 2) BACKWRAP GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 3) FEATURE WALL GRAPHIC BOARD BY FIXTURE VENDOR. GC TO PROVIDE & INSTALL HALO LIGHTING. ATTACH DIRECTLY TO BACKGARP GRAPHIC BOARD. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH FIXTURE VENDOR. 4) GC TO PROVIDE 1 ROW OF WHITE MELAMINE SHELVING ABOVE ALL COUNTER. 5) FURNITURE BY OWNER. 6) FOR ACCESSIBILITY SERVICE COUNTER, SEE 03 ON SHEET A -803. 7) GC TO PROVIDE 24 "X30" SHELF AT 4' -6" AFF WITH DOG -EAR IN MANAGER OFFICE. 8) EXACT PLACEMENT OF FREESTANDING FIXTURES TO BE DETERMINED OWNER, TYP. 9) PROVIDE 3/4 "x6'x8' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD. 10) SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. FIXTURE LEGEND CASHWRAP - 5 POS (ACCESSIBLE INCLUDED) CASH WRAP LAMP CASH WRAP PROMO PANEL BACKWRAP CABINETS BACKWRAP GRAPHICS iPHONE DISPLAY MECHANDISE WALL UNIT PROMO TABLE EXPERIENCE TABLE MANAGER MOBILE POS REV RACK GONDOLA EXPRESS SERVICE KIOSK GUIDED SELLING KIOSK WINDOW BANNER PRINTER IP BACKWRAP iPHONE GONDOLA LOCKER - 3 SECTIONS DOUBLE DRINKING FOUNTAIN REFRIGERATOR MICROWAVE 3 -IN -1 PRINTER BACKBOARD CCTV SAFE i -PHONE CABINET 3 -IN -1 PRINTER NAME QTY. 1-14:-NfE\NED EC CODE C O ��� ARC'° � 6200 3 6 6 3 3 1 23 2 3 4 cOPTRlGFrr © 2008 GARTER & BURGESS, INC. Carter"Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA EC €E R 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: REGISTERED �. ARCHITECT 1 BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHIf4GTON 5027 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION NORTH FURNITURE AND FIXTURING PLAN t &t APPROVED BY 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -105 NEW STOREFRONT, SEE A2 ON RIGHT A / \ CONT. CAULKING SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD EA. SIDE 5/8" GYP. BD N ALIGN STOREFRONT ELEVATION sou: v. -�4 maw, J -MOLD EXT. CEMENT PLASTER VERTICAL MULLION EXISTING STOREFRONT ELEVATION T + TEMPERED GLASS 2X FRAMING PER. STRUCT. DWGS. 1/4" FLOAT GLASS TEMPERED GLASS WHERE REQUIRED — — STOREFRONT U.S. ALUMINUM "400 -S" SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" 3' -0" SIM. EXT. CEMENT PLASTER ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM 16 NEW STOREFRONT DOOR STOREFRONT HEAD \I JAMB SIMILAR HEADER, SEE STRUCT. DWGS. 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. CAULKING SEALANT W/ BACKER ROD EA. SIDE SCALE: 1/4" = 1' -0" T / / / / / / / T I / / / / / / T T SCALE: 3" = V -0" 0 T - TEMPERED GLASS A2 STOREFRONT ELEVATION SCALE: 1/4w = 1' -O" 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS . STOREFRONT MULLION, U.S. ALUM. "400 -S SERIES OR APPROVED EQ. HORIZ. IV 1/4" FLOAT GLASS TEMPERED WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE SILL, U.S. ALUM. '400 -S' SERIES OR APPROVED EQ. CONT. CAULK BOTH SIDES CONCRETE WALKWAY SIL 2 -2 6 -0 2'_2" 10' -4 (SEE FLOOR PLAN, WI 10\ NEW STOREFRONT, SEE A2 BELOW CONCRETE WALKWAY SILL & HORIZONTAL MULLION r2P00 EDGE OF SLAB s lil LLI Cr) INTERIOR FLOOR SLAB SCALE 3" = 1'-0" GLASS STOP ALUMINUM HEAD OVERHEAD CLOSER DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP FACE OF STOREFRONT EAD NOTE: 1 3/4" X 4 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT 1/4" TEMPERED GLASS DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP FACE OF STOREFRONT ALUMINUM JAMB JAvB PROVIDE WEATHER STRIPING AT TOP AND SIDE OF DOOR TYP. 1/4" TEMPERED DOOR GLASS - DOOR AS SCHEDULED WEATHER STRIP FACE OF STOREFRONT ALUM. THRESHOLD - "NATIONAL GUARD 325" GROUT SOLID W/ NON SHRINK GROUT. FASTEN WITH EXPANSION BOLTS @ 12" O.C.(MAX.) CONCRETE SIDEWALK SILL SIDEWALK ALUMINUM STOREFRONT DOOR INSTALL BOTTOM RAIL OF DOOR WITH WEATHERSEAL CONTINUOUS SEALANT THRESHOLD AT EXIT DOOR PROVIDE SQ. EDGE AT CERAMIC TILE NON EXPOSED CONTROL JOINT (SEE STRUCTURAL) SCALE: 3" a 1'-0" lial ilil llilllll 11E4l 11l lllllllllliililllllll!!li!lIII� cove cch IEPI C INSIDE OF STORE INSIDE OF STORE INSIDE CEILING SUPPORTING CLOSURE MIN. STOREFRONT HEAD HORIZONTAL MULLION STOREFRONT I SILL A SUSPENDED CEILING TILES CLOSURE ANGLE ATTACHED W/ % "o EXPANSION BOLT (E) WALL (VERIFY) N.T.S. T CEILING* CEILING LKING SEALANT INC TO 0 EXISTING E ABOVE. IFY TED GLASS OUTSIDE OF STORE SCALE: 3" = 1' - 0" OUTSIDE OF STORE 1" INSULATED GLASS 10' -0' AF- MUWON 1" INSULATED GLASS 54e, P, (*I SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" FACE OF STOREFRONT 1 " INSU TED GLASS )iga' CONT. LKING SEALANT E 'F STORE SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" Carler'Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. COPYRIGHT C zoos CARTER & BURGESS, INC. REGISTERED ARCHITECT SERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WAD DRAWN BY: 5027 DATE RECEF MAR 2 8 ZUt p PERMIT CENTE1 PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED ETY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -201 CEILING TIES SPACING SIZE \ A MAXIMUM SPAN N r \ SPAN T \ SPAN n- r \ IN r 16 r 24" I . 1\ x ' I 1 , \ 1 SAFE 3625125 -30 _ _ 1/ CEILING TIES SPACING SIZE MAXIMUM SPAN MAXIMUM SPAN SPACING SPAN SPACING SPAN 4' -0" 3625125 -18 16 8' -9" 24" 7' -9" 3' -6" 3625125 -30 16 1O - 2 " 24" 9' -2" 3' -6" 600S125-30 16" 11' -9" 24" 10' -7" 10' -0" AFF ACT 9 '_ 4 L AFF SGT 8' -0' AFF. D1 INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS ACT*10' = D" AFF ACT 9' - 4" AFF SOFFIT AFF. 00" AFF , ACT 9' -4" AFF SOFFIT ,L EL +0' -0" Y FINISHED FLOOR SEE R.C.P. MARUTE AND TRAP W /SUP JOINT FITTING "TRUEBRO" MODEL NO. LAV -GUARD (800) 340 -5969 OR APPROVED EQUAL EL +0' -O" FINISHED FLOOR P -3 (FROM 3' -0" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3' -0' AFF. DOWN) INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS ¶ SEE R.C. PLAN SHELVES 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. SCALE: 1/4 "=1' -0" A RUBBER BASE (RB -1) D3 INTERIOR ELEVATION AT SALE AREAS A2n INVENTORY /MDF ROOM ELEVATION - I P -2) RB -1 SEE R.C.P. o i h EL 40' --0" ¶FINISHED FLOOR MARLTTE 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED N 6" SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. P -3 (FROM 3' -0" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3'-O' AFF. DOWN) SCALE: 1/4"= 1' -0" B RSF -013 SEE R.C. PLAN ,EL +0' -0" Y FINISHED FLOOR A -803 TYP. SCALE: 1/4 "= 1 CONFIGURATION, PL -1 BY G.C. SEE R.C.P. 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED SHELVES 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 PL -1 COUNTERTOP ILE CABINETS BOX /FILE STORAGE 4/3" SUPPORT, RUB A2B INVENTORY /MDF ROOM ELEVATION �.1,4_V MARLffE� , EL +0' -O' ¶FINISHED FLOOR 6' SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. P -7 (WIREMOLD) WOMEN'S RESROOM ELEVATION — (MEN'S RESTROOM ELEVATION SI NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE O V C P -2 SCALE: 1/4 1' -0' SEE R.C. PLAN SEE R.C.P. _ o l i EL +0' -0" ¶FINISHED FLOOR EL +0' -0' c~ FINISHED FLOOR PL -1 IF REQUIRED MARUTE 6' SHEET VINYL BASE, TYP. ILAR — OPPOSITE) NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE SCALE: 1/4 "= 1' -0' D P-3 (FROM 3' -O" AFF. UP) & P -5 (FROM 3'--0' AFF. DOWN) SHELVES oz— 4" BACKSPLASH, PL -1 11-1 COUNTERTOP RUBBER BASE (RB -1) OPEN OFFICE ELEVATION BER BASE (RB -1) ■ P -7 ( WIREMOLD) GENERAL NOTE: MICRO. RESTROOM .... 0 UNISEX .... WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE TOILET GRAB BAR RSF -013 FIXTURES FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OWNER'S FIXTURE VENDOR, SHOWN IN ELEVATIONS FOR COORDINATION ONLY. SEE SHEET A -105 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DATA EQUIPMENT BY AT &T IT, RACK BY GC. GC TO PROVIDE 6'X8'X" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD FOR TENANT'S TELCO EQUIPMENT - PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS. REF. 4/3" SUPPORT, PL -1 IF REQUIRED 2" MIN. TYP. P -5 SCALE: 1/4 "= 1' E7 CEILING WHERE OCCURS 4- j8 SCREWS METAL STUDS SEE SCHEDULE NTS NOTE: ELEVATION SHOWN WITHOUT CASHWRAP FIXTURE CEILING DETAIL 1/4' =1' -0' DISPLAY CONDITIONS ._ I._... r liii DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE B9 MOUNTING FOR SIGNAGE tirs 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR IF REQUIRED P -7 ( WIREMOLD) CONT. TRACK STUD CEILING JOIST CO 16" O.C. SEE TABLE BELOW m I II ` METAL STUD * BLOCKING FLAT CONTINUOS JOIST WITH #8 0 EACH C.J. 0 6' -0" O.C. COO COOLIN NO VAC May - 6 1°n CM Ta INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DOOR MOUNTED SIGNAGE UNISEX -12" DIAMETER CIRCLE 1/4" THK. W/1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPER IMPOSED WITHIN THE CIRCLE. THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN SHALL DISTINCTIVELY CONTRAST WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE DOOR. SIGNS ARE CENTERED ON THE DOOR 60" FROM THE FLOOR. WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY IS INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THIS PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. A VERBAL DESCRIPTION AS TO THE USE OF THE FACILITY (SUCH AS "MENS ") SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. THE CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF THE SIGN IS EGGSHELL, MATTE, OR OTHER NON-GLARE FINISH AND THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE SIGN DISTINCTIVELY CONTRASTS WITH THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE WALL. THE COLOR OF THE SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY CONSISTS OF A WHITE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE GRADE II BRAILLE. ECESSED VASTE RECEPTACLE i CV TWIN JUMBO -ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER C V CEILING JOISTS 1. ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE "S" STUD MEMBER WITH ICBO APPROVE NUMBER 4943P OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SSMA 2. WHERE CEILING SUPPORT TOILET PARTITIONS OCCUR, USE 600S200 -43 0) 16" O.C. UP TO 16' -0" MAXIMUM SPAN 3. SPANS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS LATERAL SUPPORT OF THE COMPRESSION FLANGE. 4. WEB CRIPPLING SHALL HAVE Si" BEARING LENGTH © EACH END. 5. JOIST SHALL BE BRACED AGAINST ROTATION AT ALL SUPPORT BY TRACK OR BLOCKING. 6. PROVIDE 4 - 118 SCREWS AT EACH JOIST CROSSING, UNO. 7. BRIDGING RECOMMENDATIONS: SPAN (FT) MINIMUM NUMBER OF ROWS UP TO 14 FT 14 FT TO 20 FT 20 FT TO 26 FT NOTES: 1. ALL NON GLARE FINISHES. 2. CHARARCTERS ON CONTRASTING BACKGROUND. 3. USE CONTRACTED 2 BRAILLE. 4. BRAILLE; GRADE II, DOTS = " O.C. IN EACH CELL WITH i" SPACE BETWEEN C LLS, RAISED 4 ". TACTILE EGRESS SIGNAGE PARTITION WALL, SEE SCHEDULE SALES AREA Qk EL +0' -0" FINISH FLOOR DETAIL FIELD VERIFY ELEV. UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE REFER TO RCP FOR HEIGHT 7. • c) 1 ROW AT MID -SPAN 2 ROWS AT Y4 POINTS Y4 3 ROWS AT POINTS TYP INVENTORY ROOM 58' TYPE X DRYWALL TAPE FLOAT & PAINT 0 N Z_ MIRROR VA L MOUNTED S TOILET SEAT LIGHT COVER .DISPENSER SWITCH A 9 MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES & PLUMBING FIXTURES COPYRIGHT C 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. CarteruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT -PO. BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 5027 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA EC lVE tIAR 2820 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: ISSUES /REVISIONS DESIGNED BY CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: SECTIONS AND DETAILS at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -301 at e Bart 1 Bidding q and Contract root R urrements Part 2 Technical Specifications Division 1 General Requirements /q 6141 cod6 00700 General Conditions A. The AIA A201 "General Conditions for Construction, "shall govern the work. B. The following supplements the AIA A201 "General Conditions for Construction ", 1987 edition. All unaltered provisions shall remain in effect. 1. Delete subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: a. "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner + I I pay for the general plan check fee. The Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and for all other permits, governmental fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work." 2. Add the following new subparagraph to 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES: a. "3.12.12 If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness to the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architects review comments prior to resubmittal, or if he makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals." 01100 Summary A. This specification includes the requirements for several Cingular Wireless LLC Projects; consequently this specification may contain additional elements that do not apply to this particular project. Where noted in the specifications, please refer to the Drawings to determine if the specified element applies to this Project. B. Special Work Requirements: 1. Work shall be phased such that each specific area shall be protected, demolished and complete in least amount of time possible. 2. Daily activities must be respected by the Contractor with the least amount of disturbance to Cingular Wireless LLC and other building occupants. 3. Use of Premises: a. Conform to the requirements of the building owner. C. Separate Work: 1. Items noted "NIC" (Not In Contract) or .FO10. (Furnished by Owner; installed by Owner) will be furnished and installed by others 2. Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. 3. The following will be furnished and installed by others: a. Cingular Graphics (other than hard signage installed by the GC, or as required by local code) b. Bill Payment Machine (G.C. to provide and coordinate electrical and data requirements). D. Products Furnished by Owner for Installation by the Contractor (FOIC): 1. Coordinate work to facilitate installation of products furnished by the Owner for Installation by the Contractor. 2. The following are elements which are furnished by Cingular Wireless LLC Wireless for Installation by the Contractor: a. Wall Units. b. Live Bar c. Modular SSA Desks d. Cash Wrap Fixtures e. Others as indicated on Drawings 3. Cingular Wireless LLC Wireless Responsibilities: a. Arrange and pay for owner supplied fixture(s) and product deliveries to the contractor on site. b. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor, c. Submit claims for transportation damage. d. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. e. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service where required. 4. Contractor's Responsibilities: a. Review shop drawings, product data, and samples. b. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness, for damage, jointly with Cingular Wireless LLC. GC to coordinate and provide forklift and all labor as required for offloading of owner provided fixtures on site. Coordinate deliveries with FTC. c. Handle, store, coordinate, install, and provide all labor and material to finish product installation. d. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract. e. Coordinate and provide for the installation of all fixture requirements including power and data, within all new or renovated areas. 5. The following are elements which are to be both provided and installed by the general contractor (FCIC). a. All carpet and VCT (all flooring unless otherwise noted) b. All wood flooring (if applicable) c. All light fixtures d. All signage (other than store graphics provided by Cingular) e. Drop box to be furnished and installed by G.C. (when indicated on plans) Installation includes all modification of Storefront as required. f. Microwave and Refrigerator as specified in section 11450 - B E. Applications for Payment: Submit applications for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions F. Coordination: 1. Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. 2. Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical Systems. Make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently, and maximize accessibility for maintenance, repair, and other installations. 3. Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work. Remove ill -timed and defective work and replace with new work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Uncover defective and nonconforming work and furnish samples as required for testing. 5. Seal penetrations through floors, walls, and ceilings. 01312 Project Meetings A Preconstruction Meeting(s): Prior to the start of work, Contractor and Cingular Wireless LLC shall have a preconstruction meeting to determine the exact sequencing and phasing of construction. GC shall also schedule a preconstruction meeting with FTC. B. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by Cingular Wireless LLC or Architect throughout the progress of the work. C. Pre - installation Meeting: Convene a pre - installation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly affecting, or affected by, the work of the Section. 01330 Submittal Procedures A Submittal Procedure: 1. Identify deviations from Contract Documents. Leave space for Contractor and Cingular Wireless LLC review stamps. 2. Review and sign each submittal prior to submittal to Cingular Wireless LLC. Unsigned submittals may be returned without review. 3. Unless specified otherwise, submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires, plus one that will be retained by Cingular Wireless LLC. 4. Transmit each item to Cingular Wireless LLC, unless directed otherwise. Include project name, Contractor name, subcontractor or supplier name, and drawing sheet, detail number, or specification section number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. 5. Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work. Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected submittals. Coordinate submittal of related items. 6. Revise and resubmit rejected submittals as required to obtain approval, identifying changes made since previous submittal. B. Progress and Value Schedules: Submit the following to Cingular Wireless LLC. 1. Progress Schedule: Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation, identifying first workday of each week. 2. Schedule of Values: a. Submit typed schedule on form provided by Cingular Wireless LLC. b. Subdivide into each major trade or category of work. c. Include a line item amount for each Allowance if applicable. d. Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit. 3. Submit progress and value schedules in duplicate within 5 business days after Notice to Proceed. 4 Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment; revised schedules shall reflect changes, including change orders, since previous submittal. C. Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Submit shop drawings in the form of one reproducible transparency and one opaque reproduction. b. Unless specified otherwise, shop drawings shall show quantities, materials, methods of p � P g assembly, adjacent construction, dimensions, and all other appropriate information to fully illustrate the work. 2. Product Data: a. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options and other data, supplement manufacture's standard data to provide information unique to the work. b. Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus 2 copies that will be retained by Cingular Wireless LLC. 3. Samples: a. Submit samples as specified in the technical sections. b. Include identification on each sample giving full information. c. Submit three samples, one of which will be retained by CingularWireless LLC, unless indicated otherwise in the technical section. D. Certificates: Submit the original signed version to Cingular Wireless LLC. 01450 Quality Control A Standards: Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. Regulatory Requirements: exceed the requirements of a licable co es ordinances, . Perform all work to meet or x d h all applicable d PP laws, regulations, safety orders, and directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work 2. Accessibility: All equipment, accessories and work shall be in accordance with all Federal, State and local codes with respect to handicap accessibility, and with The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and /or the .Texas Accessibility Standards. as required. The more restrictive code shall apply. C. Perform work with ersons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. p q p p . p q Y D. Install products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where conflict exists between manufacturer's recommendations and the specified requirements, notify the Architect immediately. E. Examination Prior to Installation: 1 Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. 2. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls A. Temporary Utilities: Provide temporary utilities, services, and construction as required to perform the work. Coordinate all temporary facilities and controls with Cingular Wireless LLC and the building owner. 1. Electricity and Gas: Connect to existing service. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay costs of energy used. Take measures to conserve energy. 2. Lighting: Permanent lighting may be used during construction. Provide additional temporary lighting as required. Maintain lighting and make routine repairs. 3. Heating and Ventilation: Permanent system may be used. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay for the cost of energy used. Maintain system during operation. 4. Telephone. 5. Water. Utilize existing facilities. Cingular Wireless LLC will pay for water used. B. Controls 1. Dust Control: Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Water Control: Comply with applicable jurisdictional requirements regarding water usage, conservation, detention, pollution, and permits. C. Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: 1. To temporary construction facilities, storage and work areas. 2. For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project. 3. For use by emergency vehicles. 4. To minimize impact on adjacent operations. D. Fire Safety: Comply with applicable provisions of UFC Article 87 for fire safety during demolition and construction operations. E. Temporary Construction. 1 Obtain approval from Cingular Wireless LLC for all modifications to existing systems or facilities not indicated. 2. Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is no longer required. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary systems or facilities. F. Construction Cleaning: 1. Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. Periodically dispose of off -site. 2. Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. 3. Sweep & clean site daily 01600 Product Requirements A. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Transport and handle products by methods to avoid product damage. 2. Manufactured products shall remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging, until ready for installation. 3. Unless specified otherwise, store manufactured products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Product Options and Substitutions: 1. Furnish products specified, except where "or approved" is used, substitute products may be submitted to the Architect, through Cingular Wireless LLC for approval. 2. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. c. A substitute product will be in Cingular Wireless LLC's best interest. 3. Document each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. 4. A substitution request constitutes a representation that Contractor. a. Has investigated proposed product and has determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product. b. Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product. c. Will coordinate installation and make other changes that may be required for work to be complete in all respects. d. Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent. e. Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. 5. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawings or product data submittals. 6. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution, and will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection within a reasonable time. 01735 Patching and Repair A Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete, with all components matching and consistent. B. Provide and invisible transition to new construction. When finished surfaces are Pro r a smooth, eve n. cut so that an invisible transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along the nearest break line, joint, or corner. 01770 Closeout Procedures A. Final Cleaning: 1. Thoroughly clean all surfaces prior to final acceptance. 2. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. B. Closeout Procedures: 1. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for Substantial and Final Completion. 2 Submit all certificates of approval issued by the governing authorities, including, without limitation, the following: a Certificate of occupancy. 3 Prior to final payment, submit the following affidavits using the forms listed below: a. Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims AIA Document G706. b. Consent of Surety to Final Payment AIA Document G707. c. Contractor's lien release, and lien releases from each subcontractor; Contractors Affidavit of Release of Liens AIA Document G706A 4, Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted contract sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. C. Project Record Documents: 1. Maintain a complete set of record drawings that clearly and neatly indicate exact installed locations of items that will be concealed in the work such as conduit, piping, ducts, reinforcing, mechanical and electrical equipment, and similar items. Show all changes from the contract documents, and all uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. 2. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separately from those used for construction. 3. Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. 4. Keep documents current; do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded. 5. At Contract Closeout, submit documents with transmittal letter containing date, Project title, Contractor's name and address, list of documents, and signature of Contractor. D. Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract, and submittals required by Section 01330, furnish submittals required by governing authorities, and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit complete data for each piece of equipment and component used in the work. 2. Submit operation and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. 3. Arrange in a binder with a section for each system. F. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds: 1 Submit all manufacturer warranties. 2. Furnish written guarantee, from each subcontractor performing work covered by the additional guarantee requirements specified in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise, the guarantee shall commence on the date of the Certificate of Occupancy. 3. Each guarantee shall be signed, and shall state that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for the period of time specified, and that all defects will be promptly repaired without additional cost to Cingular Wireless LLC. G. Spare Parts and Maintenance Manuals: Furnish products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in addition to that used for construction of Work. Coordinate with Cingular Wireless LLC; deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. Division 2 Site Work 02225 Selective Demolition A. Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work. Where demolition exceeds that indicated, verify such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding. B. Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent indicated. Cease operations and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. C. During demolition operations, notify the Architect of all conditions that differ substantially from those indicated, specified, or expected. Notify the Architect if previously unknown operational, or potentially operational elements, are uncovered during demolition operations. Perform no demolition in such areas, unless approved by the Architect. D. Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operations, until permanent supports are in place. E. Except where noted or specified otherwise take possession of materials being demolished, and P P P g immediately remove from site. Do not overload existing construction to remain with demolished materials. F. Carefully remove, store, and protect all materials and components to be reused. without damage, remove, store, and protect existing materials and com G. Where possible h g p g onents p not noted for removal, which if removed, would facilitate the new construction and reconditioning. H. Carefully remove, protect, and turn over as directed, materials and components claimed b Y , p p by Cingular Wireless LLC or the building owner for salvage. Prior to demolition, contact Cingular Wireless LLC to determine which items will be claimed. I. Where cut edges of the existing construction will be visible in the completed work, cut in uniform g g p , straight lines. Concrete and masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled. J. Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required, at no additional cost to the Cingular Wireless LLC. Division 3 Concrete 03547 Cementitious Underlayment A. Summary: 1. Leveling of existing cast -in -place concrete slabs. 2. Ramps and tapers to align finish materials. B. Unit Price: 1. Item: State the price for leveling and filling existing exposed floor substrate to specified tolerance. Price shall include all labor materials and equipment necessary to recondition the floor including preparation, priming and filling as specified. 2. Unit Measure: a. Per square foot to a depth of % inch. C. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturers product data and installation instructions. D. Materials: 1. Fast - Setting Self Leveling Underlayment System: Self - leveling, pourable, cement based strength 500 s material, minimum 28 day compressive s ren th 4 I wh en tested in accordance with Y 9 � P ASTM C109; minimum bond strength 200 psi; one of the following. a. "Ultra /Plan" by Mapei Corporation.; 800 -42 - MAPEI. b. "SOL" Self- Leveling Underlayment Concrete by Ardex Inc.; 412.264 -4240. c. "Level -Right FS -10" by Maxxon; 800- 356 -7887. 2. Fast - Setting Trowelable Underlayment System: a. "Quickcem Top 102" or "Novo /Plan 1" by Mapei Corporation; 800 -42- MAPEI. b. "SD -P" Fast - Setting Underlayment. by Ardex Inc.; 412 - 264 -4240. c. "Euco- Speed" by Euclid Chemical Company; 800 - 321 -7628. 3. Accessories: Furnish primers, patching compounds, and sand fillers as recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. E. Mixing 1. Thoroughly mix underlayment materials for each type of product in proper proportions to achieve smooth homogeneous mix, free of lumps, F. Preparation: 1. Ensure that subfloor is clean, dry, hard, sound, and free of oils, or other substance that would affect proper bonding and curing. Shotblast surface as necessary to achieve clean surface. 2. Verify that all areas to be leveled are at or below final design elevation. G. Application: 1. Install trowelable underlayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other locations as appropriate to installation conditions. Install self - leveling underlayment at other locations as necessary to correct slab flatness and levelness. 2. Set screeds, markers, and reference blocks. Set screeds at all construction and control joints to establish weakened plane joints in underlayment. 3. Install in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Where subsequent finishing of the material is required, Float to level surface. Do not over trowel, 4. Apply primer to all areas to receive underlayment; repeat application if necessary to achieve proper build. 5. Mix materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. At areas to receive epoxy terrazzo flooring, provide fill thickness as necessary to align epoxy terrazzo flooring with crush line of adjacent carpet surfaces. 6. Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Use no curing compounds that would affect the bond of subsequent finish materials. 7. Tolerances: 'Very flat'; level to within 1/8" in 10 feet. FF 50, FL 30, over test area; FF 25, FL 15, local minimum. Division 4 Masonry Not used Division 5 Metals Division 6 Woods and Plastics i 05500 Metal Fabrications* A Summary: Steel fabrications indicated on the Architectural Drawings and not specified in other sections. B. Materials: 1. Steel Plate, Bars, Shapes: ASTM A36. 2. Tubes: ASTM A500 or A501. 3. Pipe: ASTM A53, seamless, Type 5, plain end; schedule 40 unless indicated otherwise. 4. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 C. General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify all dimensions and fabricate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves, and sharp angles. 2. Welds shall have sufficient strength to withstand the loads applied. D. Installation: 1. Install metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise, fabrications shall be installed plumb and level. 2. Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a secure installation. 05700 Ornamental Metal* A. Summary: Poster frame and support indicated on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221. 2. Sheet: ASTM B209. 3. Aircraft Cable: 3/18 inch diameter, plain galvanized steel strand; vinyl covered strand is not acceptable. 4. Ferrules: Aluminum; crimpable; size to match aircraft cable diameter. C. General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows, unless specified or indicated otherwise. 1. Verify dimensions, and fabricate to detail with accurate sizes and shapes, straight lines, smooth curves, and sharp angles. 2. Fabricate end caps from aluminum sheet; grind and polish caps to low lustre finish D. Installation: 1. Install poster frames in accurate locations indicated, plumb and level. 2. Cut aircraft cable to appropriate lengths to result in posters provided by others hanging in appropriate positions. Apply ferrules to aircraft cable by crimping once the final position is obtained. 3. Trim cable so as to eliminate unraveling during handling; leave no exposed frayed ends in the finished installation, and with no kinks or twists. 4. Remove and replace any aircraft cable assembly that does not result in a proper finished installation per these conditions. 5. Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a secure installation. 06100 Rough Carpentry A Summary: 1. Blocking and nailers. 2. Terminal backboards. B. Dimension Lumber: 1. Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20, and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, WCLIB, or NLGA grading rules. 2. Moisture Content: Kiln dried to 19% maximum moisture content, except for material whose least dimension is 4 inches thick or greater. 3. Species: Hem -Fir, Spruce- Pine -Fir (SPF), or Douglas Fir Larch, unless indicated or specified otherwise. 4. Architectural Lumber Grades: Unexposed non - structural wood framing and blocking indicated on the Architectural Drawings shall be graded as follows: a. (2" to 4" thick, 2" to 4" wide): "No 2 - Structural Light Framing," or better; "Stud" grade may be used at stud applications. b. (2" to 4" thick, 5" and wider): "No. 2 - Structural Joists and Planks," or better. 5. Treated Wood Blocking a. Provide alkaline copper quaternary (ACQ) treated wood blocking in dimensions noted on the Drawings for all blocking, nailers, etc. called out as treated. Products shall be arsenic - and chromium -free pressure - treated wood produced in accordance with Quality Control Standard ACQ -94. C. Panel Materials: 1. Terminal Backboards: APA AC grade exterior; fire retardant treated. D. Accessories: 1. Fasteners: a. Hot - dipped galvanized or copolymer coated steel for treated wood locations. 2. Treated Wood Fasteners a. Hot -Dip Galvanized conforming to ASTM -A153 (for Hot -Dip fastener products) and ASTM -A653 (Coating Designation G -185 for Hot -Dip connector and sheet products). b. Other fasteners and hardware as recommended by the manufacturer. E. Blocking and Nailers: 1. Wood Blocking: Install wood blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and equipment, cabinets, doorstop plates, toilet and bath accessories, and all other wall and ceiling mounted components. Metal backing may be substituted as specified n Section 09111. F. Interior Plywood: 1. Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for systems where indicated on the drawings. 06400 Architectural Woodwork A. Summary: 1. Plastic laminate casework. 2. Custom display casework 3. Cement countertops. 4. Ornamental metal elements related to custom casework 5. Standing and running trim, including doorframes. g 9 � 9 B. Quality Assurance 1. Fabricator: A minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication of custom architectural woodwork thereof type specified. 2. All Architectural Woodwork shall be under the responsibility of a single fabricator. 3. Qualifications of Installers: Use only journeyman finish carpenters who are thoroughly trained and skilled in the work, and who are completely familiar with the materials and quality standards specified allowance will be made for lack of skill on the part of workmen. 4. Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with AWI "Custom" grade standards. C. Referenced Standards 1. American Plywood Association (APA) 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI): a. Architectural Woodwork ualit Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality Certification Q Q Y � p Y Certi Program (Current Edition). D. Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings. Indicate materials, components, profiles and configurations, dimensions, fastening methods, jointing details, colors and finishes, and accessories. Details shall be at a minimum scalle- of 1/2 inch per foot. 2. Product Literature: Submit literature of each hardware component proposed. 3. Samples: a. Painted MDF: Submit 8 x 10 inch samples of each paint color and sheen combination. b. Opaque Finish Wood: Submit 12 -inch long doorframe samples showing the maximum range of graining and surface imperfections to be expected. c. Veneer Paneling: Submit 8 x 10 inch samples of each species, cut, and finish combination for each veneer; include core material. d. Stainless steel: Minimum 12 -inch long tube section with proposed finish. e. Perforated Metal Panel: Minimum 8x 10 with single stiffening angle. E. Materials: 1. Opaque Finish Lumber: AWI Grade II Poplar; optimum moisture content per AWI recommendations. 2. Wood Veneer: Type as scheduled on the Drawings. 3. Plywood: APA rated in accordance with PS 1; 3/4 -inch thick AC exterior grade unless indicated or specified otherwise; touch sanded where plastic laminate veneers are to be applied. 4. Particle Board: ANSI A208.1; grade M -2. Provide quality assurance stamp or manufacturers certifications as required by local jurisdictional code authorities. 5. Medium Density Fiberboard (MDF): ANSI A208.2 Class MD. 6. Prefinished Board: Low- pressure melamine over particleboard or hardboard core; gray color. 7. Plastic Laminate: a. Brands and colors as scheduled on Drawings. b. Exposed: NEMA LD -3; general and vertical grade, c. Backing Sheets: NEMA LD -3; backing grade; undecorated. 8. Metals: a. Aluminum: 1) Extrusions: ASTM B221. 2) Sheet ASTM B209. b. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167 Type 302 or 304. 9. Paint Systems: a. M -1 and M -2: Powder coat metallic systems as scheduled on the Drawings over metal substrates. Provide spray applied Dupont lmron urethane metallic paint to match at MDF applications. Include primer as recommended by the manufacturer for the substrate. b. M -3 and SF -1: 1) Primer: Tnemec "Series N27 Typoxy" epoxy - polyamide coating or approved. 2) Urethane paint System: Tnemec Series 75 Endura - Shield III Acrylic polyurethane enamel or approved; semi -gloss sheen; custom color as scheduled. F. Accessory Materials: 1. Cabinet Hardware: a. Pulls: 4 inch wire pulls; brushed chrome finish. b. Drawer Slides: Full extension ball bearing; clear zinc finish; rail mount; Accuride, or approved; load rating as required for the application. 1) Light Duty Rating (drawers 12 inches wide or less): Accuride 2632; 65 lb BIFMA load rating 2) Medium Duty Rating (drawers 32 inches wide or less): Accuride 7432; 100 lb BIFMA load rating. 3) Heavy Duty Rating (drawers 42 inches wide or less): Accuride 3640; 200 lb BIFMA load rating. c. Drawer Locks: Olympus Lock or approved; 5 pin tumbler cylinder locks; ANSI Grade 1; configuration to suit condition; keyed alike as directed, and masterkeyed. Fumish two keys for keyed alike group, and four masterkeys; finish to match pulls. d. Concealed Hinges: European style; concealed; self - closing; 125 degree of opening, Blum, Grass or Hafele. e. Cabinet Shelf Brackets: Metal pin style support; chrome finish. 2. Wall Shelf Hardware: As scheduled on Drawings. 3. Contact Bond Adhesive: Water based type. 4. Wiring Grommets: "TG Series" by Doug Mockett and Company, I nc., Manhattan Beach CA; size to match application; black color, unless indicated otherwise. 5. Wall Shelf Hardware: a. Brackets: Knape & Vogt No. 185 Anochrome finish; length as appropriate for shelving indicated. b. Standards: Knape & Vogt #85 Anochrome finish. 6. Precast Cement Countertops: "Meazza Stone "; available from Gravel Pit Design Studio (Contact 206 -406- 2555); color and texture to match the approved sample. 7. Perforated Metal: Steel; 14 gage with stiffening angles; perforation pattern as indicated; powder coated finish as scheduled and specified above. G. Veneer Panel Fabrication: 1. Fabricate veneer paneling to AWI "Premium" grade standards. 2. Fabricate panels with wood veneer over medium density particleboard core. 3. Provide solid wood edging at veneer panels edges subject to abuse, unless approved otherwise. 4. Arrange veneers in the directions indicated: 5. Unexposed panel backs shall have wood veneer balance sheets with seal coat on the back of each panel. 6. Fabricate panels with joints accurately matched, tightly fitted. H. Standing and Running and Trim Fabrication: 1. Shop cut and mill all lumber to the shapes indicated. 2. Shop fit and assemble to the greatest extent possible. 3. Mill and assemble built -up sections. All glue lines shall be free of squeeze -out where transparent finishes are to be applied. 4. Tolerances for overall assembly dimensions shall be within 1/32 of an inch. 5. Fabricate frames from single length pieces, without joints, for each straight length. 6. Fabricate from each section from solid stock, except composite construction consisting of fabricator selected solid wood clad with specified transparent finish veneer may be used. Exposed edges shall consist of minimum 1/8 -inch thick solid wood to match the veneer. 7. Back or kerf cut all trim greater than 2 inch in width, except terminate before exposed ends. I. Casework Fabrication: 1. General Fabrication Requirements: a. Fabricate to the configurations indicated, unless approved otherwise on the shop drawings. b. Provide openings in casework for the incorporation of all electrical and mechanical components. Openings for all plumbing equipment shall be cut from templates obtained from the plumbing equipment installer. c. Provide concealed access to casework electrical fixtures and wiring. d. Unless indicated or approved otherwise, provide adjustable base to provide level installation that accommodates variations in floor levelness. e. Shop assemble casework to the greatest practical extent f. Adjustable Shelves: All casework shelves shall be adjustable, unless otherwise noted Provisions for shelf adjustment shall be by drillings at 2 inches on center in the cabinet body for the placement of shelf support brackets. Provide 4 supports for each shelf. Drillings shall be in straight even lines. g. Provide all hardware, fasteners, and exposed trim. 2. Plastic Laminate Casework Construction: a. Fabricate casework in accordance with AWI standard section 400; custom grade. b. Design: AWI Flush Overlay design, unless indicated otherwise. Joint between exposed doors, drawer faces, and countertop edges shall be 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16. 0. Exposed Surfaces: Plastic laminate clad with PVC or self edging as necessary to exactly match plastic laminate, unless otherwise indicated; provide hardwood trim at locations indicated. d. "Inside" Exposed Surfaces of Shelving Units and Cabinets Without Doors: Plastic laminate finished board, with exposed edges banded with plastic laminate self edging or PVC tape to match face color. e. Semi - Exposed Surfaces: Prefinished board, unless indicated otherwise. f. Provide vertical grade plastic laminate, except use general purpose grade at countertops. g. Backs of Doors and Drawers: Plastic laminate. h. Particleboard shall be minimum 3/4" thick unless indicated otherwise. Shelves shall be 1" thick, minimum. 3. Plastic Laminate Countertops: a. Fabricate countertops from particleboard and general purpose grade plastic laminate in the shapes indicated. b. Where countertops are indicated with sinks, use exterior grade plywood in lieu of particleboard. 4. Wall and Closet Shelf Fabrication: Fabricate from plastic laminate finished plywood, edge banded with matching plastic laminate edging, unless indicated otherwise 5. Hardware: a. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all drawers shall be equipped with standard full extension slides. b. Install hardware straight and true and in perfect alignment horizontally and vertically with adjacent casework and hardware. c. Carefully fit and securely attach cabinet hardware in accordance with manufacturers' printed instructions, and exercise caution not to mar or injure finish surfaces. J. Shop Applied Transparent Finish: wood doors indicated to receive transparent finis . 1. Shop finish wood surfaces and d n l d h 2. Sand exposed and semi - exposed wood surfaces smooth, always sanding in the direction of the wood grain 3. Sand exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Premium" grade standards. Sand all semi - exposed transparent finish wood surfaces to AWI "Custom" grade standards. 4. Fill depressions and imperfections with color matched putty, except imperfections shall not exceed AWI Premium grade standards. 5. Transparent Finish Coating: Spray apply in accordance with AWI Finish System TR -2, Premium Grade (catalyzed lacquer) or AWI Finish System TR -4, Premium Grade (conversion varnish); satin sheen; stain colors as scheduled. K. Metal Fabrication: 1. Accurately fabricate work to the configurations indicated; fit to field conditions. 2. Fabricate with clean lines, and free of bends and twists. Curved surfaces shall have smooth and uniform radiuses. Flat surfaces shall form true planes, free of oil canning. 3. Leave no open joints, except where indicated or required for expansion and contraction. Exposed joints shall be uniform, straight, and hairline. 4. Welding and Brazing: a. Limit welding and brazing to locations or methods where weld and brazing marks will not be visible in the finished work. b. The use of paint coatings to conceal welding or brazing discoloration is not acceptable. c. Finish brazed and welded areas to match adjacent surfaces. 5. Unless indicated otherwise, provide concealed fasteners wherever possible. Where not possible, exposed fasteners shall match material and finish of adjacent finish materials. 6. Use compatible materials, or provide isolation of dissimilar materials. 7. Material thicknesses indicated are minimum. Provide heavier material as necessary to meet the specified fabrication requirements. 8. Finishes: a. Aluminum: Paint finishes as indicated and specified above. b. Stainless Steel #4 finish in accordance with the NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual. L. Casework Installation: 1. Coordinate casework installation with work of other trades for final electrical and mechanical connections. 2. Install all casework accurately, scribed plumb, square, and level, and permanently secured in precise position as indicated on the Drawings. 3. The casework installation shall be made complete with all required fastenings, clip angles, braces, anchors, adjustable levelers, and other fittings as required to render the work rigid and secure. 4. All fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi - concealed locations, unless approved otherwise. 5. Avoid damaging finished surfaces. Repair or replace all damaged materials and surfaces in a manner approved by the Architect. 6. Upon completion of work, (and if requested; in the presence of the Cingular manager), demonstrate hardware to work freely as intended. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07210 - Building Insulation A. Summary: This Section includes building insulation. B. Submittals 1. Product Data: Submit roduct data for each product indicated. p p C. Q ty uali Assurance 1. Source Limitations: Obtai eac e o building o r Obtain each type of bull rig Insulation through one source. 2. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire - test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface- burning characteristics by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. D. Products 1. INSULATING MATERIALS General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards and, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. 2. Foil- Faced, Flexible Glass -Fiber Batt Insulation: Complying with ASTM C 665, Type III; faced on one side with foil- scrim -kraft vapor retarder; with maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; and of the following properties: a. Nominal density of not less than 1.5 lb /cu. ft. (24 kg /cu. m) nor more than 1.7 lb /cu. ft. (26 kg /cu. m), thermal resistivity of 4 deg F x h x sq. ft. /Btu x in. at 75 deg F (27.7 K x mm at 24 deg C). 3. Auxiliary Insulating Materials a. Vapor Retarder Tape: Minimum 5 mil tri- directional, reinforced, dead soft, aluminum foil faced tape with minimum 2 mil rubber or acrylic based adhesive, flame spread rated class A (25 or Less) per ASTM E84 and Classified to U L STD 723 General Use Tape. 4. GC to patch & repair spray fire proofing on structural steel as necessary E. Installation 1. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturers written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. 2. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice and snow. 3. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 4. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Set vapor- retarder -faced units with vapor retarder to warm side of construction, unless otherwise indicated. Do not obstruct ventilation spaces. 6. Maintain integrity of insulation with vapor retarders by taping joints, ruptures and edges of units adjoining other surfaces. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes and similar items penetrating vapor retarder by taping to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor barrier. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work using tape. 7. Install glass fiber blankets in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: a. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. b. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. Delete subparagraph below if no metal- framed wall construction c. For metal- framed wall cavities support faced blankets by taping stapling flanges to flanges of metal studs. 07840 FIRESTOPPING A Summary: Firestopping material for penetrations in fire -rated construction. B. System Description. y P 1. Each firestopping system shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which it used. 2. Firestopping systems shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement between assemblies 3, Where firestopping is used to seal penetrations through floors with waterproof membranes, system shall be selected for compatibility with membrane material. C. Quality Assurance. 1. Prior to installation of fire stopping systems obtain approval from the jurisdictional code authorities for the fire stopping systems and applications proposed. Notify the Architect if approval cannot be obtained 2. Firestopping: Tested in accordance with ASTM El 19, ASTM E814, or UL 1479 to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. Provide F rated assemblies, except where T rated assemblies are required by the code authority. 3. Firestopping systems shall be UL listed assemblies. D. Products: 1. Firestopping Systems: Systems meeting the requirements specified and suitable for the conditions indicated. E. Installation: 1. Provide firestopping at mechanical, electrical, and plumbing penetrations through fire rated floors, walls, and ceilings, and other locations as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Install firestopping in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations and as necessary to meet the specified fire rating requirements. 3. Where firestopping is used to seal around penetrations through waterproof membranes, install to maintain integrity of waterproof barrier. 4. Patching of Holes in Existing Construction: a. Fill open holes which remain after removal of existing mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components, patch and repair holes as necessary to match the adjacent construction and to maintain the fire rating of the assemblies. Firestopping systems may be used to fill holes which will be concealed in the finish construction. b. Where firestopping systems are used to fill floor openings in occupied areas, provide minimum 16 gage sheet metal covers as necessary to support floor loads and to prevent damage to the fire stopping assemblies. Secure sheet metal as necessary to prevent irregularities from telegraphing through the floor finishes over the sheet metal. 07850 FIRE RATED JOINTS A Summary: 1. Fire rated construction joint assemblies in fire -rated construction, including joints at the following locations: a. Where partition heads meet the underside of overhead floor or roof construction. b. Where floor and roof construction meets exterior perimeter wall construction. c. Joints in fire rated concrete or masonry walls. 2. Requirements for fire rated construction joint assembly components provided in other Sections. B. References: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a.E119 - Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials a. 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) a. Standard 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems. C. Submittals: 1 Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. 2. Submit product data for proprietary fire rated materials and components. 3. Submit drawings of each fire rated construction joint assembly proposed, showing all components and installation details. Include test number. D System Description 1. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be selected to maintain fire rating of the assembly in which it used. 2. Each fire rated construction joint assembly shall be resilient as necessary to accommodate differential movement between assemblies E. Quality Assurance. 1. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies. Successfully tested in accordance with ASTM E119 or UBC Standard 7 -1, including hose stream test, to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. 2. Fire rated construction joint assemblies at partition heads shall have been successfully tested in accordance with the dynamic requirements of UL 2079, including hose stream test, to meet the hourly fire ratings of the construction being sealed. F. Fire Rated Construction Joint Assemblies: One of the following, as applicable: 1. Metal Stud Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly: a. System: Based on UL assemblies listed on the Drawings. b. Fire Rated Runner: "Fire Trak" by Fire Trak Corporation, Kimball MN (612 -398- 7800). c. Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 09250. d. Mineral wool packing material and void fill material per UL rated assemblies for dynamic wall head conditions as detailed in the drawings. 2. Metal Stud Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly: Based on UL assemblies listed on the Drawings. a. Fire Rated Runner: Conform to Section 09111; minimum 20 gage; minimum 2 inch legs. b. Gypsum Board: As specified in Section 09250. c. Restraining Angles As specified in Section 09111. d. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: USG Type FC "Fire Code" compound. e. Forming Material: 4 lbs/cf density; "Thermafiber" Safing insulation by USG Interiors, Inc.; preformed mineral fiber; flame spread of 25 or less and a smoke developed of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84; 4 lbs/cf USG CW40. COPYRIGHT cr 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Carterdlurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON i. 5027 Z.b ISSUES /REVISIONS REVTE A E® E®R r :ODE COMPLIANCE f AP MAY ® 6 2008 - A c Ci �{ t � � /y �,af., WILDING �fY�.O - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECE1 ED R 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -501 3. Concrete or Masonry Wall Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly at Metal Deck with Concrete Fill: a. System: UL System No. HW -D- 0022, or approved; 2 hour fire rating at floors; 1 hour fire rating at roof deck. b. Forming Material: Preformed mineral fiber as listed in the UL assembly; minimum 4 PCF density. C. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: "Firedam Spray" or "Fire Barrier Spray" by 3M. 4. Concrete or Masonry Wall Partition Head Construction Joint Assembly at Concrete Deck: a. System: UL System No. HW -D- 0023, or approved; 2 hour fire rating at floors; 1 hour fire rating at roof deck. b. Forming Material: Preformed mineral fiber as listed in the UL assembly; minimum 4 PCF density. c. Fill, Void, or Cavity Material: "Firedam Spray" or "Fire Barrier Spray" by 3M. G. Installation: 1. Install construction joint assemblies in accordance with the fire rated assemblies listed, and as necessary to meet the specified fire rating requirements. 2. Coordinate installation of integral components as necessary to ensure the fire rating of the assemblies. 07920 Joint Sealants A Sealants: 1. Type A - ASTM C834; Tremco "Acrylic Latex Caulk ", Pecora "AC -20 ", Sonneborn "Sonolac" or approved; standard colors to match adjacent construction. . � n 2. Type S - Neutral Cure Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning "790 Silicone Building Sealant', or approved. 3. Type SM - Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealant: Dow Corning "786", or approved; USDA approval required; clear. B. Accessory Materials: 1. Joint Cleaner. Non - corrosive and non - staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. 2. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyethylene foam; round profile; thickness: 130% of joint width. 3. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C. Preparation: 1. Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any loose materials and other foreign matter that might impair adhesion of sealant. 2. Apply masking tightly around joints to protect adjacent surfaces from excess sealant. 3. At wide joints, place backing materials to achieve proper sealant width /depth ratios. Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth for backing materials. D. Installation: 1. Perform work as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 2. Sealant beads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 to 1, except no bead shall have a depth greater than 3/4 inch 3. Tool joints concave, unless indicated otherwise, Finish free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags. E. Protect sealant in joints subject to dirt, moisture, and traffic during the sealant curing process. Protection shall be able to resist traffic while remaining securely in position F. Schedule: 1. Type A: Provide at all interior joints, unless specified otherwise. 2. Type S Provide at all exterior joints, unless specified otherwise; custom colors to match the Architect's samples. 3. Type SM: Provide at joints around countertops in wet locations. Division 8 Doors and Windows 08115 Welded Hollow Metal Frames A Summary: Exterior hollow metal doors and frames. B. References: 1. Steel Door Institute (SDI): SDI -105 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): A250.8 - SDI -100 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) a. A366 - Specification for Steel, Carbon, Cold Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. b. A569 - Specification for Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum Percent), Hot Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. C. Submittals: 1. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. D. Quality Assurance: 1. Conform to requirements of ANSI A250.8. 2. Regulatory Requirements: a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. E. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Members of the Steel Door Institute and of the National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's, subject to compliance with the specified requirements. F. Materials: 1. Steel Sheet Cold rolled ASTM A366, or hot rolled pickled and oiled sheet conforming to ASTM A569. G. Doors: 1. ANSI A250 8; Seamless. 2. Minimum 18 -gage face sheets for interior doors, minimum 16 gage face sheets for exterior doors. 3. Core: a. Exterior Doors: Polystyrene or polyurethane foam core. 4. Provide continuously welded seamless edges. No plastic fillers will be accepted 5. Close top edges of exterior doors flush with steel filler cap; seal joints watertight. 6. Cut mortises for butts using appropriate templates; universal non - handed preparation of doors is not acceptable. H Frames: 1. Design: Double equal rabbet, unless indicated otherwise; fully welded. 2. Gages: a. Interior Frames: Minimum 16 gage for frames of door openings up to and including 4 feet in width; 14 gage for frames greater than 4 feet in width. I. Finish: 1. Exterior Units: Hot dip galvanized zinc coating conforming to ASTM A653 A60 (.60 oz /sq ft. coating weight), with manufacturer's standard rust inhibiting primer. J. Installation of Frames: 1. Install frames in accordance with 501 -105 and in accordance with labeling requirements. 2. Coordinate with well construction for anchor placement. 3. Where acoustical insulation is indicated, coordinate for installation of acoustical insulation at hollow metal frames as specified in Section 09820. 4. Install accessories. 5. Installation Tolerances; Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 6. Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 08730. 08122 Knock -Down Hollow Metal Frames A Summary: Interior knock -down prefinished hollow metal frames. B. Submittals: 1. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's published literature for doors and frames. C. Quality Assurance: Conform to requirements of SDI -100. 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Installed frame and door assembly shall conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class indicated. b. Where doors are noted with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities, to meet the hourly fire rating noted. Assemblies shall meet code requirements for positive pressure. D. Knock Down Metal Frames 1. Prefinished Steel Door frames by Timely, Pacoima, CA (818 - 896 - 3094). 2. Fabrication: a. Frames: ASTM A366; cold rolled sheet steel; 18 -gage minimum. b. Casings: Steel to match frame. c. Roll or break form frame to the shapes indicated. If not otherwise indicated, supply Timely TA -8 standard steel casing. d. Size frame as required to fit wall construction indicated with additional clearance as required to accommodate tile waterproof membrane installed at the wall base. e. Provide 14 gage multi - purpose reinforcing brackets to receive field installed door hardware. f. Finish: Factory applied baked -on polyester coatings, color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of pre - matched custom finishes. E. Installation of Knock -Down Frames: 1. Install frames in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Coordinate with well construction to allow secure fastening of frame. 3. Install roll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames. Anchor to structure and floor. 4. Installation Tolerances: a. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/16 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. 5. Install casing beads and other accessories. All joints shall be tightly fitted and accurately aligned. 6. Where acoustical insulation is indicated, coordinate for installation of acoustical insulation at hollow metal frames as specified in Section 09820. 08210 Wood Doors A Submittals: 1. Submit product literature. B. Solid Core Flush Doors: 1. AWI Section 1300, Premium grade. 2. Core: Solid particle board core, unless required otherwise for fire labeling requirements. 3. AWI PC-5 or PC -7. 4. Face Veneer: Paint grade birch. 5, 1 -3/4 Inch thick, unless scheduled otherwise. C. Fabrication: 1. Fabricate doors, to the configurations indicated, in accordance with the AWI standards specified, and to fire rated labeling requirements. 2. Bevel lock and hinge edges 1/8 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. 3. Bond edge banding to solid core with hot melt or RF cured adhesive. 4. Prefit and premachine doors for hardware in accordance with AWI 1300 -5 -6. Locate as specified in Section 08739. 5. Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors, provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware components specified elsewhere. Blocking for fire rated doors shall meet the door manufacturer's labeling requirements. 6. Special 'Dutch' Door: Coordinate with specified hardware in Section 08710. D. Installation: 1. Fit and prepare doors for installation in accordance with the door manufacturer's printed instructions 2. Provide clearances of 1/8 inch at jambs and heads and 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering, except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 1/4- inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. 08305 ACCESS DOORS A Quality Assurance: 1. Where access doors are installed in construction with an hourly fire resistance rating, provide door and frame assemblies labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory, Warnock Hersey, or any other testing laboratory approved by the local code authorities to meet the requirements of the fire rated assembly. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Milcor, Inc., Lima, OH. 2. J.L. Industries, Bloomington, MN. 3. Karp Associates, Inc , Maspeth, NY. 4. MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, GA 5. Nystrom, Minneapolis, MN C. Door Types: 1. Fire Rated Metal Access Door: a. Flush type design. b. 16 a a e frame, minimum 20 e steel welded pan door panel insulated with non - 99 99 P p b combustible filler c. Self closing and self latching, with interior latch release d. Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. e. Ring turn latch. 2. Non Rated Concealed Drywall Access Door a. Recessed type design. b. Minimum 13 gage steel frame, minimum 16 gage steel door panel recessed to receive drywall. c. Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. d. Fully concealed pivot rod hinge. e. Latches: Screw driver operated cam latch. 3. Toilet Room Faucet Power Supply Access Doors: Non -rated wall type; 12 "W x 12" H; stainless steel, #4 finish; one piece frame; concealed hinge. D. Minimum Sizes: Provide access doors in sizes indicated. When not indicated provide 12"x 12" size for hand access, and 24" x 24" size for man entry. E. Installation: 1. Provide access doors in the locations indicated, and for access to balancing and fire dampers, trap primers, valves, fans, terminal units, and other equipment requiring periodic inspection through finished walls or ceiling, whether indicated or not. 2 Coordinate access requirements with other trades 3 Provide concealed drywall access doors unless fire rated access doors are required because of fire rated construction. 08331 Overhead Coiling Counter Door* A System Description: 1. Assembly: Provide curtain, curtain guides, brackets, counterbalance, hood, motor operator, push button station, and steel structural support. 2. Accessories: Provide all other accessories required for a complete installation. B. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturers complete product literature indicating specified items and method of installation. connection points and details, and locations of operating components. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. In accordance with Section 01770. b. Submit maintenance manual and spare parts list, and name of nearest service representative. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Installers: Trained and authorized by the door manufacturer. D. Counter Door. 1. Manufacturer The Cookson Company (704/866 -9146) is specified as the standard of approval, similar and equal products from Overhead Door Corporation, Atlas Door Subsidiary Clopay, Wayne - Dalton Corporation, Cornell Corporation, R &S Rolling Door, and Pacific Rolling Door Company may be used. 2. Product Cookson "Type CD8 -2M Manual (non - motorized) Counter Door"; provide lock mechanism with latch on interior face of the door, and key outside; between -jambs mounting; clear anodized aluminum finish. a. Provide crank operation for use of the door. b. Provide bottom deadlock to accept (1) interchangeable core as identified in Section 08710. E. Support Framing: 1. Provide tube steel framing as indicated to support the overhead coiling counter door. 2 The support framing shall be Contractor designed 3. Provide bracing, attachments, and anchors to adjacent structure to maintain the installation firmly in position. 4, Framing shall be designed to accommodate deflection from the structure above without transmission of the load to the structure below. 5. Design framing system to meet the seismic requirements of the jurisdiction having authority. F. Installation: 6. Install door assembly in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions. 08334 Overhead Coiling Grille* A. System Description Overhead coiling grille assembly includes grille, guides, brackets, counterbalance, hood, control mechanisms, and all other accessories required for a complete installation. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Installers' Installation shall be performed by a factory trained and authorized representative. C. Submittals: 1. Submit product data 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate details and dimensions of fabrication and installation, including closures, supports, tracks, locations of control boxes. 3. Closeout Submittals: a. In accordance with Section 01770. b. Submit maintenance manual and spare parts list, and name of nearest service representative. D. Coiling Grille: 1. Manufacturer The Cookson Company (704/866 -9146) is specified as the standard of approval, similar and equal products from Overhead Door Corporation, Atlas Door Subsidiary Clopay, Wayne - Dalton Corporation, Cornell Corporation, R &S Rolling Door, and Pacific Rolling Door Company may be used. 2. Product: Cookson "Type JMG - Manual Rolling Grille." a. Curtain: G5015 design aluminum curtain. b. Finish: Clear anodized finish. c. Provide "Featheredge" pneumatic safety door bottom. d. Hardware: Provide bottom deadlock to accept (2) interchangeable cores as identified in Section 08710. d. Hardware: Provide bottom deadlock to accept (2) interchangeable cores as identified in Section 08710. E. Installation: 1. Install grille and operating equipment complete with accessories in accordance approved shop drawings, and manufacturer's recommendations. F. Field Quality Control: 1. Verify that moving parts operate smoothly, coiling grilles are free from warp, twists, or distortion, grilles remain in required position, and safety features function properly. 2. Repair damage to overhead coiling grilles to match manufacturers original finish. Replace components that cannot be properly repaired. G. Adjust: Adjust mechanism so moving parts operate smoothly. 08410 Aluminum Storefront* A. Summary: 1. Provisions for new materials to match existing when indicated on the Drawings, including retrofit of aluminum storefront systems indicated to remain. 2. Provisions for new storefront when indicated on the Drawings. 3. Provisions for interior storefront assemblies when indicated on the Drawings. 4. Glazing and accessories required for aluminum storefront systems. 5. Fabricate brake metal shapes of materials to closely match storefront finish where such shapes are indicated on the Drawings. Provide rigid mechanical attachment of brake metal to storefront without compromising the weather integrity of the installation. 6. Finish: Interpone D2000 Powdercoat Finish - Color: Sandstone B. Manufacturers Warranty. One year with no limitations; include existing materials. C. System Components' 1. Storefront Framing: Kawneer TRIFAB VG 451T; 2 x 4 -112 inch extruded aluminum section; front set flush design. 2. Doors: Kawneer 190 or approved; extruded aluminum frame; narrow stile; 10 -inch bottom rail. 3. Door Hardware: a. Hinges: Match existing storefront hinges. b. Weather stripping: Manufacturer's standard. c. Threshold, Extruded aluminum, match storefront finish. d Closer. Concealed overhead closer. e. Other hardware: As specified in 08710. 4. Glass: Match existing adjacent storefront glazing. 5. Glazing Beads. Furnish manufacturer's standard EPDM or neoprene glazing beads, for a complete weatherproof seal. D. Storefront Framing Fabrication: 1. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Make corner joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal joints with sealant. 2. Provide drainage holes to allow water to flow to exterior. 3. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions with members to maintain rigidity. Provide reinforcing at all door strike jambs. 4. Fabricate storefront system to accommodate hardware. 5. Finish: Match existing. E. Glass Framing Fabrication: 1. Insulating Glass Units: a. Dual light units; 1/2 -inch nominal airspace; dual seal system with outer seal compatible with glazing system. b. Provide ten year manufacturer's warranty, covering seal failure, interpane dusting or misting. 2. Tempered Glass: a. Comply with ANSI Z97.1, and applicable codes. F. Storefront Installation: 1. Install frames, doors, and hardware in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 2. Align frames plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. 3. Install water diverters at exterior jamb conditions, under extruded aluminum sill section. 4. Provide end dams. Apply sealant to end dams, and screw penetrations. 5. Protect aluminum from dissimilar materials with a coating of bituminous paint, minimum 1 mil thickness zinc chromate primer, plastic separator materials, or isolation tape. Isolation materials are to be concealed. G. Glazing: 1. Glaze in accordance with the current edition of GANA. 2. Adjust glazing gaskets for uniform sightline. H. Special Requirements for Interior Storefront Application: 1. Provide storefront configured with 1/2 inch thickness tempered glazing at interior applications in lieu of insulated glazing units required at exterior applications. 08710 Door Hardware A Submittals: 1. Hardware Schedule: Submit to the Architect, in triplicate, a complete schedule of proposed finish hardware. Schedule shall be completely detailed, showing all items, numbers and finishes for all hardware for each separate opening. B. Supplier Qualifications: Finish hardware shall be supplied by recognized builders' hardware supplier who has been furnishing hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five years. supplier's u i rs. Th Per a The s 's or 9 anization shall include consultants who are available at all reasonable times during the course of the work to meet personally with the Cingular Wireless LLC, Architect, or Contractor for hardware consultation. The supplier shall maintain a parts inventory of items supplied for future service for Cingular Wireless LLC C. Keys & Keying: 1 All cylinder items shall be keyed as directed by the Cingular Wireless LLO. 2. Keys: Furnish 3 for each cylinder unit. D. Finish: Brushed stainless steel typical E. Installation. 1. Mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. 2. Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during installation, so as to avoid damage to finishes. 3. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Wherever cutting and fitting are required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finishes in another way, install each item completely and then remove and store in a secure place during the finish operation. After completion of the finishes, reinstall each item. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. 4. Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations of the National Builders Hardware Association (NBHA). Generally, mount hardware units at the following locations on each door or door opening, except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings or required to meet code and handicapped requirements Verify any conflicts with location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prior to cutting or milling for specified hardware. Notify Architect immediately if such conflicts are determined. a Latch and Locksets 38 inches finish floor to center of knob. b. Dead Locks 52 inches finish floor to center of cylinder. c. Emergency Exit Cross Bar 36 inches from finish floor. d. Push /Pull: 42 inches finish floor to centerline of push /pull. e. Push Plate: 1/2 inch from edge of door, 42 inches to centerline of plate, except 45 inches where independent of the push /pull. f. Kick Plates: Mount at bottom edge of door and 1/2 inch from outside edge of door.; g. Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. h. Bottom Hinge: 10 inches from finish floor to bottom of hinge. i. Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. j. Multiple hinge locations shall be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. k. Wall Stops: Centerline of knob or point of first contact. I. Thresholds: Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lead edge of door. Set in full bed of caulking material. m. Closers: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening conditions. Size closers for conditions and code requirements. n. Trim /Protection: Kickplate shall be 2" LDW x height indicated. 0. Other hardware items shall be located as recommended by NBHA, or as may be shown or required otherwise. p. Dutch Door Bolts: Centerline of bolt placed vertically 4 inches from latch edge of door, strike plate mortised flush in shelf on lower leaf, and face plate mortised flush in bottom edge of upper leaf. 5. Adjusting and Cleaning: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door to ensure proper operation. Clean door and hardware. Division 9 Finishes 09111 Light -Gage Metal Support Systems A System Description: 1. Structural Design: a. Select framing systems, gages, supports, bracing, and connections as necessary to meet the structural requirements specified. b Partition framing shall conform to the widths indicated, unless approved otherwise. Provide thicker gages and increased stud spacing as necessary to meet the design requirements. 2. Design Loads. a. Interior Ceiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live load, plus dead loads. b. Interior Partitions: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live lateral load. c. Seismic Loads' Conform to the requirements of the Uniform Building Code for the appropriate seismic zone of the specific store location. d. Folding Security Grille: Design framing members to support weight of folding security grille. Design members to support the load concentrated in the folded position. 3. Deflection Requirements Maximum of 1/240 the span. 4. Soffit Framing: Provide sufficient fasteners and framing elements to adequately resist the combined dead and live loads of suspended overhead construction. Base the design on the working capacities stated in the manufacturer's technical data for the components, unless required otherwise by jurisdictional Code authorities. B. Submittals. 1. Product Data: a. Schedules: Proposed manufacturer's tables of partition heights and stud gages, as applicable to the work. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Assemblies Suspended from Overhead Construction: Show framing configurations and fastening systems for overhead soffits and other suspended assemblies; include applicable technical data for fasteners; indicate existing overhead construction to be attached to. C. Code Requirements 1. Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated and specified. Assemblies shall been tested in accordance with ASTM El 19, and shall be approved by the local jurisdictional code authorities. Coordinate installation of other materials that are a part each assembly. 2. Fire rating requirements take precedence over the construction requirements indicated. In the event of conflict, notify the Architect, and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the conflict has been resolved. 3. Provide all calculations, drawings, product data, and other verification as required by the jurisdictional code authority to obtain approval of the light gage metal framing installation. D. Materials: 1. Light Gage Metal Framing: ASTM C645; galvanized; provide "C" shaped studs, U shaped runners, hat and "Z" shaped furring channels, and other sizes and shapes as indicated on the drawings, and required in the standards referenced. Minimum 20 gage, except provide thicker gages as required to meet deflection requirements. 2. Cold Rolled Channels: Rust inhibitive paint coating; sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. 3. Screws: Seff- tapping; low profile head. 4. Other Framing Materials: Furnish in accordance with ASTM C754. E. Partition Framing: 1. Runners. a. Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 inches o.c. b. At concrete floors, use powder driven fasteners or drilled in concrete anchors. c. Where indicated, attach top runner to acoustical ceiling grid with screws at 24 inches on center. Provide spacer strip between runner and ceiling suspension system to allow tegular or reveal edge acoustical panels to clear partition. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, install studs vertically at 16 inches o.c., and not more than 2 inches from abutting construction, at each side of openings, and at corners. 3. Fit runners under and above openings; secure intermediate studs at spacing of wall studs. 4. Brace partition framing system and make rigid. Provide diagonal stud bracing at 8 ft on center at all framing that does not extend to structure. 5. Install double studs continuous from floor to ceiling track at the jamb of each doorframe and cased opening. Studs shall be the same gage as the adjacent studs, but no less than 20 gauge. Provide diagonal steel stud bracing to structure at each jamb at partitions that do not extent to structure. 6. Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service utilities. Align stud web openings. 7. Coordinate erection of stud system with requirements of door and window frames, fire extinguisher cabinets, access doors, and other construction within mounted partition construction. 8. Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board edges. Provide framing immediately either side of expansion joints. 9. Stud splicing not permissible. 10. Stud Bridging: a At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length, and with rigid facing material on one stud flange only, provide 3/4" bridging channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of 5' -0" on center for the full height of the partition. b. Interior full height partitions (studs extending from the floor to the structure above) with rigid facing material stopping 3' -0" or more below top of studs - Provide one row 3/4" bridging channel horizontally at termination of gypsum board material, and one additional row for each 5' -0" of exposed studs. c. Install stud bridging channels in long lengths, wire tying and lapping the joints a minimum of 12 ". Attach bridging channel to each stud as shown in manufacturer's printed instructions. F. Soffit Framing: 1. Secure runners to structure above. Provide reinforcing washers at each fastener to prevent the fastener from being pulled through the top runner due to the applied loads. 2. Screw fasten framing at each joint. 3. Provide detailing as indicated to allow for deflection of building structure. 4. Provide bracing to meet seismic requirements. G. Backing: 1. Provide steel backing for support of wall mounted items. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, steel backing shall consist of minimum 4 -inch wide 16 gage steel plate screwed rigidly to the studs. 3. Coordinate all required blocking for furniture, shelving, cabinets, wall stops, etc., with the appropriate vendor. H. Installation Tolerances: 1. Install members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet in any direction. 2. Locate assemblies within 1/4 inch of required locations. 09235 GLASS FIBER REINFORCED CASTINGS (GRG) A Summary: I. Section Includes: Precast glass fiber reinforced cast (GRG) components. 2. Related Sections: a. 09250 - Gypsum Board: Requirements for joint tape and compounds. b. 09900 - Painting: Finish coatings. B. Submittals 1. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product literature. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Indicate component configurations and cross sections, location and type of supports and reinforcing, and methods of fastening to surrounding construction. b. Obtain approval before proceeding with the fabrication of the mock -up. C. Qualit Y Assurance 1. Design Criteria: a. Design the shapes to withstand a uniform surface load of 10 PSF, with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of the span. b Anchorage: Design secure method of concealed anchorage to the adjacent construction indicated. 2. Seismic Design: a. Provide anchorage and bracing of components to meet the seismic requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. b. Seismic bracing and anchorage shall be subject to inspections by the Owner's Structural Engineer. c. Correct bracing and anchorage systems determined not to be in compliance by the Owner's Structural Engineer, orfumish structural calculations verifying compliance from a Contractor paid structural engineer licensed to practice in the State of where the Project is located. D. Prefabricated Cast Systems: 1. Manufacturers: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Materials: a. Matrix: Manufacturer's proprietary mixture of crushed minerals and resins. b. Reinforcement: Chopped glass fibers; woven or non - directional glass fiber mat 3, Fasteners: Self - drilling, self - tapping bugle head drywall screws, length as required for each assembly 4. Taping and Finishing Materials: As specified in Section 09250, except that open mesh glass fiber joint tape may be used in lieu of paper joint tape at the Contractor's option. E. Fabrication: 1. Casting: Provide shapes as indicated on the drawings. Units shall be true to dimensions and have clean accurate arises and smooth and even curves. All details shall be faithfully executed to Architect's design. Paired components shall be fabricated for installation in perfect alignment. 2. Fabrication Tolerances: a. Curves: No point on the surface of the curve shall vary from the prescribed arc more than 1 percent of the radius. b. Arises and Surfaces: No point on a surface plane or arise shall vary more than 1/8 inch under a 10 foot straight edge. c. Shapes: No shape shall vary from its prescribed location more than 1/8 inch in any direction. 3. Finishes: Smooth finish. Prepare surface as required to allow paint adhesion. F. Examination 1. Verify conditions are satisfactory to receive work. Report all discrepancies to the Architect. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. 2. Field Measurements: Verify prior to fabrication and erection. G. Installation / Erection I. Install components in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Where connection to structure is required, connect to structural steel components only. 3. Tape and finish joints between prefabricated members, in accordance with requirements of Section 09250. Maintain continuous radius at column joints. 4. Installation Tolerances: a. Variations from Plumb: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. b. Variations from Position: 1/4 inch in any direction. c. Offsets in Alignment of Adjacent Members At Any Joint: 1 /16 inch maximum. H. Cleaning And Repairing 1. After work is completed, repair or replace damaged surfaces and components to Architect's satisfaction. Sections shall be uniformly clean and free from soil or stain which would impair adhesion or bleed through finish paint coating. 09250 Gypsum Board Construction A. Quality Control: Provide assemblies meeting the hourly fire ratings indicated. Assemblies shall be approved by the local jurisdictional code authorities B. Materials: 1. Gypsum Board: a. 5/8 inch thick unless noted otherwise. b Radius Walls' Use thickest board that will readily conform to the radius indicated on the Drawings 0. Standard Board: ASTM C36; type X in fire rated partitions where indicated. 2. Accessories: a. Trim: Concealed flange screw -on type; metal or PVC at Contractor's option; GA 216. b Joint Compound, Tape, and Finishing Compound' ASTM C475 and GA 216 c. Screws: ASTM C1002. C. Installation: 1. Installation Standard: Unless specified otherwise, perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association 216, "Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard." 2. Screw fasten board to framing, unless approved otherwise. 3. Control Joints: a. Position control joints to intersect light fixtures, air diffusers, door openings, and other areas of stress concentration. b. Position control joints at locations where expansion or control joints occur in the building structure. c. Locate control joints to form rectangular or square sections, in "L," "U," "T," or other irregularly shaped areas. 4. Finishing: a. 3 coat smooth wall finish. b. Gypsum board surfaces shall form a smooth surface free of ridges, joint marks, fastener depressions, and joint filler lines. Tapered board joints shall be taped, filled, and feathered to 12 inches either side of the joint Non - tapered board joints shall be taped, filled, and feathered to 18 inches either side of the joint. c. Skim coat all gypsum board surfaces in public areas (FOR EXISTING CONDITIONS ONLY, AS REQ.D). D. Special Requirements at Graphic Wall Covering: 1. Apply an extra layer of gypsum wall board to area indicated on the Drawings adjacent to graphic wall covering. 2. Provide vertical reveals at gypsum wall board surfaces adjacent to graphic wall covering indicated on the Drawings. 3. Coordinate wall finishing with requirements for graphic wall covering installation identified in Section 09720. 09253 Gypsum Soffit Board A. Summary: Fully- Embedded glass -mat gypsum sheathing board and sheathing joint -and- penetration treatment. B. Reference 1. ASTM B 117 - Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Testing Apparatus. 2. ASTM C 514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board. 3. ASTM C 954 - Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.33 inch (0.84 mm) to 0.112 inch (2.84 mm) in Thickness. 4. ASTM C 1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Self- Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs. 5. ASTM C 1177 - Standard Specification for Nails for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. 6. ASTM C 1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing. 7. ASTM E 84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 8. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 9. ASTM E 136 - Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 degrees C. 10, GA -216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board; Gypsum Association. 11. GA -253 - Application of Gypsum Sheathing; Gypsum Association 12. GA-600 - Fire Resistant Design Systems; Gypsum Association. 13. UL (FRO) - Fire Resistance Directory; Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; current edition. C. Submittals 1. Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: a Preparation instructions and recommendations. b. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations. c. Installation methods. D. Manufacturers 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. BPB (Base Bid) b. USG c. National Gypsum 2. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain gypsum board products, joint treatment products, and textured coatings from a single manufacturer. E. Gypsum Soffit Board 1. GlasRoc Sheathing: Conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 1177 and the following: a. Flame spread: ASTM E 84 (CAN /ULC- S102): 0 maximum. b. Smoke developed: ASTM E 84 (CANIULC- S102): 0 maximum. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick where GlasRocaa Sheathing indicated. 3. Width: 48 inches (1219 mm). 4. Length: 96 inches (2438 mm) and 108 inches (2743 mm) standard. Custom lengths available. 5. Edges: Square. F. Sheathing Joint -And- Penetration Treatment Materials 1. Glass -Fiber Mesh Sheathing Tape: Self- adhering glass -fiber tape, minimum 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 10 by 10 or 10 by 20 threads /inch (390 by 390 or 390 by 780 threads /m), of type recommended by sheathing and tape manufacturers for use with silicone emulsion sealant in sealing joints in glass -mat gypsum sheathing board. G. Accessories 1. Fasteners: Steel drill screws, in lengths recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached and as follows: 2. Provide all fasteners with an organic - polymer or other corrosion- protective coating. H. Installation 1. Install soffit board in accordance GA -253, ASTM C 1280 and manufacturer's written instructions. 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies on Metal Framing A Summary: Pre - engineered drywall suspension system consisting of straight main tees along with straight furring cross channels or cross tees, that join together to support screw attached gypsum panels and independently supported light fixtures and air diffusers. Installed systems must conform to U.L. and other applicable codes where applicable. B. References A. ASTM C635, Standard Specifications for Metal Suspension Systems. B. ASTM C636, Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Suspension Systems. C. CISCA Ceiling Systems Installation Handbook. D. GA 216 Installation & Finish of Gypsum Panels. Y E. ASTM C645, Standard Specification 0 0 o Be i (Axial) Steel Studs, Runners, f r Non-Load L ad ar rig ( Ial) , (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. F. ASTM C754, Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw - Attach Gypsum Boards. C. Submittals 1. Samples: Submit actual samples and technical data for suspension system main tees and cross tees for review. 2. Shop Drawings: s: 9 a. Reflected ceiling plans: Submit ceiling suspension system layout indicating dimensions, lighting fixture locations, and related mechanical components. b. Assembly drawings: Indicate installation details, accessory attachments and installation of related lighting fixtures and related mechanical system components. 3. Manufacturer's Data: a. System details: Submit manufacturer's catalogue cuts or standard drawing showing details of system with project conditions clearly identified and manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. D. Acceptable products: Drywall Suspension System by USG. E. Materials 1. Commercial quality, cold rolled steel, hot dipped galvanized finish. 2 USG Flat Drywall Suspensions Systems' a Main Tees' Fire -Rated Heavy Duty classification 1 -1/2" high, integral reversible splice with knurled face. DGL -26 15/16_ Face or DGLW -26 1 -1/2_ Face b. Cross Members: Fire -Rated members with knurled face. Cross Tees: DGLW -424 cross tee 1 -1/2" high x 48" long with 1 -1/2" wide face. Tees must have quick release cross tee ends to provide positive locking and removability without the need for tools. or Furring Channel: DGCL -4 furring channel 7/8. high x 48. long with 1 -1/2. face. c. Accessory Cross Tees: Cross tees must have knurled faces. Cross tees have quick release cross tee ends to provide positive locking and removability without the need for tools. d. Wall moldings' Single web with knurled face. DGWM -24 1 "x 1 -1 /2" x length wall molding. DGCM -25 144" x 1- 9/16" x 1"x 1" channel molding. F. Accessories 1. Transition Clip DGTC -90 2. Splice Clip DGSC -180 G. Fasteners 1. Conventional Gypsum Panel fasteners (ASTM C1002). No. 6 Type -S, HiLo bugle head, self - drilling, self- tapping steel screws. H. Installation 1. Standard reference: Install in accordance with ASTM C636, CISCA installation standards, and other applicable code references. 2. Manufacturer's reference: Install in accordance with manufacturer's current printed recommendations. 3. Drawing reference: Install in accordance with approved shop drawings and locate ceiling in accordance with main tee dimensions relative to elevations. 4. Component and hanger wire installation: a. Flat Ceilings: Main tees shall be spaced a maximum of 48" on center and supported by hanger wires spaced a maximum 48" on center and as specified by UL Fire Resistance Directory attaching hanger wires directly to structure above. Cross tees shall be spaced per manufacturer's recommendations and as specified by UL Fire Resistance Directory. h Transitions' Changes in Elevation in Soffit and Fascia Ceiling Applications c. When constructing stepped soffits, bracing of the drywall suspension system and/or additional hanger wires may be necessary to ensure stability and structural performance during and after drywall attachment d The maximum vertical soffit height is 48 ". (Maximum unsupported drywall area shall not exceed 48. x 24.). e. Intermediate cross tees are not necessary when soffit dimensions do not exceed 24 ". f. Cross tee spacing in horizontal soffit plane is not to exceed 24 ". g Intermediate cross tees may be necessary to maintain visually acceptable drywall planes and drywall corners. h. General hanger wire notes: Hanger wires are required within 12" on both sides of a pivoted splice clip. At least 1 hanger wire is required within 12" of a transition clip Limitations: Do not support wires from mechanical and/or electrical equipment occurring above ceiling. I. Accessories: Install accessories as applicable to meet project requirements. J. Expansion Joints 1 Provide a separation in the suspension system at expansion joints as shown on the drawings and carry the joint through the gypsum panels. 2. Expansion joints are installed to separate the suspension system and allow for movement i large ceiling areas. 09305 Tile Setting Materials & Accessories A SUMMARY: Provide tile installation materials and accessories as indicated on drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for complete and proper installation. B. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. Quarry tile and base installed using latex modified Portland cement mortar over a plastic Portland cement mortar bed or over a cured (pre- floated) Portland cement mortar bed with epoxy grouted joints. C. SUBMITTALS 1. Submit shop drawings and manufacturers' product data under provisions of Section 01300. 2. Submit manufacturers' installation instructions under provisions of Section 01300. 3. Submit manufacturer's certification under provisions of Section 01450 that the materials supplied conform to ANSI A137.1. 4. Submit proof of warranty. 5. Submit sample of installation system demonstrating compatibility /functional relationships between adhesives, mortars, grouts and other components under provision of Section (01300.) (01340.) D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Installation System Manufacturer (single source responsibility): Company specializing in adhesives, mortars, grouts and other installation materials with ten (10) years minimum experience and ISO 9001 certification. Obtain installation materials from single source manufacturer to insure consistent quality and full compatibility. E. WARRANTY 1. The Contractor warrants the work of this Section to be in accordance with the Contract Documents and free from faults and defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 10 years. The manufacturer of adhesives, mortars, grouts and other installation materials shall provide a written ten (10) year warranty, which covers materials and labor - reference LATICRETE Warranty Data Sheet 230.12 for complete details and requirements. F. EXTRA MATERIALS STOCK 1. Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the Owner extra stock of adhesives, mortars, grouts and other installation materials for the Owner's use in replacement and maintenance. Extra stock to be from same production run or batch as original tile and installation materials. G. PRODUCTS 1. CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION MATERIALS MANUFACTURER a. Base Bid: LATICRETE International, Inc., 1 Laticrete Park North, Bethany, CT 06524- 3423 USA Phone 800- 243 -4788, (203) 393 -0010 support @laticrete.com; www.laticrete.com b Substitutions: See Section 1600 2. Summary: Cement backer board for stone tile wall cladding a. Backer Board: Cementitious, water durable, board; surfaced with fiberglass reinforcing mesh on front and back; long edges wrapped; and complying with ANSI A118.9 and ASTM C 1325. 1. Thickness: 'h in. 2. Width: 4 ft. 3. Length 8 ft. 4. Edges. Tapered 5. Compressive Strength: Not less than 2250 lbs. per sq. in. when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2394. 6. Water Absorption: Not greater than 8 percent when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473. H. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION - TILE INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES 1. Waterproofing Membrane to be thin, cold applied, single component liquid and load bearing. Reinforcing fabric to be non -woven rot -proof specifically intended for waterproofing membrane. Waterproofing Membrane to be non - toxic, non - flammable, and non - hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured. It shall be certified by IAPMO as a shower pan liner and shall also meet the following physical requirements: a. Water Permeability @ 30ft.hydro /0.9 atmos /91.2kPa (Fed. Spec.TT -C -00555 Modified): Nil b. Elongation @ break (ASTM D751): 20 -30% c. Service Temperatures (LIL 1016): -20° to 280 °F( -28° to 137 °C) d. Breaking Strength (ASTM D751): 2950 psi (20.4 MPa) e. Thickness (LIL 1013): 20 mils (0.5 mm) F. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.4):250 PSI (1.7 MPa) g. Service Rating (TCAIASTM C627): Extra Heavy /cycles 1 -14 2. Crack Suppression Membrane to be thin, cold applied, single component liquid and load bearing. Reinforcing fabric to be non -woven rot -proof specifically intended for crack suppression membrane. Materials to be non - toxic, non - flammable, and non - hazardous during COPYRIGHT 2008 CARDER & SURGE S, INC. at &t Carterniurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 MAY - - 6-30 NO. DRAWN BY 6027 ICS OE COMPLIANCE APPFenlEn City Cr w w ulia �i JILDING DIVISION r REGISTER ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHIIi4GTO9+f DATE ECEIVIED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -502 1 storage, mixing, application and when cured. Crack Suppression Membrane shall also meet the following physical requirements: a. Elongation at break (ASTM D751): 20 -30% b. Service Temperatures (LIL 1016): -20° to 250 °F( -28° to 137 °C) c. Breaking Strength (ASTM D751): 1700 psi (11.7 MPa) d. Thickness (LIL 1013): 20 mils (0.5 mm) e. Service Rating (TCA /ASTM C627): Extra Heavy /cycles 1 -14 3. Wire Reinforcing: 2 inch x 2 inch (50 x 50 mm) x 16 ASW gauge or 0.0625 inch (1.6mm) diameter galvanized steel welded wire mesh complying with ASTM A185 and ASTM A82. 4. Cleavage membrane: 15 pound asphalt saturated, non - perforated roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, 15 pound coal tar saturated, non - perforated roofing felt complying with ASTM D227 or 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick polyethylene plastic film complying with ASTM D4397. 5. Cementitious backerboard units: size and thickness as specified, complying with ANSI A118.9. I. PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION - TILE INSTALLATION MATERIAL 1. Latex Portland Cement Thin Bed Mortar for thin set and slurry bond coats to be weather, frost, shock resistant, non - flammable and to meet the following physical requirements: a. Compressive strength (ANSI A118.4): 2400 psi (16.5 MPa) Min. b. Bond strength (ANSI A118.4): 500 psi (3.5MPa) Min. c. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 2. Organic Adhesive shall be non - flammable, water resistant, latex adhesive and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Open Time (ANSI A136.1): 70 minutes i 75 °F (24 °C) b. Color: White c. Density (ANSI A136.1): 13.2 Ibslgal (1.6 kg /I) 3. Epoxy Grout (Commercial /Residential) shall be non - toxic, non - flammable, non - hazardous during storage, mixing, application and when cured and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3): 3500 psi (24 MPa) b. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3): 1000 psi (6.9 MPa) c. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): < 0.5 % d. Cured Epoxy Grout to be chemically and stain resistant to ketchup, mustard, tea, coffee, milk, soda, beer, wine, bleach (5% solution), ammonia, juices, vegetable oil, brine, sugar, cosmetics, and blood, as well as chemically resistant to dilute acids and dilute alkalis. 4. Latex Portland Cement Grout to be weather, frost and shock resistant, as well as meeting the following physical requirements: a. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.7): 3500 psi (24 MPa) b. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.7): a 5% c. Linear Shrinkage (ANSI A118.7): < 0.1 % d. Smoke & Flame Contribution (ASTM E84 Modified): 0 5. Expansion and Control Joint Sealant to be a one component, neutral cure, exterior grade silicone sealant meeting the following requirements: a. Tensile Strength (ASTM C794): 225 psi (1.5 MPa) b. Hardness (ASTM D751; Shore A): 25 (colored sealant)115 (clear sealant) c. Weather Resistance (OUV Weather - ometer): 10000 hours (no change) 6. Spot Bonding Epoxy Adhesive for installing tile, brick and stone over vertical and overhead surfaces shall be high strength, high temperature resistant, non -sag and shall meet the following physical requirements: a. Thermal Shock Resistance (ANSI A118.3): 2600 psi (17.9 MPa) b. Water Absorption (ANSI A118.3): 0.1 % c. Compressive Strength (ANSI A118.3) 8379 psi (57.8 MPa) d. Shear Bond Strength (ANSI A118.3 Modified): 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) J. Installation - General 1. SUBSTRATE EXAMINATION: Verify that surfaces to be covered with tile, mosaics, pavers, brick, stone, trim or waterproofing are: a. Sound, rigid and conform to good design /engineering practices; with maximum deflection under all live, dead and impact loads, including concentrated loads, of L/360 for ceramic tile, mosaics, pavers or brick and L/480 for stone; b. Clean and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease, sealers, curing compounds, laitance, efflorescence, form oil or loose plaster, paint and scale; c. Level and true to within 1 /4" in 10. (6mm in 3m), and no more than 1/16" in 1' (1.5mm in 0.3m) variation from substrate high points, for applications by the thin bed method over substrate, thin waterproof membrane or thin crack suppression membrane; d. Not leveled with gypsum or asphalt based compounds; e. Dry as per American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D4263 "Standard Test for Determining Moisture in Concrete by the Plastic Sheet Method ". 2. ACCESSORIES: a. Waterproofing: 1. Install waterproof membrane in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A- 1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.13, K INSTALLATION - TILE, BRICK & STONE 1. General: Install in accordance with current versions of American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) "A108 American National Standard for Installation of Ceramic Tile" and TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation ". Cut and fit ceramic tile, brick or stone neatly around corners, fittings, and obstructions. Perimeter pieces to be minimum half tile, brick or stone. Chipped, cracked, split pieces and edges are not acceptable. Make joints even, straight, plumb and of uniform width to tolerance +1- 1/16" over 8. (1.5mm in 2,4m). Install divider strips at junction of flooring and dissimilar materials, 2. Thin Bed Method: Install latex Portland cement mortar in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A -1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.5 (A -4.3). Use the appropriate trowel notch size to ensure proper bedding of the tile, brick or stone selected. Work the latex Portland cement mortar into good contact with the substrate and comb with notched side of trowel. Spread only as much latex Portland cement mortar as can be covered while the mortar surface is still wet and tacky. When installing large format ( >8. x 8. /200mm x 200mm) tile /stone, rib /button /lug back tiles, pavers or sheet mounted ceramics/mosaics, spread latex Portland cement mortar onto the back of (i.e. .back-butter.) each piece /sheet in addition to troweling latex Portland cement mortar over the substrate. Beat each piece /sheet into the latex Portland cement mortar with a beating block or rubber mallet to insure full bedding and flatness. Allow installation to set until firm. Clean excess latex Portland cement mortar from tile or stone face and joints between pieces. 3. Polymer Modified Cement Grout (ANSI A118.7): Install polymer modified cement grout in compliance with current revisions of ANSI A108.1 (A -1 through A -3) and ANSI A108.10 (A- 4.7.3.5.4, A -4.7.4 through A- 4.7.8). Dampen dry surfaces with clean water. Spread using a sharp edged, hard rubber float and work grout into joints. Using diagonal (at 45° angle to direction of grout line) strokes, pack joints full and free of voids /pits. Hold float face at a 90° angle to grouted surface and use float edge to "squeegee" off excess grout, stroking diagonally to reduce pulling grout out of filled joint. Initial cleaning can begin as soon as grout has become firm, typically 20 -30 minutes after grouting depending on temperature. Drag a clean towel dampened with water, or wipe a clean, dampened sponge, diagonally over the veneer face to remove any grout haze left after "squeegeeing ". Rinse towel /sponge frequently and change rinse water at least every 200 ft2 (2 m2). Repeat this cleaning sequence again if grout haze is still present. Allow grout joints to become firm. Buff surface of grout with clean coarse cloth. Inspect joint for pinholes/voids and repair them with freshly mixed grout. Within 24 hours, check for remaining haze and remove it with warm soapy water and a nylon scrubbing pad, using a circular motion, to lightly scrub surfaces and dissolve haze/film, Do not use acid cleaners on latex Portland cement mortar grout less than 7 days old. 4. Expansion and Control Joints: Provide control or expansion joints as located in contract drawings and in full conformity, especially in width and depth, with architectural details. a. Substrate joints must carry through, full width, to surface of tile, brick or stone. b. Install expansion joints in tile, brick or stone work over construction /cold joints or control joints in substrates. c. Install expansion joints where tile, brick or stone abut restraining surfaces (such as perimeter walls, curbs, columns), changes in plane and corners. d. Joint width and spacing depends on application - follow TCA . Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. Detail "EJ -171 Expansion Joints" or consult sealant manufacturer for recommendation based on project parameters. e. Joint width: > 1/8" (3mm) and < 1" (25mm). f. Joint width. depth -2:1 but joint depth must be = 1/8" (3mm) and /�" (13mm). g. Layout (field defined by joints): 1:1 length:width is optimum but must be 2:1. h. Remove all contaminants and foreign material from joint spaces /surfaces, such as dirt, dust, oil, water, frost, setting /grouting materials, sealers and old sealantibacker. Install appropriate Backing Material (e.g. closed cell backer rod) based on expansion joint design and as noted in the Drawings. Apply masking tape to face of tile, brick or stone veneer. Use caulking gun, or other applicator, to completely fill joints with sealant. Within 5 -10 minutes of filling joint, "tool" sealant surface to a smooth finish. Remove masking tape immediately after tooling joint. Wipe smears or excess sealant off the face of non - glazed tile, brick, stone or other absorptive surfaces immediately. 5 Adjusting' Correction of defective work for a period of one (1) year following substantial completion, return to job and correct all defective work. Defective work includes, without limitation, tiles broken in normal abuse due to deficiencies in setting bed, loose tiles or grout, and all other defects which may develop as a result of poor workmanship. L. INSTALLATION - CEMENT BOARD 1 Fasteners a. Screws: Drill point screws (No. 8) wafer head, corrosion - resistant, 1 -1/4 in. or 1 -5/8 in. long, and complying with ASTM C 1002. 2. Joint Treatment. a. Tape: Alkali- resistant fiberglass mesh tape intended for use with cement board. 3 Bonding Materials: a, Mortar Dry -set portland cement mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.1 b. Mortar Latex - portland cement mortar in accordance with ANSI A118.4. c. Adhesive: Organic adhesive in accordance with ANSI A136.1, Type 1. 4, Installation a. General: In accordance with the following reference standards and manufacturer's recommendations: ANSI A108.11. M. CLEANING 1. Clean excess mortar /epoxy from veneer surfaces with water before they harden and as work progresses. Do not contaminate open grout/caulk joints while cleaning. Sponge and wash veneers diagonally across joints. Do not use acids for cleaning. Polish with clean dry cloth. Remove surplus materials and leave premises broom clean. 09510 Acoustical Ceilings A. Submittals: 1. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01300 - Submittals. 2. Submit product literature for each acoustical ceiling tile and suspension system proposed. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Codes: Comply with all pertinent requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. C. Products: 1. Ceiling Tile: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Suspension System: ASTM A635; intermediate or heavy duty classification; exposed T system; 9/16 exposed face; factory painted white to match ceiling tile. D. Installation: 1. Installation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Hang system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, provide secondary carrying members for indirect support of the suspensions system, or reinforce the nearest adjacent hangers and related carrying channels as required to span the required distance. 3. Do not anchor system in any manner that might cause damage to the structural system. 4. Align system with window mullions as indicated on the Drawings. 5. Hold -Down Clips: Install hold -down clips within 20 feet of an exterior door. 6. Tolerances: a. Variation form Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. b. Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads: Two degrees maximum. 09648 Wood Flooring* Must be installed per manufacturer's specifications to maintain full warranty. 09650 Resilient Flooring A. Submittals. 1 Submit product literature for each product proposed, including resilient flooring, transition strips, and adhesives; Includes L -1 and VCT -1 scheduled on the Drawings. B. Materials: 1, Resilient Flooring: a. L -1: Forbo Linoleum, Inc. "Marmoleum FRESCO ", (570)459 -0771; 2.5 mm sheet; colors as scheduled on the Drawings. b. VCT -1: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2 Subfloor Filler: White premix latex filler, mixed with water to produce a cementitious paste. 3 Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient flooring manufacturers for specific application. 4. Flash Cove Accessories: a. Strips: Wax, wood, or plastic cove fillet strips; approximately 1 -inch radius. b. Cap Trim: Aluminum, 5. Transition Strips: Rubber or vinyl reducer strip, one inch wide x thickness to match flooring; square one edge, tapered opposite edge; color as selected by Architect. C. General Resilient Flooring Installation Requirements: 1. Install subfloor filler to fill low spots, cracks, construction joints, holes and other defects, and as required to adjust level to meet adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 118 inch in 3 feet; float to smooth, flat, hard surface. Prohibit traffic over filler. 2 Install all resilient flooring where scheduled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Unless indicated otherwise, install resilient flooring with joints and seams parallel to building lines. 4. Terminate resilient flooring at centerline of door at door openings where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar, and where no threshold is indicated. 5. Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. 6. Scribe flooring to walls, columns, cabinets, floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. 7. Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to ensure adhesion over entire area of installation. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of flooring before initial set. 8. Set flooring in place, press with heavy roller to ensure full adhesion. 9. Seal joint between flooring and adjacent materials at restrooms, bathrooms, kitchens, and other moist areas with clear silicone sealant D. Special Requirements for Resilient Tile: 1. Open floor tile cartons, enough to cover each area, and mix tile to ensure shade variations do not occur within any one area. 2. Unless indicated otherwise, lay tiles parallel to building lines to produce symmetrical tile pattern 3. Install with minimum tile width 1/2 full size at room or area perimeter, 4. Arrange to square grid pattern with all joints aligned. E. Special Flashed Coved Base Requirements: 1. Provide cove fillet at intersection of floor and wall to ease transition. 2. Miter cut, fit, and heat weld. Extend flooring to 4 inches above finished floor level. 3. Cut top exposed edge straight and level. 4. Cap top edge with cap trim. Miter all trim corner joints. Install trim in maximum possible lengths with no piece shorter than 18 inches for continuous runs longer than 18 inches. F. Cleaning 1. Remove excess adhesive from floor and wall surfaces without damage. 2. Clean floor in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 09678 Resilient Base A. Materials: 1. Resilient Base: As scheduled on the Drawings. 2. Primers and Adhesives: Types as recommended by resilient base manufacturer for specific application. B. Installation: 1. Adhesive install base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Adhere tightly to wall and floor surfaces. 2. Use manufacturer's longest lengths. Where cutting is necessary, maintain minimum measurement of 18 inches between joints. 3. Miter or cope inside corners for accurate fit. 4. Install base to walls, columns, and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where rubber base is scheduled. 5. Score back of base material with grooving tool, at all outside corners; maintain minimum leg length 18 inches where wall length permits. Mount base so that scored groove is accurately aligned with corner, and with base tightly adhered to wall at both sides of corner, with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is formed around outside corners, stretch toe of cove for smooth transition around corner, with toe in uniform contact with the finish flooring 6. Scribe and fit to doorframes and other obstructions. 7. Install straight and level to variation of plus or minus 1/8 inch over 10 feet. 8. Coordinate installation of base with work of Section 09680. 9. Fit joints tight and vertical. C. Cleaning 1. Remove excess adhesive from base and wall surfaces without damage. 2. Clean base in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 09680 Carpeting A. Summary: Installation of carpet tiles, and roll carpeting scheduled on the Drawings. General Contractor to purchase carpet tiles and roll carpeting as scheduled on the Drawings. B. Submittals: 1. Samples: a. Samples of each type of carpet edge strip; three inches minimum. 2. Installation Instructions: Submit for each type of carpet provided. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Carpet Installer: Minimum of 3 years experience in carpet installations of similar size and scope. Able to show evidence of experience when requested by the Architect. D. Warranty: Furnish manufacturer's standard 5 -year warranty against wear and deterioration. E. Materials: 1. Carpet Tile: integral padded backing. 2. Roll Carpeting: As scheduled on the drawings; no pad. 3. Accessories: a. Adhesives: As recommended by the carpet manufacturer for installation under conditions of this project. b. Use release type adhesives at carpet tile locations. 0. Latex Underlayment: White premix latex filler. d. Edge Strips: Vinyl reducer strips; size and configuration as appropriate for conditions; color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard line. F. Preparation: 1. Clean floors of dust, dirt, solvents, oil, grease, paint, plaster, and other substances that would be detrimental to the proper performance of adhesive and carpet. 2. Fill low spots and cracks over 1/8 inch in width with latex underlayment. G. Carpet Installation: 1. Install carpet tiles in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations; install roll carpeting in accordance with Carpet and Rug Institute (CRI) recommendations. 2. Floor adhesive shall be applied in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's recommendations using a roller to ensure maximum contact. Roll stock carpet, and carpet tile shall be fully adhesively bonded. 3. Orient carpet tiles in the same direction, unless scheduled or directed otherwise. 4. Lay out area such that cut perimeter tiles will be not less than 8 inches wide. Commence laying tile in center of room or space and work toward perimeters; cut border tile after field tiles have been installed. Cut carpet evenly and accurately to fit neatly at walls, columns, and projections. Lay tile square with area of installation. Joints shall be tight and unnoticeable upon completion. 5. Cut carpet for telephone and electrical outlets. 6 Carpet tile installation shall be rolled and re- rolled on the day following installation to assure complete transfer of adhesive. 7 Install edging strips where carpet terminates at other floor coverings. Use full length pieces only. Butt tight to vertical surfaces. Where splicing cannot be avoided, butt ends tight, flush, and accurately aligned. H. Remnants: Upon completion of the installation, package all remaining carpet tiles. G.0 to leave onsite with the store manager 1 box of carpet tiles, and /or 2 sq. yds. of roll goods, for future use in onsite maintenance. Remove and dispose of all other additional remainder at a legal off -site location. I. Cleanup: 1. The premises shall be kept free from unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment and surplus materials during the progress of the work. 2. Remove threads with sharp scissors. Remove spots with manufacturer's recommended spot remover. 3. Thoroughly power vacuum entire surface using equipment with motor driven brushes. 09820 Acoustical Insulation and Sealants A. Materials: 1. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I; unfaced glass fiber batts, blankets, or rolls; minimum fire hazard classification rating of 25/50 per ASTM E84; minimum 3 -inch thick, unless required otherwise to meet the STC requirements indicated or specified; widths to friction -fit between studs, where indicated for installation in stud walls. 2. Acoustical Sealant: Non- hardening, non - skinning, for use in conjunction with gypsum board; similar to USG "Acoustical Sealant." 3. Accessories: Furnish other accessories such as fasteners and retainers, not specifically described, but required for a complete installation. B. Installation: 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, and as indicated. 2 Install insulation without gaps or voids. 3. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Use insulation materials free of damage. 4. Acoustical Insulation at Ceilings: a. Lay acoustical insulation over each acoustically insulated partition that terminates at the ceiling. Insulation shall extend a minimum of 24" each side of the centerline of the acoustical partition b. Acoustical insulation batts shall be tightly butted. c. Cut and fit neatly around mechanical and sprinkler drops. d. Fill spaces between wall batts (at top plate line) and ceiling batts to ensure complete sound closure. 5. Sealant a. Install acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions; one continuous bead at each side of framing member interface with substrate. b, Seal all penetrations through acoustical assemblies, except for penetrations in fire rated construction to receive fire - stopping. 09900 Painting A. Submittals: 1. Submit a list of each paint system to be used in the work. 2. Submit a minimum of 3 each 8 x 10 inch sample of each paint color and sheen proposed for the work. B. Quality Assurance: 1 Paint coatings shall be free of dust, dirt, flow lines, streaks, sags, blisters, pinholes, bugs, runs, or other surface imperfections. 2. In addition to the coats specified, provide additional coats as required to obtain adequate hide. C. Maintenance Materials: Furnish a minimum of one gallon of each color paint to Cingular Wireless LLC for future touch -up work. D. Materials: 1. Unless specified otherwise, furnish manufacturer's highest grade coating systems by one of the following manufacturers. Materials to be VOC compliant a. Benjamin Moore Paint Company. b. Pittsburgh Paints. c. Pratt & Lambert. d. The Sherwin - Williams Company. e. ICI Paints North America. f. Kelly -Moore Preservative Paint Company 2. Paint Selections P -3 and P -4: Provide custom Sherwin Williams colorways for the Cingular Wireless LLC national account. 3 Overhead Dry Fall Paint: Tnemec "Uni- Bond" Series 16, or approved; modified alkyd dry-fall interior overhead paint; VOC compliant. E. Surface Preparation: 1. Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt, dust, grease, oil, moisture, and other contaminants that will impair the proper adhesion of the finish. 2. Wood - Opaque paint finish: a. Spot coat knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. b. Fill all nail holes and cracks. Sand filler smooth and level with wood surface. 3. Gypsum Board: Remove all light dust and dirt. 4. Existing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: a. Remove loose, blistered, scaled, or crazed finishes to bare substrate; feather new work into existing work. Prepare surfaces to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishes. b. Wash and rinse surfaces with trisodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film, wax, oil, grease, smoke or foreign matter which will impair bond, or cause bleed through, of newly applied finishes. c. Lightly sand, or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi -gloss and high -gloss finishes before refinishing. F. Special Application Requirements: 1. Unless specified or indicated otherwise, follow paint manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and coverage rates. 2. Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. 3. Tint filler to match stain when clear finishes are specified; work filler well into grain and, before setting, working perpendicularly to the grain, wipe the excess from the surface. 4. Opaque Finishes: a. Apply number of coats scheduled for each application, except that additional finish coats shall be applied as necessary for complete hiding of substrate colors. b. Apply primer coats un- tinted. Where more than one coat of paint is required, tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat similar in tint, but slightly lighter in value (shade). 0. Sand lightly between coats if necessary to achieve required finish; sand between all coats applied to wood substrates. 5. Rollers for application and backrolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 3/8 inch or less. 6. Where roller texture is scheduled for application to plaster and gypsum board surfaces, finish coats may be roller- applied, or spray applied and backrolled at Contractor's option. 7 Factory Primed Surfaces: Apply scheduled finish system, less primer coat, except as necessary to for patching damage to factory prime coating. G, Systems: 1. Gypsum Board - Latex System. a. 1 coat PVA primer, 2 coats of latex paint. Apply to interior gypsum board surfaces, unless specified or scheduled otherwise. 2 Ferrous Metals - Latex System: a. System: Three coats; first coat rust resistant primer, second and third coats latex enamel. The primer may omitted at factory primed surfaces, except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. b. Sheen. Semi- gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior ferrous metal surfaces including welded hollow metal doors and frames, electrical panels, fire extinguisher cabinets, and access doors. 3 Wood: a. Wood - Opaque Latex System: 1 coat quick dry primer and 2 coats of latex paint. b. Sheen. Semi - gloss, unless indicated otherwise. c. Application: Interior plywood at Inventory Room, and paint grade wood doors. 4, Overhead Exposed Surfaces - Opaque Alkyd System a. System: One coat overhead dry -fall paint b. Sheen: Eggshell, satin, or flat. c. Application: Overhead elements as indicated on the Drawings; restrict painting where indicated on the Drawings. H. Color Schedule: As scheduled on the Drawings. Division 10 Specialties 10400 Signage A, Section Includes: Installation of pin - mounted foam letters provided by General Contractor (F.C,I.C.). B. Installation: 1. Accurately measure and mark location for installation of each pin - mounted letter; coordinate approved locations with the Owner's Representative. 2. Install each pin - mounted letter in succession, and in accordance with the pin manufacturer's instruction for the substrate the letters are being installed on. C. Cleanup: 1. Take precautions to assure adjacent surfaces remain free from dust, and adhesive. 2. Immediately clean surfaces that become soiled during installation of the letters. 3. Upon installation, clean the letters and pin mounts of dust with a damp cloth, taking care not to damage underlying surfaces. 4. Leave the installation clean, and completely free of foreign material that would detract from visual appearance of the letters. 10520 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets A. Larsen Extinguisher Cabinet - V -2709 B. Extinguishers: 1. Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical Type (FE). Heavy Duty DOT Steel tank; UL rating 2A 10B:C, 5 lb capacity, with pressure gage; red enamel finish; metal valves and siphon tubes. C. Cabinets: 1. Provide surface mounted models in locations as indicated on the drawings 2. Provide sizes as necessary to accommodate extinguishers. 3. Trim: Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gauge, 1 -1/4 to 1 -3/4 inches wide face. 4, Door: Formed Sheet Steel, minimum 20 gage; reinforced for flatness and rigidity; satin zinc or aluminum pull, roller catch, and continuous hinge, clear glass vision panel. 5. Cabinet Finishes: a. Cabinet Trim and Door Manufacturer's standard primed finish to receive paint coatings as specified in Section 09900. b. Cabinet Interior: Manufacturer's standard white epoxy or white baked enamel. D. Accessories: 1. Fire Extinguisher Brackets: Manufacturer's standard J -type. Provide at fire extinguisher locations where no cabinet is indicated. E. Installation: 1. Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings in locations as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, install 30 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet. 2. Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3. When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls, maintain fire resistance rating continuously behind the cabinet. 10800 Toilet Accessories* A. NOTE: All fixtures and mounting heights must be installed in full compliance with all TAS (Texas Accessibility Standards) or ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act); depending on geographic project location. B. Provide the following accessories as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment Company, unless approved otherwise. C. Accessories available from Cingular approved vendor: 1. Grab Bars (GB): Bobrick B -550 (36 ") B -550 (42'). 2. Paper Towel Dispenser (PTD): B -262 3. Sanitary Napkin Vender (SNV): B- 3500; 25 cent operation. 4. Sanitary Napkin Disposals (SND): a. B -4354 (Partition Mounted Dual Unit): For installation between each two toilet stall enclosures in Women's toilet rooms, except where well mounted units are shown. b. B -4353 (Recessed Single Unit): For installation in end wall locations at accessible toilet stall enclosures at women's toilet rooms. 5. Toilet Paper Dispenser (TPD): B -264. 6. Toilet Paper Dispenser /Seat Cover Dispenser /Napkin Dispenser (TPD2): B -3574 7. Soap Dispenser (SD): 13-156. 8. Seat Cover Dispenser (SCD): B -3013. 9. Door Coat Hook (NCH): B -6707. 10. Mop and Broom Holder: B -224 x 30. 11. Mirrors: B- 293 -2436 D. Fold Down Baby Counter: 1. Manufacturer: Koala Corporation, St. Paul, MN (800/666 - 0363). 2. Construction: White HDPE shell with steel hinges, counterbalance, safety straps and integral bed liner dispenser. 3. Design: "Koala Bear Kare Baby Changing Station"; furnish horizontal, and vertical designs as appropriate for installation at locations indicated on the Drawings. 4. Bed Liners: Provide one box of 500 - three ply liners per installed baby counter. 10999 Miscellaneous Specialties A. Shelf Standards and Brackets: 1. Shelf Standards: Capitol Hardware, Niles, MI (800/327 -6083) "No. 1903 A -Line Heavy Duty Standard ", or approved; zinc finish; length as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Shelf Brackets: Capitol Hardware, Niles, MI (800/327 -6083) " No. 973 A -Line Heavy Duty Double Bracket", or approved; for use with "No. 1903" Shelf Standard; zinc finish; size as indicated on the Drawings. Division 11 Equipment 11450 Kitchen Appliances* A. Submittals: Submit product data B Appliances: 1. Under Counter Refrigerator: Model No. CO29FF by U -Line, Milwaukee, WI; (414- 354 - 0300); white vinyl facing. 2. Microwave: Model No. Model #. JE1160WD by GE Division 13 Special Construction Fire Protection is Design /Build Division 14 Conveying Systems Not Used Division 15 Mechanical Refer to MEP Project Specifications Division 16 Electrical Refer to MEP Project Specifications " Where indicated on drawings 141 WPYRIGN7 © 2008 CARrER a BURGESS, INC. CorteruBurgess Carter et Burgess, Inc, 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHIT kw- BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTOR 5027 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RRC `CIF MAR 2 8 Dud PERMIT CENT t. DRAWN BY PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t ISSUES /REVISIONS DESIGNED BY CHECKED BY ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -503 RESPONSIBILITY CHART (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) DIVISION OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMMED TO THE FOLLOWING : LANDLORD CONTRACTOR at&t OTHERS EXISTING REMARKS FURN. INST. FURN. INST. FURN. INST. FURN. INST. DEMISING WALLS 600S125-30 16" • • - 600S125-43 16" 26' -0" • - GYPSUM BOARD (AS SPECIFIED) 16" 27' -11" • • NEW WALLS PAINTING • • VINYL BASE • • • • • CARPETING NEW CEILINGS • • NEW THRU —OUT, EXCEPT WHERE NOTED FXTURING / CABINETRY • • FIRE PROTECTION (SPRINKLERS) • • FIRE EXTINGUISHER • • SAW CUTTING OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB FOR CONDUIT RUNS • • FOR TELECOMUNICATIONS & ELECTRICAL POWER DOOR & HARDWARES • • SALES AREA ELECTRIC • • SALES AREA ELECTRIC VOICE / DATA CONDUIT • • PLUMBING ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. H.C. TOILET ROOMS • • • NEW WATER COOLER • • PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE & INSTALL MECHANICAL ALL ITETJS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. EXISTING ROOF TOP UNITS • • • MAI PNTERNAANCE COMPLETE EC OF SYSTEM BEFORE START UP. 'THERMOSTAT 5Y5TFxI5 PROVIDE HONEYWELL T8600 • • NEW DUCTWORK • • TO WORK WI CEIUNG LAYOUT NEW DIMMERS & RETURN —AIR GRILLS • • TO WORK W/ CEILING LAYOUT - ELECTRICAL ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. MAIN SERVICE WIRING • • OUTLET WIRING / JUNCTION BOXES • SWITCHES & WIRING & HVAC UNIT (S) CONTROL WIRING (IF REQUIRED) • • LIGHTS • • TO WORK W/ CEILING LAYOUT TELEPHONE JACKS — ALL • • CABLING CONTRACTOR LIGHTING PACKAGE • • VOICE/ DATA CABLING • • CABLING CONTRACTOR LIGHTING CONTROLLER • • SIGNAGE: ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. INTERIOR SIGNAGE • • STORE FRONT SIGNAGE • • MISC /DECOR ALL ITEMS NOT INDICATED IS STILL SUB CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY. TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT • • TELEPHONE DATA • • WHITE RECEPTACLE COVERS • • CASH WRAP / WORKS STATIONS DEMO UNITS & PRINTER /STORAGE • • ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES • • • S I Z E MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. MAXIMUM PARTITION HT. SPACING HEIGHT SPACING HEIGHT 362S125 -18 16" 12' -5" 24" 10' -10" 362S125 --30 16" 15' -0" 24" 13' -1" 600S125-30 16" 23' -1" - - 600S125-43 16" 26' -0" - - 6005125 -54 16" 27' -11" - - 1. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL RATINGS EXISTING NON -RATED 1 HR RATED 2 HR RATED �iIiIil�IiIiIiIM1iIUIiIiIlII� T all :u :n!n!II!II :II!II!II :n :I 2. SEE SPECS FOR STUD SPACING AND GAUGE. 3. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OF ARE -RATED WALLS/PARTITIONS WITH DESIGN NUMBER SPECIFIED AT EACH PARTITION- PE DETAIL 4. FRAME AND FINISH OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED AND AS SPECIFIED ON MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS /SPECIFICATIONS. 5. ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ANY PARTI11ONS CONTAINING ACOUSTICAL INSULATION. NOTE: ALL METAL STUD TO COMPLY WITH LAC -RR *25529 PARTITION /WALL NOTES NO sou 1 2 3 CONT. TRACK W/ ( #8 PER BLOCK (E) ROOF DECK 6'X16 GA. METAL BRACE STUD BRACING ® ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) #8 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD 0 16' O.C. W/ (3) 110 SCREWS TO 4X4 6"X16 GA. METAL BRACE O 48" O.C.W /(3) METAL SCREWS EACH END SUSPENDED G.B. CEILING REFERENCE ARCHITEC PROVIDE KICKER AS REQ SOFFIT DETAIL THE PARTITION /WALL DESIGNATION IS A THREE -UNIT CODE THAT DENOTES THE CONFIGURAIIONN CONSTRUCTION AND ii\ N„,,,,_ INSULATION OF THE PARTMON, AS FOLLOWS: INSULATION PARTITION/WALL CONSTRUCTION PARTITION/WALL CONFIGURATION 5/8' GYPSUM BOARD EACH SIDE 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 O.C. INSULATION IF NOTED 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 6" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS - TYPE "X" GWB C1010FP -01 NO SCALE PARTITION CONFI FULL HEIG ,r G WHERE 2x2 UNISTUD CONT. TRACK W/ (1) #8 PER BLOCK (E) ROOF DECK G.B. CEILING REFERENCE ARCHITEC PROVIDE KICKER AS REQ ON - SH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES 4 5 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE STUD BRACING @ ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) #8 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD 0 16" O.C. W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO 4X4 6 "X16 GA. METAL BRACE CO 48" O.C. W/ (3) 110 METAL SCREWS EACH END SOFFIT DETAIL INSULATION IF NOTED 2 1/2" METAL STUDS 3 5/8" METAL STUDS 6" METAL STUDS B PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE PARTIAL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE SIDE g E3 PARTITIONS / WALL DESIGNATIONS NO SCALE 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD 20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" O.C. NO SCALE EILING EILING WHERE WHERE C101OFP -02 (E) ROOF DECK INSULATION P HEIGHT OCC CURES) PARTITION CONFIGURATION - PARTIAL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES a b C tl e NO SCALE 6 "X16 GA. METAL B STUD BRACING 0 ANGLE TO ROOF W/ (2) 18 PER STUD & (3) #10 TO ROOF BLOCKING 3 5/8" 20 GA. HUNG METAL STUD 0 16" O.C. W/ (3) #10 SCREWS TO 4X4 6 "X16 GA. METAL B ® 48 "O.C.W / (3)1 METAL SCREWS EACH EN SUSPENDED G.B. CEILING REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PROVIDE KICKER AS REQUIRED SOFFIT DETAIL NO INSULATION GATT ACOUSTICAL INSULATION EXTEND 6" FINISHED CEILING 0 MANAGER OFFICE, RESTROOM. RIGID INSULATION BATT THERMAL INSULATION PARTITION / WALL INSULATION PARTITION CONFIGURATION - FULL HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS ONE NO FINISH MATERIAL ONE SIDE C1010FP -03 NO SCALE 3 5/8" x 20 GA. DIAGONAL MTL BRACE 0 32' OC W/ 3-18 SMS EA. END ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS UNDERSIDE OF DECK EXISTING ROOF FRAMING ! Ili L IMPAWANI I!! ), 45 MAX. 4 wiramas rA ACT CEILING ACT CEILING w U F PARTITION CONFIGURATION - GRID HEIGHT FINISH MATERIALS BOTH SIDES 3 5/8 "x20 GA. DIAGONAL MIL BRACE ® 32" O.C. WI (3) - #8 SMS. EA. END ALTERNATE DIRECTIONS. EXISTING ACT CEILING ON- LOADBEARING PARTITION NOTE: CONST OF CEG GRID TO CONFORM TO WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ICBO REPORT 14071 PARTITION LATERAL BRACING 3 " =1' -0' UL- No. U465 2 -5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. - PRIME PAINT MTL STUD 0 16" O.0 OR PER STRUCT. DWGS. EXT. CEMENT PLASTER 0/ METAL LATH 0/ 2 LAYERS OF BLDG. PAPER 0/ PLYWOOD SHEATHING ONE —HOUR EXTERIOR WALL 3 -18 SMS TO EA. TRUSS BOTT. CHORD GYP. BD. END O 6" ABOVE CEILING 3 5/8'x20 GA METAL STUDS • 16' O.C. W/ 5/8' TYPE "X" GYP. BD. BOTH SIDES ( ICBO 11601) INSULATION PARTIAL HEIGHT (WHERE OCCURES) CONT. UNPUNCHED TRACK W/0.145 "x1 1/2' EMB. HILT1 X -DNI SHOT PINS 0 24' O.0 W/7/8'0 x 14GA. DISC. (MIN. 2 PINS PER TRACK.) ( I.C.B.O. #2388 ) NOTE: PROVIDE FIRE BLOCKS AND DRAFT STOPS SHALL COMPLY WITH UBC 708. C1010FP--33 NO SCALE INTERIOR PARTITIONS (NON —LOAD BEARING) ALL THE METAL STUDS USED SHALL BE 'S" STUD MEMBER OR APPROVED EQUAL PER SSMA 2. THE BRIDGING, BLOCKING OR END BEARING STIFFENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL THE STUDS SHALL CONFORM TO ICBO APPROVAL #4943P 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE PLANS, USE THE FOLLOWING GUIDELINE FOR CONTINUOUS STUD SIZE & SPACING FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS. 5. TOP TRACK SIZE SHALL BE 20 GA. MINIMUM U.N.O. 1. 4qHL-11 REVIEWED FOR CO E COMPLIANCE APP °. : VELD MAY - 6 2008 LI - city Of Tiiidviia lILDING DIVISION COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DRAWN BY: 502/ DATE FLEE MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t Cart.r'Burgeu Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BER ARD LEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 15425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED PARTITION DETAILS RESPONSIBILITY CHAR1 A -801 / / 8" MAXIMUM 1 0 PERIMETER SUPPORT EXISTING STRUCTURE 4 NN4 12 GA HANGER WIRES TO STRUCTURE FLEX WALL ANGLE IF REQUIRED TEE'S TO BE CONTINOUS- REFER TO RCP I- UN HEIGHT INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEMS REFER TO RCP hUN HEIGHT ov 1 1/2' =1' -0" USG COMPASSO DRYWALL CLIPS USG COMPASSO DRYWALL CLIPS SALES AREA - SOFFIT 3/4 " -1' -O" r 8" 3/4' PLYWOOD SHELF W/ PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO MATCH COUNTER 1' -0' 10 METAL BRACKET (4 48' O.C. BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. 3/4" PLYWOOD COUNTERTOP WITH PLASTIC LAMINTE FINISH 4 PLASTIC LOOSE SPLASH, SELF -EDGE STABILIZER BAR TO MAINTAIN PERIMETER TEE SPACING HANGER WIRE AT EACH PERIMETER MAIN TEE MAIN TEE OR CROSS TEE 2' -0' 2" DIA. PASS -THRU HOLE - BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. COUNTER 1 1 =1' -0' ACT NOTE: COMPLY WITH ALL ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS OF ASTM C635 AND C636 COMPLY WITH LAC -RR *24646 CID GENERAL SUPPORT O CASHWRAP 1 1/2 THICK P -LAM KNEE BRACE, SEE ELEVATION FOR SPACING NOT TO EXCEED 4' -0" O.C. FASTENERS INTO STRUCTURE H(WO WIRES AT 4 EACH DIRECTION - NO MORE THAN 1:6 OUT -OF- PLUMB, TYPICAL STUD BRACINGING TO WALL EVERY THIRD STUD RECESSED DOWNLIGHT FIXTURE BEYOND PER RCP SQUARE " co N /1, P -5 8 -'0" AFF WHERE HANGER WIRES ARE MORE THAN 1:6 PROVIDE COU SLOPING WIRES 000 TRAPEZE AS READ. AVOID TO AVOID OBSTRUCTIONS MAINTAIN HANGER WIRE CAPACITY AC AND -- 2' -3 5/8" 1' -4' INVENTORY ROOM TO BE FIVE SHELVES HIGH. BEGIN SHELVES 0 1' -6' A.F.F. AND STANDARDS 0 1 — O " A.F.F. ADJUSTABLE SHELF / 20 GA. METAL CHANEL W/ (2) *8 SCREW C EACH STUD 3/4" WHITE MELAMINE REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR SHELVING LENGTHS & SPACING HEAVY DUTY SHELF BRACKETS AND STANDARDS SURFACE MOUNTER STANDARDS 3" FROM EITHER WALL, AND 0 3' -0' O.C. SCREWED TO CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOOKING BLOCKING AS REQUIRED, TYP. E5 A10 1/2 "7_ DOOR LEAF 2" SEE R.C. PLAN 2" HOLLOW METAL FRAME- DOOR JAMB (HEAD SIM) 6 " =1' -0" 1 1/2 " -I' -O' 3 " - - 4" STUD BRACE ACT -1 CEILING 5/8" GYP BD 9" DOUBLE STUDS, TYP. PARTITION -TYPE VARIES t 12' -O" V.I.F. BOTTOM GYP BD SOFFIT a WINDOW 10' -0" BOTTOM OF ACT CEILING LIGHT COVE SOFFIT DETAIL ' — " GYP.BD. PAINT PER SCHEDULE SHEET A -104 METAL STUD, SEE SHEET A -801 HORIZ SECTION AT WALL NICHE r7 WIREMOLD BASE PARQLOCOR ALUMINUM T & TRACK (OR MANUFACTURER APPROVED SIMILAR), ORDER CODE: "T" - =N38, BASE TRACK - =T (SOLD SEPERATELY). 1 1/8" EXPANSION JOINT DIMENSION POINT 000 FLOOR TO VCT JOHNSONIT TOP OF CO VCT I 6' =1' -0' 1 V2 " -1' -0" TBD Y D b TAD 1' -4" TYP. SOFFIT DETAIL CONCRETE SLAB COVED RESILIENT BASE FLOORING CONCRETE SLAB RUBBER BASE DETAIL FACE OF WALL 7n* - WIREMOLD P -7 FACE OF WALL DUPLEX OUTLET WITH BLACK COVER PLATE FLOORING CO C (191- SEE RCP BOTTOM ACT Y CEILING -CO MAINTAIN DEMISING WALL FIRE RATING WHERE OCCURE 3 5/8" MTL STUD FRAMING EXTEND TO DECK ABOVE 1 LAYER OF 5/8" GYP BD GC TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STELL BLOCKING WITHIN SOFFIT WHERE APPLICABLE FOR OVERHEAD MOUNTING OF MECHANDISE UNITS. (FINAL LOCATION TAD - VERIFY W/ MILLWORK VENDOR AS REQUIRED 3 5/8" MTL STUD FRAMING _ 8'_O" BOTTOM GYP BD SOFFIT 5/8" GYP BD L MOUNTING BRACKET (USED WHEN THE MECHANDISE UNIT IS MOUNTED TO THE SOFFIT) 20 GA. METAL CHANEL W/ (2) *8 SCREW P EACH STUD DIMENSION POINT LAMINATI WOOD FLOOR TOP OF CONCRETE TE ORING WHERE OCCURS YL EDGE TRIP - JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM C -00 -A • • V alVIY11 ►►annuuiumuounimu nn iguimur u in 1 1/8" DIMENSION POINT OB VCT TO CARPET DIMENSION POINT GLUE -DOWN CARPET TOP OF CONCRETE VCT FLOOR VINYL EDGE TRIP - JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER GLUE -DOWN CARPET JOHNSONITE MTC -00 -A VINYL EDGE TRIP-JOHNSONITE CE -XX -A, COLOR 63 -BURNT UMBER JOHNSONITE MTC -OO -A / AAA A AA 1001/inW rA rA ffi kt Mi FAIIN 6' =1' -0' CONCRETE SLAB WOOD FLOOR TO CARPET FLOORING TRANSITIONS GLUE -DOWN CARPET CARPET CRUSH UNE 2' -0" MINIMUM N.T.S. LATEX UNDERLAYMENT BUILD UP AS REQUIRED FOR CARPET CRUSH UNE TO ALIGN WITH SCREED HEIGHT A— SEE R.C. PLAN 1 1/2 " -1' -0' VARIES SEE R.C. PLAN 8' -O" BOTTOM GYP BD SOFFIT 5/8" GYP BD A 4" STUD (E) 5/8" GYP BD 12' -O" V.I.F. BOTTOM GYP BD SOFFIT a WINDOW 1 LAYER OF 5/8" GYP BD LIGHT COVE SOFFIT DETAIL COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & SURGE'SS, INC. t & t CarleruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT Z?J• ECEVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: DETAILS ISSUES /REVISIONS 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -802 I e4 WALL r. 1/2 ""1 WALL UNIT PERSPECTIVE 4 1 -711 DIRECT ON OF PATTERN EQ EQ PROVIDE WALL SUPPORT BRAKET AT TOP & BOTTOM IF NO CEILING SUPPORT AVAILABLE NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING WHERE OCCURS AS REQUIRED AT MOUNTING POINTS. EQ 1 1/2" N CY W CV W EQ // 1 1/2" WALL UNIT FRONT ELEVATION 1'-4" WALL UNIT SIDE ELEVATION WALL UNIT: RSF -004 RSF -004 DIRECTION OF PATTERN M -2 M -1 PL -1 PL -4 a CD CASHWRAP PERSPECTIVE CASHWRAP: RSF- 001 /001A/001B COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING V2 " -1' -0" BACKWRAP PERSPECTIVE BACKWRAP: RSF-002/002A 0 " COMP1 2114_011 COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING . C4 N 03 CASHWRAP SECTION @ ACCESSIBLE COUNTER N, 0 1/4' 1' -7 3/4' 1/�' - 0 1/2: CJ rn 1' -9 1/4' \ •\ X " X 2 1/4' 1 ' • CASHWRAP SECTION @ DRAWER COUNTER C'1 r7 \ CASHWRAP SECTION CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION 4 1/4' D n •1 1 2' -6" 1' -0" \ \ \ fll r r 2' -6' C0 1 1/4' 2' -3 5/8" 0 \ \ GENERAL NOTES: 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.LC. 2. SEE VENDOR LIST ON GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET A -001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. " • • • r, OUTER DASH GRAPHICS BY OWNER SOLID LINE OF SUBSTRATE PANEL MIDDLE DASH OF COVE LIGHT FIXTURES INNER DASH OF SUPPORT FRAMEWORK re) 1' -9' C) POWER AND DATA 'SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN 2 1/4' 4' -2 1/2' 6 1/2" BACKWRAP SECTION BACKWRAP ELEVATION , 1 -8 1/2" .r BACKWRAP PLAN SECTION 3' -1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' 3' -0 1/2" F 3' -1 1/2' 11 3'-1 1/2' r1 6' -3' CASHWRAP PLAN O ' 1 12' -5" 19'-8' 16' -2' CEILING rQ 9' -4" AFF r 15' -7 1/2' PL -3 f 3' -0 1/2' CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 3' -1 1/2' 12' x 12' ACCESS PANE 3' -1 1/2" 1" r-6 1/4' 3' -1 1/2' 3'--1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' POWER AND DATA SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN -\ 3' -1 1/2" F EC) CD CD m 5'- 91/2" i T 1_ • L 5' -9 1/2" -1 / / l/ 2' 2 1/4' 1 PERFORATED METAL M -1 C1 PL -4 PL -1 PL -2 2' - 5 3/8' i ' REVIEWE FOB . CODE COMPLIA AMR ED MAY - 6 2OOB 6 1/2" OWING D SI '� PL -4 PL -4 TYP DRAWER FACE PL -1 TYP FRAME CarleruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITEC ILL. BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 5027 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA E'r WED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER a BURGESS, INC. ISSUES /REVISIONS CASEWORK DETAILS at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -803 CD I r .04 -,4 -' 1 O ( ) U \ 4'_511 C 41_511 () / , /011/ �� 13' -6" -.. C D a a a o 0 -I Uri I I; . - T • I e4 WALL r. 1/2 ""1 WALL UNIT PERSPECTIVE 4 1 -711 DIRECT ON OF PATTERN EQ EQ PROVIDE WALL SUPPORT BRAKET AT TOP & BOTTOM IF NO CEILING SUPPORT AVAILABLE NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING WHERE OCCURS AS REQUIRED AT MOUNTING POINTS. EQ 1 1/2" N CY W CV W EQ // 1 1/2" WALL UNIT FRONT ELEVATION 1'-4" WALL UNIT SIDE ELEVATION WALL UNIT: RSF -004 RSF -004 DIRECTION OF PATTERN M -2 M -1 PL -1 PL -4 a CD CASHWRAP PERSPECTIVE CASHWRAP: RSF- 001 /001A/001B COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING V2 " -1' -0" BACKWRAP PERSPECTIVE BACKWRAP: RSF-002/002A 0 " COMP1 2114_011 COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING . C4 N 03 CASHWRAP SECTION @ ACCESSIBLE COUNTER N, 0 1/4' 1' -7 3/4' 1/�' - 0 1/2: CJ rn 1' -9 1/4' \ •\ X " X 2 1/4' 1 ' • CASHWRAP SECTION @ DRAWER COUNTER C'1 r7 \ CASHWRAP SECTION CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION 4 1/4' D n •1 1 2' -6" 1' -0" \ \ \ fll r r 2' -6' C0 1 1/4' 2' -3 5/8" 0 \ \ GENERAL NOTES: 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.LC. 2. SEE VENDOR LIST ON GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET A -001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. " • • • r, OUTER DASH GRAPHICS BY OWNER SOLID LINE OF SUBSTRATE PANEL MIDDLE DASH OF COVE LIGHT FIXTURES INNER DASH OF SUPPORT FRAMEWORK re) 1' -9' C) POWER AND DATA 'SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN 2 1/4' 4' -2 1/2' 6 1/2" BACKWRAP SECTION BACKWRAP ELEVATION , 1 -8 1/2" .r BACKWRAP PLAN SECTION 3' -1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' 3' -0 1/2" F 3' -1 1/2' 11 3'-1 1/2' r1 6' -3' CASHWRAP PLAN O ' 1 12' -5" 19'-8' 16' -2' CEILING rQ 9' -4" AFF r 15' -7 1/2' PL -3 f 3' -0 1/2' CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 3' -1 1/2' 12' x 12' ACCESS PANE 3' -1 1/2" 1" r-6 1/4' 3' -1 1/2' 3'--1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' POWER AND DATA SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN -\ 3' -1 1/2" F EC) CD CD m 5'- 91/2" i T 1_ • L 5' -9 1/2" -1 / / l/ 2' 2 1/4' 1 PERFORATED METAL M -1 C1 PL -4 PL -1 PL -2 2' - 5 3/8' i ' REVIEWE FOB . CODE COMPLIA AMR ED MAY - 6 2OOB 6 1/2" OWING D SI '� PL -4 PL -4 TYP DRAWER FACE PL -1 TYP FRAME CarleruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITEC ILL. BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 5027 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA E'r WED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER a BURGESS, INC. ISSUES /REVISIONS CASEWORK DETAILS at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -803 1 L -_I \ 4'_511 41 -511 � 41_511 / 9 ", / , /011/ �� 13' -6" -.. / I e4 WALL r. 1/2 ""1 WALL UNIT PERSPECTIVE 4 1 -711 DIRECT ON OF PATTERN EQ EQ PROVIDE WALL SUPPORT BRAKET AT TOP & BOTTOM IF NO CEILING SUPPORT AVAILABLE NOTE: PROVIDE BLOCKING WHERE OCCURS AS REQUIRED AT MOUNTING POINTS. EQ 1 1/2" N CY W CV W EQ // 1 1/2" WALL UNIT FRONT ELEVATION 1'-4" WALL UNIT SIDE ELEVATION WALL UNIT: RSF -004 RSF -004 DIRECTION OF PATTERN M -2 M -1 PL -1 PL -4 a CD CASHWRAP PERSPECTIVE CASHWRAP: RSF- 001 /001A/001B COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING V2 " -1' -0" BACKWRAP PERSPECTIVE BACKWRAP: RSF-002/002A 0 " COMP1 2114_011 COMPASSO TRIM ACT -3 CEILING . C4 N 03 CASHWRAP SECTION @ ACCESSIBLE COUNTER N, 0 1/4' 1' -7 3/4' 1/�' - 0 1/2: CJ rn 1' -9 1/4' \ •\ X " X 2 1/4' 1 ' • CASHWRAP SECTION @ DRAWER COUNTER C'1 r7 \ CASHWRAP SECTION CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION 4 1/4' D n •1 1 2' -6" 1' -0" \ \ \ fll r r 2' -6' C0 1 1/4' 2' -3 5/8" 0 \ \ GENERAL NOTES: 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.LC. 2. SEE VENDOR LIST ON GENERAL INFORMATION SHEET A -001 FOR CONTACT INFORMATION. " • • • r, OUTER DASH GRAPHICS BY OWNER SOLID LINE OF SUBSTRATE PANEL MIDDLE DASH OF COVE LIGHT FIXTURES INNER DASH OF SUPPORT FRAMEWORK re) 1' -9' C) POWER AND DATA 'SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN 2 1/4' 4' -2 1/2' 6 1/2" BACKWRAP SECTION BACKWRAP ELEVATION , 1 -8 1/2" .r BACKWRAP PLAN SECTION 3' -1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' 3' -0 1/2" F 3' -1 1/2' 11 3'-1 1/2' r1 6' -3' CASHWRAP PLAN O ' 1 12' -5" 19'-8' 16' -2' CEILING rQ 9' -4" AFF r 15' -7 1/2' PL -3 f 3' -0 1/2' CASHWRAP REAR ELEVATION 3' -1 1/2' 12' x 12' ACCESS PANE 3' -1 1/2" 1" r-6 1/4' 3' -1 1/2' 3'--1 1/2' 3' -1 1/2' POWER AND DATA SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN -\ 3' -1 1/2" F EC) CD CD m 5'- 91/2" i T 1_ • L 5' -9 1/2" -1 / / l/ 2' 2 1/4' 1 PERFORATED METAL M -1 C1 PL -4 PL -1 PL -2 2' - 5 3/8' i ' REVIEWE FOB . CODE COMPLIA AMR ED MAY - 6 2OOB 6 1/2" OWING D SI '� PL -4 PL -4 TYP DRAWER FACE PL -1 TYP FRAME CarleruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 REGISTERED ARCHITEC ILL. BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 5027 NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA E'r WED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER a BURGESS, INC. ISSUES /REVISIONS CASEWORK DETAILS at &t APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED A -803 DOOR SCHEDULE I DOOR LOCATION DOOR FRAME HARDWARE GROUP REMARKS WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS TYPE MATERIAL D TA JAMB DETAL MATERIAL TYPE 001 SALES FLOOR TO OPEN OFFICE 3' -0" 7' -0" 1 3/4" D WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW2 002 MANAGER'S OFFICE 3' -0" 7' -0" 13/4 C WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD Fl HW5 003 INVENTORY /MDF ROOM 3' -0" 7' -0' 13/e A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW4 004 WOMEN'S RESTROOM 3' -0" 7' -0" 1 3/4" A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD 11 HW3 005 MEN'S RESTROOM 3' -0" 7' -0" 13/4 A WD —SC E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW3 006 ELECTRICAL ROOM EXISTING 007 EXIT DOOR 3' -0" 7' -0" 13/e E GLASS E5/A802 E5/A802 STL —KD F1 HW1AP 008 EXIT /ENTRY DOOR 6' —O" 7' -0" 13/e E GLASS E5/A802 E5 /A802 STL —KD F1 HW1AP 009 (E) EXIT /ENTRY DOUBLE DOOR EXISTING 010 (E) EX[T /ENTRY DOOR EXISTING 1' -6" A Di Nimosev y..9% REV RACK: RSF -008 1/2' -1' -0" PROMO TABLE: RSF -005 1/2' -f -0" RSF -009 j GONDOLA: RSF -009 1/2 ".r -0" RSF -008 \ \ r W.:: :w: : W 2' -0" SEAMS M -1 SEAMS WD -1 PERFORATED STEEL PANEL (4) 3" D CASTERS, 2 LOCKING 64 PROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI-GLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL 3/4" MDF W/ VACUUM - FORMED VINYL M1 WD -1 16 GA. PERFORATED STEEL PANEL 1/4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTALLY & VERTICALLY ROCKLER *76863 TURNTABLE, RATED FOR 220 7/74" THICK X 12 -5/8" D WD -1 (4) CONCEALED CASTORS (2) LOCKING. PL -1 M -2 PL -1 MDF WITH VACUUM - FORMED VINYL PROVIDE (2) 1/4" D HOLES TO ACCEPT PLEXI -GLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS GENERAL NOTES: 5" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER SEAMS WD -1 M -1 5 1/2" X 17" PLEXIGLASS SIGN HOLDER 1. FURNITURE AND FIXTURES DETAILS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY, FIXTURES F.O.I.C. 2. FOR FIXTURE ORDERS CONTACT U.S. COMMUNICATIONS, ATTN: JOHN RAGNUSIN AT 770- 886 -7605 62 16 GA.SQUARE PERFORATED STEEL PANEL1 /4" D HOLES 1" O.C. HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PERFORATED METAL PANEL EASED EDGES WD -1 A FLUSH SOLID CORE WOOD DOOR NOTE: 1 —THE INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE GROUP HW4 INCLUDES THE BEST 93KZ7DV15KP -53 -626. SEE HARDWARE GROUP HW4 2 —CLASS 6 OR ANY OTHER LOCATION NEEDING ADDITIONAL SECURITY ON REAR DOOR WILL USE THE FOLLOWING ARM —A —DOR EXIT DEVICE: A101002 ARM —A —DOR EXIT ALARM. 3 —ALL EXISTING DOORS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3' -0" WIDE AND 6' -8 IN HEIGHT. DOOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF OPENING 90 DEGREE AND SHALL BE MOUNTED THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH IS NOT LESS THAN 32 ". SEC 1003.3.1.3, 1003.3.1.3a, 1005.3.2 4 —ALL NEW DOOR SHALL HAVE 2" HEAD FRAME TYPE, U.O.N. 5 —PAINT P -4 FOR ALL SALES FLOOR DOORS AND FRAMES (ALUMINUM STOREFRONT NOT INCLUDED). 6 —PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL FOR ALL OFFICES, INVENTORY, RESTROOM AND OPEN OFFICE DOORS AND FRAMES. 7— COORDINATE WITH AT &T PROJECT MANAGER IF ALARM IS REQUIRED TO BE AT REMOTE LOCATION. 8 —A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 POUND FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS. HW2 (PASSAGE WITH CLOSER) 1-1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PASSAGE 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW3 (PRIVACY WITH CLOSER) 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PRIVACY 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW4 (STOREROOM LOCK 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW5 (OFFICE LOCK WITH 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 LOCKSET 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 STOP 3 SILENCER HW6B (EXTERIOR WITH ALARM 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 PANIC 1 TRANSFER 1 HORN 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 RAIN DRIP 1 VIEWER 1 CYLINDER(I.S.) 100 FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOOR WITH CLOSER) STA BES STA QUA QUA GJ CLOSER) HW6A (EXTERIOR WITH LOCAL ALARM) STA FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 BES 93KON15D —S3 -626 STA 03550 —SB QUA 10. X 2. LDW . 16 GA QUA 431ES GJ GJ64 STA FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 BES 93KOL15D -53 -626 STA 03550 —SB QUA 10. X 2. LDW . 16 CA QUA 431ES GJ GJ64 STA BES SEA QUA QUA GJ 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 ALARM LOCK 1 CYLINDER (I.S.) 1 CLOSER 1 KICKPLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 RAIN DRIP 1 VIEWER IVE The standard alarm system for rear exit doors is the Precision Model 5101ALK501 -689, but in those locations that require fire rated assembly, Precision Model FL 5101 ALK501 -689 may be substituted. STA PRE BES STA QUA NGP NGP NGP NGP 12 i IGC14 \ \1ATE C FLUSH DOOR W/ 12"X12" GLASS PANEL FBB179 — 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93KZ7DV15KP —S3 -626 03550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW — 16 GA 431ES GJ64 FBB179 . 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 93K7AB15D —S3 -626 03550 —SB 10.X2. LDW .16GA 431ES GJ64 FBII179 — NRP-4-1/2 X 4 -1/2 PR-- 5101ALK501 -689 (see note below) 1E74 D4550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW . 16 GA 425 102V 5050 —BN 16A + 4. 698B TO REMOTE LOCATION) STA FBB179 —NRP— 4 -1/2 X 4 -1/2 PRE 5101WALW501- 689— WH495 --WTS PRE EPT -5 ADE STA QUA NGP NGP NGP NGP NE BES WAVE2EX D4550 —SB 10. X 2. LDW -16GA 425 102V 5050 —BN 16A + 4. 6986 1E74 D FLUSH DOOR W/ 7"X22" ONE WAY GLASS PANEL (MIRRORED ON SALES FLOOR SIDE) HARDWARE GROUPS HW1 P (EXTERIOR — WOOD /METAL) 3 PR BUTTS STA 2 FLUSHBOLT QUA 1 DEADLOCK BES 2 PUSH /PULL SET QUA 2 CLOSER STA 1 THRESHOLD NGP 2 SWEEP NGP 1 SEAL NGP 1 ASTRAGAL BY DOOR SUPPLIER HW1AP (EXTERIOR — ALUM /ALUM) 3 PR BUTTS 2 FLUSHBOLT 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 2 PUSH /PULL SET 2 CLOSER 2 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 2 SWEEP 1 SEAL 1 ASTRAGAL HW1S (EXTERIOR SINGLE — 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 DEADLOCK 1 CLOSER 1 PUSH PULL SET 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL HW1AS (EXTERIOR SINGLE 1 -1/2 PR BUTTS 1 DEADLOCK 1 CYLINDER 1 THUMBTURN 1 PUSH /PULL SET 1 CLOSER 1 DROP PLATE 1 THRESHOLD 1 SWEEP 1 SEAL FRAME TYPES: F1 2" HEAD F2 4" HEAD I E STOREFRONT DOOR W/ TEMPERED GLASS FINISH: MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION A/R DES BES QUA SEA STA NGP NGP — ALUM /ALUM) AIR BES BES QUA STA STA NGP NGP MANUFACTURERS LISTING: STA STANLEY HARDWARE QUA QUALITY HARDWARE BES BEST LOCK NGP NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS GJ GLYNN— JOHNSON IVE H.B. IVES AIR ADAMS /RITE PRE PRECISION HARDWARE ARM ARM —A —DOR HARDWARE ADE ADEMCO Y TEMPERED SAFETY GLASS TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION FBB179 —NRP- 4--1/2 X 4 1358 — 12 38H7K -626 Q -484 04550 —SR 425 102V 5050 — BN MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD MS1850S — 1—)6 1E76—C181—RP-626 1E6A4 —C181 -626 Q -484 04550 —SB P45 -180 425 102V MFG STANDARD MFG STANDARD REVIEWEi CODE COW PPR MAY -6 Cit Of Tu BUILDING a WOOD /METAL) STA FBB179— NRP -4 -1/2 X 4—X DES 38H7K -626 STA 04550 —SR QUA —484 NGP 425 NGP 102V NGP 5050 — BN MFG STANDARD MS1850S — 1 -1/8. 1E76— C181 —RP -626 1E6A4 —C181 -626 Q -484 D4550 —SB P45 -180 425 102V MFG STANDARD iia VISION ) FOR LIANCE I JED I ( 2008 COPYRIGHT C 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t CarteruBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc, 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 REGISTERED ARCHITECT BERNARD S. KLEIN STATE OF WASHINGTON DRAWN en RECEIVED LIAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS 03 - 19 - 08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA DESIGNED BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED SALES FLOOR FIXTURING AND ELEVATIONS A -804 OF CABLE AND ASSOCIATED RACEWAY. SPLICING OF LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEM w WATT, WALL WIRING MAY BE LABELED PLENUM RATED TYPE. PROVIDE SEPARATE HOT CONDUCTOR, BY- PASSING CONTROLS, TO CABLE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. W/ WITW EMERGENCY BALLAST. " '� 9. UON ALL OUTLET HEIGHT DIMENSIONS SHALL BE TO CENTER OF �`n 3. NOTIFY OWNER OF ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH EXTRA WORK WP WEATHERPROOF DEVICE, MEASURED FROM FINISHED FLOOR. 19. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100'-0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 , CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101'-0" TO R-° UI' AS A RESULT OF THE ELECTRICAL PRE - CONSTRUCTION REVIEW. X 10. DIVISION 16 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL 150' -O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. XFMR TRANSFORMER CONDUITS. CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS. A I/ Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE DRAYIM BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. t &t I EXPIRES 08/26/09 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD APPROVE] BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE E -001 ABBREVIATIONS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE N NOTE: LIGHTING FIXTURES INDICATED MAY R LEGEND T NECESSARILY APPEAR AS PART OF REQUIRED. SEE PLANS. N THESE DRAWINGS NOT QUI EDT N LIGHTING FIXTURE NOTES: A AMPERE, ATTIC - CALLDUIS SYMBOL T FIXTURE L DESCRIPTION /REMARKS M MANUFACT. L LAMP W WATTS V V R REMARKS 1 • C - AIR CONDITIONING - SEE MECH. F FLOOR PLAN /DETAIL NO. n 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT AND LIGHTING A n 7 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY A T I S METALUX (COOPER) (2) F32T8/841 6 65W 1 120- C E -10 I I I I FURNISHED BY OWNER I I I A 1 1' X 4', 8 CFI I NL A I- A A - H RTU - ROOF TOP UNIT - SEE MECH. 0 B O " A PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE ( (2) GE F28W/835 f fi4W 1 120 4 ' B CONDUIT (REFER TO PLANS FOR ADDmONAL INFORMATION) B B B1 V B1 N SINGLE LAMP LOW PROFILE UNEAR T5 FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR P PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE ( (1) GE F21WT5/835 2 27W 1 120 D CONDUIT RUN EXPOSED - 3/4" UON //// , Q HOMERUN TO PANEL LA, CIRCUITS #1,3,5 & 2 4 . B CONDUIT RUN CONCEALED - 3/4 " B2 C SINGLE LAMP LOW PROFILE UNEAR T5 FLUORESCENT STRIP FOR P PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE ( (1) GE F28W/835 3 32W 1 120 O - 4" UON 3 II I CONDUIT WITH QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS AS INDICATED BY B2 B o CONDUIT UP I O C C S 7" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT WITH P PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C CRTR42WGX24q -4 4 45W 1 120- F • CONDUIT DOWN CONDUIT STUB -OUT WITH CAP SYMBOL D DESCRIPTION R MOUNTING REMARKS C1 3 Cl M MONOPOINT TRACK ACCENT LIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, H HALO (COOPER) G GE CMH39TCU 3 37W 1 120 D POWER RECEPTACLE - 20AMP, 125V, 3WIRE DUPLEX + +18" W WP INDICATES WEATHERPROOF 0 C2 C C S 7" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT WITH P PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C CRTR42WGX24q -4 4 45W 1 120- E F1 RACK . .. F T TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, E HALO (COOPER) G GE CMH39TCU 3 37W 1 120 E . . erg R loon-ICJ-1E1° Qz H1 TRACK ` H T TRACK MOUNTED ACCENT LIGHT WITH ELECTRONIC BALLAST, L LIGHTOLIER LYTESPAN P PAR38 75W 8 80W 1 120 3 ` 8 EE1 E EE1 E EXTERIOR EMERGENCY EGRESS UGHT FIXTURE WITH DARK BRONZE FINISH, U UTHONIA ( (2) 6W WEDGE-BASE 2 21W/ 1 120- N NOT R K2 ( 2' - X 4' -O" RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH 18 CELL PARABOLIC L LIGHTOU M F32T8/841 C 62W 1 120- M K2 K NL U VOICE /DATA/TV ► D ► COMMUNICATIONS OUTLET W/ SINGLE DEVICE RING & PLATE + +18" 4 4S BACK BOX & 3/4" C.O. W/ PULL WIRE TO L2 ( 2' -0" X 4' - RECESSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, L LITHONIA F F32T8/841 S 65W 1 120- B SEE T L3 L NL - a P M L 7 - X 2' - RECESSED MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC L LITHONIA F F32T8U/841 6 62W 1 120- P 1 ,. - ' , ' d T M C Q C LIGHTING P ( 1' -0" X 4' -O" SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC L LITHONIA F F32T8/841 1 65W N 120- S STEM P a S SWITCH - SINGLE POLE + +46" L LOWER CASE LETTER INDICATES SWITCH LEG l I I P L O 0 0 S 8" DIAMETER RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNUGHT WITH P PORTFOLIO (COOPER) C CRTR42WGX24q -4 4 45W 1 120- E MISC 4 ' T THERMOSTAT B BY DIVISION 15 P PROVIDE BACKBOX AND 1/2" CONDUIT TO 2 -0 SURFACE MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH ACRYLIC LENS, L LITHONIA F Fl 7T8/841 2 22W 1 120- C I 1 R �� R 2 SITE REVIEW: s J- E ;® F FLOOR BOX WITH POWER AND DATA OUTLETS 0 U p(IT E EDGE -UT LED RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED UNIVERSAL EXIT SIGN WITH U UTHONIA L LED 5 5W 1 120- S 1. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, VISIT PROJECT SITE AND REVIEW ALL AREAS OF S WIREMOLD #881 PVC FLOOR BOX WITH 881 GENERAL N T E S WHICH MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON 1 1. ALL WIRING METHODS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY DMSION 15. a) EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT THAT MUST BE REMOVED AND /OR B A I/ Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE DRAYIM BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. t &t I EXPIRES 08/26/09 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD APPROVE] BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE E -001 Interior Lighting Summary 9 g rY 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms LTG -INT Revised July 2007 PROJECT Project Address at &t - TUKWILA Date 3/14/2008 INFORMATION COMPONENT 16425 SOUTHCENTER PKWY For Building Department Use BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES TUKWILA, WA Applicant Name JACOBS CARTER BURGESS Applicant Address 4 HUTTON CENTER DRIVE, SUITE 800 SANTA ANA, CA 92707 Applicant Phone (714) 327 -1600 YES 1513.2 Project Description 0 New Building 0 Addition y Alteration 0 Plans Included Refer to WS EC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. Li htin Motor, and Transformer ran folrmelr Permit Plans Checklist Lighting � k N t 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms LTG -CHK Revised July 2007 Project Address 16425 SOUTHCENTER PKWY Date 3/14/2008 TUKWILA, WA APPLICABILITY YES, NO, N/A CODE SECTION COMPONENT INFORMATION REQUIRED LOCATION ON PLANS BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) YES 1513.1 Local cont /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E -101 1.00 YES 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E -101 163.0 YES 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations E -101 810.0 YES "C1" 39W CMH, electrononic ballast Vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans E -101 001 N/A 20 Ovt=rhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans 002, 003, 004, 007 "L2" - 2'x4' Fluor. w/ (2) 48" T8 32W lamps, elec. ballast YES 1513.4 Display /exhib/ special Indicate separate controls E -101 3 N/A 1513.5 Exterior shut- off : Schedule with type and features, indicate location N/A Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Total Proposed Watts Allowed Watts for Interior (a) timer w /backup Indicate location NIA (b) photocell. Indicate location YES 1513.6 Interior auto shut -off Indicate location E -101 NIA 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations YES 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone on plans E -101 N/A 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) YES 1514 Max. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign - 5 watts E -001 LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) YES 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lam p s, ballasts, watts per fixture E -001 N/A 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) NIA 1511 Elec Motor Efficiency MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) N/A 1540 Transformers Indicate size and efficiency Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft2 Area in ft2 Allowed x Area 001 RETAIL 1.50 3792.0 5688.0 001 RETAIL - DISPLAY (per 15 -1, footnote 10)** 1.50 560.0 840.0 002, 003, 004 OFFICE 1.00 587.0 587.0 005A, 005B, 006 TOILET, ELECTRICAL ROOM 0.80 163.0 130.4 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 7245.4 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 001 "A" - 4' Fluor. w/ (2) 48" T8 32W lamps, elec. ballast 48 65.0 3120.0 001 "B" - 4' Fluor. w/ (2) 48" T5 28W lamps, elec. ballast 12 Part of furn. Per 1512.2 001 "B1" - 4' Fluor. w/ (1) 36" T5 21W lamps, elec. ballast 6 Part of furn. Per 1512.2 001 "B2" - 4' Fluor. wl (1) 48" T5 28W lamps, elec. ballast 24 Part of furn. Per 1512.2 001 "C" - 7" Comp. Fluor. w/ 42W tripl, elec. ballast 18 45.0 810.0 001 "C1" 39W CMH, electrononic ballast 12 37.0 444.0 001 "F" - 2' Track Light w/ 39W CMH, elec. Ballast 20 100.0 2000.0 002, 003, 004, 007 "L2" - 2'x4' Fluor. w/ (2) 48" T8 32W lamps, elec. ballast 8 65.0 520.0 005A & '005B "P" - 4' Fluor. w/ (2) 48" T8 32W lamps, elec. ballast 3 65.0 195.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Total Proposed Watts Allowed Watts for Interior 7089.0 Compliance Option 0 Prescriptive Lighting Power Allowance LPA spaces are indicated on plans 0 Systems Analysis Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) No changes are being made to the lighting Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased & space use not changed Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Proposed Lighting Wattage Li htin Motor and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist g g� LTG-CHK 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting Controls: Lighting, including exempt lighting in Section 1512, shall corn ply with this section. W here occupancy sensors are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed in Section 1513.6.2. 1513.1 Local Control and Accessibility: Each space, enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, shall be provided with lighting controls located within that space. The lighting controls, whether one or more, shall be capable of turning off all lights within the space. The controls shall be readily accessible, at the point of entry /exit, to personnel occupying or using the space. EXCEPTIONS: The following lighting controls may be centralized in remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces which must be used as a whole. 2. Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 1513.2 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch or automatic control shall not exceed that which is provided by a 20 ampere circuit loaded to not more than 80 %. A master control may be installed provided the individual switches retain their capability to function independently. Circuit breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industrial or manufacturing process areas, as may be required for production. 2. Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All daylighted zones, as defined in Chapter 2, both under overhead glazing and adjacent to vertical glazing, shall be provided with individual controls, or daylight- or occupant - sensing automatic controls, which control the lights independent of general area lighting. Contiguous daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by a single controlling device provided that they do not include zones facing more than two adjacent cardinal orientations (i.e. north, east, south, west). Daylight zones under overhead glazing more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separately from daylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing. EXCEPTION: Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height partitions and containing 2 or fewer light fixtures are not required to have a separate switch for general area lighting. 1513.4 Display, Exhibition and Specialty Lighting Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be controlled independently of general area lighting. 1513.5 Automatic Shut -off Controls, Exterior: Lighting for all exterior applications shall have automatic controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the lighting is not required during nighttime hours. Lighting not designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by either: a. A corn bination of a photosensor and a time switch; 0 b. An astronomical time switch. Lighting designated for dusk -to -dawn operation shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor. All time switches shall be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss of power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances or exits from buildings or parking structures where required for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513.6 Automatic Shut -Off Controls, Interior: Buildings greater than 5,000 ft and all school classrooms shall be equipped with separate automatic controls to shut off the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, and all meeting and conference rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that corn ply with Section 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other device capable of automatically shutting off lighting. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Areas that must be continuously illuminated (e.g., 24 -hour convenience stores), or illuminated in a manner requiring manual operation of the lighting. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 3. Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production. 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 5. Areas in which medical or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1513.6.1 Occupancy Sensors: Occupancy sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights in an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light fixtures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have a wall- mounted, manual switch capable of turning off lights when the space is occupied. EXCEPTION: Occupancy sensors in stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low - light) provided the control fails in the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable of being set for 7 different day types per week and incorporate an automatic holiday "shut -off" feature, which turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time switches shall also have program back -up capabilities, which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10 hours, if power is interrupted. Automatic time switches shall incorporate an over -ride switching device which: a. is readily accessible; b. is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas controlled by the switch, or so that the area being illuminated is annunciated; c. is manually operated; d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more than 2 hours when an over -ride is initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft or 5% of the building footprint for footprints over 100,000 ft whichever is greater. 1513.7 Commissioning Requirements: For lighting controls which include daylight or occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shut -off controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches, the lighting controls shall be tested to ensure that control devices, components, equipment and systems are calibrated, adjusted and operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance with approved plans and specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph. 1514 Exit Signs: Exit signs shall have an input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign. Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase motors of 1 hp or more, which are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Section 1437. EXCEPTIONS: 1. Motors that are an integral part of specialized process equipment. 2. Where the motor is integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540 - TRANSFORMERS The minimum efficiency of a low voltage dry -type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4 -2 of the "Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA TP -1- 2002). If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: poS 7 4 A® VAL Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECEIVE. MAR 2 8 2008 PERMITCENTER DESIGNED BY: RT , CHECKED BY: BLD DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ISSUES /REVISIONS LIGHTING COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE E -002 DESCRIPTION LOCATION DRY DAMP WET BRANCH CIRCUITS #6AWG AND SMALLER THHN THWN THWN FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUITS LARGER THAN #6 AWG XHHW XHHW XHHW -2 EXTERIOR FEEDER & BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING XHHW -2 XHHW -2 XHHW -2 FEEDERS CONNECTED TO 100% RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS XHHW -2 XHHW -2 XHHW -2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 1605th GENERAL ELECTRICAL THE DRAWINGS, GENERAL CONDI11ONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDI11ONS, AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PART 1 GENERAL: 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL: FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, APPARATUS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION, TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION AND SPECIAL OR OCCASIONAL SERVICES AS REQUIRED TO MAKE A COMPLETE WORKING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, AS SHOWN ON NE DRAWINGS OR DESCRIBED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. B. ALL ELECTRICAL MATERIAL & EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND IN PERFECT CONDITION WHEN INSTALLED. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L LISTED. MATERIALS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF A.N.S.I., N.E.M.A. & N.B.F.U. REPLACE DEFECTIVE OR DAMAGED MATERIALS OR REPAIR IN A MANNER APPROVED BY THE OWNER. KEEP CONDUITS AND OTHER OPENINGS CLOSED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATTER. COVER FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS AND PROTECT AGAINST DIRT, WATER, CHEMICAL OR MECHANICAL DAMAGE BEFORE AND DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY FIXTURES, APPARATUS OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE, INCLUDING RESTORATION OF DAMAGED SHOP COATS OF PAINT. DELIVER EQUIPMENT AND STORE AT THE SITE, PROPERLY PACKED AND CRATED, UNTIL FINALLY INSTALLED. C. ANY INCONSISTENCY OR DISCREPANCY IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CLEARED WITH THE ENGINEER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD FURTHER THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS FULLY THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ALL RELATED DOCUMENTS ON THIS PROJECT. D. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERTAKE THE WORK IN ITS ENTIRETY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS DESIGN AND PURPOSE. ALL WORK SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER WITH MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY AND EXCELLENT WORKMANSHIP. E. PERMITS AND FEES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR PERMITS AND FEES NECESSARY FOR EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL WORK, INCLUDING ALL CHARGES BY THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND CITY AGENCIES. F. SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 1. INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF LIGHTING FIXTURES AND LAMPS. 2. GROUNDING. 3. INSTALLATION OF DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. 4. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS AND OVERCURRENT DEVICES. 5. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING. 6. EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM. 7. INSTALLATION OF CONVENIENCE OUTLETS. 8. INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE BACKBOARD, TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS AND RACEWAYS. 9. FURNISHING, SUPPORT AND INSTALLATION OF NEW TRANSFORMER. 10. ROUGH -IN WIRING FOR DISPLAY CASE LIGHTING. 11. DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS. 12. LIGHTING CONTROLS, AND TIME SWITCHES. 13. CONNECTIONS OF, AND POWER WIRING TO, HVAC EQUIPMENT: 14. CONDUIT FOR DATA, TELEPHONE AND ALARM SYSTEMS. 15. INSTALLATION AND ASSEMBLY OF OWNER FURNISHED FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. 16. OTHER RELATED SERVICES G. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. PERFORM THE FOLLOWING WORK, IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROPRIATE SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS CITED, WHERE AND AS NECESSARY TO FURNISH A COMPLETE, WORKING ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. A. CONCRETE: DIVISION 3 B. PAINTING: DIVISION 9 C. DOOR HARDWARE: DIVISION 11 D. MECHANICAL: DIVISION 15 2. PROVIDE WIRING FOR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY OTHERS, AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES OR DETAILS FOR INSTALLATION. THE TERM " WIRING " AS USED HEREIN, INCLUDES FURNISHING AND INSTALLING CONDUIT, WIRE, JUNCTION BOXES, DISCONNECTS ETC. AND MAKING CONNECTIONS. CHECK ARCHITECTURAL AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROPER WIRING AND NECESSARY ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS TO EQUIPMENT TO CONFORM TO SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS OF THE EQUIPMENT. H. PENETRATIONS OF WALLS AND WALL MEMBRANES REQUIRED TO HAVE A FIRE -- RESISTANCE RATING SHALL BE PROTECTED WIN THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRE STOPS SUITABLE FOR THE METHOD OF PENETRATION. THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRE STOPS SHALL BE TESTED USING U.B.C. STANDARD 7 -5. J. PROVIDE 4" CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD FOR ALL FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. SPECIFIC 1. COMPLY WITH ALL CODES ENFORCED BY THE STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. 2. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE CURRENT UBC, NEC, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SPECIFIED UNDER THIS DIVISION SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS WHERE APPUCABLE. A. UL UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES. B. ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS. C. CBM CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURERS. D. ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS. INSTITUTE. E. NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION 1.03 DRAWINGS: A. LAYOUT: GENERAL LAYOUT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FOLLOWED EXCEPT WHERE OTHER WORK MAY CONFLICT WITH THE DRAWINGS. B. B. C. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS AND ATTACHMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS AS REQUIRED PER THE STATE AND LOCAL JURISDICTIONS. ACCURACY: 1. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. COMPLETE DETAILS OF THE BUILDING WHICH MAY AFFECT THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION ARE NOT SHOWN. SIZE AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND WIRING ARE SHOWN TO SCALE WHERE POSSIBLE BUT MAY BE DISTORTED FOR CLARITY ON THE DRAWINGS. FINAL LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SHOWN IN ENLARGED DETAILS OR AS APPROVED BY NE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. IT IS NOT WITHIN THE SCOPE OF DRAWINGS TO SHOW ALL NECESSARY BENDS, OFFSET, PULL BOXES AND OBSTRUCTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE INSTALLATION TO MAINTAIN HEADROOM AND KEEP OPENINGS AND PASSAGEWAYS CLEAR. COORDINATE WIN DRAWINGS OF ALL OTHER TRADES. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY UNES, LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE SETTING OUT OF WORK AND FOR ITS STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS AT THE SITE. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBSTITUTIONS OF SPECIFIED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED. 1.05 SUBMITTALS: A. GENERAL: REFER TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 FOR REQUIREMENTS. FORMAT: FURNISH SUBMITTAL DATA NEATLY BOUND IN AN 8 -1/2" X 11" FOLDER OR BINDER WITH A TABLE OF CONTENTS LISTING IN ORDER OF SPECIFICATION SECTION AND PARAGRAPH NUMBER. SUBMITTALS SHALL CONSIST OF DETAILED SHOP DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, CATALOG "CUTS" AND DATA SHEETS CONTAINING PHYSICAL AND DIMENSIONED INFORMATION, PERFORMANCE DATA, ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, MATERIALS USED IN FABRICATION, MATERIAL FINISH AND THOSE OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE INCLUDED AND THOSE WHICH ARE EXCLUDED. D. EACH SUBMITTAL SHALL BE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE COVER LETTER ACCOMPANYING SUBMITTAL LETTER SHALL UST IN FULL THE ITEMS AND DATA SUBMITTED AND SHALL CONTAIN A STATEMENT ACKNOWLEDGING THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS PERFORMED A DETAILED REVIEW OF THE SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. FAILURE TO COMPLY WIN THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR RETURN OF DATA FOR RESUBMISSION WITHOUT REVIEW. E. CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS PROCESSED BY THE ENGINEER ARE NOT CHANGE ORDERS, THAT THE PURPOSE OF SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS BY THE CONTRACTOR IS TO DEMONSTRATE TO THE ENGINEER THAT THE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE DESIGN CONCEPT, THAT HE DEMONSTRATES HIS UNDERSTANDING BY INDICATING WHICH EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL HE INTENDS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL AND BY DETAILING THE FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION METHODS HE INTENDS TO USE. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE PROPERLY STORED AND ADEQUATELY PROTECTED AND CAREFULLY HANDLED TO PREVENT DAMAGE BEFORE AND DURING INSTALLATION. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE HANDLED, STORED, AND PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE STORED TO PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM THE WEATHER AND ACCIDENTAL DAMAGE. PLASTIC CONDUIT SHALL BE STORED ON EVEN SUPPORTS AND IN LOCATIONS NOT SUBJECT TO DIRECT SUN RAYS OR EXCESSIVE HEAT. CABLES SHALL BE SEALED, STORED AND HANDLED CAREFULLY TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE OUTER COVERING OR INSULATION AND DAMAGE FROM MOISTURE AND WEATHER. DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS, IN THE OPINION OF NE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW ITEMS AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT APPUCABLE) PART 3 EXECUTION: 3.01 TESTS AND GUARANTEES: A. TESTS SHALL BE CONDUCTED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD AND AT COMPLETION TO DETERMINE CONFORMITY WITH APPUCABLE CODES AND WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS. TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT AND SHALL INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. INSULATION RESISTANCE: PERFORM 500 -VOLT D.C. TESTS FOR ONE MINUTE ON ALL FEEDER CONDUCTORS, INCLUDING THE NEUTRAL AND MAKE A TYPED RECORD OF ALL READINGS TO BE INCLUDED IN THE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS. REPAIR OR REPLACE CIRCUITS SHOWING LESS THAN 40 MEGOHMS RESISTANCE TO GROUND. MAKE TESTS USING BIDDLE INSULATION RESISTANCE MEGGER, OR EQUAL 2. GROUND RESISTANCE: TEST GROUND RESISTANCE PER IEEE STANDARD NO. 81. HIRE AN INDEPENDENT LAB TO PERFORM THE GROUNDING SYSTEM TESTING PER NETA 7.13. CERTIFIED DOCUMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER FOR VERIFICATION PRIOR TO PROJECT COMPLETION. 3. CIRCUITS CONTINUITY: TEST ALL FEEDER AND BRANCH FOR CONTINUITY. TEST ALL NEUTRALS FOR IMPROPER GROUNDS. 4. EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS: TEST LIGHTING CIRCUITS FOR CORRECT OPERATION THROUGH THEIR CONTROL DEVICES. TEST ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATERS FOR CORRECT OPERATIONS THROUGH THEIR CONTROL RELAYS/THERMOSTATS. 5. UGHTING CONTROL CIRCUITS: PERFORM OPERATION TESTS FOR ALL UGHTING CIRCUITS. 6. PROPERLY TEST THE PHASE ROTATION OF ALL NEW FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS, AND MAKE SUCH CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS NECESSARY TO INSURE NE CORRECT ROTATION OF ALL MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE NEW INSTALLATION. 7. PRODUCT FAILURE: ANY PRODUCTS WHICH FAIL DURING THE TESTS OR ARE RULED UNSATISFACTORY BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE REPLACED, REPAIRED, OR CORRECTED AS PRESCRIBED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AFTER REPAIRS, REPLACEMENTS OR CORRECTIONS UNTIL SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE IS DEMONSTRATED. 8. PHYSICAL INSPECTION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CABLES: INSPECTION SHALL BE MADE OF ALL EQUIPMENT TO INSURE PROPER ASSEMBLY AND CONSTRUCTION. 9. FURNISH, IN WRITING, A COMPLETE GUARANTEE AGAINST DEFECTIVE MATERIALS AND IMPROPER WORKMANSHIP, SATISFACTORY TO OWNER, FOR ALL PARTS, COMPONENTS, AND OPERATION. INCLUDE IN GUARANTEE COMPLETE MAINTENANCE OF THE SYSTEM, INCLUDING REPLACEMENT PARTS, ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TO MAINTAIN THE SYSTEM IN PROPER OPERATING CONDITION FOR THE GUARANTEE PERIOD. 3.02 INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS A. REFER TO DIVISION 1. B. AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION, AN ADEQUATE PERIOD SHALL BE ALLOTTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR INSTRUCTION OF BUILDING OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL IN THE USE OF ALL SYSTEMS. ALL PERSONNEL SHALL BE INSTRUCTED AT ONE TIME, THE CONTRACTOR MAKING ALL NECESSARY ARRANGEMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVES. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL PROVIDE PRODUCT LITERATURE AND APPUCA11ON GUIDES FOR THE USERS' REFERENCE. C. COSTS, IF ANY, FOR THE ABOVE SERVICE SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3.03 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS (AS- BUILT) A. PROVIDE PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED BY OTHER SECTIONS OF SPECIFICATIONS AND AS REQUIRED HEREIN. SUCH DRAWINGS SHALL FULLY REPRESENT INSTALLED CONDITIONS INCLUDING ACTUAL LOCATION OF OUTLETS, CORRECT CONDUIT AND WIRE SIZING AS WELL AS ROUTING, REVISED FIXTURE SCHEDULING USTING THE MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCTS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. B. ALL CHANGES TO DRAWINGS SHALL BE MADE BY QUALIFIED DRAFTSPERSONS TO MATCH EXISTING UNE WORK AND LETTERING AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE. 3.04 WORKMANSHIP A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERTAKE THE WORK IN ITS ENTIRETY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS DESIGN AND PURPOSE. ALL WORK SHALL BE CARRIED OUT IN A PROFESSIONAL MANNER WITH MAXIMUM EFFICIENCY AND EXCELLENT WORKMANSHIP. B. PREPARATION, HANDLING AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND TECHNICAL DATA PARTICULAR TO THE PRODUCT SPECIFIED AND /OR APPROVED EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. COORDINATE WORK AND COOPERATE WITH OTHER IN FURNISHING AND PLACING THIS WORK. WORK TO APPROVED SHOPDRAWINGS FOR WORK BY OTHERS AND TO FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS NECESSARY TO PROPERLY FIT THE WORK. C. CONFORM TO THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S ASSOCIATION STANDARD OF INSTALLATION FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION PRACTICE. 3.05 SCHEDULE OF WORK: ARRANGE WORK TO CONFORM TO THE SCHEDULE WHICH HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. ADVISE REGARDING SHIPPING SCHEDULE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT. 3.06 SUPERVISION: CONTRACTOR SHALL PERSONALLY OR THROUGH AN AUTHORIZED AND COMPETENT REPRESENTATIVE CONSTANTLY SUPERVISE THE WORK FROM BEGINNING TO COMPLETION AND, WITHIN REASON, KEEP THE SAME WORKMEN AND FOREMAN ON THE PROJECT THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT DURATION. 3.07 PROTECTION: KEEP CONDUITS, JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, AND OTHER OPENINGS CLOSED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF FOREIGN MATTER. COVER FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND APPARATUS AND PROTECT AGAINST DIRT, PAINT, WATER, CHEMICAL OR MECHANICAL DAMAGE, BEFORE AND DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION ANY FIXTURE, APPARATUS, OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGED PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE. PROTECT BRIGHT FINISHED SURFACES AND SIMILAR ITEMS UNTIL IN SERVICE. NO RUST OR DAMAGE WILL BE PERMITTED. 3.08 SPECIAL TOOLS: ALL SPECIAL TOOLS FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE DEUVERED TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 3.09 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY LAY OUT ALL WORK IN ADVANCE TO AVOID UNNECESSARY CUTTING, CHANNELING, CHASING OR DRAWNG OF FLOORS, WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEIUNGS OR OTHER SURFACES. STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WILL NOT BE CUT OR DRILLED WITHOUT NE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AND OWNER. WHERE SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY, HOWEVER, DO ALL CUTTING, CORING AND PATCHING OF THE CONSTRUCTION WORK WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. ALL PATCHING SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIALS, WORKMANSHIP AND FINISH AND SHALL ACCURATELY MATCH ALL SURROUNDING WORK. AFTER COMPLETION OF WORK, CLEAN UP RESULTANT DEBRIS AND REMOVE FROM SITE. B. INSTALL ALL REQUIRED SLEEVES, FORMS AND INSETS BEFORE WALLS OR PARTITION ARE BUILT. CUTTING AND PATCHING OF WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILINGS AND FLOOR NECESSARY FOR RECEPTION OF WORK, CAUSED BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE OR PROPERLY LOCATED SLEEVES, FORMS AND INSETS, INCORRECT LOCATION OF WORK OR FAILURE TO COOPERATE WITH OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE DONE AT EXPENSE OF TRADE RESPONSIBLE. C. NO CUTTING OF FINISHED OR STRUCTURAL WORK MAY BE DONE WITHOUT ACCEPTANCE. WHEN NECESSARY TO HAVE FINISHED MATERIAL OR STRUCTURAL WORK CUT, FURNISH NECESSARY DRAWINGS TO TRADE WHOSE MATERIALS ARE OUT TO BE CUT. 3.10 CLEARANCES: PROVIDE WORKING CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF, IN BACK OF, AND TO SIDES FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED BY NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 3.11 DEMOLITION: DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO THE EXISTING TENANT SPACE TO BE BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3.12 CONNECTIONS: CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL FINAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM U.N.O. 3.12 ACCESS PANEL A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED FOR CODE REQUIRED ACCESS TO ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND JUNCTION BOXES IN HARD CEILING AREAS. B. ACCESS PANELS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED IN SALES AREA CEILING OR WALLS. DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT NORMALLY WOULD BE CONCEALED FROM VIEW SHALL BE LOCATED AT NORMALLY ACCESSIBLE AREAS SUCH AS ABOVE CEILING, NEAR HVAC DIFFUSERS OR IN BACK ROOMS IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING AREAS. END OF SECTION SECTION 16100: BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND DIVISION 1 APPLY TO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION ENCOMPASSES PRODUCTS, ASSEMBLIES AND BASIC INSTALLATION METHODS REQUIRED FOR ELECTRICAL PROJECT SYSTEMS SPECIFIED UNDER THIS DIVISION AND INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT UMITED TO: 1. CONDUIT, RACEWAYS, AND FITTINGS. 2. WIRE AND CABLES. 3. WIRE CONNECTIONS AND DEVICES. 4. OUTLET BOXES. 5. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES. 6. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES. 7. DEVICE PLATES. 8. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 9. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BACKBOARD. 10. DOOR BUZZER AND PUSHBUTTON SYSTEM. 11. BACKGROUND SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION AND WIRING. 12. EMPTY RACEWAY PROVISIONS FOR BURGLAR ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM DETECTION UNITS AND SWITCHES. 13. PANELBOARDS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT B. WORK NOT INCLUDED: 1. BACKGROUND SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY AUDIO CONTRACTOR. 2. BURGLAR ALARM AND SECURITY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND WIRING. SUBMITTALS 1.02 A. SUBMIT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16050 THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1. SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES AND DEVICE PLATES. 2. CONDUCTORS AND CABLES. 3. OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES. 4. RACEWAYS. 5. DOOR BUZZERS AND PUSHBUTTON. 6. PANELBOARDS AND TRANSFORMER PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. RACEWAYS FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL BE, RIGID GALVANIZED STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) & ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT), SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS OF THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE, MINIMUM OF 3" OR AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS, AS FOLLOWS: 1. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT (RGS) 1a. RGS SHALL BE PERMITTED UNDER ALL CONDITIONS SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS OF THE STATE ELECTRIC CODE, EXCEPT AREAS IDENTIFIED AS A CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENT BY OWNER OR WHERE EXPOSED IN GMP CLASSIFIED ASEPTIC AREAS (CLASS 100,000 TO CLASS 100). EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE RGS. la. CONDUIT, RIGID STEEL: FULL WEIGHT, THREADED, HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, INSIDE ENAMELED, CONFORMING TO ANSI C80.1. lb. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS SHALL BE THREADED, HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED WITH ZINC COATED THREADS AND SHALL BE IN COMPUANCE WITH NEC, ANSI AND UL CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROATS. THREE -PIECE COUPLINGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON. EFCOR 165 SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 4-50 SERIES OR EQUAL 1d. THREADLESS COUPUNGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, WITH INTEGRAL CONDUIT STOP. EFCOR 1760. le. THREADLESS CONNECTORS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ON THREADED MALE HUB PLASTIC INSULATED THROAT RATED 90 DEGREES C MINIMUM. EFCOR 1750B SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 31 -050 1T SERIES OR EQUAL 1f. INSULATED BUSHINGS: THREADED POLYPROPYLENE OR THERMOSETTING PHENOUC RATED 150 DEGREES C MINIMUM. INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHINGS: THREADED CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH INSULATED THROAT AND STEEL, "LAY -IN" GROUND LUG WITH COMPRESSION SCREW. O.Z. /GEDNEY BLG SERIES, THOMAS & BETTS 3870 SERIES OR EQUAL 1h. INSULATED METALLIC BUSHINGS: THREADED CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH PLASTIC INSULATED THROAT RATED 105 DEGREES C. O.Z. /GEDNEY TYPE B, THOMAS & BETTS 1222 SERIES OR EQUAL 1i. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 2. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) 2a. EMT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR BOTH EXPOSED AND CONCEALED WORK - INTERIOR POWER AND UGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS WHERE RUN CONCEALED ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING, IN STUD WALLS, FURRED SPACES, AND WHERE NOT EXPOSED TO MECHANICAL DAMAGE, OR ABOVE 6' FROM FLOOR. 2b. EMT SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED: a) WHERE SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE, INCLUDING MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOMS BELOW 8' -0" AFF. b) FOR SIZES LESS THAN 2 X" IN EXTERIOR & ROOFTOP LOCATIONS. c) IN CORROSIVE AREAS. d) IN CINDER BLOCK CONSTRUCTION. e) IN HAZARDOUS OR CLASSIFIED ASEPTIC LOCATIONS. 2c. CONDUIT: SHALL BE FORMED OF COLD ROLLED STRIP STEEL, ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE WELDED CONTINUOUSLY ALONG THE LONGITUDINAL SEAM AND HOT -DIP GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. CONDUIT SHALL CONFORM TO ANSI C80.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL MEET U.L. REQUIREMENTS. 2d. FITTINGS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE, STEEL, GLAND NUT AND RING TYPE ONLY. PRESSURE INDENTED DRIVE -ON AND DIE -CAST TYPES SHALL NOT BE USED. CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE INSULATED THROATS 2e. COUPLINGS: ELECTROPLATED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, GLAND COMPRESSION TYPE, U.L LISTED RAIN AND CONCRETE TIGHT THROUGH 1 -1/4 INCH TRADE SIZE, D.Z. /GEDNEY 6050W SERIES, EFCOR 760 SERIES OR EQUAL SET SCREW TYPE COUPLINGS MAY BE USED IN DRY LOCATIONS, O.Z. /GEDNEY 5050 SERIES OR EQUAL 2f. CONNECTORS: GLAND COMPRESSION TYPE WITH CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODY WITH MALE HUB AND INSULATED PLASTIC THROAT 150 DEGREES C. TEMPERATURE RATED. 0.Z. /GEDNEY 4050 SERIES OR EQUAL 2g. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 3. FLEXIBLE METAWC CONDUIT 3a. FLEXIBLE METAWC CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO, SUSPENDED UGHT FIXTURES, BETWEEN J -BOXES AND RECESSED /SURFACE MOUNTED UGHT FIXTURES, TO OVERCOME BUILDING OBSTRUCTIONS, FOR CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING (24" MAXIMUM), HYDRAULIC, OR PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND SOLENOIDS IN DRY LOCATIONS. 3b. CONDUIT: SHALL BE FABRICATED IN CONTINUOUS LENGTHS FROM GALVANIZED STEEL STRIP, SPIRALLY WOUND AND FORMED TO PROVIDE AN INTERLOCKING DESIGN AND SHALL BE IN COMPUANCE WITH NEC AND UL. 4' MAX. LENGTH. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT IS NOT PERMITTED IN WALLS. 3c. FITTINGS: CONNECTORS SHALL BE MADE OF THE SCREW CLAMP WITH CAST MALLEABLE IRON BODIES AND THREADED MALE HUBS WITH INSULATED THROATS. 3d. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED IN THE LENGTHS AND FOR APPLICATIONS AS ALLOWED BY THE JURISDICTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING INSTALLATION THAT IS NOT IN COMPUANCE WITH THE JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS 3e. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 1 c. 1g. 4. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT 4a. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING (24" MAXIMUM), HYDRAULIC, OR PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENT, MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS AND SOLENOIDS IN OUTDOOR AREAS, MECHANICAL AREAS AND WHERE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE. 4b. LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE COVERED CONTINUOUSLY SPIRALLY WOUND GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM STRIP WITH INTEGRAL GROUNDING CONDUCTOR AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NEC AND UL. ANACONDA TYPE U.A., COLEMAN TYPE UXT1 OR EQUAL. 4' MAX. LENGTH. 4c. FITTINGS: FITTINGS SHALL BE LIQUID TIGHT, ZINC COATED STEEL CONNECTOR BODY AND GLAND NUT SHALL BE OF CADMIUM PLATED CAST MALLEABLE IRON, WITH INSULATED THROAT, MAX. 24 ", T & B 5331 SERIES, O.Z. /GEDNEY 4Q -38 -1T SERIES, OR EQUAL. 4d. SUPPORT CONDUITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. 2.02 2.04 B. MC CABUNG 1. METAL CLAD CABLE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH UL THE CABLE SHALL BEAR THE UL LABEL AND MANUFACTURER'S "E" NUMBER 2. ACCEPTABLE SIZES FOR MC CABLE: 12/2 THROUGH 12/9; 10/2 THROUGH 10/ 9 AND SHALL CONTAIN COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY, NO ALUMINUM ALLOWED MANUFACTURER - AFC OR EQUAL 3. 4. CONDUCTORS: COPPER; SOLID OR STRANDED 5. INSULATION: THERMOPLASTIC (THHN) OR EQUIVALENT; VOLTAGE RATING 600V; TEMPERATURE RATING 90•C 6. ARMOR: ALUMINUM; CORRUGATED OR SMOOTH TUBE 8. CABLE SHALL BE FIRE RATED, 1 HOUR MINIMUM OR HIGHER AS REQUIRED BY SPECIFIC INSTALLATION AREA, UL LISTED, RATED FOR USE IN CABLE TRAY, AND FOR USE IN ENVIRONMENTAL AIR PLENUMS 9. CONNECTORS: FURNISH ONLY UL LISTED MC CONNECTORS MANUFACTURED FOR MC CABLE. CONNECTORS SHALL BE STEEL; DIE CAST NOT ALLOWED. 10. MC CABLING SUPPORTS: CADDY, OR APPROVED EQUAL ALL SUPPORTS SHALL BE U.L LISTED FOR THE APPUCATION, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH THE NEC. TIE -WRAPS AND STAPLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. UTILIZE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SNAP -IN SUPPORTS TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #MAC2. 2. STRAP TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #FXC20 3. DROP -WIRE SUPPORTS, CADDY #PCS1. 4. CABLE SNAP CLIP FOR ATTACHMENT TO STRUCTURE, CADDY #SC. 5. CABLE SUPPORT FOR ATTACHMENT TO FRAMING STUD, CADDY #CJ6. 6. SUPPORT AND ANTI- RATTLE CLIP FOR MC THROUGH STUDS, CADDY #781. 11. MC CABLING SHALL ONLY BE ALLOWED FOR APPLICATIONS AS ALLOWED BY THE JURISDICTION AND THE LANDLORD. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH BOTH AGENCIES, THAT MC IS PERMITTED. FOR INSTALLATIONS THAT HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED BY BOTH AGENCIES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF THE MC AND REPLACEMENT WITH EMT, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. 12. MC CABUNG SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO RUN INTO THE PANELBOARDS. TRANSITION TO EMT BY MEANS OF A WIREWAY ABOVE PANELBOARDS, AND RUN BRANCH CIRCUITS IN EMT FROM WIREWAY TO PANELBOARDS - NO EXCEPTIONS 13. CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL REFLECT COSTS FOR UTILIZING MC CABLING AND /OR EMT INSTALLATION AS PERMITTED BY THE JURISDICTION AND LANDLORD. 14. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN AREAS OPEN TO PUBLIC VIEW. WIRE AND CABLE A. GENERAL 1. WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE INSULATED COPPER, SIZES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN #12 AWG. ALL #8 AWG AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. ALL #10 AWG WIRE AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE SOUD. VOLTAGE RATING OF INSULATION SHALL BE 600 VOLTS. 120V, 20A. CIRCUITS OVER 75 LF. MUST BE #10 AWG MINIMUM. ALUMINUM WIRE AND CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: GENERAL ELECTRIC CO., ROME CABLE, SOUTHWIRE, TRIANGLE, PWC INC., OR EQUAL 3. INSULATION TYPES FOR ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 4. FIXTURE WIRE: TYPE AF. 5. COLOR CODE. COLOR CODE 120/208V PHASE A BLACK PHASE B RED PHASE C BLUE NEUTRAL WHITE ALL CONDUCTORS IN ACCORD WITH NEC AS FOLLOWS: 277/480V BROWN ORANGE YELLOW GRAY 6. EQUIPMENT GROUND WIRE SHALL BE GREEN. ISOLATED GROUND WIRE SHALL BE GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE. VOLTAGE RATING OF INSULATION SHALL BE 600 VOLTS. 7. ALL WIRES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY CIRCUIT NUMBERS IN ALL CABINETS, BOXES WIRING TROUGHS, OTHER ENCLOSURES, AT ALL SPLICES, TERMINATION POINTS, ETC. 8. WIRE RATED FOR 90 DEGREES C SHALL BE USED FOR CIRCUIT WIRING OF RECESSED FIXTURES, BETWEEN FIXTURES, AND THEIR ADJACENT OUTLET BOXES, AS REQUIRED FOR FIXTURE RATING AND FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT FEEDS UNDER RAISED FLOORS. 9. PROVIDE CONNECTORS SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE AND SIZE CONDUCTOR USED. JOINTS, TAPS, AND SPUCES OF WIRE #10 AND SMALLER SHALL BE MADE BY MEANS OF "IDEAL -NUT" CONNECTORS OR "3M SCOTCHLOK" SPRING CONNECTORS. #8 AND LARGER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SPUCED WITH SCREW COMPRESSION CONNECTORS SIMILAR TO "BURNDY" TYPE KVS WITH HEAT OR COLD SHRINK JACKET. CONNECTORS SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ENCLOSE AND SECURELY FASTEN ALL STRANDS OF THE CONDUCTOR. EACH JOINT, TAP AND SPLICE IN CONDUCTOR #8 AND LARGER SHALL HAVE THE CONNECTOR VOIDS FILLED WITH ELECTRICAL INSULATION PUTTY AND BE TAPED WITH RUBBER AND COVERED WITH PLASTIC TAPE PROVIDING INSULATION NOT LESS THAN TWO HALF - LAPPED LAYERS EACH, "SCOTCH #33 ", "SCOTCH #88 ", "SUPNOT" GREY' OR EQUAL 10. PROVIDE LUBRICANT AS REQUIRED, "IDEAL WIRE LURE" OR APPROVED EQUAL 2.03 0U1LET BOXES AND COVERS A. STANDARD OUTLET BOXES: GALVANIZED, ONE- PIECE, DRAWN STEEL, KNOCK -OUT TYPE OF SIZE AND CONFIGURATION BEST SUITED TO THE APPLICATION INDICATED ON THE PLANS. MINIMUM BOX SIZE, 4 INCH SQUARE BY 1 -1/2 INCH DEEP. B. SWITCH BOXES: TWO INCH BY 3 -INCH LONG, GALVANIZED STEEL SWITCH BOXES SHALL BE USED ONLY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SINGLE SWITCHES, INSTALL MULTIPLE SWITCHES IN STANDARD GANG BOXES WIN RAISED DEVICE COVERS SUITABLE FOR THE APPLICATION INDICATED. C. ENCLOSURES, JUNCTION BOXES, GUTTERS ETC. INSTALLED OUTSIDE OF BUILDING AND SUBJECT TO WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. D. JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES: LOCATE GENERALLY NOT EXPOSED IN FINISHED SPACE. WHERE NECESSARY, REROUTE RACEWAYS OR MAKE OTHER ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONCEALMENT. PROVIDE PULL BOXES AS INDICATED AND WHERE NECESSARY TO FACIUTATE PUWNG OF WIRE AND COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OTHER TRADES. COVERS OF JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. FOR EMPTY RACEWAY RUNS PROVIDE PULL BOXES EVERY 100' AND AS INDICATED. COORDINATE LOCATIONS WITH OTHER TRADES. E. SET BOXES SQUARE AND TRUE WITH BUILDING FINISH. ERECT WALL AND SWITCH OUTLETS IN ADVANCE OF FURRING AND FIRE PROOFING. SECURE TO BUILDING STRUCTURE BY ADJUSTABLE STRAP IRONS. F. JUNCTION BOXES & PULL BOXES SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC. SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES A. GENERAL COLOR OF DEVICES SHALL BE WHITE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ORANGE FOR DEDICATED I.G. RECEPTACLES . BLACK AT SALES AREAS WHERE LOCATED ABOVE 12' A.F.F. 1. ALL GENERAL PURPOSE 20 AMPERE, 125 -250 VOLT RECEPTACLES AND 120 -277 VOLT SWITCHES SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA WD 1 AND APPLICABLE U.L. TESTS. B. RECEPTACLES: 1. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RECEPTACLE: NEMA TYPE 5 -20R LEVITON #6898 -HG OR EQUAL 2. DUPLEX RECEPTACLES: NEMA TYPE 5 -20R, HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE, SIDE WIRED ONLY, LEVITON 5243 OR EQUAL 3. CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES: NEMA TYPE 5-20R, HEAVY DUTY SPECIFICATION GRADE, SIDE WIRED ONLY, HUBBELL MG- -5362, PROVIDED WITH GREEN INSULATED GROUND WIRE, AND WITH ENGRAVED COVER PLATE "FOR CASH REGISTERS ONLY". C. SWITCHES: TWENTY AMPERE, 120 -277 VOLTS, FAST MAKE-SLOW BREAK, QUIET TYPE SWITCH WITH SILVER CADMIUM ALLOY CONTACTS, BINDING HEAD TERMINAL SCREWS, SIDE WIRED ONLY. ALL SWITCHES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR. 1. SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW, LEV1TON #1221 OR EQUAL 2. THREE -WAY, LEVITON #1223 OR EQUAL COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE EC VE MAR 2 8 MOO PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 08/26/09 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03-19-08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KW I LA, WA DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BLD ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE E -003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) 2.05 DEVICE PLATES A. FLUSH DEVICE PLATES: PLATES SHALL BE SMOOTH PLASTIC, COLOR TO MATCH DEVICE, LEVITON #8600 SERIES OR EQUAL B. SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES, INDOOR: GALVANIZED METAL TO FIT BOX. C. OUTDOOR, WEATHERPROOF: DIE CAST ALUMINUM CONSTRUCTION, CORROSION RESISTANT, HEAVY DUTY, HINGED COVER FLAP, AND GASKET, LEVITON 0196, HORIZONTAL MOUNTING. 2.06 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. SWITCH INTERIOR: DEAD -FRONT CONSTRUCTION WITH HINGED ARC SUPPRESSOR AND SWITCH BLADES WHICH ARE FULLY VISIBLE IN THE "OFF "" P05I110N AND WITH DOOR OPEN. B. SWITCH MECHANISM: QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK OPERATING HANDLE AND MECHANISM WITH DUAL COVER INTERLOCK TO PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED OPENING OF THE SWITCH DOOR IN THE "ON" POSITION OR CLOSING THE SWITCH MECHANISM WHILE THE DOOR IS OPEN. C. RATINGS: SWITCHES SHALL BE HORSEPOWER RATED FOR THE OPERATING VOLTAGE AND WITH FUSED OR NON-FUSED ARRANGEMENTS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. D. ENCLOSURES: NEMA 1, CODE GAUGE SHEET STEEL WITH HINGED COVER, OR NEMA 3R AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED BY APPLICATION. 2.07 TRANSFORMERS A. TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INDOOR TYPE, SELF COOLED, 480V, THREE- PHASE, DUAL WINDING, FULLY ENCLOSED, VENTILATED, GENERAL PURPOSE DRY TYPE, 480 VOLT PRIMARY, 120/208 VOLT SECONDARY, 60 HERTZ, EQUIPPED WITH TWO 2 1/2% FULL CAPACITY TAPS ABOVE AND BELOW RATED VOLTAGE AND SHALL BE OF THE KVA RATING SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE COPPER OR ALUMINUM WINDINGS CLASS 'H' INSULATION GROUP, WITH TEMPERATURE RISE, WHEN OPERATED CONTINUOUSLY AT FULL LOAD AND RATED FREQUENCY, NOT EXCEEDING 150 DEGREE C. RISE OVER 40 DEGREE C. AMBIENT, UNLESS MENTIONED OTHERWISE ON THE ONE UNE DIAGRAM. B. C. TRANSFORMER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 10% OVERLOAD CAPACITY AT RATED VOLTAGE AND SHALL HAVE A 10 KV BIL RATING. D. SOUND LEVEL AT ANY LOAD SHALL NOT EXCEED 45 DB WHEN TESTED IN A ROOM WITH AMBIENT SOUND LEVEL NOT EXCEEDING 24 DB. EXCESSIVELY NOISY TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE REPLACED WITH NEW AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. E. TRANSFORMER IMPEDANCE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 4% NOR GREATER THAN 5 %. TRANSFORMERS SHALL CONFORM TO NEMA, NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL CODES. F. TRANSFORMER SHALL NOT CONTAIN ANY PCB'S (POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS). G. TRANSFORMER SIZE SHALL FIT SPACE ALLOCATED PER DRAWINGS. H. MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GE, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE D. I. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRANSFORMER AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. 2.08 PANELBOARDS A. RATINGS: SEE PANEL SCHEDULES. PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE OF THE "DEAD FRONT" ENCLOSED TYPE, FLUSH OR SURFACE MOUNTED AS REQUIRED TO FIT IN THE SPACE INDICATED ON THE PLANS, IN STEEL CABINETS, CODE GAUGE, WITH STEEL TRIM CONCEALED HINGES, DOORS, AND FLUSH TYPE LOCKS, ALL KEYED ALIKE, GE, SIEMENS, CUTLER HAMMER, OR SQUARE -D, OR APPROVED EQUAL B. FINISH: ALL PAINTED STEEL WORK SHALL BE TREATED WITH A PRIMER COAT AND FINISH COAT OF THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GRAY COLOR OR ANSI 61. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL PANELBOARDS AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS. D. BUSSES, INCLUDING NEUTRAL AND GROUND BUS SHALL BE RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION FULL LENGTH, MINIMUM 98% CONDUCTIVITY, HARD DRAWN COPPER. SILVER OR TIN PLATED JOINTS, AND SIZED ON THE BASIS OF 1000 AMPERES PER SQ. IN. CROSS SECTIONAL AREA. BUSSES SHALL BE ARRANGED FOR SEQUENCE PHASING. E. EACH PANELBOARD SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A GROUND BUS SECURED TO THE INTERIOR OF THE ENCLOSURE. THE BUS SHALL BE EQUAL TO THE PANELBOARD NEUTRAL BUS AND SHALL HAVE A SEPARATE LUG FOR EACH GROUND CONDUCTOR. NOT MORE THAN ONE CONDUCTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED PER LUG. F. EACH ISOLATED GROUND PANELBOARD SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A ISOLATED GROUND BUS SECURED TO THE INTERIOR OF PANELBOARD WITH A SEPARATE ISOLATED GROUND WIRE (SIZED PER THE NEC) RUN BACK TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODE G. PRIOR TO ORDERING, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM WITH THE SERVING U11UTY AND THE LANDLORD, THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL AT THE TENANT DISCONNECT. TENANT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE ORDERED WITH AN AIC RATING GREATER THAN THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL IF CONTRACTOR DOES NOT CONFIRM FAULT CURRENT LEVEL, FULLY RATED EQUIPMENT AT 65K AIC MINIMUM SHALL BE PROVIDED. H. BACK BOXES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF CODE GAUGE STEEL W/ GALVANIZED TRIMS AND RUST INHIBITED COATING AND PAINTED WITH GRAY ENAMEL FINISH (ANSI 61). I. DOORS AND TRIM SHALL EACH BE IN ONE PIECE SO DESIGNED THAT DOORS WILL OPEN 180 DEGREES. DOORS SHALL BE FASTENED TO TRIMS WITH SEMI - CONCEALED FIVE KNUCKLE STEEL WITH NONFERROUS PINS. TRIMS SHALL BE FASTENED TO BACK BOXES BY SCREWS. J. CLEAN, VACUUM AND TIGHTEN ALL CONNECTORS AND CONNECTIONS IN EXISTING & NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SEAL EXISTING PANEL KNOCKOUTS NOT REUSED. K. CIRCUIT BREAKERS PROVIDED IN EXISTING PANELBOARDS SHALL MATCH EXISTING TYPE, MAKE & AIC RATING. 2.09 PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. PANEL BOARDS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BOLT ON, MOLDED CASE, THERMAL MAGNETIC TRIP CIRCUIT BREAKERS OF THE TYPE, # OF POLES, TRIP SIZES, AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. PANEL BOARD AND PROTECTIVE DEVICES SHALL BE "FULLY RATED" WITH INTERRUPTING RATINGS EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN SYSTEM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT AT INCOMING LINE TERMINALS, AND NOT LESS THAN 10,000 A.I.C. FOR 120/208V AND NOT LESS THAN 14,000 A.I.C. FOR 480/277V. B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS: MOLDED CASE, BOLT-ON, THERMAL MAGNETIC TYPE, 40 DEGREES C. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE COMPENSATED, FIXED MOUNTING, WITH QUICK -MAKE AND QUICK -BREAK SWITCHING MECHANISM MECHANICALLY TRIP -FREE FROM THE OPERATING HANDLE. C. RATINGS: REFER TO DRAWINGS AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR TRIP FRAME AND POLES REQUIRED. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FULLY RATED BASED ON AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVEL D. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS: FRACTIONAL W.P. 1 PHASE MOTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY THERMAL O.L. RELAY INTEGRAL WITH THE DISCONNECT: "MOTOR- MINDER ", OR EQUAL 2.10 ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES A. PROVIDE SUPPORT DEVICES AND APPURTENANCES INCLUDING HANGERS, ANCHORS, SLEEVES, INSERTS, SEALS, AND ASSOCIATED FASTENERS USED FOR MOUNTING RACEWAYS, EQUIPMENT AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS AS REQUIRED. B. CONDUIT STRAPS: HOT -DIP GALVANIZED, CAST MALLEABLE IRON, ONE HOLE TYPE STRAP WITH CAST CLAMP -BACKS AND SPACERS AS REQUIRED. Q.Z. /GEDNEY #14 -50G STRAP AND #141G SPACER, REFCOR #231 STRAP AND #131 SPACER, OR EQUAL C. CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL 1 -1/2 INCH BY 1 -1/2 INCH 12 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL CHANNEL WITH 17/32 INCH DIAMETER BOLT HOLES, 1 -1/2 INCHES ON CENTER, IN BASE OF THE CHANNEL KINDORF 905 SERIES, UNISTRUT P- 1000 -HS, OR EQUAL D. FASTENERS (GENERAL): WOOD SCREWS FOR FASTENING TO WOOD. MACHINE SCREWS FOR FASTENING TO STEEL TOGGLE BOLTS FOR FASTENING TO HOLLOW CONCRETE BLOCK, GYPSUM BOARD OR PLASTER WALL EXPANSION ANCHORS FOR ATTACHMENTS TO PRE - POURED CONCRETE. 2.11 IDENTIFYING DEVICES A. PANELBOARD DIRECTORIES: A CIRCUIT DIRECTORY WITH METAL FRAME AND GLASSINE PAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE INSIDE OF THE DOOR UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. THE DIRECTORY SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN, INDICATING THE SERVICE CONTROLLED BY EACH CIRCUIT FOR NEW AND EXISTING PANELS. THE ROOM NUMBERS USED SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH THE OWNER AND SHALL NOT NECESSARILY BE THOSE USED IN THE DRAWINGS. B. WIRE & TERMINAL MARKERS: SELF - ADHERING, PRE - PRINTED VINYL WITH SELF - LAMINATING WRAP GROUND STRIP BRADY B191 SERIES, THOMAS & BETTS WSI SERIES, OR EQUAL C. PROVIDE NAMEPLATES, ENGRAVED, THREE LAYER LAMINATED PLASTIC W/ WHITE LETTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND AND 1/4" LETTERS FOR EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AND 1/8" LETTERS FOR SOURCE CIRCUIT. NUMBER FOR THE FOLLOWING (BUT NOT LIMITED TO) EQUIPMENT; PANEL BOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS INCLUDING EACH INDIVIDUAL DEVICE OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE SWITCHBOARD, MOTOR CONTROL CENTER (MCC) INCLUDING EACH DEVICE WITHIN THE MCC AND ENCLOSED SWITCHES, STARTERS, CONTACTORS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND TRANSFORMERS. 2.12 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS A. WHERE INDICATED FOR TELEPHONE OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TERMINALS, OR FOR MOTOR CONTROL OR OTHER EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLES, PROVIDE BACKBOARDS OF SIZE INDICATED. 1. USE DOUGLAS FIR PLYWOOD, EXTERIOR GRADE WITH "B" FACE, PRIME AND FINISHED PAINTED. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE 3/4 INCH THICK PLYWOOD. 3. ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE FlRE RESISTANT. 2.13 GROUNDING A. GREEN, INSULATED COPPER GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED TO EACH PANEL AND /OR DEVICE RACEWAYS /CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE RELIED UPON FOR EQUIPMENT GROUNDING. BRANCH/FEEDER CONDUITS SHALL INCLUDE A GROUND CONDUCTOR SIZED PER NEC. B. GROUND ALL CONDUITS, CABINETS, MOTORS, BOXES, ENCLOSURES, PANELS AND OTHER EXPOSED NON- CURRENT CARRYING METAL PARTS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL PROVISIONS OF THE NEC ARTICLE 250 AND LOCAL CODES THAT MAY APPLY. C. ELECTRICALLY GROUND METALLIC BOXES. WHERE WIRING TO ITEM INCLUDES GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, PROVIDE GROUNDING TERMINAL IN INTERIOR OF BOX. D. ENCLOSURES OF EQUIPMENT, RACEWAYS, AND FIXTURES SHALL BE PERMANENTLY AND EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED. PROVIDE CODE - SIZED, (UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED) COPPER, INSULATED GREEN EQUIPMENT GROUND WITH ALL BRANCH AND FEEDER CIRCUIT RUNS. EQUIPMENT GROUND SHALL ORIGINATE AT PANELBOARD GROUND BUS AND SHALL BE BONDED TO ALL SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE BOXES AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES. E. BUILDING SERVICES SHALL BE GROUNDED TO BUILDING STEEL AND TO COLD METALLIC WATER PIPING. F. ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL TERMINATE ON ISOLATED GROUND BUS AND RECEPTACLE ISOLATED GROUND LUGS ONLY. 2.14 DOOR BUZZER AND PUSHBUTTON SYSTEM A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING DOOR BUZZER SYSTEM WITH ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, TRANSFORMER AND WIRING. B. BUZZERS SHALL BE EDWARDS #1064 -G5, MOUNTED 8' AFF IN STOCK AND MEZZANINE AREAS, AND 2' AFF UNDER CASH WRAP COUNTER. PUSHBUTTON SHALL BE EDWARDS #1786 -B, MOUNT AT 4' AFF. TRANSFORMER RATED 20 VA, 24VAC SHALL BE EDWARDS #592, MOUNT AT 8' AFF C. D. 2.15 LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND OPERATING LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM WITH ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, RELAYS, WRING, CONTACTORS, PHOTOELECTRIC DEVICE, AND PROGRAMMING. B. PROVIDE ALL PROGRAMMING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE THE OWNER'S SCHEDULING. PROVIDE TRAINING TO THE OWNER, FOR OPERATING THE 11MECLOCK. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1. CONDUIT SYSTEM SHALL BE CONCEALED UNLESS EXPOSED WORK IS CLEARLY CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS. 2. CONDUITS SHALL BE TIGHTLY COVERED AND WELL PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION USING METAWC BUSHINGS AND BUSHING "PENNIES" TO SEAL OPEN ENDS. 3. IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS OR DUCTS, INSTALL A 200 -POUND TENSILE STRENGTH POLYETHYLENE PULLING ROPE (INCLUDING ALL COMMUNICATION CONDUITS). 4. CONDUIT SYSTEMS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT. INSTALL CODE SIZE, INSULATED, COPPER, GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL CONDUIT RUNS PULLED WITH PHASE AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS. 5. SIZE RACEWAYS AS REQUIRED BY NEC (OR LARGER IF SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS) EXCEPT THAT MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE 3/4" UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED TO THE CONTRARY. EXCEPT THAT 1/2" FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT MAY BE USED FOR TAP CONNECTIONS BETWEEN LIGHTING FIXTURES AND JUNCTION BOXES. B. LAYOUT 1. LOCATIONS OF CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE PLANNED IN ADVANCE OF THE INSTALLATION AND COORDINATED WITH THE DUCTWORK, PLUMBING, CEILING AND WALL CONSTRUCTION IN THE SAME AREAS AND SHALL NOT UNNECESSARILY CROSS OTHER CONDUITS OR PIPE, NOR PREVENT REMOVAL OF CEIUNG OR TILES OR PANELS, NOR BLOCK ACCESS TO MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 2. EXACT ROUTING OF CONDUIT WITHIN BUILDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ANY COST REQUIRED TO ROUTE CONDUIT DIFFERENT THAN IT IS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCURRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE ROUTED AT RIGHT ANGLES OR PARALLEL TO STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, WALLS, FLOOR OR CEILING AND SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NO GREATER THAN 10' -0 ". 3. WHERE PRACTICAL, INSTALL CONDUITS IN GROUPS, IN PARALLEL, FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL RUNS AND AT ELEVATIONS THAT AVOID UNNECESSARY OFFSETS. 4. PASS RACEWAYS OVER & MAINTAIN A SEPARATION OF NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES FROM PARALLEL RUNS OF HEATED PIPE LINES AND FLUES OR 3 INCHES FROM SUCH LINES CROSSING PERPENDICULAR TO THE RUNS.. WHEN RACEWAYS AND HEATED PIPE LINES ARE CLOSER THAN 6 INCHES, INSTALL ONE -PIECE INSULATION JACKETED WITH EMBOSSED VAPOR BARRIER LAMINATED ON CONDUIT. WHERE AVAILABLE, JACKET FLAPS WITH FACTORY- APPLIED PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE MAY BE REQUIRED. 5. AT FLUSH FLOOR RECEPTACLE LOCATIONS, ASSOCIATED CONDUIT- SHALL BE RUN WITHIN WOOD FLOORING PLYWOOD UNDERLAYMENT. COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH FLOORING CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO UNDERLAYMENT INSTALL TO ACCOMMODATE CONDUIT CUT -OUTS IN PLYWOOD. CONDUIT LAYOUT SHALL NOT BE PARALLEL WITH WOOD FLOOR PLANKS SCHEDULED FOR INSTALL ON TOP OF UNDERLAYMENT. MAINTAIN MINIMUM 30 DEGREE ANGLE FROM PARALLEL C. SUPPORTS 1. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SHALL BE SECURED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURES USING SPECIFIED FASTENERS, CLAMPS AND HANGERS SPACED ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. 2. SUPPORT SINGLE RUNS OF CONDUIT USING ONE HOLE PIPE STRAPS. WHERE RUN HORIZONTALLY ON WALLS IN DAMP OR WET LOCATION, INSTALL "CLAMP - BACKS" TO SPACE CONDUIT OFF THE SURFACE. 3. MULTIPLE CONDUIT RUNS SHALL BE SUPPORTED USING "TRAPEZE" HANGERS FABRICATED FROM SPECIFIED CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL, MOUNTED TO 3/8 INCH DIAMETER, THREADED STEEL RODS SECURED TO BUILDING STRUCTURES., FASTEN CONDUIT TO CONSTRUCTION CHANNEL WITH STANDARD ONE HOLE PIPE CLAMPS OR THE EQUIVALENT. D. TERMINATION AND JOINTS 1, RACEWAYS SHALL BE JOINED USING SPECIFIED COUPLING OR TRANSITION COUPLINGS WHERE DISSIMILAR RACEWAY SYSTEMS ARE JOINED. 2, CONDUITS SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO CABINETS, BOXES AND GUTTERS USING TWO LOCKNUTS AND AN INSULATING BUSHING OR SPECIFIED INSULATED CONNECTORS. INSTALL GROUNDING BUSHINGS OR BONDING JUMPERS ON ALL CONDUITS TERMINATING AT CONCENTRIC KNOCKOUTS. IN PANELS, PULL BOXES, OUTLET BOXES, GUTTERS, ETC. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE TIED WITH PLASTIC TIES, NEATLY FANNED OUT AND TAGGED WITH ADHESIVE MARKERS. (3M, BRADY OR APPROVED EQUAL) WHICH ARE CLEARLY MARKED WITH CIRCUIT NUMBERS, ALL IN AN APPROVED WORKMANLIKE MANNER. 3. CONDUIT TERMINATIONS EXPOSED AT WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES AND CAST OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE MADE WATERTIGHT USING SPECIFIED CONNECTORS AND HUBS. 4. INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS ON CONDUIT RUNS EVERY 200 FEET OF LINEAR RUN, WHEREVER STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS ARE CROSSED OR WHERE REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. EXPANSION FITTINGS SHALL HAVE GROUND JUMPER AND INTERNAL BEARING ASSEMBLY. MISCELLANEOUS FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT SUCH AS REDUCERS, CHASE NIPPLES, LONG OR SHORT NIPPLES AND PLUGS SHALL BE USED AS APPLICABLE. THREE PIECE AND SPLIT COUPUNGS SHALL BE USED FOR RENOVATION OR ADD -ON WORK ONLY WHERE NECESSARY. 5. CUT CONDUIT ENDS SQUARE, REAM SMOOTH, PAINT MALE THREADS OF FIELD THREADED RACEWAYS WITH GRAPHITE BASE PIPE COMPOUND. DRAW UP TIGHT WITH RACEWAY COUPLINGS. 6. EACH END OF ANY CONDUIT RUN TERMINATING IN A SHEET METAL BOX OF ANY KIND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH GALVANIZED LOCK NUT INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OF THE BOX WITH INSULATED BUSHING ON END OF CONDUIT. 7. CAP UNUSED KNOCKOUT HOLES WHERE BLANKS HAVE BEEN REMOVED AND PLUG UNUSED CONDUIT HUBS. USE BLANK PLATES ON OUTLET BOXES IN WHICH NO DEVICE IS INSTALLED. E. PENETRATIONS 1. ALL FLOOR PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WATER- TIGHT. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING AS REQUIRED. 2. FlRE -SAFE ALL RATED WALL PENETRATIONS USING 3M LISTED FIRE-SAFING SEALANTS AND ASSEMBLIES. 3.02 CABLE AND WIRE INSTALLATION A. GENERAL 1, CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNTIL ALL WORK OF ANY NATURE THAT MAY CAUSE DAMAGE IS COMPLETED. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN IN PUWNG CONDUCTORS SO THAT INSULATION IS NOT DAMAGED. U.L APPROVED NON - PETROLEUM BASE AND INSULATING TYPE PUWNG COMPOUND SHALL BE USED AS NEEDED. 2. ALL CABLES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND WARRANTY. B. SPLICING AND TERMINATING 1. ALL ASPECTS OF SPLICING AND TERMINATING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CABLE MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED PROCEDURES. 2. MAKE UP ALL SPUCES IN OUTLET BOXES WITH CONNECTORS AS SPECIFIED HEREIN WITH SEPARATE TAILS OF CORRECT COLOR TO BE MADE UP TO SPLICE. PROVIDE AT LEAST SIX (6) INCHES OF TAILS PACKED IN BOX AFTER SPLICE IS MADE UP. 3. ALL WIRE AND CABLE IN PANELS, TERMINAL CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES SHALL BE BUNDLED AND CLAMPED. C. MC CABLE INSTALLATION 1. INSTALL CABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72. 2. USE SOLID CONDUCTOR FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS 12 AWG AND SMALLER. 3. BEND CABLE PER NEC. 4. GROUNDING: ALL CABLE SHALL CONTAIN A GREEN WIRE GROUND. THE JACKET SHALL NOT SERVE AS THE ONLY GROUNDING MEANS. 5. SUSPENSION: 1. CABLE SHALL BE STRAPPED TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF DECKING WHERE PRACTICAL 2. CABLE SHALL HAVE INDEPENDENT SUSPENSION AND SHALL NOT BE TIED TO CEILING GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEM, PLUMBING PIPING, OR SPRINKLER PIPING. 3. CABLE SHALL BE GROUPED SEPARATELY FROM LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SYSTEMS. 4. SUPPORT CABLE EVERY 6 FEET, MAXIMUM. 5. CABLE SHALL BE STRAPPED EVERY 6' -0', AT EACH TURN, AND WITHIN 12 INCHES OF ALL JUNCTION BOXES USING CABLE STRAPS, NOT TIES. 6. BUNDLING: INSTALL NO MORE THAN 4 CABLES TOGETHER IN A SINGLE BUNDLE 6. ROUTING: 1. BENDING RADIUS SHALL BE APPROXIMATELY 12 TIMES THE EXTERNAL DIAMETER OF THE METAL SHEATH. 2. ROUTING OF THE CABLE SHALL FOLLOW THE ORTHOGONAL GRID OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING, SUCH AS BEAMS AND PURLINS. 3. CABLE IN CEILINGS SHALL RUN AS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AS POSSIBLE, AND IN NO CASE (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DROPS) LESS THAN 12 INCHES ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. 4. MC CABLE SHALL NOT BE USED IN FINAL HOMERUN CONNECTION TO THE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANEL 5. ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS AND NORMAL GROUND CIRCUITS SHALL BE RUN IN SEPARATE CABLES. 6. CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED USING BUSHINGS OR BUSHED FITTINGS. 3.03 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND WIRING SERVICES A. GENERAL 1. ALL OUTLETS SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH WALL FINISHES AND CEILING, EXCEPT WHERE EXPOSED WORK IS CALLED FOR. THERE SHALL BE NO GAP BETWEEN BOX AND WALL OR CEILING MATERIAL ANY OPENING BETWEEN BOX AND WALL OR CEILING SHALL BE CAULKED AIRTIGHT. 2. INSTALL RAISED DEVICE COVERS ON ALL OUTLET BOXES AS REQUIRED TO FINISH FLUSH WITH SURFACE. COVERS SHALL BE OF A DEPTH TO SUIT THE WALL OR CEIUNG FINISH. 3. LEAVE NO UNUSED OPENINGS IN ANY BOX. INSTALL CLOSE -UP PLUGS AS REQUIRED TO SEAL OPENINGS. 4. EXPOSED OUTLET BOXES AND BOXES IN DAMP AND WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE CAST METAL WITH GASKETED CAST METAL COVER PLATES. B. BOXES LAYOUT 1. OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS TO LOCATIONS AS REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AND TO SUIT COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER TRADES. 2. OUTLET BOXES IN STUD WALL AND PARTITIONS SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED BACK -TO -BACK NOR SHALL THROUGH -WALL BOXES BE PERMITTED. 3. WHERE INSTALLATION IS WITHIN OR BEHIND CASEWORK, COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH CASEWORK CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN TO ENSURE ACCESSIBILITY. C. SUPPORTS 1. BOXES INSTALLED IN STUD WALLS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BRACKETS DESIGNED FOR ATTACHING DIRECTLY TO THE STUDS OR SHALL BE MOUNTED ON HEAVY GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL BOX SUPPORTS. 2. FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS OF GYPSUM BOARD OR LATH AND PLASTER CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE MOUNTED TO 16 GAUGE METAL CHANNEL BARS ATTACHED TO MAIN CEILING RUNNERS. 3. FIXTURE OUTLET BOXES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SYSTEMS SUPPORTING ACOUSTICAL TILES OR PANELS SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM THE STRUCTURES ABOVE WHEREVER PENDANT - MOUNTED FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED FROM THE BOX. D. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE HEIGHTS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO CENTER LINE OF DEVICE BOX SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF STATE CODE. DEVICE: HEIGHT(INCHES) CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE & TELEPHONE OUTLET CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES ABOVE COUNTERS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SWITCHES, LIGHT 3.05 TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION A. TRANSFORMER SHALL BE FLOOR MOUNTED AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE MOUNTING HARDWARE TO SAFELY CARRY THE WEIGHT OF THE TRANSFORMER. MAINTAIN ADEQUATE SPACING FOR VENTILATION AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND REQUIRED BY CODE. B. PROVIDE KORFUND TYPE VIBRATION ISOLATION PADS FOR EACH TRANSFORMER. C. CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER SHALL BE MADE WITH FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT. INSTALL GROUND CONDUCTORS IN EACH CONDUIT AND PROVIDE GROUNDING BUSHINGS AS REQUIRED. D. PROVIDE HEAT INSULATING BARRIER BELOW TRANSFORMER WHERE INSTALLED ON COMBUSTIBLE SURFACE. SECTION 16510: LIGHTING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. WORK INCLUDED 18 44 46 END OF SECTION too 1 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE LIGHTING SYSTEM, WIRED, ASSEMBLED AND OPERABLE, INCLUDING LIGHTING FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULES AS NECESSARY TO PROPERLY AND COMPLETELY INSTALL THE FIXTURES IN THE TYPE OF CEILINGS SHOWN ON THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. ACCESSORIES INCLUDE CANOPIES, SUSPENSION OF PROPER LENGTHS, HICKEYS, CASTINGS, SOCKETS, HOLDERS, REFLECTORS, BALLASTS, DIFFUSING MATERIAL, LOUVERS, PLASTER AND MOUNTING FRAMES, LAMPS, RECESSING BOXES, SUPPORTING BRACKETS AND CHANNELS TO SPAN STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. FIXTURES TO BE FACTORY PREWIRED AND PREASSEMBLED. 2. INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF ALL FIXTURES, LAMPS, BALLASTS, LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES, RELAYS, RELATED COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORY WIRING AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS, FIXTURE SCHEDULE OR AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 3. FINAL AIMING AND ADJUSTMENT OF RECESSED ADJUSTABLE FIXTURES AND TRACK MOUNTED FIXTURES SHALL BE BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. B. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: REFER TO SECTION 16050 FOR REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION. 1.02 COORDINATION: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 16050: TIME SWITCHES, CONTROL DEVICES, RELAYS AND CABINETS AND WIRING DIAGRAMS. PRODUCTS LAMPS INCANDESCENT LAMPS: GENERAL PURPOSE A BASE LAMPS SHALL BE INSIDE FROSTED, RATED 120 VAC, OR AS NOTED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE. REFLECTOR STYLE LAMPS, R AND PAR, AS NOTED ON FIXTURE SCHEDULE. MR16 LAMPS SHALL BE G.E. PRECISE CONSTANT COLOR TYPE. B. FLUORESCENT LAMPS 1. 24, 36 AND 48 INCH LONG LAMPS SHALL BE T8 ENERGY SAVING DELUXE WARM - WHITE, UON. 2. COMPACT TWIN -TUBE AND DOUBLE TWIN -TUBE, 9, 13 AND 18 WATTS NOMINAL, 735 K SPX35. C. LAMPS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED AS INDICATED IN THE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ONLY. PART 2 201 A. 2.02 BALLASTS A. FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS 1. BALLASTS SHALL COMPLY WILL ALL APPLICABLE UL AND ANSI STANDARDS AND SHALL BE UL LISTED. BALLASTS PERFORMANCE MAY BE CERTIFIED BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY WITH A U.S. GOVERNMENT REGISTERED CERTIFICATION MARK FOR FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION SHALL BE CONDUCTED PER ETL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI TEST METHODS. INTERIOR BALLASTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE STATE ENERGY STANDARDS. FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE WARRANTED AGAINST FAILURE DUE TO DEFECTS IN MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD OF THREE (3) YEARS FROM DATE OF INSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE REGARDLESS OF THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE. BALLASTS SHALL BE CLASS P, SOUND RATED A, "FULL - OUTPUT" ENERGY - SAVING, ELECTRONIC BALLASTS FOR OCTRON LAMPS AS MANUFACTURED BY MAGNETEK. 2. BALLASTS FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL HAVE HIGH POWER FACTOR. 3. BALLASTS SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE WITH ENERGY SAVING LAMPS BY THE LAMP MANUFACTURER. 2.03 REFRACTORS, REFLECTORS AND LOUVERS (FURNISHED BY OWNER) A. ALL GLASSWARE, PLASTER AND METAL SHALL BE UNIFORM, FREE FROM DEFECTS, AND PHOTOMETRICALLY TESTED FOR DISTRIBUTION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. B. PLASTIC DIFFUSERS SHALL BE OF VIRGIN ACRYLIC PLASTIC. C. POLISHED REFLECTORS USED WITH TRIPHOSPHOR COMPACT LAMPS SHALL HAVE ANTI - IRIDESCENT OPTICAL COATING. 2.04 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. FIXTURES SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES OR ETL TESTING LABORATORIES. LIGHTING FIXTURE MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG NUMBERS ARE INDICATIVE OF DESIRED DESIGN, APPEARANCE QUAILTY AND PERFORMANCE. OTHER FIXTURES OFFERING THESE SAME FEATURES MAY BE CONSIDERED AS SUBSTITUTIONS, ALTHOUGH THE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS ARE TO BE MADE BY THE ARCHITECT. B. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE CERTIFIED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE STATE ENERGY COMMISSION. C. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR HANDLING AND STORAGE. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB, LEVEL, IN STRAIGHT LINES WITHOUT DISTORTION AND CLEAN. B. INSTALL EACH FIXTURE IN A MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE FIXTURE MANUFACTURER AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE WORK, FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL ADDITIONAL CEILING BRACING, HANGER SUPPORTS AND OTHER STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENTS TO THE BUILDING REQUIRE TO PROPERLY AND SAFELY SUSPEND FIXTURES, ALL AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. C. FIXTURES IN AREAS OF EXPOSED DUCT AND PIPE WORK SHALL BE SUSPENDED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH SAME. D. PENDANT FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BALL ALIGNERS AND SWAY ADAPTERS. FIXTURE CHAIN SHALL NOT BE USED FOR SUPPORTING FIXTURES. E. BALLASTS: BALLASTS JUDGED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE TO BE NOISY, AND FAILED OR MALFUNCTIONING BALLASTS SHALL BE REPLACED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE. 3.02 FIXTURE SUPPORT - SUSPENDED CEILINGS A. ALL LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS MUST BE FASTENED TO CEILING FRAMING MEMBERS PER NEC AND TO BUILDING STRUCTURE PER UBC. PROVIDE EARTHQUAKE CUPS & SEISMIC SUPPORT BRACING AS REQUIRED. LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN AREAS WHERE THERE IS NO CEILING SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE ONLY USING APPROVED SUPPORTS. END OF SECTION SECTION 16720: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BIDDER DESIGN (NOT PART OF THIS PROJECT) PART 1 EXIT LIGHTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MOUNTING AND DIRECTIONAL HARDWARE TO MEET FIELD CONDITIONS. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING. GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. PROVIDE A COMPLETE BIDDER DESIGN FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FOR THE TENANT SPACE TO INCLUDE, BUT SHALL NOT BE UMITED TO: 1. COMPLETE SYSTEM DESIGN. THIS SHALL INCLUDE COORDINATION OF LANDLORD AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. DEVELOP PERMIT SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING SHOP DRAWINGS AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS. 3. ALL WORK, ITEMS, ARTICLES, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, WIRING, AND RACEWAY FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL SYSTEM. 4. SYSTEM TESTING, DEMONSTRATION, AND TRAINING. 5. WARRANTY. 6. ALL DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED BY NFPA. B. SUBMITTALS - BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SUBMITTALS AS FOLLOWS: 1. SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL OF DEVICE LOCATIONS AND FINISH. 2. SUBMIT ALL DOCUMENTATION TO LANDLORD AND LOCAL JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL AND TO OBTAIN PERMITS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, SHOP DRAWINGS, BATTERY CALCULATIONS. LISTING INFORMATION, AND PRODUCT DATA. 1.02 CODES AND STANDARDS A. TENANT SYSTEM SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL JURISDICTIONAL CODES, AND SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. 1.03 APPROVED CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLER A. ALL WORK RELATED TO THE TENANT FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A LANDLORD APPROVED CONTRACTOR. B. ALL WORK REQUIRED TO BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD OR THE LANDLORD'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE TENANT FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. 1.04 DEVICE COORDINATION A. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES, NOTES, AND RELATED INFORMATION SHOWN ON THE ELECTRICAL PLANS ILLUSTRATES THE INTENT OF DEVICE LOCATIONS AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, AND SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DESIGN. BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE EXACT SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD AND JURISDICTION. B. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLER SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND ALL OTHER TRADES FOR PROPER PLACEMENT OF DEVICES TO ELIMINATE CONFLICTS WITH OTHER SYSTEMS. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1.01 DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT A. ALL WIRING, DEVICES, AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND COMPATIBLE WITH LANDLORD'S SYSTEM. B. ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE U.L. LISTED, FM APPROVED, AND LABELED FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM USE. AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR AND CEILING MOUNTED, UNLESS NOT ALLOWED BY LANDLORD OR JURISDICTION. IF CEIUNG MOUNT DEVICE ARE NOT ALLOWED BY JURISDICTION OR LANDLORD, PROVIDE THE REQUIRED WALL MOUNT DEVICES. D. PULL STATIONS, IF REQUIRED, SHALL BE FLUSH. E. FOR INSTALLATIONS REQUIRING COMMUNICATOR OR DIALER, PROVIDE REQUIRED PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TELEPHONE LINES TO CONTROL PANEL AND PROVIDE 120 VAC DEDICATED BRANCH CIRCUIT AS REQUIRED FOR POWER. PART 3 INSTALLATION 1.01 INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.02 INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OUTLINED IN TENANT DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL 1.03 WIRING A. AT AREAS THAT ARE WITHIN PUBLIC VIEW, ALL ARE ALARM CABLING SHALL BE RUN IN EMT. B. AT NON -PUBLIC AREAS, CABUNG MAY BE RUN EXPOSED ABOVE 10' A.F.F. UNLESS LANDLORD /JURISDICTION REQUIRES METAWC RACEWAY. IF SO, PROVIDE REQUIRED RACEWAY. FOR CABLING BELOW 10' A.F.F., RUN CONCEALED IN WALL OR IN RACEWAY. 1.04 CEILING MOUNT DEVICES A. AT AREAS WITH GWB OR ACT CEILING, PROVIDE REQUIRED BACKBOX AND FLUSH MOUNT DEVICE IN CEILING. B. AT AREAS OPEN TO STRUCTURE, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BACKBOX ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE WITH SURFACE MOUNT DEVICE. FOR AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICE SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE WITH 3/8" THREADED ROD WITH DEVICE AT THE REQUIRED ELEVATION. 1.05 COORDINATION A. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, INSTALLER SHALL REVIEW WITH THE LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE LANDLORD, THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICE LOCATIONS. INSTALLATION SHALL NOT OCCUR UNTIL APPROVAL OF LAYOUT IS OBTAINED BY BOTH AGENCIES AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECT. B. IF CEILING MOUNTED AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES ARE NOT ALLOWED BY THE LOCAL JURISDICTION, NOTIFY ARCHITECT. 1.06 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM BIDDER DESIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL RACEWAY REQUIRED FOR THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM INSTALLATION. PART 4 TESTING AND CLOSEOUT 1.01 PROVIDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 72, AND THE LANDLORD. 1.02 TEST ALL CONDUCTORS AS REQUIRED IN NFPA 72, CHAPTER 7 AND COMPLETE THE INSPECTION AND TESTING FORM IN NFPA 72, FIGURE 7- 5.2.2. 1.03 SUBMIT ALL TESTING AND INSPECTION REPORTS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO OWNER AND AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 72. C. ° Ii41 144f) NO. DATE DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS,. INC. Carteriturgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT RECEIVE MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER t &t DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BW ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE E -004 1B2 e j 2 B L1 L2 B I-1-72"AFF B '11 16s • MANAGER'S • OFFICE .73 CO 002 24d 16n 12 26e _ 24d — i o 28f ...... , _ , F -- 1, I 26e Cl ; cs , I3Ogo C o_ I — cz, . 1 — . . _ . _ ...... 1 0 7 '26e ° 28f C B1 0 , 126e C1 I28f 0 C -- 26e 0 '4Ig0 C = ; 1 F ; L 28f0 / C B2 B2 "'26e B2 r ;3#'12 7 24d F 24d F ! I I I 26e C1! A ,„ ,„ B2 3 81 n 30g C ; I 0 III NL 16 E 26e 92 26e INVENTORY/MDF ROOM ,r4cI TYPICAL TYPICAL 004 B2 III 30 28f NL 34 28f 32h NL _ . 28 A 30g L2 16q Typick 1 i —r tr 2 e , W 0 26e B I , (2) B (TOP & BOTTOM) ; re; 4 II 0 -1-72sAFF NJ 30g = • 16r RESTROOM 6" , 26e Cl 30g_ 005—B 32h P C) _ RESTROOM . 18a B2 1 1 t = , I , -. 1 CD\ 005—A , ■ - - - a . ■ , B2 ' 18a B . \ - 1 i.,_ m m S P 1 ; I i \ -,; ! to I I ; ; ' ; 20b F1 20b F — - 1 - 1 - 11 ---i--- 1 : 1 \ - - • - • \,, ;18a C1 0 '',... \ L2 NL 16, L2 OPEN OFFICE 28f . „ 30g 341 24.d I F 003 —16 30g 2 8f Rig 0—F-04+1-0—H1-0FFH04110FFI • NL - Cie C _ C 26e 11, "A"-24,26 A —32,34 1 I 26e Cl I ! "A--728,30 28f 30g 28f I•• 30 28f C IC r 4112 34j 32h • - - • "A"-18,20,22 co, 16p r 16 6e B2 - 1 — 1 — 28f 30g A 30g NL 32 34j 18a 20b 28f - • • • . • - - • - — • • • - • • n, Fl (TRACX).i TYP. 24d F A NL 30 28f 30g 7 52 I I A F 22c 34j j _cy 15' 28f 18a 30g_ _ 28f —41112 A 30g SALES AREA 001 I PANEL "A" _ _ LIGHTING 18r_ I CONTROL -, j \PANEI4 .._ \ \-....... _. „.. PANEL 1 B 30g _ • 4. 32 1 44 F \ \ u ROOM ,,,<..' \..s., \ - A I 006 I \ NL 18a 22c C 28 A_ A U1 i . B2 plSa 1 1 22c L M I B i.. (2) B (TOP & BOTTOM) — , ; ; co! I , -, 2' ! 1 1111 0 +7 AFF _I18a C1I i18a 30g I 28f 1 30g 28f I 30g 28f 0 II! 0 111 0 III 0 HI 0 0 1 C C C 4- 1 1 1 1 1 28f A . r 4 ,...---"' -,--''' _....--- ...--• -•"" I '. A 30g -d 22c; - • ■ - , - . . - . t a 1. 52 /1111 [ -)F 20b . _ B2 — - 20b 1111 ' 1 TYPICAL FOR ' A 32h 34j A NL 22c , 2 4 18a 15' 4 B2 TYPICAL FOR '"B2* TYPICAL 15' GENERAL NOTES: PO% 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES, LIGHTING FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHT, LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE AND OTHER DETAILS ON LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS. 2. HELD VERIFY FOR EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL AND LIGHTING CONTROL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. 3. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR AREA OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK. REMOVE / RELOCATE ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, LIGHTING FIXTURES, DEVICES AND ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE THAT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. MAINTAIN POWER CONNECTION TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT AND LIGHTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN. 4. PROVIDE A TIME CLOCK, CONTACTOR PANEL MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT AND WIRING AS REQUIRED FOR AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUT—OFF AFTER HOURS. SEE TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL ON SHEET E-103. 5. FIELD COORDINATE FOR ALL NEW ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATION. MAKE PROPER ADJUSTMENTS. 6. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E-103 FOR REFERENCE TO CIRCUITING REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR PANEL PROVIDE UNSWITCHED HOT TO EMERGENCY EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES. 7. FIELD VERIFY THAT EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES PROVIDE 1 FOOT—CANDLE MINIMUM AT FLOOR LEVEL ADD EMERGENCY UGHTS AS REQUIRED. 8. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHOWN SHADED ARE NIGHT LIGHTS AND MUST ALWAYS STAY ON. PROVIDE INTEGRAL 90 MINUTES EMERGENCY POWER BATTERY AND UNSWITCHED POWER CONNECTION AS SHOWN. 9. LIGHTING FIXTURES TYPE "B", "B1* AND "B2" (SHOWN DASHED) ARE PROVIDED WITH FURNITURE AND ARE MOUNTED ON THAT FURNITURE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SWITCHED RECEPTACLE AS SHOWN FOR PROPER POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTION. FIELD VERIFY FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. 10. PROVIDE #10 CONDUCTORS IN CONDUITS WITH MORE 11-IAN (6) SIX CURRENT—CARRYING CONDUCTORS, UNO. PLAN NOTES: 0 PROVIDE MANUAL MOTOR RATED TOGGLE SWITCH AND POWER CONNECTION TO RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN AS SHOWN. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE RESTROOM LIGHTING SWITCH. C) PROVIDE NEW SWITCHBANK TO CONTROL SALES FLOOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS. COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER FOR LIGHTING SWITCH LOCATIONS. ADJUST AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ONE SINGLE POLE SWITCH FOR EACH CIRCUIT. MOUNT ALL SWITCHES IN GANGED WALL BOX WITH SINGLE COVERPLATE. PROVIDE ENGRAVED DESCRIPTION AT EACH SWITCH — * TRACK LTS", WALL UNIT LTS", ETC. 0 PROVIDE 2'X4' FLUORESCENT FIXTURE WITH T8 LAMPS AND ELECTRONIC BALLAST. FIXTURE TYPE SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN CEILING TYPE SPECIFIED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. TYPICAL PROVIDE EMERGENCY UGHT FIXTURE AND LED EXIT SIGN AS SHOWN. PROVIDE UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT. TYPICAL () PROVIDE 20A, 125V LIGHTING SWITCH AS SHOWN. TYPICAL C) PROVIDE MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH. FIELD VERIFY FOR LOCATION AND PROPER OPERATION. MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. LIGHTING FIXTURE ' AND ASSOCIATED CORD AND PLUG ARE BEING PROVIDED AS PART OF THE WALL UNIT. PROVIDE OUTLET 26" AFF, BEHIND THE WALL UNIT, WITHIN 6. OF THE END. THE OUTLET SHALL BE SWITCHED AS SHOWN. ANOTHER UNSWITCHED OUTLET SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR POWER CONNECTION TO PHONES AND ACCESSORIES. SEE SHEET E-102 FOR DETAILS. TYPICAL FOR WALL UNIT FIXTURES. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. PROVIDE FLOOR OUTLET WHERE WALL UNIT INSTALLED AT GLASS WALL AND WALL OUTLET INSTALLATION IS IMPOSSIBLE. ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1 /4"=i'-o" COPYRIGHT C 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. at&t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 03-19-08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE I EXPIRES 08/26/09 ISSUES/REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA WOWED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER NORTH DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E-101 APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 AS SHOWN 191 1-1/2" C.O. ❑ (5�MANAGER'S 27 • 24 rt +40'AFF 31' 33 IN__V_ENTORYfMDF__ ROOM ® TELEPHONE BACKBOARD® "A" -2,4,6 OFFICE 002 A "B" -22,24 004 35 1 DEDICATED .. PRINTER 1 CIRCUIT. I MOUNT OUTLETS +26 "AFF 3# 1 v A +6' -6" AFF 8 .. _... 10 T _..v L, 10 ABOVE COLING I- 12 "B " -36 '31 3/4 "C -2/8 & 1110 GND DOWN TO MAIN DIST. BOARD "MDB" 30AS 30AF J "B" -2,4,6 'B"- 31,33,35 8 ON ROOF r-- 3O 25AF ■ 25 2P WP == 12 24 ' — "B " -20 / 3/4 "C -2110 & 1110 GND DOWN TO MAIN DIST. BOARD "MDB" 27 0 '" 41 .: 12 ®OPEN OFFICE 003 +45" AFF 1-- 1/4 "C -314 & 1110 GND DOWN TO MAIN DIST. BOARD 'MDB" 4 DEDICATED PRINTER CIRCUIT. MOUNT OUTLETS +20 "AFF IOU REST ROOM 11 121 #10 005 —A DO WN TO PANEL "A' -25,27 II �� 1 "A "-- 8,10,12 "B'- 8,10,12 1 12 60AS -1 60AF 3P ON ROOF WP L J DOWN TO PANEL "A" -25,27 "B "- 14,16,18 25 22 27 "A" -11,13 -' �\ l.l.� "A" - 15,17 11 III 2 "B "- 25,27,29 REST ROOM `fr 005 -B1 37 #10 30 001 H ,T, 42 SALES AREA 'B " -30 "B" -40,42 "B " -34 LOCATE OUTLET 26" AFF, BEHIND THE WALL UNIT, WITHIN 6" OF THE END. ANOTHER SWITCHED POWER OUTLET SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR POWER CONNECTION TO WALL UNIT LIGHTING FIXTURE. SEE SHEET E -101 FOR DETAILS. TYPICAL FOR WALL UNIT RECEPTACLES. PROVIDE FLOOR OUTLET WHERE WALL UNIT INSTALLED AT GLASS WALL AND WALL OUTLET INSTALLATION IS IMPOSSIBLE "B "- 19,21,23 it TYPICAL 'A' -29 &37,39,41 tt , 1 f / /, / / / / 0 / / / / / 4" WIREMOLD FOR PERIMETER POWER, TYPICAL. SEE DETAIL C7 /A -802 0 21 DEDICATED PRINTER CIRCUIT. MOUNT OUTLETS +2O "AFF 3 19 r PANEL "A" ® (ER) DISTRIBUTION BOARD "MDB "® / % f { , PANEL "B" (E) METER, MAIN ■ % '‘•T -30,32 32 "B " -38 35 31 'A "- 31,33,35 33 38 ' 3 • WP 1 'A " -42 "B" -37,39 GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT OF DEVICES AND OTHER DETAILS ON POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTIONS. 2. FIELD VERIFY FOR EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE SERVICE LOCATION. 3. SEE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF MECHANICAL / PLUMBING EQUIPMENT, RELATED DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT CONTROLS. COORDINATE WTTH MECHANICAL / PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. ALL CONTROL CONDUITS ARE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CONTROL WIRING IS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE CIRCUIT SIZES, DISCONNECTS AND TERMINATION LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ROUGH-IN. 4. PROVIDE 120VAC POWER CONNECTION TO DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS. SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS. 5. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR AREA OF ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK. FIELD VERIFY AND REMOVE / RELOCATE ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT THAT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. REMOVE ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRE BACK TO THE LAST ACTIVE DEVICE OR BACK TO PANEL AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN POWER CONNECTION TO EXISTING DEVICES TO REMAIN. 6. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -103 FOR REFERENCE TO CIRCUFIING REQUIREMENTS. 7. PROVIDE COMPLETE CONDUIT SYSTEM FOR POWER AND CONTROL CONNECTIONS TO ALL MECHANICAL SECURITY, FIRE ALARM AND OTHER DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL, ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE ALARM AND OTHER DRAWINGS. FIELD COORDINATE FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS. 120V AND UP WIRING IS BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. LOWER VOLTAGE WIRING IS BY OTHERS, U.N.O. 8. EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, CONDUIT AND WIRE SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE NEW, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. PROVIDE CORES, PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 10. MOUNT NEW DEVICES FLUSH IN WALLS. PATCH AND PAINT TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. 11. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES OUTSIDE AND ON THE ROOF SHALL BE WEATHER PROOF. 12. RECEPTACLES ON ROOF SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNTED WEATHERPROOF AND GFI WITH "TAYMAC ENCLOSURE OR APPROVED EQUAL TO MEET NEC 410.57b. PROVIDE UNISTRUT SUPPORT AS REQUIRED. MOUNT WEATHERPROOF /GI7 RECEPTACLE AT EACH HVAC UNIT. 13. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS SHALL BE THROUGH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CURBS, NO INDMDUAL CONDUIT ROOF JACKS. CAULK AROUND THE CONDUITS FOR WEATHER PROOF AT POINT OF ENTRY TO THE ROOF. TYPICAL FOR ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING THE ROOF. 14. PROVIDE BOXES, POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS, CONDUIT AND WIRE AT CASHWRAPS AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK INCLUDING BUT NOT UMITED TO INSTALLATION AND WIRING OF OUTLETS IN THE MILLWORK SHALL BE DONE BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PLAN NOTES: Q RECEPTACLES AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS SHALL BE MOUNTED IN CASHWRAP BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE WIRED TO A JUNCTION BOX WITHIN CASHWRAP. PROVIDE BRANCH CONNECTION TO JUNCTION BOX AND ENERGIZE RECEPTACLES. SEE DETAIL NO.3, SHEET E -104. 0 PROVIDE RECEPTACLE IN WIREMOLD AT UNDERSIDE OF CASHWRAP COUNTER FOR POWERING LAMP MOUNTED ON UPRIGHT. SEE DETAIL NO.2, SHEET E -104. ® ROUTE BRANCH CIRCUIT FROM ABOVE CEILING, DOWN CASHWRAP UPRIGHT SUPPORT TO POWER DEVICES INDICATED. SEE DETAIL NO.3, SHEET E -104. ® PROVIDE DEDICATED OUTLETS FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION TO STORE EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DETAILS, FIELD COORDINATE. ® FIELD VERIFY FOR POWER AND COMMUNICATION OUTLETS IN NEW ROOM. PROVIDE AS REQUIRED. ® PROVIDE BACKBOX AND 1/2" C.O. FROM THE THERMOSTAT BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CORRESPONDING AC UNIT ON ROOF. CONTROL WIRING IS BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR THERMOSTAT LOCATION AND CONTROL CONDUIT CONNECTION DETAILS. ® PROVIDE 3/4'x6 FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. PROVIDE THREE (3) QUAD RECEPTACLES ON DEDICATED CIRCUITS. MOUNT ONE RECEPTACLE AT THE TOP, ANOTHER TWO AT THE BOTTOM. PROVIDE 1 -1/2" C.O. FROM BUILDING TELECOM SERVICE TO NEW TELEPHONE BACKBOARD. FIELD COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TELEPHONE / DATA SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED RACK 48" HIGH, 24" DEEP, 19" WIDE, SWING OUT, WITH MINIMUM 150 LB CAPACITY. ® DISCONNECT EXISTING FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUITS FROM EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN EXISTING ELECTRICAL ROOM BEING DEMOLISHED. NOTE EXISTING POWER CONNECTION TO ELECTRICAL LOADS TO REMAIN. REMOVE EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS AND DISTRIBUTION BOARD. REMOVE EXISTING FEEDERS BACK TO SOURCE. RELOCATE EXISTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD TO NEW ELECTRICAL ROOM AS SHOWN. PROVIDE FEEDER TO EXISTING UTILITY SERVICE EQUIPMENT OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AS SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E -103. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL PANELS AND CORRESPONDING FEEDERS AS SHOWN ON SINGLE UNE DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -103. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE SHEET E -103 FOR DETAILS. MAINTAIN 3' CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ® PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO STORE SIGNAGE. SIGNAGE CIRCUIT SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY THE TIME CLOCK. FIELD COORDINATE FOR SIGNAGE LOCATION AND POWER / CONTROL REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE A 120V, 20A TOGGLE SWITCH AS A LOCAL DISCONNECT. 10 PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO UNIT CONTROL PANEL AS SHOWN. EQUIPMENT LOCATION ON ROOF (AND ABOVE CEILING) AND DEVICE SIZES ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY, FIELD VERIFY. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY, FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. VERIFY DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FUSE SIZES WITH UNIT MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE DATA PRIOR TO ORDERING. PROVIDE TYPE RK5 FUSES. DISCONNECT SWITCH AT UNIT SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS NOT TO OBSTRUCT UNIT NAMEPLATE OR ACCESS PANELS. WIRING TO PANEL AND CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZES SHALL MATCH UNIT INSTALLATION MANUAL REQUIREMENTS. PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN FIELD VERIFY FOR REQUIRED PANEL CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE, CONDUCTORS SIZE, DISCONNECT SWITCH FUSE SIZE, ETC. MAKE PROPER ADJUSTMENTS. PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO ASSOCIATED DEVICES AS SHOWN. 11 PROVIDE POWER CONNECTION TO WATER HEATER. PROVIDE A HEAVY DUTY TOGGLE SWITCH AS A LOCAL DISCONNECT (MOTOR RATED SWITCH - 3HP MINIMUM, 1 PHASE, NON - FUSED) BY SQUARE -D OR EQUAL COORDINATE WITH WATER HEATER INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. 1© PROVIDE FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED POWER / COMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AS SHOWN. PROVIDE WIREMOLD #881RC4ATCBK FLOOR BOX WITH CORRESPONDING ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. RUN COMMUNICATIONS CONDUIT AND POWER CONDUIT & WIRE UNDERFLOOR TO THE NEAREST WALL THEN UP TO CEILING SPACE. EXTEND POWER CONDUIT AND WIRE TO ELECTRICAL PANEL AS SHOWN. EXTEND COMMUNICATION CONDUIT TO THE TELEPHONE BOARD IN INVENTORY ROOM. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND FIELD COORDINATE FOR OUTLET LOCATION PRIOR TO SAW CUTTING THE FLOOR. UNDERFLOOR CONDUIT ROUTING MAY BE ADJUSTED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE BLACK COVER FOR CARPET FLOORING AND BRASS COVER FOR WOOD FLOORING. ELECTRICAL POWER & COMMUNICATIONS PLAN SCALE: 1 /4".1 -,t '4 :• 4 7 PLAN Q4fo COPYRIGHT m 2006 cogrEn & BURGESS, INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA EC €1iE . R 2 $ 2008 PERMIT MITE NORTH t &t DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BD DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: 441805.011.028.0001 AS SHOWN ELECTRICAL POWER AND COMMUNICATIONS E -102 APPROVED BY: CNB PANELBOARD 'A' MAIN: 120/208 VOLT / 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE MAIN BREAKER: MLO MOUNTING: FLUSH BUS: 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS NEMA ENCLOSURE 1 BUS: 200 AMP A.I.C. RATING: 22K LOAD VA LOAD DESCRIPTION OUTLETS #1)10 3SVHd ' # 1)10 CB / P OUTLETS LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD VA M R L CB / P L R M 500 DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1 20/1 20 20/1 1 A 2 2011 20/1 2 TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. 1500 360 RESTROOM RECEPT. 2 20/1 20/1 3 B 4 20/1 2 20/1 TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. 1500 600 SPARE CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 5 C 6 20/1 360 2 TELEPHONE BOARD RECEPT. 1500 2080 INSTAHOT 1 12 20/1 30/2 7 A 8 20/1 360 4 INVENTORY ROOM RECEPT. 720 2080 14 20/1 - 9 B 10 2011 4 15 INVENTORY ROOM RECEPT. 720 2080 INSTAHOT 1 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 30/2 11 C 12 20/1 2 5 PRINTER / COPIER RECEPT. BACK AREA RECEPTACLES 900 2080 20/1 19 - 13 A 14 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1 TIME CLOCK 200 2080 INSTAHOT T 1 20/1 30/2 15 13 16 20/1 1 2 19 2 BACK AREA SALES AREA & EL. RM. LTG 820 2080 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 720 - 17 C 18 20/1 LIGHTING 906 26 540 ELECTRICAL ROOM RECEPT. 3 20/1 19 A 20 20/1 5 20/1 SALES AREA LIGHTING (TRACK) 750 20/1 SPARE FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 20/1 21 B 22 20/1 7 iokImIU 30 SALES AREA LIGHTING (TRACK) 1050 1-1-1- IT- SPARE FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 540 2011 23 C 24 20/1 8 20/1 SALES AREA LIGHTING (TRACK) 1200 360 RTU RECEPTACLE SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 2 20/1 25 A 26 20/1 20 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 SALES AREA LIGHTING 1236 400 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR 2 35 36 20/1 27 B 28 2011 25 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES SALES AREA LIGHTING 1445 1500 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE A 1 20/1 20/1 29 C 30 20/1 25 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES SALES AREA LIGHTING 1445 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE B 1 20/1 20/1 31 A 32 20/1 10 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE SALES AREA DAY LIGHTING 530 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE C 1 2011 20/1 33 B 34 20/1 9 A B 10040 SALES AREA DAY LIGHTING 525 1200 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 9460 1 29060 VA 20/1 35 C 36 20/1 0 VA WATER HEATER @ 125% (0) 0 VA SPARE 0 VA 1500 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE (LARGEST MOTOR) @125 ° / (0) 1 REMAINING x(_7100% 20/1 37 A 38 20/1 STORE SIGNAGE STORE SIGNAGE 1200 1500 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 39 B 40 20/1 1200 1500 SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 41 C 42 20/1 1 STORE SIGNAGE 1200 PHASE A B C PANEL LOCATION: STORE AREA SERVED: STORE FED FROM: DIST. BD. "MDB" PHASE TOTAL VA: 14396 14880 15511 PANEL TOTAL: CONNECTED 44787 VA (L.C.L.) @125 %: (9907) 12384 VA EXISTING PANEL LOAD: 0 VA 25% PER NEC 220 -35 (2): 0 VA LESS LOAD REMOVED: 0 VA DEMAND LOAD ON SUB -PNL: VA PLUS LOAD ADDED: 53684 VA (SIGNS & SHOW WIND. @1. (13200) 16500 VA WATER HEATER @ 125% (12480) 15600 VA (HVAC) @ 100 %: (0) 0 VA VA GEN. RECEPT. DEMAND (3060) 3060 (LARGEST MOTOR) @125% (0) 0 VA REMAINING @100% 6140 VA PANEL TOTAL W/ DEMAND: 53684 VA NEW PANEL LOAD: 53684 VA 149.1 FULL LOAD AMPS PANELBOARD 'B' MAIN: 120/208 VOLT/ 3 PHASE / 4 WIRE MAIN BREAKER: MLO MOUNTING: FLUSH BUS: 1 SECTION: SINGLE LUGS NEMA ENCLOSURE 1 BUS: 125 AMP A.I.C. RATING: 22K LOAD VA LOAD DESCRIPTION OUTLETS #1)13 IrIMI�I�I°' 00 I > I r d I pI°.3I°)I4'INI CKT# CB / P OUTLETS LOAD DESCRIPTION LOAD VA M x IN et I� I i0 IV L CB I P L x N 7 ItO r IN M 360 CASH WRAP RECEPTACLES 20/1 20 MANAGER OFFICE CCTV REC. 500 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 20/1 MANAGER OFFICE RECEPT. 720 1080 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 20/1 MANAGER OFFICE RECEPT. 1080 1080 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 20/1 REFRIGERATOR RECEPT. 600 720 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 20/1 MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE 600 360 CASH WRAP RECEPTACLES N I N er �O 20/1 11 U Q DO 12 20/1 N IN OPEN OFFICE RECEPTACLES 360 360 CASH WRAP RECEPTACLES 20/1 13 14 20/1 OPEN OFFICE RECEPTACLES 360 720 1080 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES L 20/1 15 16 20/1 OPEN OFFICE RECEPTACLES 360 CASH REGISTER RECEPTACLES 20/1 17 C 18 20/1 2 PRINTER / COPIER RECEPT. 600 900 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 19 Q m [3 20 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 21 22 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 2011 23 24 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES I- INIMI - IN 2011 25 26 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 27 28 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 20/1 29 iokImIU 30 20/1 1-1-1- IT- FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 540 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 31 32 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 540 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 20/1 33 34 20/1 FLOOR RECEPTACLES 1000 500 PRINTER RECEPTACLE 20/1 35 36 20/1 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE 500 540 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 3 20/1 37 A 38 20/1 1 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE 500 720 SALES AREA RECEPTACLES 4 20/1 39 B 40 20/1 1 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE 500 500 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE 1 20/1 41 C 42 2011 1 EQUIPMENT RECEPTACLE 500 PHASE A B 10040 C 9560 PANEL LOCATION: STORE AREA SERVED: STORE FED FROM: DIST. BD. "MDB" PHASE TOTAL VA: 9460 PANEL TOTAL: CONNECTED 29060 VA (L.C.L.) @125 %: (0) 0 VA EXISTING PANEL LOAD: 0 VA 25% PER NEC 220-35 (2): 0 VA LESS LOAD REMOVED: 0 VA DEMAND LOAD ON SUB -PNL: VA PLUS LOAD ADDED: 27220 VA (SIGNS & SHOW WIND. @1 (0) 0 VA WATER HEATER @ 125% (0) 0 VA (HVAC) © 100 %: (0) 0 VA GEN. RECEPT. DEMAND (13680) 11840 VA (LARGEST MOTOR) @125 ° / (0) 0 VA REMAINING x(_7100% 15380 VA PANEL TOTAL W/ DEMAND: 27220 VA NEW PANEL LOAD: 27220 VA 75.6 FULL LOAD AMPS I EXISTING RELOCATED MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD " MDB " . SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION 0 (E) 400 AMPS, 208/120V, 30, 4 WIRE 2-1/2"C, WITH 4 #3/O & 1 #6 CND GND BUS (EXISTING) EXISTING SERVICE FEEDER PROVIDE ( EACH WITH 4#3/0 4c 1 #3 GND - — 2 "C, WITH 4#1/0 & 1 #6 GND (E) 0 400AM P > MAIN CB I (E) 1-1/4"C, WITH 3 #4 & 1 #10 GND . I SCAMP ) 3P 3/4"C, WITH 2 #10 & 1 #10 GND I 25AMP ) 2P 0 3/4 "C, WITH 2 #8 & 1 #10 CND GENERAL NOTES: 1. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THAT THE AMPACITY OF THE SERVICE DISCONNECT AND FEEDER ARE ADEQUATE FOR THE CAPACITY OF THE PANELBOARD SHOWN. 2. INSPECT AND RE- TORQUE EXISTING PANELBOARD FEEDER AND BUS TERMINATIONS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 3. FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT SERVICE ENTRANCE WITH UTILITY COMPANY PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT OF ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT, AND VERIFY MINIMUM FAULT INTERRUPTING RATINGS OF TENANT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 4. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE BONDED AND GROUNDED AS REQUIRED PER APPLICABLE CODES AND JURISDICTIONS. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE FULLY RATED FOR THE MAXIMUM AVAILABLE SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LISTED FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION AT 100% OF ITS RATING. 5. FIELD VERIFY FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED CONDUITS AND WIRE TO BE REMOVED. PROVIDE DEMOLITION AS REQUIRED PER FIELD CONDITIONS. 6. EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CONDUITS MAY BE REUSED IF DEEMED SUITABLE BY THE CONTRACTOR. KEY NOTES: 0 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS EXISTING. FIELD VERIFY FOR EQUIPMENT SIZE AND AIC RATING. O FIELD VERIFY FOR AVAILABLE CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN EXISTING (RELOCATED) MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD. PROVIDE AS SHOWN. ® PROVIDE ELECTRICAL PANELS AND CORRESPONDING FEEDERS AS SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES BELOW. SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION. a4 PROVIDE HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR POWER CONNECTION TO HVAC EQUIPMENT. CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZES SHALL CORRESPOND TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION MANUAL REQUIREMENTS. FIELD VERIFY PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION. SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 2 L J 0 -2 -HOUR MANUAL OVERRIDE TIMER SWITCH (INTERMATIC #FF2H OR APPROVED EQUAL) H N CIRC. A -14 2- CHANNEL 365 DAY / HOLIDAY PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL TIME CLOCK IN A NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. (INTERMATIC ET70000C SERIES OR APPROVED EQUAL). H N CIRC. A -38 UNSWITCHED "HOT" TO NIGHT LIGHT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES H N CIRC. A -24 INTERIOR LIGHTING CONTACTOR CONTROL PANEL, IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE POLES AS REQUIRED, REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 SPARE UNSWITCHED HOT TO NIGHT LIGHT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES SIGNAGE CONTACTOR CONTROL PANEL, IN NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE. PROVIDE POLES AS REQUIRED, REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES. PROVIDE MINIMUM 1 SPARE TYPICAL LIGHTING CONTROL DIAGRAM UTILITY XFMR SECONDARY MAIN DIST. BD. "MDB" PANEL "A" PANEL "B" RTU -1 FC -1 VOLTS CONNECTED DEMAND 101 113 313 101 113 313 208 © 29 27 76 208 8 18 23 62 CONDUITS # SIZE # SIZE SIZE 2 2 1/2" 4 3/0 2 1/2" 4 3/0 1 1/4" 3/4" 3/4" WIRE PER GND.PER CONDUIT CONDUIT EST. DIST. VOLTS DROP VOLTS DROP 20,930 18,429 17,510 REMARKS FEEDER SEGMENT DROP ONLY NET DROP AT DEVICE AFC FROM SOURCE MOTOR CONTRI- BUTION NET AFC AT DEVICE 65,107 CU -1 EXISTING MAIN DISTRIBUTION BOARD FEEDER LOAD SCHEDULE AND CALCULATIONS 400 AMP, 208/120V 3PHASE, 4-WIRE & GND. LOAD 17 COPPER FEEDERS #10 #10 VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATIONS VOLTAGE DROP CALCULATED USING CEC CHAPTER 9, TABLE 9. FEEDER LENGTHS ESTIMATED FOR CALCS ONLY, NOT FOR BIDDING. FAULT VALUES BASED ON POINT TO POINT METHOD. AFC CALCULATIONS 1,363 ELECTRICAL CALCULATIONS 1. PANEL SCHEDULES AND LOAD CALCULATION SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE GENERAL NOTES: PROVIDE ELECTRICAL PANELS AS SHOWN ON SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES THIS SHEET. PROVIDE TYPED PANEL SCHEDULES. 2. ADJUST CIRCUITING ON PANEL TO MAINTAIN 10% PHASE IMBALANCE MAXIMUM. 3. SEE LIGHTING PLAN ON SHEET E -101 AND DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS. ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS VIA LIGHTING CONTACTOR. 4. PROVIDE SWITCH RATED CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING EMERGENCY LIGHTING FIXTURES. 1 4 5. PROVIDE HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR CIRCUITS SUPPLYING HVAC UNITS. 6. FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR FOR POWER CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT, WATER HEATERS, EXHAST FANS, ETC. VERIFY REQUIRED CIRCUIT BREAKER SIZE AND CORRESPONDING CONDUIT & WIRE SIZES PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. SEE SHEET E -102 FOR MORE INFORMATION. MAKE PROPER CORRECTIONS TO PANEL SCHEDULE IF REQUIRED. SCALE: NONE 4 3 COPYRIGHT C 2008 CARTER & BURGESS. INC. Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t [ EXPIRES 08/26/09 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DESCRIPTION ISSUES /REVISIONS '16425 Southcenter Parkway T U KW I LA, WA DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: TNS APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 AS SHOWN ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, DETAILS AND SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM E -103 Q 0 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. 00 0 CASHWRAP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 01 ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE CABLING WITHIN SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER DOWN TO COUNTER TOP AND INTO LOW VOLTAGE SECTION OF WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 0 MC CABLE ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT, TO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 0 45' MC CONNECTOR BETWEEN MC CABLE AND WIREMOLD. 0 WIREMOLD BASE WITH COVER. �5 WIREMOLD. © WIREMOLD DUPLEX RECEPTACLE DEVICE PLATE. 0 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUITS AND SURFACE MOUNTED JUNCTION BOXES FOR RECEPTACLES AND TELECOM OUTLETS AS SHOWN ON POWER PLAN. CASHWRAP DETAIL - ELEVATION SCALE: NTS 3 NOTE: ALL LOW VOLTAGE CABLING MUST BE IN CONDUIT ABOVE T -GRID. CASEWORK COUNTER TOP SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER SORBETTI UPRIGHT CASHWRAP DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: 0 JUNCTION BOX MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING AT ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. C) LOW VOLTAGE CABLING ROUTED FROM CEILING SPACE, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT SLIDER, DOWN INTO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 0 MC CABLE ROUTED FROM JUNCTION BOX IN CEILING, WITHIN THE SORBETTI UPRIGHT, INTO WIREMOLD MOUNTED BENEATH COUNTER. 0 NOT USED. O CONTRACTOR SHALL AND OTELLECOMAOUTL SURFACE AS SHOWN MOUNTED JUNCTION PLAN. G.W.B. CEILING A.C.T. CEILING CASHWRAP CASEWORK— CASHWRAP DETAIL - PERSPECTIVE SCALE: NTS 2 L a c CO la- L CD d a / / 8 MOUNTING HEIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STROBE LENS LWALL MOUNTED HORN /STROBE UGHT SWITCHES FIRE ALARM PULL STATION WALL OUTLETS MOUNTED HORIZ. ABOVE COUNTERS. FIELD VERIFY WALL OUTLETS IN RESTROOMS RECEPTACLES AND DATA/VOICE OUTLETS FINISHED FLOOR d- o TYPICAL DEVICE MOUNTING DETAIL SCALE: NTS 6 1.25" 10" 1.25" �— —� 1.75" 111 1_ III /0 �` = riwar WIREMOLD EQUJEMENT GENERAL NOTES: 0 WIREMOLD V4000 B/C BASE WITH COVER. 02 V4010B END FITTING. 0 V4048B DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. ® G4000D DIVIDER. 4.75" WIREMOLD EQUIPMENT DETAIL GROUND BOND TO METAL BOX CONVENTIONAL GROUND TO STRAP IG GROUND TO IG TERMINAL PROVIDE SEPARATE NEUTRAL FOR EACH CIRCUIT. � — OUTLET BOX SINGLE LEADS TO DEVICE TYPICAL WIRE CONNECTORS RACEWAYS, CABLE, ETC TYPICAL IG OUTLET WIRING (DIAGRAMMATIC) GROUND BOND IF METAL BOX CONVENTIONAL GROUND TO DEVICE WIRING DEVICE u ._ 10 � J ,� RACEWAYS, ABLE, ETC „...---OUTLET BOX , C SINGLE LEADS TO DEVICE TYP. WIRE CONNECTORS TYPICAL OUTLET WIRING (DIAGRAMMATIC) SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS 4 5 IN NM .1111.111111111111111 COPYRIGHT © 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 I EXPIRES 08/26/09 - 03-19-08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KW I LA, WA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY: RT CHECKED BY: BLD DRAWN BY: RT PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: APPROVED BY: CNB 441805.011.028.0001 NONE ELECTRICAL DETAILS E -104 H VAC SYMBOLS (ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) HVAC ABBREVIATIONS (ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THE DRAWINGS) PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: DUCTWORK A F P ABV ABOVE FA FIRE ALARM P PUMP AC AIR CNDITIONING FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PC PUMPED CONDENSATE ACCU AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT FC FAN COIL PD PRESSURE DROP ADJ ADJUSTABLE FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT PH PHASE PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE AD ACCESS DOOR FD FIRE DAMPER, FLOOR DRAIN PLBG PLUMBING AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR FLA FULL LOAD AMPS AH AIR HANDUNG FLR FLOOR PNL PANEL AL ALUMINUM FPI FINS PER INCH POC POINT OF CONNECTION AMPS AMPERES FPM FEET PER MINUTE POD POINT OF DISCONNECT AP ACCESS PANEL PRESS PRESSURE FS FLOW SWITCH, FLOOR SINK PRS PRESSURE REDUCING STATION APD AIR PRESSURE DROP FSD FIRE -SMOKE DAMPER APPROX FT FOOT, FEET ARCH APPROXIMATE PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURAL 'F DEGREE FAHRENHEIT P5 PRESSURE SWITCH AS AIR SEPARATOR PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FV FACE VELOCITY ASHRAE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH FW FEED WATER PSIA POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH ABSOLUTE AND AIR CONDflONING ENGINEERS PSIG POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH GAUGE AUX AUXILIARY AV AIR VENT G PSV PRESSURE SAFETY VALVE G (NATURAL) GAS PV PLUG VALVE GA GAUGE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE B GAL GALLON GALV GALVANIZED Q B BOILER GC G PO BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER GPH GAALLONS S GENERAL PER R HOUR QTY QUANTITY BD BLOW -DOWN GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE BEL BELOW CV GRAVITY VENTILATOR R BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR RAD RADIANT BFV BUTTERFLY VALVE H RA RETURN AIR BFW BOILER FEED WATER RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, BHP BRAKE HORSEPOWER H HEIGHT, HUMIDISTAT REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE BKR BREAKER HB HOSE BIBB RD ROOF DRAIN BLDG BUILDING HC HEATING COIL RE: REFERENCE, REFER BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT HD HEAD, HUB DRAIN RECIRC RECIRCULATE BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE HHWR HEATING HOT WATER RETURN REFRIG REFRIGERANT BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL HHWS HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY REINF REINFORCING BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT HHWP HEATING HOT WATER PUMP REQD REQUIRED BV BALL VALVE HOA HAND - OFF - AUTOMATIC REV REVISION, REVISE HORIZ HORIZONTAL RH RETURN GRILLE HP HORSEPOWA ER, HEAT PUMP RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY C HS HUMIDITY SENSOR RHG REFRIGERANT HOT GAS CA COMPRESSED AIR HSTAT HUMIDISTAT RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID CAP CAPACITY HSTM HIGH PRESSURE STEAM RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS CAV CONSTANT AIR VOLUME HTG HEATING RM ROOM CC COOLING COIL HTR HEATER RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE CD CEILING DIFFUSER HVAC HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING RS REFRIGERANT SUCTION GFH CUBIC FEET PER HOUR HW HOT WATER RTU ROOF TOP UNIT CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE HYD HYDRANT RWR RETURN WALL REGISTER CH CHILLER HX HEAT EXCHANGER CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN HZ HERTZ 5 CHAS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY SA SUPPLY AIR CHAP CHILLED WATER PUMP I CI CAST IRON SAN SANITARY SEWER CIRC CIRCULATING ID INSIDE DIAMETER SD SMOKE DAMPER, STORM DRAIN Q. CLG CEILING CENTERLINE IN INCH INVERT ELEVATION SEER SEASONAL ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT IN WG INCHES WATER GAUGE SF SUPPLY FAN CO COLUMN IN WC INCHES OF WATER COLUMN SQ FT SQUARE FEET COL CLEANOUT SHT SHEET COP COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE SIM SIMILAR COND CONDENSATE J SHT MTL SHEET METAL CP CONDENSATE PUMP J -BOX JUNCTION BOX SMACNA SHEET METAL AND AIR CONDITIONING CPVC CHLORINATED POLYVINYL CHLORIDE CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION CR CONDENSATE RECEIVER K SOV SHUT OFF VALVE CT COOLING TOWER SP STATIC PRESSURE CU CONDENSING UNIT KW KILOWATT SPEC SPECIFICATION CW COLD WATER KWH KILOWATT -HOUR SQ SQUARE CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY SS STAINLESS STEEL, SERVICE SINK CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN ST SOUND TRAP, STEAM TRAP CWP CONDENSER WATER PUMP L STM STEAM 'C DEGREES CELSIUS L LENGTH STD STANDARD LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE STL STEEL LB(S),# POUNDS) STRUC STRUCTURAL D LDB LEAVING DRY BULB SURF SURFACE LF LINEAR FEET SUSP SUSPEND D DEPTH LP LOW PRESSURE SV SUPPLY VALVE DB DRY BULB LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS SWR SUPPLY WALL REGISTER dB DECIBEL LSTM LOW PRESSURE STEAM (15 PSIG) SYM SYMBOL DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL LTG LIGHTING DESIG DESIGNATION LWB LEAVING WET BULB T DEG DEGREE LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE DIA DIAMETER TAU THERMAL AIR UNIT DIM DIMENSION TEMP TEMPERATURE DISC DISCONNECT M TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD DISCH DISCHARGE MAX MAXIMUM THRU THROUGH DN DOWN TP TOTAL PRESSURE MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR DP DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TS TEMPERATURE SENSOR MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY DPS DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCH MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE DS DOWNSPOUT T THERMOSTAT MD MOTORIZED DAMPER DWG(S) DRAWING(S) MECH MECHANICAL TYP TYPICAL DX DIRECT EXPANSION MFR MANUFACTURER MG MOTOR GENERATOR U E MH MANHOLE, METAL HALIDE U/C UNDER CUT MINIMUM (E) EXISTING TO REMAIN MIN MTD MOUNTED U/F UNDERFLOOR EER ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO MU MAKE -UP U/G UNDERGROUND EA EXHAUST AIR, EACH MUA MAKE -UP AIR UNIT U/S UNDERSLAB EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE MZ MULTI -ZONE UNIT UTR UP THROUGH ROOF ECC ECCENTRIC UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. EDB ENTERING DRY BULB UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED EF EXHAUST FAN N UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY EFF EFFICIENCY EG EXHAUST GRILLE N/A NOT APPLICABLE V EL ELEVATION NC NOISE CRITERIA, NORMALLY CLOSED ELEC ELECTRICAL NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL V VOLT, VENT ENCL ENCLOSURE MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION VAC VACUUM EQUIP EQUIPMENT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE NO NORMALLY OPEN VD VOLUME DAMPER ET EXPANSION TANK NO. NUMBER VEF VEHICLE EXHAUST FAN EV EXHAUST VALVE NOM NOMINAL VEL VELOCITY EWB ENTERING WET BULB NTS NOT TO SCALE VENT VERTICAL WI) FREQUENCY DRIVE EWR EXHAUST WALL REGISTER VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF EWT ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE EXH EXHAUST 0 EXT EXTERNAL W EXP. JOINT EXPANSION JOINT OBD OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER W WATT, WIDTH OC ON CENTER W/ WITH OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER W/O WITHOUT OF OVERFLOW WB WET BULB OH OVERHEAD WC WATER COLUMN OPNG OPENING WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP OPER OPERATING WP WEATHER PROOF OSA OUTSIDE AIR WR WATER RISER OSHA U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL WSHP WATER SOURCE HEAT PUMP SAFETY AND HEALTH ORGANIZATION WT WATERTIGHT, WEIGHT 1 . THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED PER AVAILABLE AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE TO BECOME FULLY FAMIUAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK AND REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. 2. EXACT LOCATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 3. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (SIZE, LOCATION, ETC.) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY IN FIELD, EXACT SEWER WASTE AND COLD WATER PIPE LOCATIONS. 5. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY INVERT ELEVATIONS OF SEWER POINTS OF CONNECTION PRIOR TO THE INSTALLATION OF NEW WASTE SYSTEM. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY AND COORDINATE LOCATION OF ALL PLUMBING ONES WITH DUCT WORK AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES. 7. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL VALVES, UNIONS, THERMOMETERS, GAUGE, OR OTHER INDICATING OR RECORDING EQUIPMENT, OR SPECIALTIES REQUIRING FREQUENT READING, REPAIRS, ADJUSTMENT, INSPECTION, REMOVAL OR REPLACEMENT SHALL BE CONVENIENTLY AND ACCESSIBLY LOCATED WITH REFERENCE TO THE FINISHED BUILDING. 8. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE 10' -0" FROM ALL A/C UNITS OR AIR INTAKES, ETC. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT, NOTCH AND /OR BORE EXISTING JOIST, BEAMS AND /OR JOIST WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL CONNECTIONS WITH DISSIMILAR METALS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL ROUGH -IN ALL WASTES AND SUPPLIES TO SPECIAL EQUIPMENT ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. ALL SUPPLIES SHALL BE VALVED. 12. SEISMIC RESTRAINTS SHALL BE REQUIRED ON SEVERAL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT WITHIN THIS PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN AND ALL REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 13. INSULATE ALL EXPOSED SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPING AT HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE SINKS. 14. REFER TO SHEET M -003 AND M -004 FOR ALL PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS AND WORK REQUIREMENTS. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN A COMPLETE AND WORKMANLIKE WAY IN COMFOMANCE WITH ALL CODES, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTS, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. 16. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, TESTING, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY /GURANTEE FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. HVAC GENERAL NOTES: SUPPLY DIFFUSER, 4 -WAY X SUPPLY DIFFUSER, 2 -WAY / RETURN GRILLE EXHAUST GRILLE -> SUPPLY WALL REGISTER X j-Ill E-/- RETURN /EXHAUST WALL REGISTER H LINEAR SLOT P 12 "0 ROUND DUCTWORK. DIAMETER INDICATED IN INCHES 12"95 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE INDICATED IN 20X12 ) 20X12 INCHES FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN C RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK. SIZE INDICATED IN 20X12 INCHES FIRST NUMBER IS SIDE SHOWN. DASHED 20X12 LINES INDICATE ACOUSTICAL LINER. DIMENSIONS INDICATES CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS ::><:: SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT ..-----"------ RETURN AIR DUCT � .<1 RELIEF OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP )x( SUPPLY OR OUTSIDE AIR DUCT DOWN RETURN AIR DUCT UP ME - TURN RL AIR DUCT DOWN 1. PRIOR TO STARTING THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT EXISTING AIR CONDITIONING UNITS WORK PROPERLY AND CAN DELIVER THE CFM SPECIFIED. SUBMIT TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. 2. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES WITH SUSPENDED CEILING AND LIGHT FIXTURES. 3. WHERE DUCTS ARE USED FOR BOTH HEATING AND COOLING, THE MINIMUM INSULATION SHALL BE PER SECTION 15250 OF THE SPECIFICATION ON M -003. 4. TRANSVERSE JOINTS FOR ALL AIR SUPPLY DUCTS INSTALLED SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED MASTIC. 5. VERIFY LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. INFORM THE ENGINEER OF DISCREPANCIES. 6. COORDINATE THE LOCATION AND ELEVATION OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH OTHER TRADES, TO AVOID INTERFERENCES. 7. CONNECTION, DEMOLITION OR INTERRUPTION TO EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MINIMIZED AND COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 8. EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED, DUCTED AND /OR PIPED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. 9. EQUIPMENT DESIGNED TO BE FIXED IN POSITION SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE. 10. ALL SHEET METAL DUCTWORK SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 11. AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, BALANCE MECHANICAL UNITS AND DIFFUSERS /REGISTERS TO PROVIDE SUPPLY AIR CFM INDICATED ON PLANS. BALANCE UNIT TO PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR AS STATED. SUBMIT 4 COPIES OF AIR BALANCE REPORT FOR APPROVAL. 12. THE LOCATION OF ACCESS PANELS FOR CONCEALED VALVES, FUSIBLE LINKS, DAMPER OPERATORS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL TRADES. 13. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING AND REPAIRING WORK AREAS, AS A RESULT OF THEIR WORK. REPAIR TO MATCH EXISTING FINISHES. 14. ACCURATE "AS- BUILT" DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. INDICATE DUCT AND EQUIPMENT SIZES AND LOCATIONS. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL WORK IN A COMPLETE AND WORKMANLIKE WAY IN CONFORMANCE WITH ALL CODES, AND MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTS, ELECTRICAL AND STRUCTURAL. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND WORKING SYSTEM. 16. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL PERMITS, FEES, TESTING, ETC. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A ONE YEAR WARRANTY /GUARANTEE FOR ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. 17. THIS TENANT IMPROVEMENT PROJECT HAS NOT MODIFIED THE THERMAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ENVELOPE. 18. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING BUILDING'S OUTSIDE AIR SHAFT INTO THE BUILDING. ADJUST DAMPERS TO MATCH THE MECHANICAL VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS IN THESE DRAWINGS. 19. THESE DOCUMENTS WERE PREPARED PER AVAILABLE AS -BUILT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE TO BECOME FULLY FAMILIAR WITH THE SCOPE OF WORK AND REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BID. 20. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS (SIZE, LOCATION, ETC.) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT /ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 21. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT CUT, NOTCH AND /OR BORE EXISTING JOIST, BEAMS AND /OR JOIST WITHOUT FIRST SECURING WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT. poq,1/..1. 1 ,PRA "` 4. - I u lail REUEF OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT UP ( REUEF OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT DOWN -EI It I I IN -LINE 90 DEGREE DROP (RISE) IN DUCT ( X UP UP ) INCLINED RISE IN DUCT C DN DN t INCLINED DROP IN DUCT ( ( C� ELBOW WITH VANES FLEXIBLE DUCT FIRE DAMPER MOTORIZED DAMPER M BDD BACKDRAFT DAMPER ID POINT OF DISCONNECT POINT OF CONNECTION - NEW TO EXISTING ai TERMINAL AIR UNIT 1 \ - \ \ \ TS Q - HHW (A5 APPLICABLE) \\ DEMOLITION TEMPERATURE SENSOR THERMOSTAT DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR 0 DRAWING/DETAIL REFERENCE KEY REFER TO DRAWING /DETAIL NUMBER 1 I 111 RE: Z/ M O . D M0.01 DRAWING/ DETAIL SHEET NUMBER OF DRAWING DETAIL O PLAN NOTE REFERENCE KM FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL 0. FURNISHED BY MECHANICAL INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL ® FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL ® FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT m 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, INC. at &t [EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING LEGEND, 74 SYMBOLS AND J: ® rREVIATIONS © M �rr. COMcheck Software Version 3.4.1 Mechanical Compliance Certificate 2006 IECC Report Date: 03/14/08 Data filename: R :WOB \CingularlWashington State116425 Southcenter, WAlcalcslmech.cck Section 1: Project Information Project Title: at &t Construction Site: Owner /Agent: Designer /Contractor: 16425 Southcenter Parkway at &t Mobility, L.L.C. Jacobs Cater Burgess Tukwila, WA 1920 Customer Care Way 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Atwater, CA 95301 Santa Ana, CA 92707 Section 2: General information Building Location (for weather data): Climate Zone: Heating Degree Days (base 65 degrees F): Cooling Degree Days (base 50 degrees F): Project Type: 04. 0 5. 6. Tukwila, Washington 40 5524 1686 Addition Section 3: Mechanical Systems List guantity System Type & rieegrlptiea 1 HVAC System 1: Heating: Central Furnace, Gas / Cooling: Rooftop Package Unit, Capacity n =90 - <135 kBtu/h, Air- Cooled Condenser! Single Zone 1 HVAC System 2: Split System Heat Pump, Cooling Capacity <54 kBtu/h, Air - Cooled Condenser! Single Zone Section 4: Requirements Checklist Requirements Specific To: HVAC System 1 : 1. Newly purchased heating equipment meets the heating efficiency requirements tz 2. Equipment minimum efficiency: Rooftop Package Unit: 10.1 EER . 3. Cooling system provides a means to relieve excess outdoor air during economizer operation. tj 4. Integrated air economizer required Requirements Specific To: HVAC System 2 : 0 -1. Equipment minimum efficiency: Heat Pump: 8.8 HSPF, 10,0 SEER 2. Heat pump thermostat required when supplemental electric resistance heat is installed Generic Requirements: Must be met by all systems to which the requirement is applicable: - 1. Load calculations per 2001 ASHRAE Fundamentals 1 2. Plant equipment and system capacity no greater than needed to meet loads - Exception: Standby equipment automatically off when primary system is operating - Exception: Multiple units controlled to sequence operation as a function of load Minimum one temperature control device per system Minimum one humidity control device per installed humidification /dehumidification system Thermostatic controls has 5 degrees F deadband - Exception: Thermostats requiring manual changeover between heating and cooling Automatic Controls: Setback to 55 degrees F (heat) and 85 degrees F (cool); 7-day clock, 2 -hour occupant override, 10 -hour backup Page 1 of 2 - Exception: Continuously operating zones - Exception: 2 kW demand or less, submit calculations Outside-air source for ventilation; system capable of reducing OSA to required minimum 8. R -5 supply and return air duct insulation in unconditioned spaces R-8 supply and return air duct insulation outside the building R -8 Insulation between ducts and the building exterior when ducts are part of a building assembly - Exception; Ducts located within equipment - Exception: Ducts with interior and exterior temperature difference not exceeding 15 degrees F. - Exception: Continuously welded and locking -type longitudinal joints and seams on ducts operating at static pressures less than 2 inches w.g. pressure classification :s. Mechanical fasteners and sealants used to connect ducts and air distribution equipment .10.Ducts sealed - longitudinal seams on rigid ducts; transverse seams on all ducts; UL 181A or 181B tapes and mastics ❑ 11. Hot water pipe insulation: 1 in. for pipes <41.5 in. and 2 in. for pipes >1.5 in. Chilled water /refrigerant/brine pipe insulation: 1 in. for pipes < =1.5 in. and 1.5 in. for pipes >1.5 in. Steam pipe insulation: 1.5 in. for pipes <=1.5 in. and 3 in. for pipes X1.5 in. - Exception: Piping within HVAC equipment - Exception: Fluid temperatures between 55 and 105 degrees F - Exception: Fluid not heated or cooled - Exception: Runouts <4 ft in length A. 12,Operation and maintenance manual provided to building owner 13.Balancing devices provided in accordance with IMC 603.15 f " 4.Motorized, automatic shutoff dampers required on exhaust and outdoor air supply openings - Exception: Gravity dampers acceptable in buildings <3 Exception: Gravity dampers acceptable in buildings <3 stories - Exception: Gravity dampers acceptable in systems with outside or exhaust air flow rates less than 300 cfm where dampers are interlocked with fan 0 15.Stair and elevator shaft vents are equipped with motorized dampers Section 5: Compliance Statement Compliance Statement: The proposed mechanical design represented in this document is consistent with the building plans, specifications and other calculations submitted with this permit application. The proposed mechanical systems have been designed to meet the 2006 IECC requirements in COMcheck Version 3.4.1 and to comply with the mandatory requirements In the Requirements Checklist. Pi-1 L : j P. , ,ch4y � (� '► - Name - Titl Signature pos- Page 2 of 2 CarteraBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA ECEIVEI MAR 2 8 Mk PERMIT CENTEv DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL COMPLIANCE n FORMS 3 �S y COPYRIGHT iD 2008 GARIER & BURGESS, INC. t &t I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE M SECTION 15010 GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. B. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL EQUIPMENT, TRANSPORTATION AND SERVICES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND ALTERATIONS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN SPECIFIED. THE WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO: 1. ALL PLUMBING WORK. 2. CONNECTION TO ALL UTILITIES. 3. HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING. 4. INSULATION. 5. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. EXTENT OF MECHANICAL WORK IS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED IN DMSION 15 SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATION. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, SUPERVISION AND SERVICE NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE MECHANICAL SYSTEM. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ALL WORK ACCOMPLISHED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE LOCAL COUNTY, STATE, ACCEPTED MECHANICAL CODE, PLUMBING CODE, BUILDING CODE, ETC. UNDER THIS JURISDICTION B. IN ADDITION, FOLLOW ALL REQUIREMENTS PERTAINING TO THE MALL TENANT DESIGN MANUAL. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR REVIEW, SIX COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS, LITERATURE, AND EQUIPMENT UST WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER CONTRACT IS LET. FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PER DMSION 1. B. SUBMIT PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR DELIVERY. C. SUBMIT COMPLETE, AT ONE TIME. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED (EXCEPT AS NOTED ABOVE FOR CONTROLS AND DUCTWORK). D. CATALOG SHEETS SHALL BE COMPLETE AND THE ITEM OR MODEL TO BE USED SHALL BE CLEARLY MARKED. E. LIST SUBSTITUTE ITEMS SEPARATELY AND SO IDENTIFIED. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND OF MANUFACTURERS SPECIFIED HEREIN. THEY SHALL BE U.S. MADE (EXCEPT CANADIAN COPPER PIPE IS ACCEPTABLE) AND BEAR THE U.L, ETL OR CSA LABEL WHERE POSSIBLE. B. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE REGULARLY CATALOGUED ITEMS OF THE MANUFACTURER AND IN USE FOR AT LEAST TWO YEARS AND SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS A COMPLETE UNIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND ANY OPTIONAL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION FOR THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND BEST TRADE PRACTICES. 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. IN ALL CASES IN THIS SPECIFICATION WHERE AN ARTICLE IS FOLLOWED BY THE WORDS "OR APPROVED EQUAL ", THE ARCHITECT IS THE SOLE JUDGE OF THE QUALITY OF THE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. B. WHEN THE ARCHITECT /OWNER APPROVES A SUBSTITUTION, THE APPROVAL IS GIVEN WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE CONTRACTOR GUARANTEES THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL SUBSTITUTED TO BE EQUAL TO OR BETTER IN EVERY RESPECT THAN THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL SPECIFIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO ASSUME COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY THAT THE ARTICLE OR MATERIAL WILL FIT THE JOB AS FAR AS SPACE, ACCESS AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS. C. WHERE SEVERAL MATERIALS ARE SPECIFIED BY NAME FOR ONE USE, SELECT FOR USE ANY OF THOSE SO SPECIFIED. NOTE THAT EQUIPMENT LAYOUT IS BASED ON EQUIPMENT LISTED IN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES. ANY OTHER EQUIPMENT USED MUST FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE WITH ALL ACCESS AND SERVICING REQUIREMENTS MAINTAINED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK THAT THIS EQUIPMENT WILL MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS, D. WHENEVER ITEM OR CLASS OF MATERIAL IS SPECIFIED EXCLUSIVELY BY DETAIL SPECIFICATION, TRADE NAME, MANUFACTURER'S NAME OR BY CATALOG REFERENCE, USE ONLY SUCH ITEM, UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL IS GIVEN FOR SUBSTITUTION PRIOR TO BID. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 DRAWINGS A. THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC. COMPLETE DETAILS OF THE BUILDING WHICH AFFECT THE MECHANICAL INSTALLATION MAY NOT BE SHOWN. FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, THE CONTRACTOR IS REFERRED TO THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL & ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 3.02 CODES, ORDINANCES AND PERMITS A. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES. TAKE OUT AND PAY FOR ALL INSPECTION FEES AND PERMITS. COMPLIANCE WITH CODES AND ORDINANCES SHALL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. INCLUDE ALL CONNECTION AND PERMIT FEES IN BID. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT L &I FOR INSPECTION OF ALL PRESSURE VESSELS IN A TIMELY MANNER BEFORE OCCUPANCY OF THE BUILDING. 3.04 TESTING A. WATER PIPING TEST ALL WATER PIPING SYSTEMS AT 125 PSI WATER PRESSURE AND HOLD FOR FOUR (4) HOURS. TEST IN SECTIONS BEFORE COVERING. TEST ENTIRE SYSTEM WHEN COMPLETELY INSTALLED REPAIR ANY DEFECTS SHOWN BY TEST AND RETEST UNTIL ENTIRELY TIGHT. B. WASTE AND SEWER PIPING TEST ALL WASTE, SEWER AND VENT PIPING BY FILLING WITH WATER TO ROOF. HOLD FOR FOUR HOURS. TEST IN SECTIONS AS WORK PROGRESSES. REPAIR ANY DEFECTS SHOWN BY TEST AND RETEST UNTIL ENTIRELY TIGHT. C. VALVES TEST ALL VALVE BONNETS FOR TIGHTNESS. OPERATE ALL VALVES AT LEAST ONCE FROM CLOSED -TO- OPEN -TO- CLOSED WHILE UNDER PRESSURE. 3.05 CLEAN UP AND HOUSEKEEPING A. LEAVE ALL EQUIPMENT CLEAN AND READY FOR USE. B. REMOVE ALL LABELS, PAINT, PLASTER, ETC., FROM FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT AND PIPING. 3.06 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. SCOPE: 1. PROVIDE COMPLETE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND 2. PROVIDE FOUR COPIES OF EACH BOUND INTO BOOKLET FORM. 3. DELIVER BOOKLETS TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE FINAL INSPECTION. B. CONTENTS: EACH BOOKLET SHALL CONTAIN AT LEAST, BUT NOT LIMITED TO MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND PARTS LIST AS FOLLOWS: 1. BASIC DESCRIPTION OF ALL SYSTEMS. 2. DESCRIPTION OF ROUTINE MAINTENANCE REQUIRED FOR EACH COMPONENT, 3. SUGGESTED FREQUENCY OF MAINTENANCE. 4. PARTS UST OF ALL EQUIPMENT. 5. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTIES ON ALL EQUIPMENT. 6. CONTROLS: AS -BUILT WIRING DIAGRAMS 7. MECHANICAL AS -BUILT DRAWINGS. 8. TROUBLE - SHOOTING LIST. 9. NAME, ADDRESS, PHONE NUMBER OF ALL CONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.07 RECORD DRAWINGS A. PROVIDE THE ARCHITECT WITH RECORD DRAWINGS. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE NEW, REPRODUCIBLE MYLARS AND SHALL SHOW THE MEASURED LOCATIONS OF ALL CONCERNED PORTIONS OF THE WORK AND SHALL SHOW ALL CHANGES THE CONTRACTOR HAS MADE. B. DRAWINGS MUST SHOW ALL ADDENDUM ITEMS, CHANGE ORDERS AND DEVIATIONS FROM THE PLANS. B. C. D. E. 3.08 INTERFERENCE A. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR'S ATTENTION IS CALLED TO THE RESTRICTED SPACE FOR INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS. OFFSETS, REROUTING AND COORDINATION WILL BE REQUIRED TO FIT ALL ELEMENTS IN AVAILABLE SPACE AND THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE PROVISIONS FOR SUCH IN HIS BID. DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED TO CLEAR LIGHT FIXTURES. COORDINATE ROUTING OF DUCTWORK AND PIPING WITH EACH OTHER SO GRADE OF PIPING CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED, AND TO FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR LIGHT FIXTURES AND TO FIT IN AVAILABLE SPACE. PROVIDE OFFSETS, V OR SLEEVES AS REQUIRED. MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCTWORK. DUCTWORK TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER PIPING FOR AVAILABLE SPACE AND ROUTING. COORDINATE INSTALLATION BASED ON THIS PRECEDENCE. DUCTWORK AND /OR PIPING SHALL NOT BE RUN OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS. 3.09 WORKMANSHIP A. ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH BEST TRADE PRACTICE. ANY SUBSTANDARD WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO EXTRA COST TO THE OWNER. 3.10 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS A. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL PIPING AND DUCTWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE "GUIDUNES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS" AS PREPARED BY SMACNA AND THE PLUMBING PIPING INSTITUTE COUNCIL B. PROVIDE SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL EQUIPMENT AND PROVIDE SLACK CABLE RESTRAINTS ON ALL SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT. COMPLETE RESTRAINT SYSTEM SHALL BE SELECTED, SHOP DRAWINGS SEALED BY AND CERTIFICATION PROVIDED BY A PROFESSIONAL STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. END OF SECTION 15010 SECTION 15030 ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS TO MECHANICAL WORK PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS, EMPLOY WITH APPLICABLE NEMA STANDARDS, AND REFER TO NEMA STANDARDS FOR DEFINITIONS OF TERMINOLOGY HEREIN. COMPLY WITH NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) FOR WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND TO APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF DIVISION 16 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS A. MANUFACTURER 1. EXCEPT WHERE ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (WHICH OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS) MUST BE INTEGRALLY EQUIPPED WITH MOTOR PRODUCED BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE MOTORS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. B. MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS 1. EXCEPT WHERE MORE STRINGENT REQUIREMENTS ARE INDICATED, AND EXCEPT WHERE REQUIRED ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CANNOT BE OBTAINED WITH FULLY COMPLYING MOTOR, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS FOR MOTORS OF MECHANICAL WORK: A. TEMPERATURE RATING: RATED FOR 40 DEG. C ENVIRONMENT WITH MAXIMUM 50 DEG. C TEMPERATURE RISE FOR CONTINUOUS DUTY AT FULL LOAD (CLASS A INSULATION). B. STARTING CAPABILITY: PROVIDE EACH MOTOR CAPABLE OF MAKING STARTS AS FREQUENTLY AS INDICATED BY AUTOMATIC CONTROL SYSTEM, AND NOT LESS THAN 5 STARTS /HOUR FOR MANUALLY CONTROLLED MOTORS. C. PHASES AND CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS: PROVIDE SQUIRREL -CAGE INDUCTION POLYPHASE MOTORS FOR 1 HP AND LARGER, AND PROVIDE CAPACITOR -START SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS FOR 3/4 HP AND SMALLER, EXCEPT 1/6 HP AND SMALLER MAY, AT EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S OPTION, BE SPLIT -PHASE TYPE. COORDINATE CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS WM-I POWER SPECIFIED IN DMSION -16 SECTIONS, AND WITH INDMDUAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DMSION -15 REQUIREMENTS. FOR 2 -SPEED MOTORS PROVIDE 2 SEPARATE WINDINGS ON POLYPHASE MOTORS. DO NOT PURCHASE MOTORS UNTIL POWER CHARACTERISTICS AVAILABLE AT LOCATIONS OF MOTORS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED, AND UNTIL ROTATION DIRECTIONS HAVE BEEN CONFIRMED. D. SERVICE FACTOR: 1.15 FOR POLYPHASE MOTORS, AND 1.35 FOR SINGLE -PHASE MOTORS. C. MOTOR CONSTRUCTION 1. PROVIDE GENERAL PURPOSE, CONTINUOUS DUTY MOTORS, DESIGN "B", EXCEPT "C" WHERE REQUIRED FOR HIGH STARTING TORQUE. A. FRAMES: NEMA NO. 48. B. BEARINGS: BALL OR ROLLER BEARINGS WITH INNER AND OUTER SHAFT SEALS, PERMANENTLY SEALED. WHERE BELT DRIVES AND OTHER DRIVES PRODUCE LATERAL OR AXIAL THRUST IN MOTOR, PROVIDE BEARINGS DESIGNED TO RESIST THRUST LOADING. REFER TO INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS OF DMSION -15 FOR FRACTIONAL -HP LIGHT -DUTY MOTORS WHERE SLEEVE -TYPE BEARINGS ARE PERMUTED. C. ENCLOSURE TYPE: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE OPEN DROP -PROOF MOTORS FOR INDOOR USE WHERE SATISFACTORILY HOUSED OR REMOTELY LOCATED DURING OPERATION, AND PROVIDE GUARDED DRIP -PROOF MOTORS WHERE EXPOSED TO CONTACT BY EMPLOYEES OR BUILDING OCCUPANTS. PROVIDE WEATHER - PROTECTED TYPE I FOR OUTDOOR USE, TYPE II WHERE NOT HOUSED. REFER TO INDMDUAL SECTIONS OF DMSION -15 FOR OTHER ENCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS. D. OVERLOAD PROTECTION: PROVIDE BUILT -IN THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION FOR 120V MOTORS. E. EFFICIENCY: MOTORS ARE TO BE "ENERGY EFFICIENT" HAVING MINIMUM EFFICIENCY AS SCHEDULED IN ACCORDANCE WITH IEEE STANDARD 112, TEST METHOD B. F. PROVIDE MOTORS WITH MINIMUM 85% POWER FACTOR. WHERE LESS THAN 85 %, PROVIDE POWER FACTOR CORRECTION TO MINIMUM 90% PER ENERGY CODES. D. NAMEPLATE PROVIDE METAL NAMEPLATE ON EACH MOTOR, INDICATING FULL IDENTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER, RATINGS, CHARACTERISTICS, CONSTRUCTION, SPECIAL FEATURES, AND SIMILAR INFORMATION. 2.02 STARTERS, ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND WIRING A. MOTOR STARTER MANUFACTURER 1. EXCEPT WHERE ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE INTEGRALLY FURNISHED WITH MOTOR STARTER PRODUCED BY ANOTHER MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURED BY ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CUTLER - HAMMER, GE OR SQUARE D. B. MOTOR STARTER CHARACTERISTICS 1. COMPLY WITH NEMA STANDARDS AND NEC. PROVIDE TYPE I GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES WITH PAD LOCK EARS, AND WITH FRAMES AND SUPPORTS FOR MOUNTING ON WALL, FLOOR OR PANEL AS INDICATED. PROVIDE TYPE AND SIZE OF STARTER RECOMMENDED BY MOTOR MANUFACTURER AND EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICABLE PROTECTION AND START -UP CONDITION; REFER TO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT SECTIONS FOR BASIC LOAD REQUIREMENTS. A. MANUAL SWITCHES: PROVIDE MANUAL SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHT FOR MOTORS 1/2 HP AND SMALLER, EXCEPT W HERE INTERLOCK OR AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS INDICATED. 1) OVERLOAD PROTECTION: PROVIDE MELTING ALLOY TYPE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS. B. MAGNETIC STARTERS: PROVIDE MAGNETIC STARTERS FOR 3 PHASE MOTORS AND FOR SMALLER MOTORS WHERE INTERLOCK OR AUTOMATIC OPERATION IS INDICATED. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1) HAND - OFF -AUTO SWITCH AND PILOT LIGHTS, PROPERLY ARRANGED FOR SINGLE -SPEED OR MULTI -SPEED OPERATION AS INDICATED. 2) TRIP -FREE THERMAL OVERLOAD RELAYS, EACH PHASE. 3) INTERLOCKS, PNEUMATIC SWITCHES, AND SIMILAR DEVICES AS REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION WITH CONTROL REQUIREMENTS OF DMSION -15 CONTROLS SECTIONS. 4) BUILT -IN 120 -VOLT CONTROL CIRCUIT TRANSFORMER, FUSED FROM LINE SIDE, WHERE SERVICE EXCEEDS 240 VOLTS. WHEN A TRANSFORMER ISN'T USED THE CONTROL COIL SHALL BE FUSED. 5) EXTERNALLY OPERATED MANUAL RESET. 6) UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE OR PROTECTION FOR EACH PHASE. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 STARTERS A. PROVIDE STARTERS AND WIRING DEVICES FOR MOTORS. INSTALLATION BY DMSION 16000. 3.02 MOTORS A. INSTALL MOTORS ON MOTOR MOUNTING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MOTOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, SECURELY ANCHORED TO RESIST TORQUE, DRIVE THRUSTS, AND OTHER EXTERNAL FORCES INHERENT IN MECHANICAL WORK. SECURE SHEAVES AND OTHER DRIVE UNITS TO MOTOR SHAFTS WITH KEYS AND ALLEN SET SCREWS, EXCEPT MOTORS OF 1/3 HP AND LESS MAY BE SECURED WITH ALLEN SCREWS ON FLAT SURFACES OF SHAFT. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, SET MOTOR SHAFTS PARALLEL WITH MACHINE SHAFTS. 3.03 EQUIPMENT FABRICATION A. FABRICATE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR SECURE MOUNTING OF MOTORS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL ITEMS INCLUDING IN WORK. PROVIDE EITHER PERMANENT ALIGNMENT OF MOTORS WITH EQUIPMENT, OR ADJUSTABLE MOUNTINGS AS APPLICABLE FOR BELT DRIVES, GEAR DRIVES, SPECIAL COUPLINGS AND SIMILAR INDIRECT COUPLING OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE SAFE, SECURE, DURABLE, AND REMOVABLE GUARDS FOR MOTOR DRIVES, ARRANGED FOR LUBRICATION AND SIMILAR RUNNING MAINTENANCE WITHOUT REMOVAL OF GUARDS. END OF SECTION 15030 SECTION 15050 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. ANSI COMPLIANCE COMPLY WITH ANSI A13.1 FOR LETTERING SIZE, COLORS, AND INSTALLED VIEWING ANGLES OF IDENTIFICATION DEVICES. PART 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 ENGRAVED PLASTIC- LAMINATE SIGNS A. PROVIDE ENGRAVED STOCK MELAMINE PLASTIC LAMINATE, COMPLYING WITH FS L- P -387, ENGRAVED WITH ENGRAVER'S STANDARD LETTER STYLE OF SIZES AND WORDING, BLACK WITH WHITE CORE (LETTER COLOR) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PUNCHED FOR MECHANICAL FASTENING EXCEPT WHERE ADHESIVE MOUNTING IS NECESSARY BECAUSE OF SUBSTRATE. PROVIDE 1/16" THICKNESS FOR UNITS UP TO 20 SQ. IN. OR 8" LENGTH; 1/8" FOR LARGER UNITS. PROVIDE FASTENING PER SELF - TAPPING STAINLESS STEEL SCREWS, EXCEPT CONTACT -TYPE PERMANENT ADHESIVE WHERE SCREWS CANNOT OR SHOULD NOT PENETRATE SUBSTRATE. PROVIDE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT. 2.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. ON ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT THAT HAS POWER CONNECTORS, PROVIDE WITH PERMANENT MARKER, THE ELECTRICAL PANEL AND BREAKER NUMBER. MARK ON DISCONNECT. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INSTALL ENGRAVED PLASTIC LAMINATE SIGN ON OR NEAR EACH MAJOR ITEM OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND EACH OPERATING DEVICE. PROVIDE SIGNS FOR WATER HEATERS, FANS, HVAC UNITS AND OTHER OPERATIONAL DEVICES. END OF SECTION 15050 SECTION 15060 PIPE TUBE & FITTINGS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CERTIFY BRAZING PROCEDURES, BRAZERS, AND OPERATORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B31.5. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING MATERIALS A. COPPER TUBE ASTM B88. B. DWV COPPER TUBE: ASTM B 306. C. HUBLESS CAST -IRON SOIL PIPE: CISPI 301, WITH COUPLING ASSEMBLY, CISPI 310. D. STEEL PIPE: ASTM 106B, SCH 40, TREADED. 2.02 PIPE/TUBE FITTINGS A. CAST -IRON FLANGED FITTINGS: ANSI B16.1. B. CAST -IRON THREADED FITTINGS: ANSI B16.4. C. MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS: ANSI 816.3; GALVANIZED PIPING SYSTEMS. D. MALLEABLE IRON THREADED UNIONS: ANSI B16.39. E. DUCTILE IRON PRESSURE PIPING FITTINGS: ANSI A21.10; AWWA C110 F. THREADED PIPE PLUGS: ANSI B16.14. G. CAST -IRON THREADED DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.12. H. PIPE NIPPLES: SAME PIPING MATERIAL AS CONNECTING PIPING; SCHEDULE 80 FOR 1 -1/2" UNTHREADED LENGTH WITH PIPE SIZES LESS THAN 1 -1/4 "; NO CLOSE NIPPLES ALLOWED. I. WROUGHT- COPPER SOLDER -JOINT FITTINGS: ANSI B16.22. J. CAST- COPPER SOLDER -JOINT DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.23. K. WROUGHT- COPPER SOLDER -JOINT DRAINAGE FITTINGS: ANSI B16.29. L COPPER -TUBE UNIONS: ANSI B16.15. M. RUBBER - GASKET JOINTS: ANSI A21.11; AWWA C111. N. HUBLESS CAST -IRON SOIL PIPE FITTINGS: CISPI 301. 0. HUB-AND SPIGOT CAST -IRON PIPE FITTINGS: ASTM A74. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS PIPING MATERIALS /PRODUCTS A. SOLDERING MATERIALS: PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING FOR EACH SERVICE: TIN -LEAD SOLDER: ASTM B32, GRADE 50A; FOR DRAINAGE PIPING OR TIN - ANTIMONY SOLDER: ASTM B32, GRADE 95TA FOR PRESSURE PIPING. B. PIPING CONNECTORS FOR DISSIMILAR NON- PRESSURE PIPE ELASTOMERIC ANNULAR RING INSERT, OR ELASTOMERIC FLEXIBLE COUPLING SECURED AT EACH END WITH STAINLESS STEEL CLAMPS, SIZED FOR EXACT FIT TO PIPE ENDS AND SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY PLUMBING CODE. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. INSTALL PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES WHICH WILL ACHIEVE PERMANENTLY LEAKPROOF PIPING SYSTEMS, CAPABLE OF PERFORMING EACH INDICATED SERVICE WITHOUT PIPING FAILURE. INSTALL EACH RUN WITH MINIMUM JOINTS AND COUPLINGS, BUT WITH ADEQUATE AND ACCESSIBLE UNIONS FOR DISASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT OF VALVES AND EQUIPMENT. REDUCE SIZES (WHERE INDICATED) BY USE OF REDUCING FITTINGS. ALIGN PIPING ACCURATELY AT CONNECTIONS, WITH 1/16" MISALIGNMENT TOLERANCE. 3.02 THREAD PIPE A. THREAD PIPE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI B2.1. APPLY PIPE JOINT COMPOUND OR PIPE JOINT TAPE (TEFLON) ON MALE THREADS AND TIGHTEN JOINT TO LEAVE NOT MORE THAN 3 THREADS EXPOSED. 3.03 SOLDER JOINTS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF "COPPER TUBE HANDBOOK" BY CDA. 3.04 HUBLESS CAST-IRON JOINTS A. COMPLY WITH CISPI 310. 3.05 CLEANING, FLUSHING, AND INSPECTING A. GENERAL CLEAN EXTERIOR SURFACES OF INSTALLED PIPING SYSTEMS OF SUPERFLUOUS MATERIALS, AND PREPARE FOR APPLICATION OF SPECIFIED COATINGS (IF ANY). FLUSH OUT PIPING SYSTEMS WITH TEST MEDIA BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH REQUIRED TESTS. INSPECT EACH RUN OF EACH SYSTEM FOR COMPLETION OF JOINTS, SUPPORTS, AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. 1. INSPECT PRESSURE PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OF ANSI B31. 2. DISINFECT WATER MAINS AND WATER SERVICE PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWWA C601. 3.06 PIPING TESTS A. GENERAL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT FOR TESTING, TEST BEFORE INSULATION IS INSTALLED, REMOVE CONTROL DEVICES BEFORE TESTING. TEST EACH SECTION OF EACH PIPING SYSTEM INDEPENDENTLY. FILL EACH SECTION WITH WATER, AND TEST PER SECTION 15010 3.04. B. REPAIR PIPING SYSTEMS SECTION WHICH FAIL TEST, BY DISASSEMBLY AND RE- INSTALLATION, USING NEW MATERIALS TO OVERCOME LEAKAGE. DO NOT USE CHEMICALS, STOP -LEAK COMPOUNDS, MASTICS, OR OTHER TEMPORARY REPAIR METHODS. END OF SECTION 15060 SECTION 15100 VALVES PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED VALVES RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN SERVICE INDICATED. PROVIDE VALVES OF TYPES AND PRESSURE RATINGS INDICATED; PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SIZES AS INDICATED, AND CONNECTIONS WHICH PROPERLY MATE WITH PIPE, TUBE, AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. WHERE MORE THAN ONE TYPE IS INDICATED, SELECTION IS INSTALLER'S OPTION. 2.02 BALL VALVES A. SELECT WITH PORT AREA EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN CONNECTING PIPE AREA, INCLUDE SEAT RING DESIGNED TO HOLD SEALING MATERIAL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 1. BRONZE VALVES: MILWAUKEE "BUTTERBALL" OR EQUAL 2. MANUFACTURER: CRANE, FAIRBANKS, MILWAUKEE OR NIBCO. 2.03 AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROL VALVES PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL VALVES WHERE REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING VALVES IN BRANCH LINES WHERE NECESSARY TO ISOLATE SECTIONS OF PIPING. LOCATE VALVES SO AS TO BE ACCESSIBLE AND SO THAT SEPARATE SUPPORT CAN BE PROVIDED WHEN NECESSARY. B. INSTALL VALVES WITH STEMS POINTED UP, IN VERTICAL POSITION DOWNWARD FROM HORIZONTAL PLANE. END OF SECTION 15100 SECTION 15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDEMNS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. AT A MINIMUM, INSULATION VALUES SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE STATE ENERGY CODE, IF APPLICABLE. 1.02 FLAME /SMOKE RATINGS A. PROVIDE COMPOSITE MECHANICAL INSULATION (INSULATION, JACKETS, COVERINGS, SEALER, MASTICS AND ADHESIVES) WITH FLAME SPREAD INDEX AT 25 OR LESS, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 50 OR LESS, AS TESTED BY ASTM E84 (NFPA 225) METHOD. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION: ASTM C 1136 & 547 TYPE I. B. GLASS FIBER PIPE FITTING INSULATION: ASTM C 553. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. CERTAINTEED CORP., KNAUF FIBER GLASS, MANVILLE CORP., OWENS- CORNING FIBERGLASS CORP., IMCOA, NOMACO. 2.03 PIPING INSULATION A. OMIT INSULATION ON EXPOSED PLUMBING FIXTURE RUN -OUTS, (EXCEPT AT HANDICAPPED FIXTURES) FROM FACE OF WALL OR FLOOR TO FIXTURE; ON UNIONS, FLANGES, STRAINERS, FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS, AND EXPANSION JOINTS. 1 INSULATE THE FOLLOWING COLD PIPING SYSTEMS: A) DOMESTIC COLD WATER AND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING. 2. INSULATE THE ABOVE COLD PIPING WITH THE FOLLOWING INSULATION: A) GLASS FIBER, 1" THICK ON ALL PIPE SIZE EXCEPT 1" DIAMETER AND LESS PIPE AND RUNOUTS UP TO 2 DIAMETER PIPE SIZE. 3. INSULATE THE FOLLOWING HOT PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS: A) DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING. 4. INSULATE THE ABOVE HOT PIPING WITH ONE OF THE FOLLOWING INSULATIONS: A) DOMESTIC FIBERGLASS: 1" THICK FOR UP TO 2" DIAMETER PIPE SIZE AND 1.5" THICK FOR 2 -1/2" DIAMETER AND LARGER PIPE SIZES. 5. PROVIDE ASJ (ALL SERVICE JACKET) ON ALL PIPING, EXCEPT PIPING EXPOSED TO THE OUTSIDE SHALL HAVE AN ALUMINUM JACKET. 6. ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE INSULATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE APPLICABLE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE. WHERE INSULATION THICKNESS SPECIFIED ARE LARGER THAN THOSE LISTED IN THE ENERGY CODE, THE LARGER VALUES SHALL BE USED. 2.04 DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION A. INSULATE ALL SUPPLY & VENTILATION AIR DUCTWORK WITH FSK GLASS FIBER INSULATION HAVING A MINIMUM INSTALLED R -VALUE OF 7. B. DO NOT WRAP SOUNDLINED DUCT. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION A. EXAMINE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH MECHANICAL INSULATION WILL BE INSTALLED. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. B. INSTALL INSULATION PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT INSULATION SERVES ITS INTENDED PURPOSE. C. INSTALL INSULATION ON MECHANICAL SYSTEMS SUBSEQUENT TO TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE OF TESTS. D. CLEAN AND DRY MECHANICAL SURFACES PRIOR TO INSULATING. BUTT INSULATION JOINTS FIRMLY TOGETHER TO ENSURE COMPLETE AND TIGHT FIT OVER SURFACES TO BE COVERED. E. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF VAPOR - BARRIER JACKETS ON MECHANICAL INSULATION, AND PROTECT TO PREVENT PUNCTURE OR OTHER DAMAGE. F. COVER VALVES, FITTINGS AND SIMILAR ITEMS IN EACH PIPING SYSTEM WITH EQUIVALENT THICKNESS AND COMPOSITION OR EFFICIENCY OF INSULATION AS APPLIED TO ADJOINING PIPE RUN. G. EXTEND MECHANICAL INSULATION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION THROUGH WALLS, FLOORS AND SIMILAR PIPING PENETRATIONS, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. H. INSTALL PROTECTIVE METAL SHIELDS AND INSULATED SADDLES TO PREVENT COMPRESSION OF INSULATION. I. REPAIR DAMAGED SECTIONS OF EXISTING MECHANICAL INSULATION, DAMAGED DURING THIS CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. USE INSULATION OF SAME THICKNESS AS EXISTING INSULATION, INSTALL NEW JACKET LAPPING AND SEALED OVER EXISTING. END OF SECTION 15250 SECTION 15401 WATER PIPING PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIV 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF PROCESS WATER PIPING (INCLUDING CONDENSER WATER). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION, ARE SPECIFIED IN DMSION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF SIZES, RATINGS, AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION; PROVIDE PROPER QUANTITY OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.02 PIPE, TUBE AND FITTINGS A. DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 1. COPPER TUBE: TYPE L HARD -DRAWN TEMPER; WROUGHT - COPPER FITTINGS; SOLDERED JOINTS WITH 95 -5 SOLDER. 2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS INSTALL ON EACH PIPE PENETRATION EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES. B. DRIP PANS INSTALL UNDER PIPES PASSING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. C. SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS PROVIDE FACTORY - FABRICATED HANGERS, SUPPORTS, AND ANCHOR COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -69. INSTALL COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -89. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 PIPING RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES A. PROVIDE HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING RUNOUTS TO FIXTURES OF SIZES INDICATED, BUT IN NO CASE SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING CODE. 3.02 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION A. CONNECT HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SYSTEM TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED, AND COMPLY WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE AND UNION FOR EACH CONNECTION, PROVIDE DRAIN VALVE ON DRAIN CONNECTION. END OF SECTION 15401 SECTION 15405 SOIL & WASTE PIPING SYSTEM PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 STANDARDS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE STANDARDS PERTAINING TO MATERIALS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION OF DRAINAGE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT. B. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PDI STANDARDS PERTAINING TO PRODUCES AND INSTALLATION OF SOIL AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEMS. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. BASIC PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR THIS SECTION, ARE SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 15 PIPE, TUBE & FITTINGS SECTION. PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF TYPES, SIZES, RATINGS, AND CHARACTERISTICS INDICATED, WHICH COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD MATERIALS, DESIGN, AND CONSTRUCTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLISHED PRODUCT INFORMATION; PROVIDE PROPER QUANTITY OF PIPING AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 2.02 PIPES, TUBES AND FITTINGS GENERAL PROVIDE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING SELECTIONS AT INSTALLER'S OPTION A. ABOVE GROUND BUILDING PIPING AND FITTINGS: 1. CAST -IRON HUB -AND- SPIGOT SOIL PIPE: SERVICE WEIGHT, CAST IRON HUB - AND - SPIGOT SOIL PIPE FITTINGS WITH COMPRESSION GASKETS. 2. CAST-IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE SERVICE WEIGHT CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE FITTINGS; HUBLESS JOINTS. B. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING 1. CAST -IRON HUB - AND - SPIGOT SOIL PIPE FITTINGS, COMPRESSION GASKETS. 2. CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE: SERVICE WEIGHT; CAST -IRON HUBLESS SOIL PIPE FITTINGS; HUBLESS JOINTS. C. SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND SEALS PROVIDE FACTORY- FABRICATED HANGERS, SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -69. INSTALL, COMPLYING WITH MSS SP -89. D. DRAINAGE PIPING PRODUCTS 1. CLEANOUT PLUGS: CAST - BRONZE OR BRASS, THREADS COMPLYING WITH ANSI B2.1, COUNTERSUNK HEAD. INSTALL IN CLEANOUTS AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED BY THE PLUMBING CODE. E. FLOOR CLEANOUTS CAST -IRON BODY AND FRAME; ADJUSTABLE ROUND TOP AS FOLLOWS: 1. NICKEL - BRONZE TOP: PATTERN TO SUIT ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. INSTALL IN OCCUPIED AREAS. 2. CAST -IRON TOP: PATTERN TO SUIT ADJACENT FLOOR FINISH. INSTALL IN UNOCCUPIED AREAS. F. WALL CLEANOUTS CAST -IRON BODY ADAPTABLE TO PIPE WITH CLEANOUT PLUG, STAINLESS STEEL ROUND COVER AND SCREW. G. DRAINAGE PIPING PRODUCTS MANUFACTURER JOSAM, SMITH, WADE OR ZURN. H. FLOOR DRAINS: AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION. voS H Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 03-19-08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KW I LA, WA RECEIVED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTEh DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT m 2008 CARTER d: BURGESS, INC. at &t [EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE M -003 PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS PROVIDE SOIL AND WASTE PIPING RUNOUTS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES AND DRAINS, WITH APPROVED TRAP, OR SIZES INDICTED; BUT IN NO CASE SMALLER THAN REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL PLUMBING CODE. B. LOCATE PIPING RUNOUTS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO BOTTOM OF FLOOR SLAB SUPPORTING FIXTURES OR DRAINS. C. TEST SOIL AND WASTE PIPING SYSTEM IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL PLUMBING CODES. D. COORDINATE WITH SOIL AND WASTE PIPING AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE FLOOR DRAINS WITH DRAINAGE PIPING SYSTEMS. E. INSTALL FLOOR DRAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH WRITTEN MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, AT LOW POINTS OF SURFACE AREAS TO BE DRAINED, OR AS INDICATED. SET TOPS OF DRAINS FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. F. INSTALL DRAIN FLASHING COLLAR OR FLANGE SO THAT NO LEAKAGE OCCURS BETWEEN DRAIN AND ADJOINING FLOORING. MAINTAIN INTEGRITY OF WATERPROOF MEMBRANES, WHERE PENETRATED. 3.02 SEWER LINES A. INSTALLATION INSTALL UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS AS INDICATED AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLUMBING CODE LAY UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINS BEGINNING AT LOW POINT OF SYSTEMS, TRUE TO GRADES AND ALIGNMENT INDICATED WITH UNBROKEN CONTINUITY OF INVERT. PLACE BELL ENDS OF PIPING FACING UPSTREAM. INSTALL REQUIRED GASKETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR USE OF LUBRICANTS, CEMENTS, AND OTHER SPECIAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. CLEAN INTERIOR OF PIPING OF DIRT AND OTHER SUPERFLUOUS MATERIAL AS WORK PROGRESSES. MAINTAIN SWAB OR DRAG IN UNE AND PULL PAST EACH JOINT AS IT IS COMPLETED. PLACE PLUGS IN ENDS OF UNCOMPLETED PIPING AT END OF DAY OR WHENEVER WORK STOPS. B. INSTALL SOIL AND VENT PIPING PITCHED TO DRAIN AT MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/4" PER FOOT (2 %) AND 1/8" PER FOOT WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. VENT PIPING MAY BE INSTALLED HORIZONTAL IF REQUIRED TO AVOID CONFLICT WITH BUILDING ELEMENTS. C. PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER AT ALL FLOOR DRAINS. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL HAVE EASY MAINTENANCE ACCESS. D. CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PVC, UNLESS LANDLORD REQUIRES COPPER PER TENANT CRITERIA. 3.03 PIPING SPECIALITIES A. PIPE ESCUTCHEONS: INSTALL ON EACH PIPE PENETRATION EXPOSED TO VIEW IN OCCUPIED SPACES. B. DRIP PANS: INSTALL UNDER PIPES PASSING OVER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 15405 SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA, ASSEMBLY -TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MAINTENANCE DATA, IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 01300 IF SUBMITTING AS APPROVED EQUAL PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PLUMBING FIXTURES A. PROVIDE ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. ALL FAUCETS AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS, ETC., SHALL BE LEAD FREE AS DEFINED BY THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT AMENDMENTS FO 1986 AND THE LEAD CONTAMINATION CONTROL ACT OF 1988. CONTAMINATION CONTROL ACT OF 1988. 2.02 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER A. PROVIDE ALL WATER HEATERS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. 2.03 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR A. PROVIDE ALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIXTURES A. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS, COMPLETE WITH TRAPS, VALVES, STOPS AND ALL FITTINGS. ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE FIRMLY ANCHORED AGAINST MOVEMENTS. LOCATE IN CENTER OF AREA ALLOWED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH ALL FITTINGS AND NUMBERS SHALL INCLUDE THE FITTINGS AS IF THEY WERE COMPLETELY LISTED AND SPECIFIED WITH EACH FIXTURE. PROVIDE CAULKING BETWEEN WALL AND FIXTURE ON ALL WALL HUNG FIXTURES. USE RESILIENT (FLEXIBLE) PRODUCT SUCH AS GE SILICONE BATHTUB SEALANT. PROVIDE SEALED WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS ON HW AND CW SUPPLY PIPES AT EACH FIXTURE OR BANK OF FIXTURES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. B. SEE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF ALL FIXTURES NOT NOTED IN THIS SPECIFICATION. COMPLY WITH HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. TRAP PRIMERS SHALL BE EASILY ACCESSIBLE. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL IN WALL END OF SECTION 15410 SECTION 15820 AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A AMCA COMPLIANCE: TEST AND RATE AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA STANDARDS, AND PROVIDE AMCA CERTIFIED RATINGS SEAL B. UL COMPLIANCE: PROVIDE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS OF AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED BY UL 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA OF APPROVED EQUALS (SUBMITTALS ARE NOT REQUIRED IF PRODUCT MATCHES SPECIFIED ITEMS ON DRAWINGS), ASSEMBLY - TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, LADDER-TYPE WIRING DIAGRAMS DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN PORTIONS OF WIRING THAT ARE FACTORY INSTALLED AND PORTIONS TO BE FIELD - INSTALLED, AND MAINTENANCE DATA. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 HVAC SYSTEMS A. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED WITH ALL OPTIONS AS DESCRIBED ON THE MECHANICAL SCHEDULES ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. B. WHEREVER POSSIBLE, PROVIDE BELT DRIVEN EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED OR PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH ALL OPTIONS INCLUDED IN THE SCHEDULES OR REQUIRED TO MEET THE PERFORMANCES NOTED ON THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. UNITS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS, INSTRUCTIONS AND DETAILS ON DRAWINGS. B. ALL EXHAUST FAN SYSTEMS TO HAVE BACKDRAFT OR MOTORIZED DAMPERS IN THE SYSTEM. C. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS TO ALL FANS. D. PROVIDE ROOF CURBS FOR ALL ROOF HOODS, ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND DUCT PENETRATIONS THRU ROOF. a PROVIDE FACTORY AUTHORIZED STARTUP OF ALL EQUIPMENT. END OF SECTION 15820 SECTION 15840 DUCTWORK PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTATION AND SERVICES TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE ALL DUCTWORK AND RELATED SYSTEMS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND INDICATED ON THE DRAWING. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 SHEETMETAL WORK A. FURNISH ALL DUCTWORK AS SHOWN ON PLANS. ALL DUCTWORK CONSTRUCTION SHALL COMPLY WITH SMACNA STANDARDS AND LOCAL MECHANICAL CODE STANDARDS, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT. DUCT CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING PRESSURE VELOCITY CLASSIFICATIONS FOUND IN SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, FIRST EDITION (1985). 1. DUCTWORK BETWEEN VAV AIR HANDLING UNITS AND TERMINAL BOXES: MAXIMUM +6' W.G., 4,000 F.P.M., VARIABLE AIR VOLUME. 2. DUCTWORK DOWNSTREAM OF TERMINAL BOXES: +2"W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., VARIABLE AIR VOLUME. 3. EXHAUST DUCTWORK (ALL EXHAUST FAN SYSTEMS WHERE DESIGN FAN STATIC IS LISTED AT 1.0" W.G. OR ABOVE): +2' TO - 2"W.G., 2500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. 4. RETURN, RELIEF OR EXHAUST DUCTWORK WHERE FAN DESIGN STATIC IS LISTED BELOW 1.0"W.G.: +1" TO -1" W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME 5. SUPPLY DUCTS NOT LISTED ABOVE +2" TO -2" W.G., 2,500 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME 6. TRANSFER DUCTS: +0.5" TO -0.5" W.G., 2,000 F.P.M., CONSTANT VOLUME. B. PRIOR TO ANY FABRICATING OF SHEET METAL WORK, THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY MEASURE (AT THE SITE) AVAILABLE SPACE FOR SHEET METAL WORK. HE SHALL PREPARE LARGE SCALE SHOP DRAWINGS OF SHEET METAL WORK SHOWING ALL OTHER ELEMENTS OF THE BUILDING INCLUDING PIPING, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL SO ALL ARE COORDINATED AND FIT AVAILABLE SPACE THE SHOP DRAWINGS WILL NOT GO THROUGH A FORMAL SUBMITTAL PROCESS, BUT 2 COPIES SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE ARCHITECT AS EVIDENCE OF THEIR BEING COMPLETED. C. LONGITUDINAL SEAMS IN DUCTS SHALL BE FLAT, DOUBLE LOCK TYPE. S AND DRIVE TYPE. D. TRANSVERSE SEAMS SHALL BE OF TYPE AND SPACING AS FOLLOWS: MAX. SIDE TYPE SPACING UP TO 30" DRIVE SUP 7'-10" 31" TO 60' 1 -1/2" POCKET SUP 7' -10" 61" AND UP 1 -1/2" POCKET SUP 3'- 9" CROSS BREAK PANELS 18" AND OVER IN WIDTH. E. STANDING SEAMS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ON ANY DUCTWORK. F. JOINT LOCKING: THE SUPJOINT IN POCKET SUP SEAMS SHALL BE SCREWED USING NOT LESS THAN ONE SCREW PER FACE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF 2' -0 ". G. DAMPERS PROVIDE DAMPERS AND QUADRANTS IN DUCTWORK AS NECESSARY FOR BALANCING. PROVIDE ONE DAMPER IN THE DUCT LEADING TO EACH SUPPLY OR RETURN /EXHAUST OPENING. DAMPERS SHALL BE LOCATED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. DAMPERS SHALL BE HIED WITH PARKER KALON DAMPER BEARINGS AND PARKER KALON NO. 195T QUADRANTS. DAMPERS SHALL BE OF 20 GA. G.I. SINGLE PLATE TYPE WITH EDGES HEMMED. FOR DAMPERS ABOVE "HARD' (GYPBOARD OR NON- ACCESSIBLE) CEILINGS, PROVIDE BOWDEN CABLE CONTROLLER WITH CONCEALED OPERATORS IN NEAREST RETURN GRILLE. SHOW LOCATION OF ALL REMOTE DAMPER OPERATORS & VOLUME DAMPERS ON RECORD DRAWINGS. INCLUDE DRAWING W /BALANCING REPORT. ADUSTABLE SPUTTER DAMPERS TO BE YOUNG REGULATOR 890B. H. ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN FINISHED WALLS AND CEILINGS WHERE REQUIRED TO REACH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, MILCOR OR EQUAL I. INSULATED LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE A FACTORY FABRICATED ASSEMBLY CONSISTING OF A ZINC - COATED SPRING STEEL HELIX, NON- PERFORATED INNER LINER, WRAPPED WITH A NOMINAL 1' THICK BY 1 LB /CU. FT. DENSITY FIBERGLASS INSULATION. THE ASSEMBLY SHALL BE SHEATHED IN A VAPOR BARRIER JACKET, FACTORY SEALED AT BOTH ENDS OF EACH SECTION, THUS ASSURING THE VAPOR RESISTANCE OF EACH SECTION AS WELL AS THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION. THE COMPOSITE ASSEMBLY INCLUDING INSULATION AND VAPOR BARRIER SHALL MEET THE CLASS 1 REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA BULLETIN NO. 90 -A AND BE LABELED BY UL WITH A FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR UNDER. FLEXIBLE DUCTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A FULLY EXTENDED LENGTH REQUIRED TO MAKE THE CONNECTION. WHERE HORIZONTAL SUPPORT IS REQUIRED, FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE SUSPENDED ON 36" CENTERS WITH A MINIMUM 3/4" WIDE FLAT BANDING MATERIAL ALL JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITH 1/2" WIDE POSITIVE LOCKING STEEL STRAPS. INSULATED LOW PRESSURE FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL BE GREENFLEX TYPE SL -1 OR EQUAL. PROVIDE SPIN -IN FITTINGS FOR CONNECTION TO TRUCK DUCT. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT IS 5 FEET WITH ONE 90 DEGREE BEND. J. OFFSETS PROVIDE OFFSETS AND TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO FIT DUCTWORK INTO AVAILABLE SPACE. MAINTAIN EQUIVALENT FREE AREA OF DUCTWORK, AND TRANSITION SHALL BE SMOOTH (LESS THAN 15 DEGREES). 2.02 DUCT LINING A. JOHNS MANSVILLE 1 THICK 1.5 LB /CU.FT. DENSITY (WHERE CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS AND OR WHERE SPECIFIED) LINACOUSTIC R -4 MIN. OR 1.5" THICK 1.5 LB/CU.FT. DENSITY LINACOUSTIC R -5 MIN. WHERE "SOUNDLINED" OR "LINED" DUCT IS CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED. SERVICE WITH GLUE AND CUPS. SPACE CLIPS A MAXIMUM OF 18 "O.C. LINE ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS (INCLUDES OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST AND TRANSFER DUCTS). THE NET FREE AREA OF THE DUCT DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. INCREASE METAL DUCT DIMENSIONS AS NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE FOR ADDITION OF THE LINER. B. THE DUCT LINER SHALL BE APPLIED WITH 100% COVERAGE OF APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. LINER SHALL BE ADDMONALLY SECURED WITH MECHANICAL FASTENERS ON MAXIMUM 15" CENTERS. FASTENERS SHALL START WITHIN 2" OF THE LEADING EDGE OF EACH SECTION AND WITHIN 3 OF THE LEADING EDGE OF ALL CROSS JOINTS WITHIN THE DUCT SECTION. ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND THE LEADING EDGE OF ALL CROSS JOINTS OF THE LINER SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. THE DUCT LINER SHALL BE CUT TO ASSURE SNUG CLOSING CORNER JOINTS, THE BLACK SURFACE OF THE LINER SHALL FACE THE AIR STREAM, TRANSVERSE JOINTS SHALL BE NEATLY BUTTED, AND ANY DAMAGED AREAS SHALL BE HEAVILY COATED WITH AN APPROVED FIRE RESISTANT ADHESIVE. 2.03 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A. GENERAL PROVIDE DAMPERS AT ALL OUTSIDE AIR AND RELIEF DUCTS INTAKING OR EXHAUSTING TO ATMOSPHERE. B. TYPE 1. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON FAN SYSTEMS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR ALUMINUM MULTIBLADE TYPE. BLADES SHALL HAVE FELT STRIPS RIVETED OR CRIMPED IN PLACE. BLADES SHALL BE JOINED TOGETHER WITH CONNECTION BARS. EACH BLADE SHALL BE RIGIDLY ATTACHED TO A PIVOT ROD. THE ROD SHALL EXTEND INTO OIL- IMPREGNATED BRONZE BUSHINGS, OR AN11FRICTION BEARINGS, LOCATED IN THE FRAMES. RUSKIN CBD2 OR EQUAL 2. FABRIC BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON RELIEF DUCTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS. C. MANUFACTURER 2.04 LOUVERS A. FURNISH WONDER METAL MODEL 'SDL -4" DRAINABLE FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL STORM -PROOF MULLION NON - MECHANICAL FIXED WALL LOUVERS, OR AIR LOUVERS INC., THE AIROUTE CO., CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES INC., RUSKIN, OR INDUSTRIAL LOUVERS INC. EQUIVALENT, OR APPROVED; SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS SHOWN, COMPLETE WITH FLAT BAR ORNAMENTAL SHAPES WERE SHOWN; REFER TO EXTERIOR BUILDING ELEVATIONS AND LOUVER SCHEDULE, SECTION 22 OF PROJECT MANUAL VOLUME II. PROVIDE WITH BIRD SCREEN AND COLOR AS DESIGNATED BY ARCHITECT. B. LOUVERS SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND RATED TO HAVE MINIMUM 45% FREE OPENING BASED ON A 4X4 FOOT SIZE LOUVER. C. FRAME AND BLADES TO BE 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL D. HEADS, SILLS AND JAMBS TO BE ONE PIECE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AS DETAILED AND SECURELY ANCHOR TO WALL CONSTRUCTION AS APPROVED. E. SLIDEABLE INTERLOCKED MULLIONS TO HAVE PROVISION TO EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. F. FURNISH COMPLETE WITH MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD BIRD SCREEN MOUNTED IN FOLDED "U" TYPE FRAME AND ATTACH TO INSIDE FACE OF LOUVER FRAME WITH STEEL SCREWS AT ACTIVE (OPEN) PORTIONS OF LOUVERS AND WITH 20 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL FACED INSULATED `BLANK -OFF' PANELS AT INACTIVE LOUVER AREAS, COMPLETE WITH PERIMETER GASKETS AND FINISHED TO MATCH LOUVER. INSULATION CORE SHALL BE 1 INCH THICK EXTRUDED POLYSTRYENE HAVING A MINIMUM THERMAL RESISTANCE "R" VALUE OF 5.0. G. ALL LOUVERS TO BE FREE OF SCRATCHES AND BLEMISHES AND SHALL BE FINISH PAINTED WITH BAKED -ON ENAMEL POWDER COATING. 2.05 ARE DAMPERS A. DYNAMIC FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL SAFETY STANDARD 555. EACH DAMPER SHALL HAVE A 1 1/2 HOUR RATING WITH 165 DEGREE F FUSABLE LINK AND BE LABLED PER UL 555 STANDARD. B. DYNAMIC COMBINATION FIRE /SMOKE DAMPERS,RUSKIN FSD36, SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF MIN. 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL WITH STAINLESS STEEL BEARINGS, JAMB SEALS AND 450 DEG. F RATED BLADE EDGE SEAL DAMPERS SHALL BE 1 HR. RATED UNDER UL STANDARD 555 AND UL 555S. ALL DAMPERS USED UNDER THIS SPECIFICATION MUST BE UL TESTED & QUALIFIED IN THE COMPLETE RANGE OF SIZES USED. A SINGLE DAMPER TESTED WITHIN THIS RANGE IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. LEAKAGE RATING SHALL BE CLASS 11. INCLUDE A UL CLASSIFIED FIRE STAT. FIRESTAT SHALL ELECTRICALLY AND MECHANICALLY LOCK DAMPER CLOSED WHEN DUCT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 165 DEG. F. DAMPER MUST BE OPERABLE ABOVE 250 DEG. F. FIRESTAT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO DAMPER POSITION INDICATORS FOR REMOTE INTERFACING WITH SMOKE DETECTORS & FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE INTEGRAL FLOW RATED DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR DUCTED FIRE/ SMOKE DAMPERS AND NO -FLOW DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS FOR NON- DUCTED FIRE SMOKE DETECTORS. C. CEILING FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL CEILING REGISTERS AND GRILLES. IN THE RATED CEILING. FIRE DAMPERS CONSIST OF A RADIANT DAMPER IN THE DIFFUSER NECK AND THERMAL INSULATING BLANKET COVERING THE DIFFUSER PAN. THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE UL RATED FOR FLOOR /CEILING AND ROOF /CEILING SYSTEM. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 SHEET METAL WORK A. PARTITIONS FORMING PLENUMS OR CASINGS SHALL BE #18 GA., WITH GALVANIZED IRON ANGLES AND RIVETS FOR SEAM CONNECTION AND STIFFENING. ALL JOINTS AND STANDING SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH APPROVED DUCT SEALANT. B. CORK GASKETS SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN ALL CONNECTIONS OF SHEET METAL TO COIL AND FILTER CASINGS. C. SHEET METAL CONNECTIONS OF PLENUMS AND AIR CHAMBERS TO WALL AND FLOORS SHALL BE MADE WITH GALVANIZED ANGLES ANCHORED TO WALL OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION WITH ANCHOR BOLTS WITH SHEET METAL BOLTED OR RIVETED TO ANGLES. MASTIC SEALER SHALL BE INSTALLED AT CONNECTION OF ANGLES TO SHEET METAL TO PROVIDE AIR -TIGHT JOINTS. PROVIDE ACCESS DOORS IN PLENUMS AND CHAMBERS WITH HANDLES OPERATED FROM BOTH SIDES, VENTLOCK NO. 205 OR APPROVED SUBSTITUTE. D. HINGED ACCESS DOORS IN SHEET METAL DUCT FOR ACCESS TO DAMPERS SHALL BE #18 GA., FRAMED WITH STEEL ANGLE AND HEMMED EDGES. E. CONNECT ALL GRILLES TO DUCTWORK. PAINT THE INSIDE OF THE DUCT A DULL BLACK AT ALL GRILLES. F. ALL AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS TO OUTSIDE SHALL HAVE BIRDSCREENS. BACKDRAFT DAMPER SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE MOTORIZED DAMPER IS NOT INDICATED. G. ALL DUCTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE FLASHED WATER - TIGHT. SEE DETAIL ALL DUCTS THRU WALLS AND FLOORS /ROOFS SHALL HAVE ANGLE ENCLOSURES. H. CONNECTIONS OF ALL DUCTS TO ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE MADE WITH NEOPRENE. I. ELBOWS SHALL HAVE AN INSIDE RADIUS EQUAL TO 1/2 THE DUCT WIDTH. RECTANGULAR ELBOWS SHALL HAVE DUCT TURNS, T &B OR APPROVED EQUAL USE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS WHEREVER A ROUND ELBOW CANNOT BE USED AND WHERE SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. SQUARE INSIDE ELBOW AND ROUND OUTSIDE ELBOW ARE NOT PERMITTED. DO NOT INSTALL TURNING VANES IN GREASE EXHAUST DUCTWORK. J. SUPPORTERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STRAP OR ANGLE IRON HANGERS, ARRANGED TO PREVENT ANY BULGING, BENDING, OR SAGGING OF DUCTWORK. UNDER NO CONDITION SHALL HANGERS PIERCE THE DUCTS. VERTICAL DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT EACH FLOOR WITH 18 GA. FORMED ANGLE. K. SEAL ALL DUCT JOINTS WITH APPROVED DUCT SEALANT. L HANGERS 1. PROVIDE HANGERS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS ON ALL DUCTWORK. 2. HANGERS FOR CIRCULAR DUCTS AND TUBING: A #18 GAUGE GALVANIZED SHEET STEEL STRAP SHALL BE WRAPPED AROUND THE DUCT AT EACH POINT OF SUPPORT. FOR CONCEALED WORK THIS STRAP SHALL BE BOLTED TO A STRAP HANGER OF SIMILAR GAUGE AND WIDTH; FOR EXPOSED WORK, BOLTED TO A STEEL ROD HANGER IN EACH CASE, ROD HANGER 1/4" SIZE FOR DUCTS UP TO 10" SIZE, 3/8" SIZE FOR LARGER DUCTS. WIDTH OF GALVANIZED STEEL STRAP WRAPPED AROUND THE DUCT SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1" IN ANY CASE; WHERE DUCTS ARE IN EXCESS OF 10" IN DIAMETER SHALL BE 3. SPACING OF HANGERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 10' -0" ON CENTERS IN ANY CASE; WHERE DUCTS ARE INSULATED AND ARE IN EXCESS OF 10' IN SIZE, SPACING SHALL NOT EXCEED 8' -0 ". M. A MAXIMUM OF 5 FEET LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT WITH ONE 90 DEGREE BEND WILL BE ALLOWED AT CONNECTIONS TO DIFFUSERS, WHERE FLEX DUCT IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. N. PROVIDE FIRE STOP AROUND DUCTWORK AT ALL DUCT PENETRATION OF RATED CONSTRUCTION. "FIRE STOP SEALANT" BY DOW CORNING. 0. BACKDRAFT DAMPERS ON RELIEF DUCTS SHALL BE METAL BLADE TYPE. P. PROVIDE DUCT TRANSITIONS AS REQUIRED TO SOUND TRAPS AND ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. Q. PROVIDE DUCT LINING ON RECTANGULAR DUCTS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS (OUTSIDE AIR, SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST AND TRANSFER AIR DUCTS). THE NET FREE AREA OF THE DUCT DIMENSION GIVEN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. INCREASE METAL DUCT DIMENSIONS AS NECESSARY TO COMPENSATE FOR ADDITION OF THE LINER. R. ALL DUCTWORK, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO DUCTS, HANGERS, BRACKETS, FITTINGS AND JOINTS, SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A MANNER WHICH NETHER REDUCES HEADROOM AND WALKWAY WIDTH NOR PROJECTS ANY SHARP EDGES INTO A CATWALK OR PASSAGE AREA. ANY DUCTWORK WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE ARCHITECT, PRESENTS A POSSIBLE HAZARD TO PEOPLE IN THE CATWALK AREA, SHALL BE CHANGED TO AN ACCEPTABLE AND SAFE MANNER. SUCH CHANGES MAY INCLUDE: MOVING THE EQUIPMENT, CHANGING ITS CONFIGURATION, AND /OR ADDING PROTECTIVE PADDING TO THE EQUIPMENT. S. INTAKE BACKDRAFT DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE ENVELOPE OF THE BUILDING. T. INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. END OF SECTION 15840 SECTION 15870 OUTLETS AND INLETS PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND DMSION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCES A. ADC COMPLIANCE TEST AND RATE REGISTERS, GRILLES, CERTIFIED RATINGS SEAL ON EACH U B. AMCA COMPLIANCE TEST AND RATE LOUVERS, DAMPERS, SEAL ON EACH UNIT. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA UNLESS AS SPECIFIED ON DRAWINGS, ASSEMBLY -TYPE SHOP DRAWINGS, AND MAINTENANCE DATA. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS A. GENERAL EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS WITH FIRE DAMPERS; OF SIZE, SHAPE, CAPACITY AND TYPE INDICATED; CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS INDICATED AND AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. CEILING COMPATIBILITY PROVIDE DIFFUSERS WITH BORDER STYLES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT CEILING SYSTEMS, AND THAT ARE SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED TO FIT INTO CEILING MODULE WITH ACCURATE FIT AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT. REFER TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPES OF CEILING SYSTEMS WHICH WILL CONTAIN EACH TYPE OF CEILING AIR DIFFUSER. C. TYPES PROVIDE TITUS CEILING DIFFUSERS OF TYPE, CAPACITY, AND WITH ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES AS SCHEDULED. 2.02 REGISTERS AND GRILLES A. GENERAL EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH FIRE DAMPERS; OF SIZE, SHAPE, CAPACITY AND TYPE INDICATED; CONSTRUCTED OF MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. B. PERFORMANCE PROVIDE WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES THAT HAVE, AS MINIMUM, TEMPERATURE AND VELOCITY TRAVERSES, THROW AND DROP, AND NOISE CRITERIA RATINGS FOR EACH SIZE DEVICE AS LISTED IN MANUFACTURER'S CURRENT DATA. C. COMPATIBILITY PROVIDE REGISTERS AND GRILLES WITH BORDER STYLES THAT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH ADJACENT WALL OR CEILING SYSTEMS, AND THAT ARE SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED TO FIT INTO CONSTRUCTION WITH ACCURATE FIT AND ADEQUATE SUPPORT. REFER TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION WHICH WILL CONTAIN EACH TYPE OF WALL REGISTER AND GRILLE. D. TYPES PROVIDE WALL REGISTERS AND GRILLES OF TYPE, CAPACTIY, AND WITH ACCESSORIES AND FINISHES AS SCHEDULED. E. MANUFACTURERS: 1. TITUS PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL INSTALL OUTLETS AND INLETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO INSURE THAT PRODUCTS SERVE INTENDED FUNCTIONS. REFER TO INSTALLATION DETAILS REFERENCED IN PARAGRAPH 2.03A ABOVE. B. COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING DUCTWORK AND DUCT ACCESSORIES, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE INSTALLATION OF OUTLETS AND INLETS WITH OTHER WORK. C. LOCATE CEILING AIR DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES, AS INDICATED ON GENERAL CONSTRUCTION "REFLECTED CEILING PLANS' AND "INTERIOR ELEVATIONS'. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, LOCATE UNITS IN CENTER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING MODULES. END OF SECTION 15870 SECTION 15880 FILTERS AND DIFFUSERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ADC NTT. AND SHUTTERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER COND[ONS AND DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 COMPLIANCE A. NEPA COMPLIANCE: INSTALL AIR TREATMENT EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 90A AND 90B. B. UL COMPLIANCE: PROVIDE AIR FILTER UNITS WHICH HAVE BEEN LISTED AND LABELED BY UL C. ASHRAE COMPLIANCE TEST AIR FILTER UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ARI 850. EQUIPMENT TEST CODE 1062R4, PROVIDE STANDARD 500, PROVIDE CERTIFIED RATINGS PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS 2.01 AIR FILTERS A. EXTENDED SURFACE FILTERS PROVIDE FACTORY- FABRICATED, DRY, EXTENDED SURFACE FILTERS; WHERE SHOWN, IN SIZES INDICATED. EQUIP WITH UL CLASS 1 FIBROUS MEDIA MATERIAL FORMED INTO 2" DEEP V- SHAPED PLEATS AND HELD BY SELF- SUPPORTING FRAMES. FARR 30/30 OR EQUAL 2.02 FILTER FRAMES A. PROVIDE METAL FILTER FRAMES AS DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL AIR FILTERS AND HOLDING DEVICES OF TYPES INDICATED, AND WHERE SHOWN; IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIR FILTER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES; TO ENSURE THAT FILTERS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVE INTENDED PURPOSES. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF NFPA 70, 90A AND B, PERTAINING TO INSTALLATION OF AIR FILTERS. PROVIDE AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INSTALL ALTERS IN PROPER POSITION TO PREVENT PASSAGE OF UNFILTERED AIR. C. PROVIDE CLEAN SET OF FILTERS FOR ALL PIECES OF EQUIPMENT: 1. IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO AIR BALANCING. 2. WHEN FINAL PUNCHUST IS DONE. 3. IN ADDmON, FURNISH ONE COMPLETE EXTRA SET OF FILTERS TO OWNER WHEN FINAL PUNCHLIST IS DONE. THREE SETS OF FILTERS ARE REQUIRED (TWO INSTALLED, ONE TURNED OVER TO OWNER). LOCATE EXTRA SET IN MECHANICAL ROOMS WHERE ALTERS ARE LOCATED. D. FILTERS SHALL BE EASILY CHANGED FROM FRAMES AND SHALL SLIDE FREELY ON TRACKS WITHOUT BINDING. MAINTAIN CLEAR ACCESS IN FRONT OF FILTER ACCESS DOOR TO FULL WIDTH OF THE FILTER. E. FILTER SECTIONS SHALL HAVE HINGED ACCESS DOORS WITH LATCHES. END OF SECTION 15880 SECTION 15980 BALANCING PART 1.00 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND OTHER CONDFONS AND DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS, APPLY TO THE WORK SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 1.02 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. ALL TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR WHO IS CURRENTLY LICENSED ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCING COUNCIL (AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB) BALANCING CONTRACTOR. NO OTHER BALANCE REPORTS WILL BE REVIEWED OR ACCEPTED. ALL BALANCING WORK MUST BE COMPLETE AND DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MOST RECENT STANDARDS OF THEIR SOCIETY. PAYMENT OF ALL COSTS FOR TESTING AND BALANCING SHALL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. ALL BALANCING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED WITH ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES AND THIS SECTION. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT CERTIFIED TEST REPORTS SIGNED BY TEST AND BALANCE SUPERVISOR WHO PERFORMED TAB WORK. SUBMIT RECORD HVAC PLAN SHOWING ALL VOLUME DAMPER & REMOTE VOLUME DAMPER OPERATOR LOCATIONS & CONNECTION LINKAGE B. THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE ON THE AABC NATIONAL STANDARD REPORT FORMS OR THE NEBB CERTIFIED REPORT FORMS AS PUBLISHED IN THEIR MOST CURRENT EDITIONS AND SHALL INCLUDE AS A MINIMUM THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION. 1. AABC OR NEBB CERTIFICATION NUMBER AND SIGNATURE OF BALANCING CONTRACTOR. 2. COPY OF A CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR THIS PROJECT. 3. INSTRUMENTATION UST WITH LAST CALIBRATION DATES. 4. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT. 5. AIR CFM AND STATIC PRESSURE READINGS (DISCHARGE AND SUCTION) AS MEASURED BY PITOT TUBE DUCT TRAVERSE AT THE UNIT. 6. MOTOR NAMEPLATE DATA WITH ACTUAL FIELD VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE READINGS FOR EACH LEG. 7. MOTOR AND FAN R.P.M.'S, SHEAVE SIZES AND BELT SIZES. 8. OUTSIDE, RETURN, MIXED AND SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURES AND VOLUMES SHALL BE MEASURED AT FULL COOLING WITH MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR. RETURN /RELIEF /SMOKE EVACUATION AIRFLOW SHALL BE BALANCED AND MEASUREMENTS RECORDED BY PITOT DUCT TRAVERSE AT FULL ECONOMIZER AND POWER EXHAUST. 9. MAKE AND MODEL NUMBERS OF ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 10. FINAL BALANCED AIR VOLUMES AT ALL OUTLETS (INCLUDING RETURNS WHERE DUCTED). 11. INDEXED PLAN WITH DIFFUSER AND RETURN LOCATIONS. ALSO INDICATE IF DIFFUSER IS 3 -WAY OR 2 -WAY. A. FIVE COPIES OF THE BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO HOLD EVERYTHING PROJECT MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PROVIDE ONE COPY OF APPROVED REPORT TO LANDLORD UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION FOR THE PREMISE AS A REQUIREMENT TO OPEN FOR BUSINESS. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. WORK WILL NOT PROCEED WITH TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING WORK UNTIL WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND IS OPERABLE. ENSURE THAT THERE IS NO LATENT RESIDUAL WORK STILL TO BE COMPLETED. INFORM ARCHITECT IN WRITING WHEN PROJECT IS READY FOR ADJUSTING AND BALANCING. B. REFER TO LANDLORD TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL FOR SYSTEM BALANCING REQUIRED AS PART OF TENANT WORK. PART 2.00 -- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. MECHANICAL SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MOTORS, SHEAVES, BELTS, LADDERS, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR BALANCER TO ACCOMPLISH WORK. B. BALANCING SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE HIRED BY THE DIVISION 0 AT THE DMSION 0 EXPENSE. BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR, SEPARATE COMPANY FROM THE MECHANICAL SUB CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, LANDLORD MAY REQUIRE SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR FOR BALANCING. PART 3.00 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. EXAMINE INSTALLED WORK AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH TESTING IS TO BE DONE TO ENSURE THAT WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, CLEANED AND IS OPERABLE. DO NOT PROCEED WITH TAB WORK UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED IN MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO TESTER. B. TEST, ADJUST AND BALANCE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS, AS INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES OUTLINED IN APPLICABLE STANDARDS. REFER TO LANDLORD TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL FOR SYSTEM BALANCING REQUIRED AS PART OF TENANT WORK. C. PREPARE REPORT OF TEST RESULTS IN FORMAT RECOMMENDED BY APPLICABLE STANDARDS. D. PATCH HOLES IN INSULATION, DUCTWORK AND HOUSING, WHICH HAVE BEEN CUT OR DRILLED IN MANNER RECOMMENDED BY THE ORIGINAL INSTALLER. E. MARK EQUIPMENT SETTINGS, INCLUDING DAMPER CONTROL POSmONS, VALVE INDICATORS, FAN SPEED CONTROL LEVERS, AND SIMILAR CONTROLS AND DEVICES, TO SHOW FINAL SETTINGS AT COMPLETION OF BALANCE WORK. PROVIDE MARKINGS WITH PAINT OR OTHER SUITABLE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS. F. INITIAL BALANCING SHALL INCLUDE BALANCING ALL AIR QUANTITIES TO WITHIN 10% OF THOSE LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS. G. BALANCER SHALL THEN CHECK ALL BUILDING TEMPERATURES AND READJUST AIR QUANTITIES TO EVEN OUT SPACE TEMPERATURES TO WITHIN 1 DEG. F WITHIN SPACES. H. TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING REPORT MUST BE COMPLETE AND TURNED OVER TO HOLD EVERYTHING PROJECT MANAGER 1 WEEK PRIOR TO STORE TURNOVER. I. THE HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PRESENT FOR AIR BALANCE TO VERIFY ACCESSIBILITY TO ALL DEVICES, VERIFY ALL OPERATING SEQUENCES AND INSTALL NEW FILTERS IN ALL UNITS JUST PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCE. THE COMPLETE AIR BALANCE SHALL TAKE PLACE WITH OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS IN MINIMUM POSITION, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO INSTALL A NEW SET OF FILTERS AF TER PROJECT IS COMPLETE J. BALANCE AIR TO WITHIN PLUS /MINUS 10% OF THAT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. ANY REQUIRED CHANGES IN SHEAVES, BELTS, PULLEYS OR THE ADDITION OF DAMPERS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE SPECIFIED FLOW RATES SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE HVAC SUB CONTRACTOR WITH NO ADDmONAL COST TO HOLD EVERYTHING. K. THE BALANCING SUB CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL APPLICABLE TESTING AND BALANCING FUNCTIONS REQUIRED FOR THE SYSTEM DESIGNED ON THESE DRAWINGS. ALL SYSTEMS UNABLE TO BE COMPLETELY BALANCED AT THE TIME OF ORIGINAL BALANCE MUST BE BALANCED IN FUTURE AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO HOLD EVERYTHING. THE BALANCING CONTRACTOR SHALL RECHECK ANY ITEMS THAT HOLD EVERYTHING DEEMS NECESSARY AT NO ADDFONAL COST TO HOLD EVERYTHING. END OF SECTION 15980 SECTION 15990 CONTROLS 1. IN ADDMON TO THERMOSTATS AND REMOTE ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSORS, 2. SET RTU'S & AHU'S THERMOSTATS FOR 73 D.F. COOLING AND 70 D.F. HEATING INIALLY. END OF SECTION 15990 SECTION 15995 COMMISSIONING: PART 1.00 GENERAL 1. PROVIDE MECHANICAL SYSTEMS COMMISSIONING IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ENERGY CODE AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THISSPECIFICATION. ALL CONTROL SEQUENCES SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2. HVAC UNITS: OPERATE SYSTEM IN COOLING MODE; RECORD OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE, MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE, SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE. WHERE ECONOMIZERS ARE SPECIFIED, DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION OF CHANGEOVER FROM ECONOMIZER DAMPER OPERATION (FREE COOLING WITH OUTSIDE AIR) TO MECHANICAL COOLING (MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR WITH COMPRESSOR COOLING). VERIFY THAT COOLING COIL SENSIBLE CAPACITY MATCHES THE TEMPERATURE DROP ON THE COOLING COIL VIA THE FORMULA COOLING CAPACITY (BTUH) = AIRFLOW (CFM) X (1.1) X DELTA T (MIXED AIR TEMP - SUPPLY AIR TEMP DEGREES F). OPERATE UNITS IN HEATING MODE: RECORD OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE, MIXED AIR TEMPERATURE, SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE VERIFY THAT HEATING COIL CAPACITY MATCHES THE TEMPERATURE RISE ON THE HEATING COIL VIA THE FORMULA HEATING CAPACITY (BTUH) = AIRFLOW (CFM) X (1.1) X DELTA T (MIXED AIR TEMP - SUPPLY AIR TEMP DEGREES F). VERIFY THE OPERATION OF ANY CONTROL VALVES WHERE PRESENT (CHILLED WATER OR HEATING WATER VALVES). VERIFY THAT EACH UNIT OPERATES WITH THE CORRECT THERMOSTAT/ SENSOR. SET THERMOSTATS FOR 70 F HEATING SETPOINT AND 72 F COOLING SETPOINT. UNIT FANS SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY DURING OCCUPIED MODE AND CYCLE ON /OFF DURING UNOCCUPIED MODE SETUP AND VERIFY HOURS ON OPERATION (TIME SCHEDULE) FOR OCCUPIED /UNOCCUPIED MODE AND HOLIDAY /WEEKEND SCHEDULING. 3. VERIFY SMOKE DETECTOR SHUTDOWN OF ANY FAN UNITS SCHEDULED FOR SMOKE DETECTOR SHUTDOWN. 4. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF ANY OTHER HVAC EQUIPMENT THAT IS INTERLOCKED WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. 5. PROVIDE CHECK OUT OF ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS FOR PROPER OPERATION, INCLUDING HOT AND COLD WATER AT ALL FAUCETS, WATER HEATERS SET FOR PROPER TEMPERATURE, OPERATION OF ALL VALVES, GREASE TRAPS, GAS VALVES, MIXING VALVES. RECORD DATA ON ALL DEVICES CHECKED AND THE STATUS OF THEIR OPERATION. END OF SECTION 15995 POS COPYRIGHT ® 2006 CARTER at BURGESS. RC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327-1601 NO. DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KW I LA, WA MAR 2 8 ZULJi PERMIT GENTI y DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING c 'q SPECIFICATIONS APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE M -004 F C- CD 2 200 CFM f I l — - E rc,r V SCALE: 1/4" w 1' -0" 1 8"o , RG 2 350 CFM 250 CFM ECHA\ICAL FLOOR PLA\ 3 /4 "COND CD 3 250 CFM RG /4 "COND j CD '1 !4 ( 200 CFM 24 "0 CD 3 200 CFM 350 CFM 75 CFM 100 CFM II ' 100 CFM ' is 8 "o • 1 O CD 2 200 CFM 6 "0 RG 5 75 CFM 10 "0 CD 3 200 CFM 200 CFM 18 "0 CD 4 350 CFM CD 4 350 CFM 8 "93 r _ RG 5 . . �m 12 "o y rv r. il l 16 "0 . 3 / 3 250 CFM .4( 10 "o 10 "o . r .. ... • 16 "0 12 "o 14 "0 RG 5 12 "0 i 10 "0 10 "0 CD 4 350 CFM 350 CF14 r «� // { J HVAC PLAN NOTES: `.:J INSTALL NEW EXHAUST FAN. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON SHEET M -600 & DETAIL 6/M -400 FOR MORE INFORMATION. ® INSTALL NEW THERMOSTAT AS SHOWN AT 48" AFF. SEE DETAIL 1/M -400. GANG BOX AND CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL �3 INSTALL NEW ROOF TOP UNIT ON EXISTING 10 TON ROOF CURB. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. O INSTALL NEW DIFFUSER. BORDER TO MATCH CEILING TYPE. REFER TO DIFFUSER SCHEDULE ON SHEET M -600. 0 INSTALL NEW RETURN REGISTER. BORDER TO MATCH CEILING TYPE. REFER TO DIFFUSER SCHEDULE ON SHEET M -600. O RUN R -410 REFRIGERANT LINES FROM FAN COIL UNITS UNDER ROOF TO CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF. SEE MECHANICAL SCHEDULE ON SHEET M -600 FOR LINE SIZES. • ROUTE 3/4" CONDENSATE LINE ABOVE CEILING TO THE TAIL PIECE OF THE LAVATORY. SEE DETAIL 8/M -400. 0 FAN COIL UNIT LOCATED IN CEILING SPACE. Q REFRIGERANT LINES UP THRU ROOF TO CONDENSING UNIT. 10 THERMOSTAT TO TURN ON EXHAUST FAN WHEN TEMPERATURE REACHES 90T. 11 8 "O OUTSIDE AIR DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF W/ ROOF CAP. PROVIDE INSECT SCREEN AT TERMINATION. 12 PROVIDE 1 -1/4" GAS PIPE CONNECTION TO UNIT. CONNECT TO EXISTING MAIN GAS PIPING ON ROOF. VERIFY THAT GAS SERVICE IS OPERATIONAL NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 13 UPON ACTIVATION OF THE SMOKE DETECTOR, THE UNIT SHALL AUTOMATICALLY SHUT DOWN AND AN ALARM SHALL BE SENT TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 120sio at &t WIRELESS — 16425 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA TOTAL FLOOR AREA —4368 S.F. OUTSIDE AIR PROVIDED — RTU -1: SALES FLOOR FC -1: MANAGER'S OFFICE OPEN OFFICE INVENTORY RESTROOMS OUTSIDE AIR SCHEDULE MINIMUM OA 0.20 CFM /S. F. 20 CFM /PERSON 50 CFM /TOILET CALCULATION 3712 S.F. x 0.20 CFM /S.F.= 743 20 CFM /PERSON x 3 PERSON= 60 50 CFM /TOILET x 2 TOILETS= 100 TOTAL: 750 CFM 75 CFM 100 CFM 925 CFM TABLE IS BASED FROM 2006 WASHINGTON STATE VENTILATION AND INDOOR AIR QUALITY CODE. CarternBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 — 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA RECEIVEr 11AR 2 8 2OU8 PERMIT CENTE1 --, DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: COPYRIGHT C 2006 CARTER & BURGESS, arc. at &t I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS NORTH APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 1 /4 " =1 ' -0" MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN M -200 / SCALE: 1/2" = 1' -0" PLUvBI\G FLOOR PLAN - SA\ITARY PW V SCALE: 1 /2" = 1' -0" BI\G FLOOR PLA\ - WATER 1 _ . ; PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: 1D FIND THE SHORTEST DISTANCE TO ROUTE THE SANITARY PIPING TO THE NEAREST SANITARY MAIN. SLOPE AT A 1% MINIMUM. NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPENCIES. 0 CONNECT NEW VENT TO EXISTING VENT IN CEILING SPACE. FIELD TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. CI INSTALL NEW INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER (IWH -1) BELOW LAVATORY FOR HOT WATER CONNECTION. SEE DETAIL 5/M-400. 0 PROVIDE NEW SHUT -OFF VALVE W /ACCESS. SAWCUT FLOOR AND PATCH AS REQUIRED. Q CONNECT NEW DOMESTIC WATER TO EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER IN CEILING SPACE. FIELD TO VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. p CarteriBurgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327-1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 NO. DATE - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT 16425 Southcenter Parkway TUKWILA, WA REM `TAED MAR 2 8 2008 PERMIT CENTER NORTH DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: KL DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: at &t I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS PLUMBING FLOOR PLANS DESCRIPTION APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 AS NOTED M -201 COPYRIGHT © z00B GORIER & BURGESS INC. at &t Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 LIAR 2 8 Zuuc PERMIT CENTEF, DRAWN BY: I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 15425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS iq o i0 APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE M -400 ROOFCAP WITH INTEGRAL (PROVIDED BY FAN MFR) ROOF TWO SHEET METAL ROOF JOIST, SEE SELF SCREWS TAPPING ARCHITECTURAL FOR RA DUCT W/ 1" THICK LINER RA EXISTING ROOF CURB PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNIT ► SA DUCT W/ 1" THICK LINER ROOF r ,A TWO SHEET METAL SEE ARCH FOR FSHING SELF TAPPING I SCREWS r k TWIST STRAP 6" RIGID REFER TO FOR ARCHITECTURAL CEILING C FLEX 7. CONNECTION SOLID -LINED CEILING EXHAUST FAN CABINET SEE MECHANICAL EQUIP. SCHEDULE FOR SIZE. SEISMIC BRACING MP) EXHAUST GRILLE (PROVIDED BY FAN MFR) 1 IiHi,.. — Il I 1 1111 """"'" ' ROUND DUCTWORK '"'"� '" � ..... % / wuiu \Y( RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK s FLEXIBLE CONNECTION O WWWWWWWWWWWWWWWWI�s NOTES L 1 111'Iq mom METAL DUCT NOTES BACKDRAFT DAMPER TYPE 1. ALL DUCT & SUPPORTS PER IMO. PROVIDE CAP FOR FUTURE CONNECTIONS UNIT AND DUCTWORK. EACH BRANCH DUCT SIZE THROUGH SPLITTER FITTING FITTING. 1. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION BETWEEN AIR CONDITIONING 2. WHERE SINGLE SUPPLY DUCTS SPLIT INTO TWO DUCTS MAINTAIN AND PROVIDE SINGLE TRANSMON ON UPSTREAM SIDE OF SPUTTER 3. PROVIDE CAP ON DUCT AFTER PENTRATION THRU ROOF. NOT USED SCALE: 1 2 DUCT PENETRATION DETAIL SCALE: 9 CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN DETAIL SCALE: 6 DUCT HANGER DETAIL SCALE: 3 N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S. NONE MIN 3 SHEET METAL PER ECTION. SEAL AIR K SUPPORT TO DEC ABOVE, TYP FAN COIL P -TRAP REQUIRED W/ SEPARATE DRAIN TO EXISTING TRAP CONDENSATE DRAIN PAN SECURE TO STRUCTURE ABOVE 3" WIDE SHEET METAL ' STRAP 4' -0" OC SCREWS JiiG _ _ COPPER THREE WAY STOP VALVE OVERFLOW PIPED � SEPARATELY TO CONSPICUOUS LOCATION - 45' (2) 12 GA HANGER } CONNECT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE I _____ SUSPENDED CEILING N �- GALV CLAMP CONDENSATE DRAIN I . FROM ABOVE HOT OUTLET COLD 3/8" lip DUCT LENGTH COLD INLET TUBING ROUND METAL INSTANT FLOW HEATER 1/2" DUCT, TYP a i l a ""� 11OV BY ELEC T ` 'COLD � ANGLE /, (1 -1/2" MAX SIZE) ► ACOUSTICAL FLEX CEILING DIFFUSER /RETURN GRILLE 5' -0" MAXIMUM SUSPENDED CEILING 0.,------- J -BOX EXISTING FIXTURE 1 ATTACH FLEX TO DUCT AND CEILING DIFFUSER USING MIN OF 3 SHEET METAL SCREWS. SEAL AIR ■ 410, GASKET I ,- 1 I I I a LIGHT AIR GAP FITTING EXISTING TRAP EXISTING P- TRAP NOT USED SCALE: i i CONDENSATE DRAIN TO SINK DETAIL SCALE: 8 INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER PIPING DETAIL SCALE: 5 CEILING DIFFUSER/RETURN GRILLE CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE 2 N.T.S. N.T.S. NTS NONE BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG WALL CONSTRUCTION poi ...._ 48" ILI 1 30" 24" MAIN SUPPLY DUCT (OR Jr- MAIN EXHAUST /RETURN DUCT (OR SUB -MAIN) SUB -MAIN) / 1/4 W, 4" MIN 1/4 W, 4" \ MIN. PROVIDE VOLUME DAMPER _ _ TAPPED CLEANOUT TEE JR MI ZURN No. Z- 0 14460R EQUAL I PROVIDE VOLUME BRANCH DUCT —` DAMPER �� BRANCH DUCT W _ -. w -- �— � , % / / O THERMOSTAT SUPPLY AIR DUCT EXHAUST /RETURN AIR DUCT 4. VOLUME DAMPER AIR FLOW D UCT MAIN STAINLESS STEEL CLEANOUT COVER _ x ¢ C SWITCH, OUTLET, TOP OF THERMOSTAT, CONTROL SWITCH, OUTLET, CONTROL x¢ cQ I [ x ¢ r ) ' . ..n EILI*4 = _ _ = - �.U:lMmi � FINISHED FLOOR ■ ip ND `_ __>---J e■ S DCEANGULAR TAKE) O ROF 4" 18 GAUGE VOLUME DAMPER WITH BRANCH CONICAL TAP MAIN I LOCKING QUADRANT SET (TYP EXHAUST AIR BRANCH RUNOUTS) NOT USED SCALE: 'I 0 WALL CLEAN OUT DETAIL SCALE: 7 BRANCH TAKE -OFF DETAIL SCALE: 4 MOUNTING HEIGHT OVER OBSTRUCTION SCALE: I N.T.S. N.T.S. N.T.S NONE COPYRIGHT © z00B GORIER & BURGESS INC. at &t Carter::Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 LIAR 2 8 Zuuc PERMIT CENTEF, DRAWN BY: I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 15425 Southcenter Parkway TU KWI LA, WA DESIGNED BY: KL CHECKED BY: MV KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DETAILS iq o i0 APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE M -400 PIPE SIZE GPM FT /SEC MAX FU 1/2" 2.3 2.9 3 3/4" 5.5 3.8 7 1" 12 4.5 16 1-1/4" 20 5.2 30 1-1/2" 30 6.0 54 2" 70 7.5 225 DIFFUSER SCHEDULE MATERIAL MARK NO. MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. TYPE CFM RANGE MODULE SIZE (IN) NECK SIZE (IN) OPPOSE BLADE DAMPER MAX NC MAX PD MARK NO. CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 0 -100 24X24 6 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 1/2" 1/2" CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 101 -200 24X24 8 NO 25 0.1 STEEL WATER CLOSET 2 K CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 201 -325 24X24 10 NO 25 0.1 STEEL ® 3 TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 326 -400 24X24 12 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 2 CD 4 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 401 -550 24X24 14 NO 25 0.1 STEEL W - 5 CD TITUS PCS ADJUSTABLE BLADE PERFORATED FACE 551 -700 24X24 16 NO 25 0.1 STEEL HALSEY TAYLOR HAC8FSBL -Q ADA 6 RG TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 0 -160 24X24 6 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 1 FIXTURE UNIT (F.U.) TOTALS TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 161 -280 24X24 8 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 2 TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 281 -380 24X24 10 NO 25 0.1 STEEL © RG PARS PERFORATED FACE 381 -530 24X24 12 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 4 RG TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 531 -640 24X24 14 NO 25 0.1 STEEL RG TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 641 -720 24X24 16 NO 25 0.1 STEEL 6 RG TITUS PAR PERFORATED FACE 721-1500 24X24 22X22 NO 25 0.1 STEEL Q 7 NOTES: O PROVIDE ROUND TO SQUARE ADAPTOR AS NEEDED. PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ITEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER w V CW HW QTY. W &V CW &HW REMARKS AND SPECIFICATIONS F.U. TOTAL F.U. TOTAL INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER CHRONOMITE LABORATORIES, INC. 1/2" 1/2" 3 - - - - #M -20L, TANKLESS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, FLOW ACTIVATED, STAINLESS STEEL HEATING COILS, ONE -4160 WATT, 208/1/60 VOLT, SINGLE PHASE, 20 AMP, 1/2" WATER CONNECTION, 6 "HX9"WX2 -1/2 ", 80'F -105'F TEMPERATURE RANGE. © MT WATER CLOSET KOHLER 4" 2" 3/4" - 2 4 8 2.5 5 #K -3465, 16 -1/2" HIGH ELONGATED RIM VITREOUS CHINA TWO -PIECE TOILET, COMPLETE WITH INGENIUM FLUSHING SYSTEM, BOWL: K -4278, TANK: K -4609, 2 -1/8" PASSAGEWAY, ULTRA -LOW CONSUMPTION TOILET, FLUSHES ON 1.6 GAL OF WATER. ® IT LAVATORY KOHLER 2" 1 -1/2" 1/2" 1 /2" 2 1 2 1 2 #K -2005, VITREOUS CHINA WALL -HUNG LAVATORY WITH HANGER, DRILLED FOR CONCEALED ARM CARRIER WITH FAUCET HOLES ON 4" CENTERS, FRONT OVERFLOW; FAUCET: #501- WFHDF, SINGLE HANDLE LAVATORY DECK FAUCET; METAL POP -UP DRAIN AND LIFT HOLE IN POLISHED CHROME. 1 -1/4" TAILPIECE. PROVIDE 3/8" WALL SUPPLIES WITH STOP AND 1 -1/4" OFFSET DRAIN, METAL GRID STRAINER. (FURNISH AND INSTALL " BROCAR" #C500R -B TRAP WRAP FOR PF -2H) BROCAR TEL (800) 827 -1207 i J MOP SINK FLORESTONE 3" 2" 3/4" W - 1 4 4 2.5 2.5 MODEL # 95 NEO ANGLE DROP FRONT TERRAllO MOP RECEPTOR. ® w DRINKING FOUNTAIN HALSEY TAYLOR HAC8FSBL -Q ADA 2" 1 -1/2" 1/2" - 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 BI -LEVEL WATER COOLER: SURFACE MOUNT ELECTRIC WATER COOLER, 8.0 GPH AT 50 DEC F TEMP., 120/1/60, 4.0 F.LA., 400 WATTS. ENTIRE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CURRENT ADA REQUIREMENTS. DF 1 FIXTURE UNIT (F.U.) TOTALS 14.5 10.0 ALL FIXTURES TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. MARK NO. MANUFACTURER NOMINAL LOCATION SERVICE CAPACITY FILMIC AMBIENT MIN DRY BULB OSA & MODEL NO. (TONS) TYPE (•F) CFM RTU 1 NOTES: CARRIER 48TMD012 ROOF SALES 10 R -22 80 UNIT SHALL COMPLETE WITH INTERNAL VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND ECONOMIZER. 750 CFM 4000 PROVIDE SMOKE DETECTOR IN RETURN DUCT PER 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE. SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 0 FACTORY INSTALLED PACKAGE UNIT WITH ONE POINT POWER CONNECTION. SUPPLY FAN ESP (IN WG) 0.8 FAN RPM 900 BHP 2.30 TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) 119.3 SENSIBLE CAPACITY (MBH) 113.5 EER 10.1 COOLING EAT DB (T) 80.0 WB (T) 64.0 LAT DB ('F) 60.6 WB ('F) 56.0 MAX FACE VELOCITY (FPM) 500 INPUT CAPACITY (MBH) 120/180 HEATING MAX. OUTPUT CAPACITY (MBH) 144 AFUE ( %) 80.0 O4 PROVIDE BURGLAR BARS AT SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS. 0 PROVIDE MICRO METL #4682 -0202 POWER EXHAUST. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. EAT ( 41.0 LAT (• 73.9 COMPRESSOR QUANTITY 2 RLA 16.0 LRA 125.0 QUANTITY 2 CONDENSER FAN HP (EA) 1/4 MOTOR RPM 1100 FLA (EA) 1.4 MCA 49.4 UNIT MOCP 60 ELECTRICAL VOLTS /PH /HZ 208/3/60 EFF 30% FILTERS TYPE PLEATED UNIT OPER DIMENSIONS WEIGHT L x W x H (Liss) (IN) 88 X 58 X 50 1110 REMARKS 00000 MANUFACTURER AMBIENT NOMINAL MARK NO. & MODEL NO. LOCATION DRY BULB CAPACITY ('F) (TON) CARRIER 25HCA324A ROOF 80 AIR - COOLED CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE 2 QUANTITY 1 COMPRESSOR RLA (EA) 12.8 LRA (EA) 58.3 QUANTITY 1 CONDENSER FAN HP (EA) 1/10 MOTOR RPM 800 UNIT MCA (AMP) 16.7 MOCP (AMP) 25 ELECTRICAL REFRIG. LINE SIZE UNIT REFRIG. DIMENSIONS OPER TYPE L x W x H WEIGHT REMARKS VOLTS/PH/HZ (IN) (LBS) V 208/1/60 GAS LINE 5/8 LIQUID LINE 3/8 R -410 31X31X29 183 Q NOTES: HEAT PUMP UNIT. PACKAGED ROOF TOP UNIT SCHEDULE DOMESTIC WATER UNDERGROUND PIPING 2" AND SMALLER -SOFT DRAWN COPPER, TYPE K, NO JOINTS BELOW FLOOR 2 -1/2" AND LARGER -HARD DRAWN COPPER, TYPE K ABOVE GROUND PIPING 1/2" AND LARGER - HARD DRAWN COPPER, TYPE L PIPING MATERIAL LEGEND 5S, VENT AND STORM PIPING UNDERGROUND PIPING SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPING, HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE ABOVE GROUND PIPING 1 -1 /2" AND SMALLER - HARD DWV COPPER DRAINAGE TUBE 2" AND LARGER - SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON PIPING HUB AND SPIGOT TYPE, HUBLESS SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON, PVC PIPE, SCHEDULE 40, SOCKET TYPE DWV PATTERN (WHERE PERMITTED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. NOTES: MAX VELOCITY IN WATER PIPE 8 FT /SEC. FOR COLD WATER. MAX VELOCITY IN WATER PIPE 5 FT /SEC. FOR HOT WATER. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND COORDINATE EXACT STREET PRESSURE AND NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE (PRV) ON CUSTOMER SIDE OF WATER METER IF THE STREET PRESSURE EXCEEDS 80 PSI, PRV TO BE SET AT 60 PSI. THE FOLLOWING CHART IS USED TO SIZE THE TYPE L COPPER, COLD WATER PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CPC APPENDIX A AT 4.0 P.S.I. / 100 FT. LOSS MARK NO. MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. CARRIER FX4CNF024 MIN ESP LOCATION OSA (IN WC) CFM CEILING 175 0.3 MOTOR HP 1/3 TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) 24 SENSIBLE CAPACITY (MBH) 24 COOLING COIL EAT DB ('F) 80 WB ('F) 64 LAT DB (*F) 60 WB ('F) 55 ELECTRICAL VOLTS /PH /HZ 208/1/60 UNIT MCA (AMP) 26.1 MOCP (AMP) 30 UNIT DIMENSIONS L x W x H (IN) 48X18X22 OPER WEIGHT (LBS) 117 REMARKS 00 NOTES: PROVIDE 3/4" CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION TO UNIT. PROVIDE FACTORY INSTALLED 6.0KW SUPPLEMENTAL ELECTRIC HEATER MODEL# KFCEH0501N05. FAN COIL UNIT SCHEDULE MARK NO. MANUFACTURER & MODEL NO. ( E l F EF 3 NOTES: TWIN CITY T100 TWIN CITY T100 TWIN CITY T100 SERVICE RESTROOM RESTROOM ELECTRICAL ROOM INTERLOCK WITH LIGHT SWITCH. �2 PROVIDE BACKDRAFT DAMPER. LOCATION CEILING CEILING CEILING TYPE BATHROOM ROOM BATHROOM ROOM BATHROOM ROOM EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE ESP CFM (IN WG) QTY. 100 100 100 0.1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 DRIVE DIRECT DIRECT DIRECT WATTS 87 87 87 MOTOR VOLTS /PH /HZ 120/1/60 120/1/60 120/1/60 OPER WEIGHT (LBS) 25 25 25 REMARKS 000 000 0 00 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, WIRED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 0 INTERLOCK WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR. 170S ) L ; 4 , t© A cOPrRIGFrr 0 2008 CARTER & BURGESS, RC. at &t Carter:Burgess Carter & Burgess, Inc. 4 Hutton Centre Drive, Suite 800 Santa Ana, California 92707 TEL: (714) 327 -1600 FAX: (714) 327 -1601 I EXPIRES 03/15/10 ISSUES /REVISIONS - 03 -19 -08 ISSUE FOR PERMIT NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 16425 Southcenter Parkway TU KW I LA, WA ECOVEV MAR 2 8 ZOOS PERMIT CENTER DESIGNED BY KL CHECKED BY: MV DRAWN BY: KL PROJECT NUMBER: SCALE: APPROVED BY: MV 441805.011.028.0001 NONE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SCHEDULES M -600